environmental impact assessment report for nuclear power plant at mithivirdi, bhavnagar, gujarat

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

REPORT FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANT

AT MITHIVIRDI, BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT

REPORT NO. A100 – EI-1741-1201 JANUARY 2013

NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION OF INDIA LIMITED

Volume – I (Main Report)

I

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T1 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Document No. A100-EI-1741-1201

Rev. No. F Page I

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF


REPORT FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANT AT

MITHIVIRDI, BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT

SUMMARY


F 03.01.2013 ISSUED AS FINAL REPORT CP RSP JKJ

E 23.08.2012 ISSUED AS DRAFT REPORT CP RSP BBL

D 17.07.2012 ISSUED FOR COMMENTS CP RSP BBL

C 11.04.2012 ISSUED FOR COMMENTS CP RSP BBL

B 14.03.2012 ISSUED FOR COMMENTS CP RSP BBL

A 13.02.2012 ISSUED AS DRAFT CP RSP BBL

Rev. No Date Purpose Prepared by Reviewed by Approved by



Rev. No. F Page II





1.0 INTRODUCTION

The demand of electricity is growing day by day with increase in industrial growth and

improvements in living standards of people of our country. In order to meet the demand,

Government of India has aimed to achieve the energy security in the country. The fast

depleting natural resources in the country has been foreseen by the Government of

India and this has lead to think of augmenting share of alternatives like nuclear power in

fast manner.

In October 2009, Government of India has accorded in principle approval for five more

new sites, two for indigenous 700 MWe Pressurized Heavy Water Reactors (PHWR)

and three for imported Light Water Reactors (LWR) of 1000 MWe or more capacity

LWRs planned to be set up with international cooperation. Mithivirdi is one of the sites

recommended by site selection committee in Bhavnagar district of Gujarat state, where

6 reactors of 1000 MWe each are to be established.

To obtain the Environment Clearance to set up Nuclear Power Plants in the above

location from Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Government of India, Nuclear

Power Corporation of India Limited (NPCIL) entrusted the work of “Environmental Impact

Assessment” Study to “Engineers India Limited” (EIL), New Delhi in August, 2010, with a

view to establish the baseline status with respect to various environmental components

viz. air, noise, water, land, biological, radiological, socioeconomic and to evaluate &

predict the potential impacts due to the proposed activities, including their Environmental

Management Plan.

The EIL has collected the baseline data for three seasons (summer, post monsoon and

winter) within a radius of 10 km from December 2010 to November 2011 for analysis of

present baseline status and its environmental impact. Baseline data was collected

around 10 km radius of the plant site and its impact was evaluated. A comprehensive

marine impact assessment was done for evaluating the present scenario and impact on

marine ecosystem for the proposed nuclear plant. Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ)

mapping was carried out to delineate High Tide Line (HTL) and Low Tide Line (LTL)

along the proposed site as per CRZ notification 2011 by MoEF. An Environmental



Rev. No. F Page III





Management Plan (EMP) incorporating control measures has been included in the

report for minimising the adverse impact.

1.1 NUCLEAR POWER PROGRAMME – PRESENT SCENARIO

As on 31st July, 2012, the total installed capacity in the country for generating electricity

from all the available sources is about 2,06,456 MWe, which includes about 66.54%

thermal, 19.03% hydro, 2.31% nuclear power and 8.38% renewable power sources.

NPCIL has an installed capacity of 4780 MWe with 20 nuclear power reactors (as on

November 2012) at 6 operating plant sites across the nation. Currently, 2 reactors at

Kudankulam site are in advanced stage of commissioning, 4 more reactors are under

construction, which will add another 4800 MWe of electrical power. In addition, a 500

MWe Prototype Fast Breeder Reactor (PFBR) is being constructed at Kalpakkam. By

the end of XIIth National Plan, the total nuclear power generating capacity is planned to

reach 23,000 MWe and is expected to contribute around 10% of the total power

requirements of the country.

In October 2009, Government of India (GoI) has accorded In-principle approval for five

new sites, two for indigenous PHWRs and three for imported LWRs for setting up future

nuclear power stations for their full potential. Thus huge requirement of power for the

country could be met by setting-up of more number of Nuclear Power Plants (NPP) from

above category. In this context, Mithivirdi Nuclear Power Plant assumes importance,

which is planned to have a capacity of 6,000 MWe or more.

1.2 DEVELOPMENT OF NUCLEAR POWER IN THE COUNTRY

A three stage program for generation of nuclear power was propounded, envisaged and

adopted for execution by the Government of India. The first stage program envisaged

utilization of available resources of natural Uranium in the country for generation of

nuclear power by the home grown Pressurized Heavy Water Reactor (PHWR)

technology. Accordingly, in the bygone four decades, the Department of Atomic Energy

(DAE) through the Project Proponent, NPCIL has installed operating successfully and

safely 18 PHWRs and 2 BWRs. Having acquired proficiency in all the frontiers of

technology, viz. design, construction, commissioning and operation of the NPPs, NPCIL



Rev. No. F Page IV





built power reactor units have logged more than 360 reactor years of successful and

safe operation so far.

The Second Stage program involves the application of Fast Breeder Reactor (FBR)

technology using plutonium extracted from the reprocessed spent fuel obtained from first

stage PHWR units and converting Thorium (held as blankets) into Uranium (U-233).

Thorium is available in abundance in India.

The Third Stage involves use of uranium (U-233) obtained from second stage and

thorium as blanket thereby producing uranium for long term energy generation.

2.0 SITE SELECTION

The site selection committee appointed by Govt. of India comprising members from

MoEF, Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB), Central Electricity Authority (CEA),

Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC), DAE, and NPCIL have recommended

Mithivirdi as the suitable site for establishing the nuclear power plant (6 X 1000 MWe

capacity Light Water Reactor. The site selection committee has considered various site

selection criteria as specified by AERB/MoEF such as location, land availability,

transportation accessibility, source of cooling water, meteorology, population, seismic

zones, flood analysis, sustainability of the project, other environmental aspects etc.

before recommending the suitability of the site for establishing NPP.

There is a requirement of 777 ha for project area for setting up nuclear plants and

buildings. A total of 603 ha area falls under agricultural land (both kharif and rabi) and

the remaining land includes waste land, forest, scrub land, water body etc. The soil type

is a mixture of sand gravel with intermediate golden colour laterite with clay as a binder.

The proposed Mithivirdi nuclear power plant project will be executed in three stages.

The Stage-I will complete in 2019-20 followed by Stage-II in 2021-2022 and Stage-III in

2023-24. The cost of the proposed project is under negotiation.

3.0 NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS APPROVED FOR IMPLEMENTATION

The Government of India accorded In-principle approval in October 2009 for setting up

additional nuclear power plants viz. 4X700 MWe at Kumharia (Haryana), 2X700 MWe at



Rev. No. F Page V





Bargi (Madhya Pradesh), 6X1000 MWe at Mithivirdi (Gujarat), 6X1000 MWe at Haripur

(West Bengal), 6X1000 MWe at Kovvada (Andhra Pradesh), 2X1000 MWe at

Kudankulam (Tamil Nadu), and 6X1650 MWe at Jaitapur, (Maharashtra). Accordingly,

permission for starting the pre - project activities also has been accorded for these

projects sites.

4.0 PROJECT PROFILE

The proposed NPP at Mithivirdi will be set up in Talaja Taluka, Bhavnagar district,

Gujarat which is 40 km from Bhavnagar. The site is located on sea coast on west side of

the Gulf of Khambhat. The total project area is 777 ha. The land use and land cover

statistics of the study area is given in Table 1.

Table 1 Land use statistics of NPP at Mithivirdi

Land use % of distribution

(Project area = 777

ha)

% of distribution

(10 km)

% of distribution

(30 km)

Agriculture 78.05 69.24 71.97

Built-up - 1.74 2.80

Forest 2.70 2.43 3.34

Waste land 19.25 23.89 16.58

Water body - 0.99 0.84

Wetland - 0.01 1.07

Others - 1.70 3.40

A land measuring 777.80 ha in the coastal area is available and being acquired for

Mithivirdi plant site to set-up all the planned LWR units of proposed Nuclear Power Plant

of 6000 MWe in the location. The brief details of present land use of the proposed plant

site to be acquired are presented in Table 2. The land use in terms of agricultural and

non-agricultural land for the proposed site is given in Table 3.

Table 2 Break-up of Land in different villages – to be acquired

Sr. No Village Land (Hectares)

Private Government Total



Rev. No. F Page VI





1 Jaspara 584.94 164.73 749.67

2 Mandva 10.59 10.59

3 Khadadpar 12.79 4.75 17.54

Total 608.32 169.48 777.80

Source: District Administration Bhavnagar

Table 3 Classification of land in the proposed site at Mithivirdi, Bhavnagar district

Sl.No Village Agriculture Land

Non-Agriculture

Land

Total Land

No. of Khatedars

R&R Issues

1 Jaspara 583.18 166.49 749.67 310 Land to be acquired through Government of Gujarat.

2 Mandva 10.55 0.04 10.59 19

3 Khadadpar 12.68 4.85 17.54 11

Total 606.41 171.39 777.80 340


5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT UNDER COASTAL REGULATION ZONE

5.1 CRZ CATEGORISATION AND HTL/LTL DEMARCATION

The proposed project is a coastal site project and thus falls under the purview of Coastal

Regulation Zone Notification - 2011. Accordingly, a detailed CRZ demarcation study has

been carried out by Institute of Remote Sensing (IRS), Anna University, Chennai. Based

on above CRZ demarcation studies, the 200 m and 500 m from High Tide Line have

been plotted on the revenue map of NPP at Mithivirdi by IRS, Chennai. The NPP layout

has been superimposed on this map. As per CRZ Notification, the NPP at Mithivirdi site

falls in CRZ – III category.

5.2 APPLICABLE PROVISION OF CRZ TO PROJECTS PROPOSED BY DEPARTMENT OF ATOMIC ENERGY

Costal Regulation Zone Notification dated 6th January, 2011 issued by the Ministry of

Environment & Forests (under section 3 i (b) and Section 3 (2) (v) of the Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986 and Section 5(3)(d) of Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986) and

amended as per the provisions of Para `2` of MOEF notification vide S.O. 114 (E) in

October 2001, the setting-up of new industries and expansion of existing industries and



Rev. No. F Page VII





other activities are prohibited in CRZ, except for (a) those directly related to water front

or directly need foreshore facilities and (b) Projects of Department of Atomic Energy.

This is to further mention that all the facilities of the proposed “Nuclear Power Plant” at

Mithivirdi under DAE, also requires water front and foreshore facilities, are within the

CRZ as per above demarcation and considered as “Permissible Activities”, under Para

3.0 of CRZ notification. Accordingly NPCIL is in the process of obtaining no objection

certificate from state coastal zone management authority and clearance from MoEF in

line with requirements of the CRZ Notification 2011.

5.3 ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT ON CRZ AROUND NPP AT MITHIVIRDI

There is no sensitive eco-system in the intertidal area and 500 m coastal zone beyond

HTL and also this area is not included in any national park or sanctuary. Therefore, the

proposed project activity will not affect any sensitive ecosystem. The above area is not

being used for salt pans by local people. Therefore, conversion of this stretch of land for

the construction of the essential facilities will not have any significant impact on flora,

fauna and human activities.

5.4 MARINE IMPACT ASSESSMENT

INDOMER Coastal Hydraulics (P) Limited, Chennai engaged by Engineers India Limited,

New Delhi carried out the marine impact assessment study due to foreshore activities of

the project including jetty on coastal diversity and the proposed nuclear power plant at

Mithivirdi with respect to plankton, fish and diversity of flora and fauna along the shore

line with physicochemical features of the coastal water during study period from

December 2011 to April 2012. INDOMER also carried out the thermal impact

assessment on coastal and marine flora and fauna.

The proposed marine facilities for the power plant will consist of:

i) Groyne type seawater intake,

ii) Return water outfall through six tunnels (at a distance varying from 2.5 Km

to 3.5 Km from the coast) and

iii) Temporary material handling jetty.



Rev. No. F Page VIII





The intake in the present case has been designed as the intake open channel with

groynes. This design will minimize the interference with currents and avoid any vortex

formation. The intake will have appropriate screens and trash bars with openings to

minimize the entry of marine organisms, fish larvae and fishes.

The quantity of dredging is estimated at 3 x 106 m3 and is proposed to be utilized

onshore to raise the level of the plant area.

The baseline data collected from the project region and the review of the available

information indicate that the water quality parameters are within the acceptable limits for

the coastal waters. The coastal waters are well mixed and free from any major pollution.

5.4.1 MARINE ECOLOGICAL STUDIES

The ecological status of the region was assessed in order to establish the baseline of

marine ecology.

i) The diversity values (H ) for phytoplankton and zooplankton were found to be

between 4 and 5 indicating the region as moderate to good.

ii) Mangrove in and around the project site is extremely poor and sparsely

distributed. Rhizophora sp. was seen in patches in between the rocks, Avicenia

sp. was found in good number on the river banks near Alang ship yard.

iii) No coral reefs/ coral patches were observed in the study area. Sea grass/ sea

weeds and algal communities were observed to be very scantly distributed.

iv) No Turtle nesting ground was noticed in the study/ project area.

v) Southern side of the project area near Alang ship yard has vast expanse of Tidal

flats/ Mud flats due to the presence of a river.

vi) There is no intensive fishing activity in the vicinity of the proposed site.

5.5 THERMAL DISPERSION STUDIES

The total Condenser Cooling Water (CCW) of 43220 MLD will be discharged through a

configuration of 6 tunnels each of 8m diameter, with 5 ports of 2m diameter in each

tunnel at discharge end with a spacing of 100m and each pair of tunnels extending into

sea by 2500 m, 3000 m and 3500 m. The outfall will be designed with multiple ports to

enhance the jet mixing. The tide induced flow field is simulated using MIKE 21 – HD

model and the mixing of the return water discharge is studied using MIKE 21 – AD



Rev. No. F Page IX





model. The modeling studies have been carried out for a discharge of 43220 MLD of

CCW with a discharge temperature not exceeding 7°C above the ambient level. The

CCW discharged will reach the ambient temperature within a shorter distance and time

on the basis of modeling study.

The model studies reveal that the mixing rate is slightly on the lower side during neap

tide and spread of water with temperature difference of 1°C was observed to be up to a

distance of 3.5 km or even less from the centre of outfall system parallel to coast on the

southern side of the outfalls. CCW discharged at the outfall has a tendency to spread

more towards south during the tidal cycles. This happens perhaps due to stronger ebb

currents expected along the western boundary of a water body during the ebb tidal cycle.

During the flood and ebb cycles of tidal flow, the spread of CCW is observed to extend to

a greater distance on the southern side compared to those observed on the northern

side.

Hence, as per the model study, the intake channel will be located on the north side of

the outfall system. The quality of CCW discharged into the sea shall be in conformity

with the stipulated standards of the Gujarat Pollution Control Board.

6.0 RESETTLEMENT AND REHABILITATION OF PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES

Preparation of a detailed Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R & R) plan is taken up for

compensation to the Project Affected People (PAP) in line with the National Rehabilitation

& Resettlement Policy – 2007 and in consultation with Gujarat State Government for the

project affected people.

Discussions are being held with District Collector / Commissioner of the concerned area

for compensation for land & landed properties.

The NPCIL policy envisages a special focus on the creation and up-gradation of skill

sets of landless persons and other project affected persons (PAPs), who are dependent

upon agricultural operations over the acquired land, and for the rural artisans e.g.

blacksmiths, carpenters, potters, masons etc., who contribute to the society together, to

improve their employability.



Rev. No. F Page X





With the help of District Administration, the essential inputs containing lists of land losers

and project affected persons are being prepared.

NPCIL is committed to establish requisite system for organizing vocational and formal

training and education for all such identified persons and extend full assistance to them

to become eligible for seeking employment with the project proponent or any other

organized sector.

NPCIL is committed to implement the R & R package as per the mutual agreement with

the State Government.

7.0 WATER REQUIREMENT AND WATER BALANCE

Water requirement of the project for condenser cooling system would be met from sea

water (Table 4). Special measures would be taken in designing the sea water based

condenser cooling system. The fresh water for plant site is proposed to be met from

Desalination Plant of appropriate capacity to be installed at Plant Site (Table 5).

Table 4 Sea Water Requirement Estimate

System Parameter

Required Value

Condenser System(CDS)

Circulating water to/from main condenser

282,960 M3/hr (approx.) per unit

Turbine Close Loop Cooling System (TCS)

Circulating water to/from three (3) TCS heat exchangers


Total 290,000 M3/hr (approx.) per unit

Total (for six units) 17,40,000 M3/hr (approx.) 18,00,000 M3/hr (rounded) 43200 MLD (approx.)

The rise in temperature of the receiving water body due to condenser cooling water at

the point of discharge will not be more than 7oC in line with requirements of the statutory

requirement notified by MoEF.



Rev. No. F Page XI





Table 5 Fresh Water Consumption

System Monthly average M3/hr

Potable Water 7.95

Fire Protection System 1.14

Demineralized Water System 5.68

Service Water System 79.5

Total (per unit) 100 (approx.)

Total (6 units) Approximately 15 MLD

A desalination plant based on Mechanical Vapour Compression (MVC) technology of

capacity 45 MLD will be setup to cater the needs of the project including township as

given in Table 6.

Table 6 Requirement of water for Plant and Township area

Sl. No

DEMAND TOTAL QUANTITY OF SEA WATER

1 Water for plant requirements 15 MLD 40 MLD

2 Township 3 MLD 5 MLD

Total 18 MLD 45 MLD

In MVC process, the incoming sea water is pre-heated with minute dose of scale

inhibiting additive and passed through a heat exchanger, where the heat in the

discharged brine and product water is recovered. The sea water is then re-circulated

and sprayed on the outside of a bundle of horizontal heat transfer tubes at a rate just

sufficient to create thin continuous liquid films.

Product water generated by this technology is very close to demineralisation water

quality, and requires minimum further treatment to be used for plant demineralisation

water make up requirement. The effluents of demineralisation plant will be neutralized

and discharged into sea as per the Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) norms.

8.0 PLANT DESCRIPTION

The nuclear island structures include the containment (the steel containment vessel and

the containment internal structure), and the shield and auxiliary buildings. The



Rev. No. F Page XII





containment, shield and auxiliary buildings are structurally integrated on a common

basement which is embedded below the finished plant grade level.

The Advance Passive Reactor Plant (pressurized water reactor) consists of two heat

transfer circuits, each with a steam generator, two reactor coolant pumps, a single hot

leg and two cold legs, for circulating reactor coolant. In addition the system includes a

pressurizer, interconnecting piping, valves and instrumentation necessary for operational

control and safeguards actuation. All system equipment is located in the reactor

containment. The Fuel Assemblies (FA) are arranged in a lattice in the Reactor. The

In/Out movements of the Control rod drive mechanism (CRDM) control the nuclear

fission energy generated in the Reactor. The forced circulation of Primary Coolant by

Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) transfers the heat energy in the reactor to the Steam

Generator (SG). The Primary coolant flows through the tube side of the SG and after

transferring the heat energy to the Secondary side water on the shell side of the SG,

returns to the RCP suction.

The water in the shell side of the SG, called Secondary side is evaporated and the

steam is fed to the Turbo-Generator to generate electricity. Of the thermal power output

of 3415 Mwt, a nominal net electrical output of 1000 MWe will be produced. The Steam

works on the blades of the turbine, thereby rotating the Turbo-Generator shaft, expands

and enters the Condenser. Condenser cooling water system condenses the low

enthalpy Steam that enters the condenser to water.

8.1 INHERENT SAFETY FEATURES

The passive safety design is based on the natural principles of gravity flows, natural

circulation, heat transfer, condensation and expansion of gasses. Reactivity coefficients

characterizing the reactor core reactivity change in response to variations in parameters

of the fuel, coolant and boron concentration are negative under normal operation,

anticipated operational occurrence and design basis accidents. Thus, any fast changes

in power are self-terminating.



Rev. No. F Page XIII





8.2 ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES

Engineered safety features (ESF) are actuated in the event of an accidental release of

radioactive fission products from the reactor coolant system. The engineered safety

features function to localize, control, mitigate, and terminate such accidents and to

maintain radiation exposure levels to the public below applicable limits and guidelines.

The task is accomplished by quickly shutting down the reactor and making it sub-critical,

fast cooling and maintaining water level in core, continued heat removal from core to

limit rise of fuel temperature, containing radioactivity release from the core and

safeguarding various systems from over pressure.

8.3 RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

8.3.1 GASEOUS RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The Gaseous Radwaste System is designed to perform the collection of gaseous wastes

that are radioactive or hydrogen bearing, process and discharge the emissions, keeping

off-site releases of radioactivity within acceptable limits prescribed by the Atomic Energy

Regulatory Board.

The major source of input to the gaseous radwaste system is the fission gases which are

carried by hydrogen and nitrogen gas. The other major source of input is through the

tank vent or the liquid radwaste system de-gasifier discharge.

Releases from the gaseous radwaste system are continuously monitored by a radiation

detector in the discharge line. This instrument provides an alarm signal at a high level

set point to alert operators of rising radiation levels. The monitor is also interlocked with

an isolation valve in the discharge line; the valve closes at a higher level set point. In

addition, the system includes provisions for taking grab samples of the discharge flow

stream for analysis.



Rev. No. F Page XIV





8.3.2 LIQUID RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The liquid radwaste system is designed to control, collect, process, handle, store, and

dispose of liquid radioactive waste generated as the result of normal operation, including

anticipated operational occurrences.

The liquid radwaste system processes waste with an upstream filter followed by ion

exchange resin vessels in series. The top of the first vessel is normally charged with

activated carbon, to act as a deep-bed filter and remove oil from floor drain wastes.

Moderate amounts of other wastes can also be routed through this vessel. After

deionization, the water passes through an after-filter where radioactive particulates and

resin fines are removed. The processed water then enters one of three monitor tanks.

When one of the monitor tanks is full, the system is automatically realigned to route

processed water to another tank. The contents of the monitor tank are re-circulated and

sampled. In the unlikely event of high radioactivity, the tank contents are returned to a

waste holdup tank for additional processing.

Normally, however, the radioactivity will be well below the discharge limits. Detection of

high radiation in the discharge stream stops the discharge flow and operator action is

required to re-establish discharge. The radioactive level will be regularly monitored and

ensured that they are well below the discharged limit as stipulated by the Atomic Energy

Regulatory Board.

8.3.3 SOLID RADIOACTIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The solid waste management system is designed to collect and accumulate spent ion

exchange resins and deep bed filtration media, spent filter cartridges, dry active wastes,

and mixed wastes generated as a result of normal plant operation, including anticipated

operational occurrences.

The dry solid radwaste comprising of compactable and non-compactable waste are

packed into boxes and drums. Drums are used for higher activity compactable and non-

compactable wastes Compaction is performed by mobile equipment or is performed

offsite. The volume of radioactive waste will be regularly monitored and ensured that

they are well below limit as stipulated by the Atomic Energy Regulatory Board.



Rev. No. F Page XV





8.4 RADIATION DOSE LIMITS FOR NPP WORKERS/PUBLIC

8.4.1 WORKERS OF NPP

For workers of NPP, individual dose of 100 mSv over 5 years with less than 30 mSv in

any year is imposed as effective maximum dose as per AERB requirements. The design

of proposed reactor at NPP, Mithivirdi is aimed at providing low dose rates work places

and suitable ergonomics. This design can be described as “passive protection” ensures

that further optimization of individual dose can be achieved during plant operation.

8.4.2 PUBLIC

For members of public the upper limit of radiation exposure is 1 mSv/year

(0.001Sv/year) of effective dose, during normal operation of all the NPPs at the site.

8.4.3 RADIATION PROTECTION

The design of the project will be such that the radiation dose to the members of public

from all the routes are within AERB limits. The AERB permitted dose to the members of

public is 1.0 mSv/y from all the routes and units at the site. For highlighting the

experiences of the existing NPP units in India, the radiation dose to the members of

public from all the operating stations of NPCIL is presented in Fig. 1.

Fig. 1 Public Dose at exclusion zone from NPPs (2006-2010) (AERB Prescribed Annual Limit is 1000 micro-Sievert)



Rev. No. F Page XVI





It is clear from the figure that the radiation dose to public due to NPCIL’s nuclear power

plants is observed to lesser than the stipulated dose limit of 1 mSv/y and also lesser

than natural background radiation of 2.4 mSv/y. Therefore, nuclear power plants do not

pose any hazard to human and other life forms.

8.4.4 PRE-OPERATIONAL RADIOLOGICAL SURVEY

The pre-operational environmental monitoring was carried out by Environmental Survey

Laboratory (ESL) of Health Physics Division (HPD), BARC during November 2010 and

the observations are as follows.

Direct radiation exposure measurements

Gamma radiation level at various locations around Mithivirdi is observed in the

range of 0.022-0.182 µSv/h. with an average value 0.088 µSv/h. The gamma

radiation levels around the site are of normal background.

Radioactivity Levels in various environmental Matrices

The environmental samples show the existence of various radionuclides of natural

(238U, 232Th, 40K) and fallout (137Cs and 90Sr) origin.

Tritium (3H) in water samples

Tritium in water has been found less than the detection level of 10 Bq/l in all water

samples.

Radioactivity levels in water samples (137Cs and 90Sr)

The 90Sr activity in all the water samples is below detectable level of 1.5 mBq/l.

The 137Cs activity in all the water samples is in the range of BDL-3.3 mBq/l.

Radioactivity levels in aquatic organism (137Cs and 40K)

Fish and crab samples were analysed. The 137Cs and 40K activities in the samples

are in the range of BDL-0.13 Bq/kg flesh wt. and 11.4-28.9 Bq.kg-1 flesh wt.

respectively.

Radioactivity levels in soil and sand samples

Soil and sand samples were collected from various locations around the site and

analysed for natural and fallout activity 238

U, 232

Th, 40

K, and 137

Cs are in the range of

3 – 45.5 Bq./kg wt., 10 – 56.3 Bq./kg wt, 25.6 – 331.3 Bq./kg wt and 0.73 – 3.62

Bq./kg wt. respectively.



Rev. No. F Page XVII





137Cs and 40K Radioactivity levels

i) In vegetable and fruit samples

Radioactivity level in Vegetable and fruit samples are in the range of Below

Detection Level (BDL) - 0.18 Bq./kg wt. and 16.4 – 64.4 Bq./kg wt. respectively.

ii) In cereals and pulses

Radioactivity level in Cereals and pulses samples are in the range of BDL - 0.18

Bq/kg wt. and 85.2 – 364 Bq./kg wt. respectively.

iii) Radioactivity levels in leaf and grass samples

Radioactivity level in Leaf and grass samples are in the range of BDL – 1.52 Bq/kg

wt. and 70 – 986.4 Bq./kg wt. respectively.

8.5 DOSE APPORTIONMENT STUDY

The Dose Apportionment Study was carried out by Health Physics Division, BARC and

the observations are as follows:

Atmospheric and aquatic releases from the station are assessed to compute the

impact on public. The radioactive species considered are Fission Product Noble

Gases, 41Ar, tritiated water, 131I, and fission/ activation product particulates.

The pathways of exposure evaluated include (where applicable) plume-shine,

submersion, inhalation, ground-shine and ingestion. One year site Meteorological

data has been used to quantify the impact of releases. Dietary data of the local

population has also been used in this study. The gaseous releases will take

place from building top vent of height 80m. The radius of the exclusion boundary

is taken as 1.0 km.

The impact of aqueous discharges is assessed by estimating dispersion of the

effluents in the Gulf of Khambhat at 3.5 km from the coast, and conservatively

calculating doses arising from consumption of fish.

The dose due to disposal of solid waste has been done as per accepted

practices in all nuclear power plant sites in India and a notional dose of 0.05

mSv/y has been allocated for dose through the terrestrial route. This

apportionment is applicable for the entire site, until further detailed evaluation

is carried out.



Rev. No. F Page XVIII





As per assessment, a total adult dose of 0.0288 mSv/y is computed, 0.0288

mSv/y coming from the atmospheric route and 8.11x10-6 mSv/y from the

water route. The corresponding total dose for an infant is calculated as 0.0675

mSv/y, with 0.0675 mSv/y being derived from the air route and 1.85 x 10-5

mSv/y from the water route.

Since an infant is considered to be a critical member of the population, it is

recommended that a dose of 0.41 mSv/y may be apportioned for a six-unit

AP-1000 nuclear power plant (6 x 1000 MWe) at Mithivirdi, Gujarat for

atmospheric and aquatic releases.

9.0 EMERGENCY PLANNING

Emergency planning is a part of the concept of defense in depth. Emergency measures

to be adopted NPP at Mithivirdi site is a mandatory requirement as per Atomic Energy

Regulatory Board. This emergency plan and the implementation methodology have to be

demonstrated before making the reactor critical with the close coordination of National

Disaster Management Authorities (NDMA), State District Authorities, DAE (crisis

management group), Environmental Survey Laboratory, BARC and NPCIL. The conduct

of mock exercise is a mandatory requirement prior to making the reactor critical.

Accordingly, a documented emergency planning and preparedness program as per the

guidelines/ code of AERB is to be prepared by project management and obtain approval

of District Authority.

9.1 EMERGENCY PLANNING ZONES

The area around the plant site is divided into various zones as described below for

effective handling of the emergency situations:

As per AERB requirements, the exclusion zone covers a distance of about 1 km around

the plant site within which no habitation is permitted and is protected by security

personal from state /central government agency/Central Industrial Security Force (CISF).

The sterilized zone covers a distance upto 5 km radius around the plant site within which

natural growth of population is permitted and industrial development is controlled by



Rev. No. F Page XIX





state administration through administrative measures. The zone of 0 -16 km is termed as

emergency planning zone (EPZ).

9.2 FREQUENCY /PERIODICITY OF EMERGENCY EXERCISES The following exercises will be followed in NPP.

Plant emergency Exercise – Quarterly

Site emergency Exercise – Annually

Off-Site emergency Exercise – Bi-annually

9.3 STANDARD OF QUALITY IN NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS

High standards of quality are enforced in all activities related to designing, manufacturing

of equipment, construction, commissioning and operation of NPP. Elaborate step-by-

step quality assurance programs are formulated prior to undertaking of any activity. The

quality assurance control functions are performed by a third party, i.e. the party not

associated with the activity.

Activities at different stages of the project such as, site selection, designing,

manufacturing of equipment, construction, erection, commissioning, operation and

maintenance are governed by Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) codes.

Continuous improvements in various areas of Quality Assurances were achieved by

NPCIL in its existing NPPs in line with policy and commitment included in ISO 9001

Document. Response times on various activities were improved with large success.

10.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT & ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

The various activities involved in both construction and operation of proposed project are

identified first, and then the likely impacts are identified.

The impact assessment has been carried out with respect to various environmental

components, taking into account, the existing status of environment and the changes

likely to occur due to the project activities. M/s Pragathi Labs and Consultant Private

Limited, Secunderabad which is MoEF and Quality Council of India (QCI) approved, was



Rev. No. F Page XX





entrusted the task of establishment of environmental data collection for three season

starting from December 2010 to December 2011 excluding the monsoon season. M/s

Salim Ali centre for Ornithology & Natural History (SACON), Coimbatore, an

autonomous organization under the MoEF did the intensive study on the flora and fauna

of the region and the project impact on the biological environment. Marine Impact

Assessment and CRZ mapping was carried out by INDOMER Coastal Hydraulics Private

Limited, Chennai and Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, Chennai

respectively. The environmental impacts for all components are described below.

10.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx were monitored on 24

hourly basis as per Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) standards while Ozone was

monitored on 8 hourly basis. There are 8 air quality monitoring stations spread across

north, north west and south west direction of the plant. The average SPM level is

ranging between 135-176 µg/m3 followed by PM10 (51-67 µg/m3), PM2.5 (11.7-20.6

µg/m3), SO2 (13-19.3 µg/m3) and NOx (15.8-24.6 µg/m3). 98 percentile values at

monitoring stations for parameters listed in National Ambient Air Quality Standards

(NAAQS) were recorded well within the limits.

The impact on air quality during the construction phase of the proposed project shall be

in terms of increased dust (SPM) concentration locally. There shall be minimal impact

due to SPM levels and shall be limited to construction phase only. As such, there will not

be any direct emissions of conventional pollutants from the project processes except

during construction phase. However, with the development of the project, associated

roads, and landscape lawns, the level of particulate matters will come down to normal

level and much below the permissible limits specified by CPCB/MoEF. Hence, the

impacts of the proposed nuclear power plant on ambient air quality due to conventional

air pollutants will be insignificant. There will be marginal increase in conventional air

pollutants levels due to increase in vehicular traffic and urbanization. However, these

concentrations shall be within the prescribed limits of CPCB / GPCB.



Rev. No. F Page XXI





10.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

For water quality assessment, water samples from 8 stations (3 surface water locations

and 5 sub-surface water locations) were collected and analysed for a period of one year.

The water from Mahi river pipeline will be used only for construction phase. The surface

water quality satisfies the Class C of surface water (Drinking water source with

conventional treatment followed by disinfection) (IS10500: 1991). The levels of total

coliform are present in some samples and faecal coliform are absent in the sampled

ground water.

The Condenser Cooling Water requirement for the proposed nuclear power project is

being planned to be met from Arabian Sea and fresh water requirement from

desalination plant proposed to be set up at the site of nuclear power project.

A packaged sewage treatment plant will be set up for treatment of sewage water

generated within the plant premises. The treated sewage is proposed to be reused for

development of greenbelt and plantations in and around the units of nuclear power plant.

Therefore, the impact of domestic effluents on water resources of the region would be

insignificant.

10.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT

The impact on land environment during construction phase shall be due to generation of

debris/construction material, which shall be properly collected and disposed off. There

will be no accumulation of drainage on the higher elevation side as the site will be

graded. A garland drain network is developed to collect and route the drain water

towards sea. No impact is envisaged due to the same.

All wastes generated are segregated as solid and hazardous wastes and collected

together for disposal. All such wastes will be transported to authorized disposal agency.

Accordingly, there shall be no additional load on land environment during operation

phase of the project.



Rev. No. F Page XXII





For establishing soil characteristics within the study area, soil samples from 10 locations

were collected and analysed for relevant parameters. The soil of the proposed site is

silty loam type. At present, most of the land is under cultivated and sparse scrub

vegetation also exists in the study area. However, with the introduction of the project, the

land use pattern of the area will improve with neat and clean project buildings, lawns and

gardens. The area in the exclusion zone around the project will be developed into a

green belt as per the requirements of AERB and Gujarat Pollution Control Board

(GPCB). This will further improve the aesthetic and land use environment at the

proposed project site.

10.4 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The marginal increase in the local gaseous pollutant levels due to the operation of

vehicle and equipment is short-term during construction phase and it is not expected to

have any notable impact on the faunal and floral components.

There is no discharge of conventional pollutants in the aquatic environment; so marine

fauna and flora would not be affected. The thermal discharges of condenser cooling

water would not exceed the stipulated standards and thus would not create stress on

aquatic flora and fauna.

The effluents shall be suitably treated and there shall be no significant impact on fresh

water ecology. There is no sanctuary/national park/ ecologically sensitive area within 10

kms radius of the proposed project. The biodiversity of the region would be enhanced

due to green belt programme of proposed NPP.

10.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise levels were monitored at twenty locations in and around the proposed project site,

surrounding villages, commercial and sensitive places. Among twenty, ten locations for

noise and ten for traffic quality monitoring stations. Both daytime and night time noise

levels were observed closer to the respective ambient noise level standards.

The impact on noise environment during the construction phase of the project shall be

localized and marginal.



Rev. No. F Page XXIII





However it is to be noted that due to project activities there will be limited increase in

vehicles during peak construction time of present project. All proper traffic management

measures will be adopted towards reduction in movement of vehicles.

As regards the impacts of vibrations generated due to the equipments in the proposed

power plant, there will be negligible impact on nearby human settlements and the effects

would be relatively local in nature. As new equipment and machinery to be installed will

be based on modern technologies, these will produce minimum noise and vibrations.

10.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Effect of employment generation and additional transport requirements on local

infrastructural facilities are adequately addressed for the project construction activities.

Operational phase of the plant covers the entire life span of the plant. Hence the impacts

of the operational phase extend over a long period of time. The policy of NPCIL towards

social welfare & community development aims at strengthening the bond between

Project Authorities and local population in the vicinity of nuclear power plant. In line with

this policy, the positive impacts include opportunities for employment, improvement of

transport facilities, enhancement of basic facilities in the areas of education, health, and

infrastructure facilities.

In addition to the compensation for acquired property, NPCIL proposes R & R Package

for the Project Affected Families (PAFs) of NPP at Mithivirdi in line with the best of the

provisions of National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy 2007.

11.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

Based on the baseline data collected for three seasons for various environmental

components viz. air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic and prediction

and evaluation of impacts are carried out. Strategies and control measures have been

formulated for minimizing the potential adverse impacts due to proposed nuclear power

project. The component wise project activities, impacts and EMP measures are

delineated as follows.



Rev. No. F Page XXIV





The EMP lists out all these measures not only for both the construction and but also

operational phases of the proposed project. However, during construction phase, the

engine exhausts from construction vehicles and machines, dust and other sources of

emission can affect air quality. In order to keep a check on the emissions of NOx, SPM

and SO2 from all the point sources, the emissions will be monitored as per statutory

regulations.

The impact to the aquatic environment due to discharge of condenser cooling water into

the Arabian Sea will be minimized by constructing discharging through under sea bed

tunnels of length of 2.5 Km to 3.5 Km. Accordingly, the condensers will be designed in

such a way that the resultant temperature rise of the receiving water body will not be

more than 7 ºC in line with MoEF notification on CCW discharge temperature limits.

However, this would also be monitored on regular basis by NPCIL.

After the construction is over, landscaping and horticulture activities would be taken-up

and the area will be developed aesthetically. NPCIL has continually endeavored towards

Sustainable Development in their corporate philosophy. Green belt development

programme will be taken up to cover most of the area of exclusion zone suitably. Local

suitable species are to be planted to enhance the biodiversity. General awareness about

various ecological issues connected with the construction as well as operation of the

plant would be increased gradually. This will help the habitants to grow more ecologically

conscious as far as protection of the surrounding environment is concerned.

Major equipment and machineries, which are prone to generate high noise levels, will be

provided with enclosures / mufflers for low noise generation. The operators cabin would

be acoustically insulated with special doors and observation windows. The operators

working in high noise area would be provided with protective devices such as ear

muffs/ear plugs and they would be trained to use these devices.

Efforts will be made to promote harmony with the local population and further

consolidate their positive perceptions of industrialization by engaging in socially-friendly

activities such as maintaining roads, water conservation programmes, safety

management programs and supporting infrastructures in nearby schools in due course

of time. Sanitation facilities in labour colonies would be provided to ensure better

hygiene and health. Regular environmental awareness programs would be organised by



Rev. No. F Page XXV





NPCIL to impress upon the surrounding population about the beneficial impacts of the

project and also about the measures being undertaken for environmental safety.

12.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

NPCIL will establish an Environmental Survey Laboratory (ESL) headed by a well

qualified and experienced technical person from the relevant field. The laboratory will

carry out number of activities related to analysis of ambient air quality, stack emissions,

and water quality. This laboratory will continue to monitor radioactivity in samples of

water, vegetation and food products in the entire area within a radius of 30 km around

the site, throughout the life of the NPPs to check for any variations and to check that the

environment is safe. The ESL will be set-up and managed by Health Physics Division,

Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC). Its findings will be reported to Atomic Energy

Regulatory Board (AERB) and other authorities.

13.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

In Addition, following special studies have been carried out by independent institutes /

agencies, organized by EIL and NPCIL for generation of important baseline data /

specific information required for the subject EIA study.

(i) Marine Impact Assessment (MIA) and study of thermal dispersion of condenser

cooling seawater discharges from proposed nuclear power project at Mithivirdi,

Gujarat by INDOMER Coastal Hydraulics Pvt. Ltd, Chennai.

(ii) High Tide Line/Low Tide Line and Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) demarcation

of Mithivirdi coast by Institute of Remote Sensing (IRS), Anna University,

Chennai.

(iii) Baseline environmental data collection for flora and fauna for NPP at Mithivirdi,

Gujarat by Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology & Natural History (SACON),

Coimbatore

(iv) Pre-operational radiological survey for Mithivirdi site by Health Physics

Division, Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC), Mumbai.

(v) Provisional Public Dose apportionment study for Mithivirdi site by Health

Physics Division, BARC, Mumbai.



Rev. No. F Page XXVI





14.0 BENEFITS OF NPP AT MITHIVIRDI

The foregoing analysis and discussion indicates that the proposed project at Mithivirdi

for establishment of “Nuclear Power Plant” is environmentally benign and sustainable.

14.1 ECONOMICS OF NUCLEAR POWER

The important factors affecting the operating economics of power generating

technologies are capital cost, debt equity pattern, and interest during construction,

discount rate and fuel choice. The analysis of economics of the technologies as on date

reveals that nuclear power, in the long term, is an economical option. Considering the

component of fuel cost is lower in case of nuclear power, the escalation impact on tariff

is also lower. Nuclear power in India has been established as safe, reliable, clean &

environment friendly and economically compatible with other sources of power

generation units in India. Therefore, establishment of NPP in the western coast of the

country assumes importance, as it will provide much needed electricity with minimal

environmental impact and with comparable cost of electricity generation.

14.2 ENVIRONMENT SUSTAINABILITY OF THE PROJECT

Nuclear power plants emit fewer pollutants as compared to any other power plants. The

emissions of conventional pollutants like NOx, SO2 and SPM from nuclear power plant

are insignificant. The radiological emissions from a nuclear power plants are controlled

through a comprehensive radiological waste management and radiological protection

system and mechanism, which meets the requirement of AERB. Therefore, the radiation

dose to the environment due to operation of nuclear power plants in India is within the

limits specified by AERB.

14.3 SOCIAL UP-LIFTMENT OF THE REGION

NPCIL will contribute towards uplifting of the surrounding areas. Further, setting-up of

this project will be a boom to this region and will improve the living conditions of the

society.


1


Rev. No. F

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANT AT


CONTENTS OF VOLUME - I

SL.NO CONTENTS PAGE

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY………………………………………………………….…………..............I - XXV

CHAPTER – 1 INTRODUCTION

1.0 INTRODUCTION 3

1.1 PURPOSE OF EIA REPORT 3

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT 3

1.2.1 INDIAN NUCLEAR POWER PROGRAM 3

1.2.2 PROJECT PROPONENT 8

1.3 NPCIL MISSION 9

1.3.1 NPCIL CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY 9

1.4 PROJECT SETTING AND DESCRIPTION 9

1.4.1 FEATURES OF ZONES AROUND THE NPPS 11

1.5 IMPORTANCE OF NPP TO THE REGION/COUNTRY 11

1.6 SCOPE OF THE EIA STUDY 11

1.6.1

MOEF APPROVED TOR FOR EIA 12

1.6.2 ADDITIONAL TOR FOR TOWNSHIP 17

1.7 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT 18

1.8 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 18

1.9 FRAME WORK OF IMPACT ASSESSMENT 18

1.9.1 METHODOLOGY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 19

1.9.2 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS 19

1.9.3 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION 19

1.9.4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT PREDICTION AND EVALUATION 20

1.9.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) 21

1.10 DETAILS OF LITIGATION 21

CHAPTER – 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.0 GENERAL INFORMATION 23

2.1 NEED FOR THE PROJECT 23

2.2 PROJECT LOCATION AND AREA 23

2.2.1 TOPOGRAPHY 25

2.2.2 GEOLOGY OF THE STUDY AREA 25

2.2.3 GEOHYDROLOGY 26

2.2.4 SEISMOTECTONICS 26

2.2.5 FLOOD ANALYSIS 26

2.2.6 AVAILABLE SOURCE OF WATER 27

2.2.7 POWER EVACUATION 27

2.2.8 POPULATION 27

2.2.9 ACCESS TO THE SITE 27

2.2.10 GENERAL ENVIRONMENT NEIGHBOURING NPP SITE 28

2.2.11 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 28

2.2.12 PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF THE PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION 28

2.3 PLANT DESCRIPTION 28

2.3.1 SAFETY OBJECTIVES & PRINCIPLES 28

2.3.2 PRINCIPLES & GUIDELINES 29

2.4 CLASSIFICATION 32

2.4.1 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 32



Rev. No. F



2.4.2 SEISMIC CLASSIFICATION 37

2.5 IMPORTANT BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES 38

2.6 REACTOR SYSTEM 42

2.6.1 REACTOR PRESSURE VESSEL (RPV) AND INTERNALS 43

2.6.2 REACTOR FUEL 45

2.6.3 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) AND EQUIPMENT 47

2.6.4 REACTOR COOLANT PUMP (RCP) SET 48

2.6.5 PRESSURISER 49

2.6.6 STEAM GENERATORS 49

2.7 REACTOR CONTROL AND PROTECTION SYSTEM 50

2.8 SPECIAL FEATURES OF NPP 52

2.8.1 INHERENT SAFETY FEATURES 52

2.8.2 ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES 52

2.8.2.1 PASSIVE CORE COOLING SYSTEM 52

2.8.2.2 IN-CONTAINMENT REFUELING WATER STORAGE TANK 54

2.8.2.3 PASSIVE RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM 55

2.8.2.4 REACTOR CONTAINMENT SYSTEM 55

2.8.2.5 CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM 56

2.8.2.6 PASSIVE CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM 56

2.8.2.7 CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN CONTROL SYSTEM 57

2.8.2.8 CONTAINMENT LEAK RATE TEST SYSTEM 58

2.9 REACTOR AUXILIARY SYSTEM 58

2.9.1 CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM 58

2.9.2 SPENT FUEL POOL COOLING SYSTEM 59

2.9.3 COMPONENT COOLING WATER SYSTEM 60

2.9.4 CONTAINMENT RECIRCULATION COOLING SYSTEM 60

2.10 SECONDARY SIDE: STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION 60

2.11 COOLING WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS 61

2.11.1 MAIN COOLING WATER SYSTEM 61

2.11.2 SEA WATER COOLING SYSTEM FOR NON-ESSENTIAL LOAD 61

2.12 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM 62

2.13 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL (I&C) 64

2.14 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 65

2.14.1 ONSITE POWER SYSTEM 65

2.14.2 OFFSITE POWER SYSTEM 66

2.14.3 FUEL HANDLING SYSTEM 66

2.14.4 VENTILATION SYSTEM 67

2.15 RADIATION PROTECTION 68

2.15.1 DESIGN OBJECTIVE 68

2.15.2 DOSE LIMITS 68

2.15.3 CONTAMINATION CONTROL 69

2.16 RADIOACTIVE WASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM 69

2.16.1 SOLID RADIOACTIVE WASTE SYSTEM 69

2.16.2 LIQUID RADIOACTIVE WASTE SYSTEM 71

2.16.3 GASEOUS RADIOACTIVE WASTE SYSTEM 73

2.17 RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM 73

2.17.1 ULTIMATE HEAT SINK (UHS) 75

2.18 DESIGN LIFE 75

2.19 AWAY FROM THE REACTOR (AFR) FACILITY 75

2.20 SHUT DOWN PERIOD FOR RE-FUELING 75

2.21 MITIGATION ASPECTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS OF NPP AT MITHIVIRDI

75

2.21.1 SAFETY ANALYSIS 75

2.21.2 THE CONCEPT OF DEFENSE IN DEPTH 76

2.21.3 BARRIERS TO RADIOACTIVE RELEASE 78

2.22 EMISSION SUMMARY 81



Rev. No. F



2.22.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT (GENERAL) 81 2.22.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT (RADIOACTIVE) 81 2.22.2.1 GASEOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 81 2.22.2.2 ANNUAL AVERAGE RELEASE OF AIRBORNE RADIONUCLIDES 81 2.22.2.3 ESTIMATED DOSE 81 2.23 WATER ENVIRONMENT 81 2.23.1 WATER REQUIREMENT & WATER BALANCE 81 2.23.2 CONDENSER COOLING SEA WATER DISCHARGE 85

2.24 LIQUID RADIOACTIVE WASTE SYSTEM 86

2.25. RADIOACTIVE SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 87

2.25.1 INCINERATION OF LOW LEVEL COMBUSTIBLE SOLID WASTE 87

2.26 RAINWATER HARVESTING 87

CHAPTER – 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.0 INTRODUCTION 91

3.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE STUDY AREA 91

3.2 METHODOLOGY OF EIA 91

3.3 IDENTIFICATION OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS 91

3.3.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT 92

3.3.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT 92

3.3.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT 92

3.3.4 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 92

3.3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 92

3.3.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 92

3.3.7 MARINE ENVIRONMENT 92

3.4 METHODOLOGY FOR BASELINE DATA COLLECTION 93

3.5 BASELINE STATUS 94

3.5.1 METEOROLOGY 94

3.5.1.1 METEOROLOGY (HISTORICAL DATA) 94

3.5.1.2 MICRO-METEOROLOGY IN THE STUDY AREA 96


3.5.2.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 101


3.5.3.1 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION FOR WATER ENVIRONMENT 108

3.5.3.2 SURFACE WATER QUALITY 110

3.5.3.3 SUB-SURFACE WATER QUALITY 118

3.5.3.3 HEAVY METAL CONTENT 120


3.5.4.1 GEOLOGY 120

3.5.4.2 SEISMOTECTONICS 120

3.5.4.3 DRAINAGE 120


3.5.5.1 NOISE LEVEL & TRAFFIC MONITORING 123

3.5.5.2 NOISE LEVEL AT VARIOUS MONITORING STATIONS 123

3.5.6 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS 133


3.5.7.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE STUDY AREA 141

3.5.7.2 METHODOLOGY 142

3.5.7.2.1 VEGETATION SAMPLING 143

3.5.7.2.2 FAUNAL SAMPLING 145

3.5.7.3 OBSERVATIONS 146

3.5.7.4 FAMILIAL COMPOSITION 147

3.5.7.5 DOMINANT GENERA 178

3.5.7.6 HABITAT WISE REPRESENTATION OF PLANTS RECORDED FROM THE STUDY AREA

179

3.5.7.7 PHYTOSOCIOLOGY 179

3.5.7.7.1 TREE COMMUNITY STRUCTURE 179

3.5.7.7.2 SHRUB SPECIES COMMUNITY STRUCTURE 182



Rev. No. F



3.5.7.7.3 HERBACEOUS PLANT COMMUNITY STRUCTURE 183

3.5.7.7.4 MAMMALS 186

3.5.7.7.5 REPTILES 187

3.5.7.7.6 FISHES 188

3.5.7.8 SENSITIVE AREAS 188


3.5.8.1 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION 189

3.5.9 CRZ MAPPING OF MITHIVIRDI COAST 189

3.5.10 MARINE IMPACT ASSESSMENT 189


3.5.11.1 OCEANOGRAPHIC PARAMETERS 192

3.5.11.2 MARINE WATER QUALITY 198

3.5.11.3 SEDIMENT CHARACTERISTICS 203

3.5.11.4 MARINE BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS 205

3.5.11.5 MARINE MICROBILOGICAL PARAMETERS 217

3.5.11.6 ECOLOGICAL STATUS 220

3.5.11.7 MANGROVES 221

3.5.11.8 CORAL REEFS 221

3.5.11.9 SEA GRASS BEDS AND ALGAL COMMUNITIES 221

3.5.11.10 OTHER IMPORTANT FLORA & FAUNA 222

3.5.11.11 TURTLE NESTING 222

3.5.11.12 TIDAL FLATS 222

3.5.12 PRE-OPERATIONAL RADIOLOGICAL SURVEY 223

3.5.12.1 DIRECT RADIATION EXPOSURE MEASUREMENTS 223

3.5.12.2 TRITIUM IN WATER SAMPLES 225

3.5.12.3 RADIOACTIVITY LEVELS IN WATER SAMPLES 226

3.5.12.4 RADIOACTIVITY LEVELS IN AQUATIC ORGANISMS 226

3.5.12.5 RADIOACTIVITY LEVELS IN SOIL AND SAND SAMPLES 227

3.5.12.6 RADIOACTIVITY LEVELS IN VEGETABLES AND FRUIT SAMPLES 228

3.5.12.7 RADIOACTIVITY LEVELS IN EREALS AND PULSES 228

3.5.12.8 RADIOACTIVITY LEVELS IN LEAF AND GRASS SAMPLES 229

CHAPTER – 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.0 INTRODUCTION 190

4.1 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION 231

4.1.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE 231

4.1.2 OPERATIONAL PHASE & DECOMMISSIONING PHASE 231

4.2 SOURCE AND REQUIREMENT OF WATER AND POWER 232

4.3 IDENTIFICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS BEARING IMPACTS 232


4.3.1.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE 233

4.3.1.2 OPERATION PHASE 233

4.3.1.3 DG SET MODELING 234

4.3.1.4 GASEOUS RADIOACTIVE DISCHARGE THROUGH AIR ROUTE 241

4.3.1.5 RADIOACTIVE SOLID WASTE 242




4.3.2.3 IMPACT DUE TO DESALINISATION PLANT 244

4.3.2.4 IMPACT DUE TO WASTEWATER 245

4.3.2.5 SEWAGE WATER TREATMENT 245

4.3.2.6 STORM WATER MANAGEMENT 247

4.3.2.7 AREA DRAINAGE AND SURROUNDING 248








Rev. No. F





4.3.5.1 ECOLOGICAL IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 254

4.3.5.2 CLEARING OF VEGETATIVE COVER 254

4.3.5.3 MOVEMENT AND MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION 256

4.3.5.4 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS 256

4.3.5.5 ECOLOGICAL IMPACT DURING OPERATION PHASE 256

4.3.5.6 IMPACT ON NEAR-THREATENED BIRD SPECIES 256

4.3.5.7 IMPACTS OF PROPOSED PROJECT ON VEGETATION AND CROPS (KESAR MANGO VARIETY)

256


4.3.6.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS 257

4.3.6.2 PREDICTION OF IMPACT 257

4.3.7 CRZ IMPACT 260

4.3.7.1 ON COASTAL LINE 260

4.3.7.2 IMPACT OF COASTAL ZONE BEYOND HTL 261

4.3.7.3 IMPACT ON SENSITIVE ECOSYSTEM 261


4.3.8.1 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 261

4.3.8.2 IMPACT DURING OPERATION PHASE 262

4.3.8.3 IMPACT ON OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH 262

4.3.8.4 IMPACT ON ENVIRONMENTAL SANITATION 263

4.3.8.5 IMPROVEMENT OF COMMUNICATION FACILITIES 263

4.3.9 TRASPORTATION 263

4.3.9.1 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 263

4.3.9.2 IMPACT DURING OPERATION PHASE 264

4.3.9.3 MITIGATION MEASURES 265

4.10 IMPACTS DURING COMMISSIONING PHASE 265

4.10.1 DESIGN FEATURES FOR DECOMMISSIONING 265

4.10.2 APPROACH FOR DECOMMISSIONING 266

4.10.3 DECOMMISSIONING COST 267

CHAPTER – 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.0 TECHNOLOGY 269

5.1 GREEN HOUSE GAS EMISSIONS 269

5.2 SITE SELECTION 271

CHAPTER – 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.0 INTRODUCTION 274

6.1 IMPLEMENTION ARRANGEMENT 274

6.1.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION STAGE 274

6.1.2 DURING OPERATION STAGE 274

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS TO BE MONITORED 276

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME: 277

6.3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE 277

6.3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME: OPERATION PHASE 279

6.4 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING 279

6.4.1 MONITORING AT WORK PLACE 279

6.4.2 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING ON SITE 281

6.4.3 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING IN THE PUBLIC DOMAIN 282

6.5.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MONITORING 284

6.5.2 MONITORING FOR CONVENTIONAL POLLUTANTS 284

6.5.2.1 WORK ZONE NOISE LEVELS 285

6.5.2.2 STACK MONITORING FOR DIESEL GENERATOR 285

6.5.2.3 FLUE GAS MONITORING 285

6.5.2.4 EFFLUENT MONITORING FOR STP 285

6.5.3 METEOROLOGY 286

6.5.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 286



Rev. No. F



6.5.5 MAINTENANCE OF DRAINAGE SYSTEM 287

6.5.6 WASTE WATER DISCHARGE FROM PROJECT SITE 287

6.5.7 AMBIENT NOISE 287

6.5.8 GROUND WATER MONITORING 287

6.5.9 SOIL QUALITY MONITORING 288

6.5.10 SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL 288

6.5.11 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 288

6.5.12 HOUSE KEEPING 288

6.5.13 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 289

6.6 MONITORING PLAN 289

6.6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 289

6.6.2 PROGRESS MONITORING AND REPORTING ARRANGEMENTS 297

6.6.3 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN 289

6.7 ENVIRONMENTAL SURVEY LABORATORY 300

6.8 STAFF REQUIREMENT FOR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT 300

6.9 BUDGETARY PROVISIONS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES 301

6.10 OVERALL SCHEDULE 302

6.10.1 OVERALL PROJECT SCHEDULE OF NPP AT MITHIVIRDI 302

6.10.2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE OF ESL AT MITHIVIRDI 303

6.11 SUBMISSION OF MONITORING REPORTS TO MOEF 303

CHAPTER – 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES


7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 305

7.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 305

7.3.1 NATURAL EVENTS 306

7.3.2 MANMADE EVENTS 310

7.3.3 EVENTS WITHIN THE PLANT 311

7.4 RADIATION EMERGENCY RESPONSE SYSTEM IN INDIAN NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS

311

7.4.1 EMERGENCY STANDBY 313

7.4.2 PERSONNEL EMERGENCY 313

7.4.3 PLANT EMERGENCY 314

7.4.4 SITE EMERGENCY 314

7.4.5 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY 314

7.4.6 EXERCISES 316

7.4.7 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS SYSTEM FOR MITHIVIRDI NPP 317

7.4.8 PLANT/SITE EMERGENCY PROCEDURE 317

7.4.8.1 EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITY 317

7.4.8.2 COMMUNICATION 319

7.4.8.3 RESOURCES AND FACILITIES 319

7.4.8.4 ACTION PLAN FOR RESPONDING TO EMERGENCY 319

7.4.9 VOLUME-II: PROCEDURE FOR OFF-SITE EMERGENCY 319

7.4.9.1 EMERGENCY PLANNING ZONES 319

7.4.9.2 FREQUENCY /PERIODICITY OF EMERGENCY EXERCISES 320

7.4.10 HABITABILITY OF CONTROL ROOMS UNDER ACCIDENT CONDITIONS 320

7.4.10.1 MODE I – NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS 321

7.4.10.2 MODE II – FILTERING/VENTILATION MODE 321

7.4.10.3 MODE III – MODE OF TOTAL ISOLATION OF THE MCR ROOMS 321

7.5 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 322

7.5.1 SPATIAL DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION AND HOUSEHOLDS 323

7.5.2 SAMPLE SIZE AND STUDY DESIGN 324

7.5.3 MAJOR FINDINGS FROM STUDY AREA 326

7.5.3.1 DEMOGRAPHICS 326

7.5.3.2 HOUSEHOLD AMENITIES 326

7.5.3.3 VILLAGE INFRASTRUCTURE & PERCEPTION 330

7.5.4 PROJECT PERCEPTION 335

7.6 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT ISSUES 337



Rev. No. F



7.6.1 SUPPORT FOR THE PROJECT 337

7.6.2 LAND COMPENSATION 337

7.6.3 EMPLOYMENT 337

7.6.4 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR R & R POLICY 337


CHAPTER – 8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.0 ECONOMIC BENEFITS 341

8.1 ENERGY SECURITY 341

8.2 EMISSIONS 341

8.3 ENVIRONMENT SUSTAINABILITY 342

8.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 342

8.4.1 SOCIAL UPLIFTMENT OF THE REGION 342

8.4.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC BENEFITS 343

8.4.3 POTENTIAL FOR EMPLOYMENT 343

8.4.4 ASSISTANCE IN TRAINING AND SKILL DEVELOPMENT 343

8.4.5 INDIRECT BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES 343

8.5 TRANSFER OF TECHNOLOGY 344

CHAPTER – 9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENIFIT ANALYSIS 346

CHAPTER – 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT 348

10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 348

10.2.1 SITE PREPARATION 348






10.2.7 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 359

10.2.8 SANITATION 360

10.2.9 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AT PLANT 360

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE 361



10.3.2.1 WATER QUALITY MONITORING 363

10.3.2.2 COMPLIANCE TO THERMAL REGULATIONS 363

10.3.2.3 DOMESTIC WASTEWATER 364

10.3.2.4 RAINWATER HARVESTING 364

10.3.2.5 WATER QUALITY MONITORING 364


10.3.3.1 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 365



10.3.5.1 AQUATIC ENVIRONMENT 371

10.3.5.2 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING IN BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES AND THEIR HABITAT 372

10.3.5.3 MITIGATION MEASURES 372


10.3.6.1 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 373

10.3.7 EMP FOR CRZ 377

10.3.8 EMP FOR MARINE ENVIRONMENT 377

10.3.9 TRAINING 378

10.3.10 HEALTH AND SAFETY 379

10.3.11 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING 380

CHAPTER – 11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION



Rev. No. F



11.0 SUMMARY 382

11.1 CONCLUSIONS 382

11.1.1 SUITABILITY OF PROPOSED SITE 382

11.1.2 IMPACT ON CRZ 383

11.1.3 MONITORING RADIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS AROUND MITHIVIRDI 383

11.1.4 MANAGEMENT OF CONVENTIONAL AND NON-CONVENTIONAL RELEASES OF POLLUTANTS

383

11.1.5 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 384

11.1.6 WATER REQUIREMENT AND WATER BALANCE 384

11.1.7 RESETTLEMENT AND REHABILITATION PLAN 384

11.1.8 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY OF NPCIL 385

11.1.9 RADIOLOGICAL RISK ASSESSMENT AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE SYSTEM 385

11.1.10 REMARKS 385

CHAPTER – 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 387


1 Document No.

A100-EI-1741-1201 Rev. No. F



TABLE CONTENT

Sl No

Item Description Page No.

1 Table 1.1 Operating nuclear power stations in India 5

2 Table 1.2 Reactors under construction in India 6

3 Table 1.3 Coordinates of the proposed Nuclear Power Plant 10

4 Table 1.4 Compliance of TOR comments from MoEF from the EIA report 12

5 Table 1.5 Baseline data collection agencies 20

6 Table 2.1 Land use statistics of the NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat 24

7 Table 2.2 Break-up of Land in different villages – to be acquired 24

8 Table 2.3 Classification of land in the proposed site at Mithivirdi, Bhavnagar district

24

9 Table 2.4 Geology of the study area at various depths 22

10 Table 2.5 Classification of building structure 40

11 Table 2.6 Sea water requirement estimate (per Unit) 81

12 Table 2.7 Fresh water consumption (Per Unit) 82

13 Table 2.8 Requirement of water for Mithivirdi NPP Plant and Township area

82

14 Table 2.9 The outfall distance and coordinates of six nuclear reactors 86

15 Table 3.1 Methodology, parameters, sampling frequency of baseline data collection

93

16 Table 3.2 Monthly mean values of meteorological data for one year (Dec. 2009 to Nov. 2010)

94

17 Table 3.3 Meteorological data from 10th December 2010 to 09th December 2011

96

18 Table 3.4 Direction and aerial distance of ambient air quality monitoring stations

99

19 Table 3.5 Standard Methods of monitoring ambient air quality 101

20 Table 3.6 Statistical analysis of SPM for all ambient air quality locations (December 2010 to November 2011)

101

21 Table 3.7 Statistical analysis of PM10 for all AAQ locations (Dec 2010 to Nov 2011)

102

22 Table 3.8 Statistical analysis of PM2.5 for all AAQ locations (Dec 2010 to Nov 2011)

102

23 Table 3.9 Statistical analysis of SO2 for all AAQ locations (Dec 2010 to Nov 2011)

102

24 Table 3.10 Statistical analysis of NOx for all AAQ locations (Dec 2010 to Nov 2011)

103

25 Table 3.11 Statistical analysis of O3 for all AAQ locations (Dec 2010 to Nov 2011)

103

26 Table 3.12 98th Percentile values for all AAQ locations (Dec 2010 to Nov 2011)

103

27 Table 3.13 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (As gazetted on 18th Nov, 2009 at New Delhi)

105

28 Table 3.14 List of Sampling Stations for water quality 110

29 Table 3.15 Parameters and methodologies adopted in assessing quality of water

111

30 Table 3.16 Surface water quality at Mahi river (WS1) 112

31 Table 3.17 Surface water quality at Jaspara river (WS2) 112

32 Table 3.18 Surface water quality at Mithivirdi river (WS3) 113



Rev. No. F



33 Table 3.19 Sub-surface water quality at Thalsar (WSS1) 114

34 Table 3.20 Sub-surface water quality at Navagam (WSS2) 115

35 Table 3.21 Sub-surface water quality at Sosiya (WSS3) 116

36 Table 3.22 Sub-surface water quality at Morchand (WSS4) 117

37 Table 3.23 Sub-surface water quality at Odarka (WSS5) 117

38 Table 3.24 Location and depth of ground water collection stations 119

39 Table 3.25 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Thalsar (N1) 123

40 Table 3.26 M Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Sosiya-Alang ( (N2)

124

41 Table 3.27 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Khadarpar (N3)

125

42 Table 3.28 M Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Navagam (N4) 126

43 Table 3.29 M Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Morchand (N5) 126

44 Table 3.30 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Odarka (N6) 127

45 Table 3.31 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Garibpura (N7) 127

46 Table 3.32 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Alang (N8) 128

47 Table 3.33 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Manar (N9) 128

48 Table 3.34 M Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Pithalpur (N10) 128

49 Table 3.35 Traffic load and survey for four monitoring stations (first quarter) 129

50 Table 3.36 Traffic load and survey for four monitoring stations (second quarter)

130

51 Table 3.37 Traffic load and survey for ten monitoring stations (third quarter) 131

52 Table 3.38 Standard classification of soil sampling analysis 134

53 Table 3.39 Analysis of soil data collected from Kukad area 136

54 Table 3.40 Analysis of soil data collected from Navagam area 136

55 Table 3.41 Analysis of soil data collected from Corner A & B of NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat

137

56 Table 3.42 Analysis of soil data collected from Corner C & D of NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat

137

57 Table 3.43 Analysis of soil data collected from Morchand area 138

58 Table 3.44 Analysis of soil data collected from Odarka area 138

59 Table 3.45 Analysis of soil data collected from Garibpura area 139

60 Table 3.46 Analysis of soil data collected from Manar area 139

61 Table 3.47 Formulas for calculating the quantitative structure and composition of plant communities

144

62 Table 3.48 Sampling techniques used for the faunal study 145

63 Table 3.49 List of birds documented during the study period 149

64 Table 3.50 List of butterflies in and around the study area 155

65 Table 3.51 List of plant species recorded in the study area 157

66 Table 3.52 Tree community parameters of the study area 179

67 Table 3.53 Shrub community parameters of the study area 182

68 Table 3.54 Herbaceous plant community parameters of the study area 184

69 Table 3.55 List of mammals recorded in the study area 187

70 Table 3.56 List of reptiles recorded in the study area 187

71 Table 3.57 List of fishes recorded in the study area 188

72 Table 3.58 Measurement locations and details of marine study 190

73 Table 3.59 Water quality parameters 199

74 Table 3.60 Biochemical Oxygen Demand in seawater 201

75 Table 3.61 Chemical Oxygen Demand in seawater 202

76 Table 3.62 Concentration of Heavy Metals, Phenol and Petroleum Hydrocarbons in sea water

202

77 Table 3.63 Sediment size distribution 203

78 Table 3.64 Seabed sediment quality parameters 204



Rev. No. F



79 Table 3.65 Primary productivity in coastal waters 205

80 Table 3.66 Comparative Statement of Primary Production along the West Coast of India

206

81 Table 3.67 Phytoplankton biomass in different sampling stations 206

82 Table 3.68 Zooplankton biomass in different sampling stations 209

83 Table 3.69 Sub tidal and Inter tidal benthic population 212

84 Table 3.70 Phytoplankton diversity indices in the study area 213

85 Table 3.71 Zooplankton diversity indices in the study area 213

86 Table 3.72 Benthic community diversity indices in the study area 213

87 Table 3.73 Bray – Curtis similarity for Phytoplankton in the study area 215

88 Table 3.74 Bray – Curtis similarity for Zooplankton collection from different stations

216

89 Table 3.75 Bray – Curtis similarity for Benthos collection from different stations

216

90 Table 3.76 Bacterial population in coastal waters (nos x 103/ml) 218

91 Table 3.77 Bacterial population in seabed sediments (x104 nos./g) 219

92 Table 3.78 Shannon - Weiner diversity Index of phytoplankton and zooplankton

221

93 Table 3.79 Latitude, longitude & Gamma dose rate level in and around Mithivirdi NPP site

223

94 Table 3.80 Tritium activity (Bq/l) in water sample 226

95 Table 3.81 Radioactivity levels in water samples collected in and around Mithivirdi NPP site

226

96 Table 3.82 Radioactivity in aquatic organism 227

97 Table 3.83 Radioactivity levels (Bq/kg dry wt.) in soil samples collected in and around Mithivirdi NPP site

227

98 Table 3.84 Radioactivity in vegetable and fruits 228

99 Table 3.85 Radioactivity in cereals and pulses 228

100 Table 3.86 Radioactivity in Leaf and grass 229

101 Table 4.1 Source and requirement of water and power 232

102 Table 4.2 Prediction of pollutants (SOx, NOx & CO) for one hour when DG sets are running one hour per week

238

103 Table 4.3 Location of predicted GLCs for pollutants 238

104 Table 4.4 Source of noise generating equipment and distance from noise source

250

105 Table 4.5 List of trees species to be removed from the proposed project site alone

255

106 Table 4.6 Average vehicular movement during construction phase 263

107 Table 5.1 Comparative CO2 (GHG) Emissions from various energy

sources

271

108 Table 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme – Construction Stage (5 Years)

278

109 Table 6.2 Noise Level to be monitored 285

110 Table 6.3 Monitoring of Effluent Inlet & Outlet of STP 286

111 Table 6.4 Ambient air to be monitored 287

112 Table 6.5 Environmental Monitoring Plan 290

113 Table 6.6 Reporting System for Environmental Monitoring Plan 297

114 Table 6.7 List of Equipments as Required for Monitoring of Conventional Pollutants

299

115 Table 6.8 List of Equipments as Required for Monitoring of Radiation / Radioactivity

299

116 Table 6.9 Staff requirement for environmental management at Mithivirdi NPP

300

117 Table 6.10 Cost of Environmental Protection Measures for 6 X 1000 MWe 301



Rev. No. F



at Mithivirdi

118 Table 7.1 Agency responsible for carrying out remedial measures during emergency

313

119 Table 7.2 Village-wise details of households and population in the study area

323

120 Table 7.3 Distribution of population and households 324

121 Table 7.4 Demographic Profile of Population in the Area 327

122 Table 7.5 Zone-wise age profiles of the respondents of the study area 328

123 Table 7.6 Health Facilities in Bhavnagar District 329

124 Table 7.7 Bhavnagar District Outdoor & Indoor Patients, 2010-11 329

125 Table 7.8 Bhavnagar Disease affected people in 2010 330

126 Table 7.9 Approximate cost for construction of houses in the study area 331

127 Table 7.10 Snapshot of socio-economic profile 333

128 Table 10.1 Summary of impacts and environmental management plan for NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat during construction phase

350

129 Table 10.2 Summary of impacts and environmental management plan for NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat during operation phase

353

130 Table 10.3 List of tree species suggested for green belt development 366

131 Table 10.4 List of Bird and Insect attracting plants suggested for planting 368



Rev. No. F



FIGURE CONTENT

Sl No

Item Description

Page No.

1 Figure 1.1 Three stages of Indian Nuclear Power Programme 4

2 Figure 1.2 Nuclear Power Plants in India (operation, construction & proposed)

7

3 Figure 2.1 Satellite map showing location of the project area and township area

24

4 Figure 2.2 Layout of the project site 25

5 Figure 2.3 Major building structure of plant 39

6 Figure 2.4 General Arrangement of Steel Containment 41

7 Figure 2.5 Reactor pressure vessel and internals 44

8 Figure 2.6 Fuel Rod schematic diagram 45

9 Figure 2.7 Fuel Rod assembly cross section 46

10 Figure 2.8 Schematic diagram of Reactor Coolant System (RCS) 48

11 Figure 2.9 Schematic diagram of Steam Generator 50

12 Figure 2.10 Diagram of Passive Core Cooling System 54

13 Figure 2.11 Schematic diagram of Passive containment cooling system 57

14 Figure 2.12 Schematic diagram of Solid Radwaste processing system 71

15 Figure 2.13 Schematic diagram of Liquid Radwaste System 72

16 Figure 2.14 Barriers to Radioactive Release 80

17 Figure 2.15 Schematic diagram of water balance for NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat

83

18 Figure 2.16 Mechanical Vapour Compression Desalinization process 84

19 Figure 2.17 Proposed intake and outfall structure of NPP, Mithivirdi site 86

20 Figure 2.18 Schematic diagram of rainwater harvesting structure 89

21 Figure 3.1 Monthwise Temperature (°C) (Dec.2009 to Nov.2010) 94

22 Figure 3.2 Monthwise Humidity values (%) (Dec.2009 to Nov.2010) 94

23 Figure 3.3 Ombrothermic diagram (Dec.2009 to Nov.2010) 95

24 Figure 3.4 Meteorological Scenario – Wind Roses, IMD Station at Bhavnagar (December 2009 to November 2010)

97

25 Figure 3.5 Meteorological Scenario – Annual Wind Roses (10th December 2009 to 9th December 2010)

98

26 Figure 3.6 Map showing Ambient Air (AA1 to AA8) quality monitoring stations

100

27 Figure 3.7 Ambient Air Quality Status of SPM, PM10 & PM2.5 104

28 Figure 3.8 Ambient Air Quality Status of SO2, NOx & O3 104

29 Figure 3.9 Map showing surface (WS1 to WS3) and sub-surface water quality monitoring stations

109

30 Figure 3.10 Map showing Noise quality monitoring stations 121

31 Figure 3.11 Map showing Traffic quality monitoring stations 122

32 Figure 3.12 Map showing Soil quality monitoring stations 133

33 Figure 3.13 Soil texture diagram of the study area 135

34 Figure 3.14 Sampling locations for plant and bird around the NPCIL study site

143

35 Figure 3.15 Dominant plant families of the study area 178

36 Figure 3.16 Dominant genera of the study area 178

37 Figure 3.17 Habitat wise representation of plants recorded in the study area 179

38 Figure 3.18 Sampling locations for marine study 191



Rev. No. F



39 Figure 3.19 Details of measurement location - Tide 193

40 Figure 3.20 Details of measurement location - Current 194

41 Figure 3.21 Details of measurement location – Salinity and Temperature 195

42 Figure 3.22 Variation of current speed and direction at stations 196

43 Figure 3.23 Dominance curve for phytoplankton 208

44 Figure 3.24 Dominance curve for zooplankton 210

45 Figure 3.25 Dominance curve for Benthos 214

46 Figure 3.26 Dendrogram of Benthic species recorded in various stations 214

47 Figure 3.27 MDS plot for benthic animals recorded in various stations 214

48 Figure 3.28 Distribution of dominant fish species in the study area 220

49 Figure 4.1 Isopleths for SO2 concentration due to proposed nuclear power plant at Mithivirdi

239

50 Figure 4.2 Isopleths for NOx concentration due to proposed nuclear power plant at Mithivirdi

240

51 Figure 4.3 Isopleths for CO concentration due to proposed nuclear power plant at Mithivirdi

241

52 Figure 4.4 Diagrammatic representation of noise generating equipments after noise modeling

252

53 Flow diagram of sewage treatment plant 246

54 Figure 5.1 Comparison of waste production in nuclear and thermal power stations

176

55 Figure 7.1 Seismic zone map of India (Source IS 1893:2002) 307

56 Figure 7.2 Gujarat Cyclone hazard risk zonation map 308

57 Figure 7.3 Gujarat storm surge hazard risk zonation map 309

58 Figure 7.4 Gujarat tsunami hazard risk zonation map 309

59 Figure 7.5 Action flow diagram for site/ Off site emergencies 318

60 Figure 7.6 Road network of the study area 336

61 Figure 10.1 Green belt area marked on plant layout 365

62 Figure 13.1 Certificate of Accreditation to Engineers India Limited from NABET

389



Rev. No. F



CONTENTS OF VOLUME – II

ANNEXURE

Sl No Item Description

1 Annexure-I TOR given by MoEF

2 Annexure-II Government of India letter for setting up new nuclear power plants

3 Annexure-III Organizational Chart of NPCIL

4 Annexure-IV Corporate Environmental Policy of NPCIL

5 Annexure-V Schematic diagram of nuclear power plant at Mithivirdi, Gujarat on toposheets

6 Annexure-VI All remote sensing/GIS maps of the NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat

7 Annexure-VII Storage and handling of hazardous process chemicals

8 Annexure-VIII Pre-operational radiological survey and dose apportionment study for Mithivirdi site

9 Annexure-IX Marine Impact Assessment and study of thermal dispersion of condenser cooling seawater discharges from proposed nuclear power plant at Mithivirdi, Gujarat

10 Annexure-X Indian Standards and specifications for drinking water

11 Annexure-XI Indian standards for Noise

12 Annexure-XII Report on baseline status of biological environment around the proposed Nuclear Power Plant at Mithivirdi, Bhavnagar, Gujarat

13 Annexure-XIII Demarcation of HTL/LTL/CRZ zonation and land use mapping for nuclear power plant at Mithivirdi, Bhavnagar, Gujarat

14 Annexure-XIV An application for seeking no objection certificate from irrigation department, Government of Gujarat

15 Annexure-XV Request letter to Gujarat Water Infrastructure Limited (GWIL), Barwala

16 Annexure-XVI An application for diversion of forest land to forest department

17 Annexure-XVII

Letter from Divisional Forest Officer mentioning no wildlife sanctuary, national park and bird sanctuary

18 Annexure-XVIII

Questionnaire for socio-economic impact assessment



Rev. No. F



ABBREVIATION

AAQ Ambient air quality

ADS Automatic Depressurization System

AERB Atomic Energy Regulatory Board

AFR Away from the Reactor

ALARA As low as Reasonably Achievable

AMCA Air Movement and Control Association

AOO Anticipated Operational Occurrence

API American Petroleum Institute

ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers

AWWA American Water Works Association

BARC Bhava Atomic Research Centre

BDL Below Detection Level

BHAVINI Bharatiya Nabhikiya Vidyut Nigam Limited

BOD Biological Oxygen Demand

BWR Boiling Water Reactor

CCW Condenser Cooling Water

CD Community Development

CEA Central Electricity Authority

CMD Chairman and Managing Director

CMT Core Makeup Tank

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

CRZ Coastal Regulation Zone

CS Chief Superintend

CVCS Chemical and Volume Control System

CWS Circulating Water System

DAE Department of Atomic Energy

DG Diesel Generator

EC Environment Clearance

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EIL Engineers India Limited

EMARC Environmental Management Apex Review Committee

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EMP Environmental Monitoring Programme

EPZ Emergency Planning Zone

ESF Engineered Safety Features

ESL Environmental Survey Laboratory

FA Fuel Assemblies

FBR Fast Breeder Reactor

FPS Fire Protection Systems

GBH Girth at Breast Height

GoI Government of India



Rev. No. F



GPCB Gujarat Pollution Control Board

GPCL Gujarat Power Corporation Limited

GRC Grievance Redressal Committee

GSDMA Gujarat State Disaster Management Authority

GWIL Gujarat Water Infrastructure Limited

HPD Health Physics Division

HPU Health Physics Unit

HSE Health, Safety and Environment

HTL High Tide Line

IAEA International Atomic Energy Agency

IRS Institute of Remote Sensing

IRWST In-containment Water Storage Tank

KAPS Kakrapara Atomic Power Station

KGS Kaiga Generating Station

LOCA Loss of Coolant Accident

LTL Low Tide Line

LWR Light Water Reactor

MAPS Madras Atomic Power Station

MCR Main Control Room

MIA Marine Impact Assessment

MoEF Ministry of Environment & Forests

MSL Mean Sea Level

MSLB Main Steam Line Break

MVC Mechanical Vapour Compression

NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards

NABET National Accrediation Board for Education and Training

NAPS Narora Atomic Power Station

NDMA National Disaster Management Authority

NIO National Institute of Oceanography

NPB Nuclear Power Board

NPCIL Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited

NPP Nuclear Power Plant

OBE Operating Basis Earthquake

OED Off-site Emergency Director

OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Association

PAFs Project Affected Families

PAPs Project Affected Persons

PCS Passive Containment Cooling System

PD Project Director

PDSC Project Design Safety Committee

PECC Plant Emergency Control Centre

PFBR Prototype Fast Breeder Reactor

PFR Pre-Feasibility report

PGCIL Power Grid Corporation of India Limited

PGVCL Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Limited



Rev. No. F



PHWR Pressurized Heavy Water Reactor

PM Particulate Matter

PPED Power Projects Engineering Division

PRHRS Passive Residual Heat Removal System

QCI Quality Council of India

R & R Rehabilitation & Resettlement

RAPS Rajasthan Atomic Power Station

RCCA Rod Cluster Control Assemblies

RCP Reactor Coolant Pump

RCS Reactor Coolant System

RMS Radiation Monitoring System

ROW Right of Way

RPV Reactor Pressure Vessel

RQD Rock Quality Design

SACON Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology & Natural History

SARCOP Safety Review Committee for Operating Plant

SCE Shift Charge- Engineer

SCR Supplementary Control Room

SD Station Director

SDV Screening distance value

SEC Site Emergency Committee

SED Site Emergency Director

SFIB Spent Fuel Inspection Bay

SFS Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System

SFSB Spent Fuel Storage Bay

SG Steam Generator

SIA Socioeconomic Impact Assessment

SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association

SPCB State Pollution Control Board

SPM Suspended Particulate Matter

SPT Standard Penetration Test

SSC Site Selection Committee

SSE Safe Shutdown Earthquake

TAPS Tarapur Atomic Power Station

TEDE Total Effective Dose Equivalent

TLD Thermo-luminescence Dosimeter

TOR Terms of Reference

TSS Total Suspended Solid

TSU Technical Services Unit

UHS Ultimate Heat Sink

UL Underwriters Laboratories

UO2 Uranium dioxide

WMP Waste Management Plant

WSS Waste Management System

iathd`r dk;kZy; % bathfu;lZ bafM;k Hkou] 1] Hkhdk,th dkek Iysl] ubZ fnYyh&110066

Regd. Office : Engineers India Bhawan, 1, Bhikaiji Cama Place , New Delhi – 110066


1


Rev. No. F Page 1 of 389



EIA REPORT

F 03.01.2013 ISSUED AS FINAL REPORT CP RSP JKJ

E 23.08.2012 ISSUED FOR COMMENTS CP RSP BBL

D 17.07.2012 ISSUED FOR COMMENTS CP RSP BBL

C 11.04.2012 ISSUED FOR COMMENTS CP RSP BBL

B 14.03.2012 ISSUED FOR COMMENTS CP RSP BBL

A 13.02.2012 ISSUED AS DRAFT CP RSP BBL

Rev. No Date Purpose Prepared by Reviewed by Approved by






CHAPTER – 1

INTRODUCTION






1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF EIA REPORT

The Government of India accorded In-principle approval to establish 6 X 1000 MWe

capacity Light Water Reactor (LWR) type Nuclear Power Plant (NPP) at Mithivirdi in

Talaja taluka of Bhavnagar district, Gujarat state. The ultimate capacity of the plant will

be around 6 X 1000 MWe. Thus the present Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

study has been carried out by taking into account the inputs and impact due to NPP for

obtaining environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF).

Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited (NCPIL) intends to carry out

Environmental Impact Assessment study for the proposed nuclear power plant as

per approved Terms of Reference (TOR) and has entrusted the task to Engineers

India Limited (EIL) for the same. Accordingly an EIA study is carried out as per

approved TOR and is detailed in subsequent sections. An application as per Form - I

and Form - IA along with Pre-Feasibility report (PFR), Terms of Reference (TOR) was

submitted and Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) approved the same vide

Letter No. J-14011/7/2010-IA.II (N) dated 14/03/2011. A copy of the same is attached

as Annexure-I (Volume – II of this report).

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT 1.2.1 INDIAN NUCLEAR POWER PROGRAM

India is pursuing Indigenous three stage, closed fuel and sequential nuclear power

programme, and Light Water Reactors (LWRs) as additionalities by setting up of Light

Water Reactors based on international cooperation essentially to achieve faster capacity

addition. The indigenous three stage program for generation of nuclear power was

propounded, envisaged and has been adopted for execution by the Government of India

(GoI). The first stage of the three stages envisaged utilization of available modest

resources of natural Uranium in the country for generation of nuclear power by the

indigenous Pressurized Heavy Water Reactor (PHWR) technology. Accordingly, in the

last four decades, the Department of Atomic Energy (DAE) through the Project

Proponent, NPCIL has installed and been operating successfully and safely 18 PHWRs

and 2 BWRs. Having acquired proficiency in all the frontiers of technology, viz. design,

construction, commissioning and operation of the NPPs, NPCIL built power reactor units






that have logged more than 360 (as on November 2012) reactor years of successful

and safe operation so far.

The Second Stage of the three stage program comprise of the application of Fast

Breeder Reactor (FBR) technology using plutonium extracted from the reprocessed

spent fuel obtained from first stage PHWR units and converting Thorium (held as

blankets) into Uranium (U-233), a fissile material. Thorium is available in abundance in

India.

The Third Stage of the programme involves use of uranium (U-233) obtained from

second stage of FBRs and thorium as blanket thereby producing uranium for long term

energy generation. The three stage Indian nuclear power programme is shown in Figure

1.1.

Fig.1.1 Three stages of Indian Nuclear Power Programme

In the year 1967, the DAE formed Power Projects Engineering Division (PPED) and

entrusted it with the responsibilities of design, construction and operation of the nuclear






power plants. PPED was then converted into Nuclear Power Board (NPB), a unit of

DAE, in 1984. In September 1987, with a view to shift nuclear power generation to

commercial domain, NPB was converted under the Companies Act – 1956 into Nuclear

Power Corporation of India Ltd. as a Public Limited Company, under the administrative

control of DAE, with the objective of undertaking the activities of design, construction,

operation and maintenance of nuclear power stations for generation of electricity in

pursuance of the schemes and programme of Government of India under the provisions

of Atomic Energy Act, 1962.

Currently, NPCIL has an installed capacity of 4780 MWe with 20 nuclear power reactors

(as on December 2012) at 6 operating plant sites across the nation (Table 1.1).

Table 1.1 Operating nuclear power stations in India

OPERATING REACTOR (TOTAL 4780 MWe)

Operating

Reactors

Type of

Reactor

Rated

Capacity

MWe

Location Commercial

Operation

TAPS-1

TAPS-2

TAPS-3

TAPS-4

BWR

BWR

PHWR

PHWR

160

160

540

540

Tarapur

(Maharashtra)

28/10/1969

28/10/1969

18/08/2006

12/09/2005

RAPS-1

RAPS-2

RAPS-3

RAPS-4

RAPS-5

RAPS-6

PHWR

PHWR

PHWR

PHWR

PHWR

PHWR

100

200

220

220

220

220

Rawatbhata

(Rajasthan)

16/12/1973

01/04/1981

01/06/2000

23/12/2000

04/02/2010

31/03/2010

MAPS-1 PHWR 220 Kalpakkam (Tamil

Nadu)

27/01/1984






MAPS-2 PHWR 220 21/03/1986

NAPS-1

NAPS-2

PHWR

PHWR

220

220

Narora (UP)

01/01/1991

01/07/1992

KAPS-1

KAPS-2

PHWR

PHWR

220

220

Kakrapar (Gujarat)

06/05/1993

01/09/1995

KGS-1

KGS-2

KGS-3

KGS-4

PHWR

PHWR

PHWR

PHWR

220

220

220

220

Kaiga (Karnataka)

16/11/2000

16/03/2000

16/04/2007

20/01/2011

Currently, 4 nuclear power reactors, each of 700 MW PHWR type, are under

construction two each at Kakrapar and Rawatbhata site respectively. In addition to this,

2 Light Water Reactors (LWRs) at Kudankulam site being implemented in technical

cooperation with Russian Federation are in advanced stage of commissioning. On

progressive completion, these will add 4800 MWe of electrical power, raising the current

installed capacity of NPCIL to 9580 MW by the year 2017. In addition, a 500 MWe

Prototype Fast Breeder Reactor (PFBR), of second stage, is also in advanced stage of

construction and being constructed at Kalpakkam in Tamilnadu state by Bharatiya

Nabhikiya Vidyut Nigam Limited (BHAVINI), another Government of India Company

under the administrative control of DAE. Thus, a total of 5300 MWe from 7 reactors

under construction is expected to raise the nuclear power capacity in the country to

10080 MWe on progressive completion of the reactors under construction by 2017. The

details are presented in Table 1.2.

Table 1.2 Reactors under construction in India

REACTORS UNDER CONSTRUCTION (TOTAL 5300 MWe)

Project Type of Reactor Rated Capacity MWe Location

Kudankulam-1

Kudankulam-2

LWR

LWR

1000

1000

Kudankulam (Tamil Nadu)






Fast Breeder* PFBR 500 Kalpakkam (Tamil Nadu)

KAPP-3

KAPP-4

PHWR

PHWR

700

700

Kakrapar (Gujarat)

RAPP-7

RAPP-8

PHWR

PHWR

700

700

Rawatbhata (Rajasthan)

*Being implemented by BHAVINI

In October 2009, Government of India accorded “In Principle approval” for five more new

sites, two for indigenous 700 MW PHWRs and three for imported 1000 MW or larger

capacity LWRs planned to be set up with international cooperation. The Government

also accorded in-principle approval for expansion of existing sites at Kudankulam in

Tamilnadu and Jaitapur in Maharashtra for exploiting full potential. A copy of the same is

attached as Annexure –II (Volume – II of this report).

The locations of various nuclear power plants under operation, under construction and

the new approved projects are shown in Fig 1.2.

Fig.1.2 Nuclear Power Plants in India (operation, construction & proposed)

Rawatbhata (Rajasthan )

Jaitapur

(Maharashtra)

2x 220 MW

2x 700 MW

2x 160 MW

2 x 540 MW

2x 1000 MW

4x 1000 MW

2x 220 MWe

500 MWe (PFBR)

2x 220 MW

1x 100 MW

1x 200 MW

4x 220 MW

2x 700 MW

Narora (U. P.)

Kakarapar (Gujarat )

Tarapur(Maharashtra)

Kudankulam (T. N.)

Kalpakkam (T. N.)

4x700 MW

Gorakhapur (Haryana)

Chutka M. P. 2x 700 MW

Mithivirdi (Gujarat )

6x1000 MW

Haripur W.B.6x1000 MW

Kovvada, A. P. Kaiga (Kar.)

6x1650 MW

In Operation - 4780 MW

Under construction - 5300 MW

Future Projects - 36100 MW

6x1000 MW4x 220 MW

(Tentative)

(Tentative)

(Tentative)

(Tentative)

(Tentative)






1.2.2 PROJECT PROPONENT

1. Address of the project proponent

The Registered Address of the Project Proponent is

Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited,

16th Floor, Centre-1, World Trade Centre,

Cuffe Parade, Colaba, Mumbai-400 005

Maharashtra

Website: www.npcil.co.in

The address for correspondence is

Shri K R Anilkumar

Associate Director (Future LWR)

Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited, Entrance Block, 2nd Floor

Nabhikiya Urja Bhavan (NUB),

Anushaktinagar, Mumbai- 400094

Maharashtra

Email: [email protected]

Telephone number: 022-25993204

Fax number: 022-25558491

2. Organization Chart of the Project Proponent

The organizational chart of NPCIL is attached as Annexure – III (Volume – II of

this report).

3. Particulars of EIA Consultant

The EIA consultant is Engineers India Limited. The complete address for

correspondence is given below.

Head, Environment Division

Engineers India Limited

Research & Development Complex, Sector-16, On NH-8

Gurgaon – 122001, Haryana

Email: [email protected]

Telephone number : 0124-4794303

Fax number : 0124-2391413

Website: www.engineersindia.com

http://www.npcil.co.in/

mailto:[email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.engineersindia.com/






1.3 NPCIL MISSION

To develop nuclear power technology and produce nuclear power as a safe,

environmentally benign and an economically viable source of electrical energy to meet

the increasing electricity needs of the country.

1.3.1 NPCIL CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY

NPCIL gives prime importance to environmental protection and upgradation at all its

sites. Accordingly the corporate environmental policy approved by Chairman and

Managing Director (CMD), NPCIL is in place which is followed at all its operating and

construction sites. A copy of the same is attached as Annexure – IV (Volume – II of this

report).

1. 4 PROJECT SETTING AND DESCRIPTION

The Secretary of Government of India, DAE constituted a Site Selection Committee

(SSC) for future nuclear power stations in 2005 to recommend a panel of costal sites.

The Government of Gujarat appointed Gujarat Power Corporation Limited (GPCL) as the

nodal agency for interaction with the Site Selection Committee.

The Committee recommended the site following the codes of practice for selection of

site published by Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB), guidelines of the Ministry of

Environment and Forests and other related engineering/technical considerations.

Some of the important aspects considered in evaluation of the site are as follows.

a) General environment and screening distance value (SDV).

b) Seismotectonic environment

c) Soil/rock strata

d) Flooding hazard and grade elevation

e) Population

f) Sea bed/intake structure

g) Connectivity and

h) Availability of construction facilities

i) Electrical power demand and supply of the region






After reviewing and examining, SSC (2005) recommended that site at Mithivirdi village

adjacent to sea coast, District Bhavnagar, Gujarat has the potential for setting up 6 units,

each of 1000 MWe or more.

The coordinates of the proposed site are as follows.

Table 1.3 Coordinates of the proposed Nuclear Power Plant

Corner Points Longitude Latitude

A 72o14’43” E 21o28’55”N

B 72o13’51” E 21o29’19”N

C 72o12’49” E 21o27’23”N

D 72o13’45” E 21o26’57”N

The site is on the shore of Gulf of Khambhat. The nearest railway station is Bhavnagar

about 40 kms away. The nearest National Highway 8E (NH-8E), which is connected

from Bhavnagar to Dwarka, is about 10 kms away. The nearest airport at Bhavnagar is

about 35 km away. The major commercial port Pipavav is about 80 km. The famous ship

breaking yard Alang is at aerial distance of 6 kms on the SW side of the plant site.

There are no minor and major airports, military airfields and installations in the site

vicinity. There are no major industries handling inflammable, toxic, corrosive or explosive

material in and around the site.

The site lies in seismic zone III of seismic zoning map of India (IS 1893-2002). There is

no capable fault within a distance of 5 km.

Plant site ground level elevation is 15 m (average) and 40 m (highest) above Mean Sea

Level (msl).

All the construction materials like stone, metal etc. can be sourced from nearby villages

like Nana Khokhra, Sodvadara, Budhel, Bhadi, and Kardej. The source of sand would be

either from Umrala (Kalubhar River), Talaja (Shetrunji River), or Dhandhuka (Kalubhar

River).The cement and steel will have to be carted by rail/road transport from the places

of manufacture / the storage yard nearby.

The schematic diagram of nuclear power plant at Mithivirdi, Gujarat on toposheets is

given in Annexure – V (Volume – II of this report).






1.4.1 FEATURES OF ZONES AROUND THE NPPS

The area around the NPP is divided into following zones. These Zones are:

Exclusion Zone: A radius of 1 km from the centers of extreme reactors is called the

Exclusion Zone. It is a fenced area and is under the total control of the plant. No

member of public is allowed to enter the Exclusion Zone without permission.

Sterilized Zone: 5.0 km around the plant is a restricted area and is called the

Sterilized Zone. Existing activities, people, structures continue to remain and any

change in the existing setup needs specific approval from local authorities. However

natural growth is allowed.

Emergency Planning Zone: A radius of 16 km is called the Emergency Planning Zone.

Radiological emergency preparedness plan covers upto this zone.

Impact Assessment Zone: 30 km radius zone around the plant site is called the

Impact Assessment Zone. This zone comes under survey/sampling activities of

Environmental Survey Laboratory (ESL) located at the site.

1.5 IMPORTANCE OF NPP TO THE REGION/COUNTRY


technologies are capital cost, debt equity pattern, and interest during construction,

discount rate and fuel choice. The analysis of economics of the technologies as on date

reveals that nuclear power, in the long term, is an economical option. Considering the

component of fuel cost is lower in case of nuclear power, the escalation impact on tariff

is also lower. Nuclear power in India has been established as safe, reliable, clean &

environment friendly and economically compatible with other sources of power

generation units in India. Therefore, establishment of NPP in the western coast of the

country assumes importance, as it will provide much needed electricity with minimal

environmental impact and with comparable cost of electricity generation.

1.6 SCOPE OF THE EIA STUDY

The general scope of the EIA study for the proposed NPP covers: a) Assessment of the present status of Air, Noise, Water, Land, Biological, Marine and

Socio-economic components of environment including biodiversity up to 10 km radius

from the project site.

b) Identification of potential impacts due to proposed Nuclear Power Plant on various

environmental components including biodiversity due to activities envisaged during

construction and operational phases of the proposed project.

c) Prediction of significant impacts due to proposed nuclear power plant.






d) Evaluation and preparation of environmental impact statements based on the

identification, prediction of impacts.

e) Delineation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining preventive and

control strategies for minimizing adverse impacts during construction and operational

stages of the proposed project.

f) Formulation of environmental quality monitoring programs for construction and

operational phases to be undertaken by the project proponent as per the requirements of

the statutory authorities.

g) Radiological Risk assessment and emergency preparedness.

1.6.1 MOEF APPROVED TOR FOR EIA

The Expert Appraisal Committee for appraisal of Nuclear Power Projects considered the

NPCIL proposal for approval of TOR for EIA study for the proposed project during its

meeting held on 14th February, 2011. Based on the review of the documents submitted

and the presentation made by the NPCIL, the Committee recommended the following

Terms of Reference (TOR) vide letter no. J-14011/7/2010-IA.II (N) dated 14th March,

2011 for incorporating the same in the EIA report.

The compliance of the TOR in the EIA report for illustration purpose is presented below.

Table 1.4 Compliance of TOR comments from MoEF in the EIA report

Sl No. Items TOR Compliance

1 A note on site selection should be given in the EIA report

A note on site selection is provided in Section 5.2 of Chapter – 5.

2 The data contained in the EIA report should be for the ultimate capacity of the plant.

It is given in Section 1.1 of Chapter – 1.

3 All the corner coordinates of the plant site as well as the township with toposheets should be given.

All coordinates of plant site is mentioned in Section 1.4 of Chapter – 1 of EIA report & with reference to township please refer Section 1.6.2 of Chapter - 1.

4 A CRZ map showing the LTL, HTL and the setback lines duly demarcated by one of the authorized agencies, super imposing thereon the various activities to be undertaken in the CRZ area including the route of the pipeline should be furnished. The recommendations of the State Coastal Zone Management Authority for undertaking the activities in CRZ should be furnished.

Study on CRZ of this site was done by Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, Chennai. Details are given in Section 3.5.9 of Chapter-3 of EIA report.

5 The EIA report should also includes the impacts of Impact on foreshore activity is






the foreshore activities including the jetty, although a separate clearance is proposed to be obtained for such activities.

described in MIA report and attached in Section 3.5.10 of Chapter – 3.

6 The impact of the project should include both terrestrial as well as aquatic components.

The study on biological environment elaborates the impact on terrestrial and aquatic components. The same has been given in Section 3.5.7 of Chapter – 3.

7 The study area should cover an area of 10 km radius around the proposed site for conventional pollutants and 30 km radius for radiological parameters.

Study on conventional pollutants covered in Section 3.4 of Chapter – 3 & Study on radiological parameters covered in Section 3.5.11 of Chapter – 3 of EIA report.

8 Land use of the study area as well as the project area shall be given separately.

Land use of the study area as well as the project area is mentioned in Section 2.2 of Chapter – 2.

9 Location of any National Park, Sanctuary, Elephant/Tiger Reserve, migratory routes, if any, 10 km of the project site shall be specified and marked on the map duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden.

The same has been mentioned in Section 3.5.7.8 of Chapter – 3.

10 Forestry Clearance for the forestland involved in the project should be obtained and a copy furnished

An application letter for forestry clearance has been sent to Forest Department and the same is attached in Annexure – XVI (Volume – 2 of this report).

11 Land requirement for the project along with usage for different purposes should be given. It should also give (ROW), if any required for pipeline etc. as well as details of township.

The same has been given in Section 2.2 of Chapter – 2 & with reference to township please refer Section 1.6.2 of Chapter - 1.

12 Location of intake and outfall points (with coordinate) should be given.

Location of intake and outfall points are mentioned in Section 2.23.2 of Chapter – 2.

13 Topography of the area should be given clearly indicating whether the site requires any filling. If so, details of filling, quantity of fill material required, its source, transportation etc. should be given.

The excavated material will be used for back filling as mentioned in Section 2.2.1 & 2.2.11 of Chapter – 2 and 4.3.5.1 of Chapter- 4.

14 Impact on drainage of the area and the surroundings should be given.

It is explained in Section 4.3.3.1 of Chapter – 4.

15 Information regarding surface hydrology and water regime and impact of the same, if any due to the project should be given.

It is explained in Section 4.3.3.1 & 4.3.3.2 of Chapter – 4.

16 One season site specific meteorological data shall be provided.

The same has been provided in Chapter – 3.

17 One complete season AAQ data (except monsoon) to be given along with the dates of monitoring for the purpose of the EIA report for obtaining environment clearance. However, data

Baseline data for one complete season have been provided in Chapter – 3.






collection should continue for the entire one year (three seasons). The parameters to be covered shall include PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx. Besides, conventional pollutants information on long lived radio nuclides and background natural radio activity, gross alpha and beta levels should be given. The location of the monitoring stations should be so decided so as to take into consideration the pre-dominant downwind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. There should be at least one monitoring station in the upwind direction. There should be at least one monitoring station in the pre dominant downwind direction at a location where maximum ground level concentration is likely to occur. Baseline data on noise levels may also be generated.

18 Detailed biological study covering both terrestrial and aquatic environment should be carried out and details furnished in the EIA report

Detailed biological study has been elucidated in Section 3.5.7 & 3.5.10 of Chapter – 3.

19 Impact of the project on the AAQ of the area. Details of model used and the input data used for modeling should be provided. The air quality contours may be plotted on a location map showing the location of the project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. The wind roses should be shown on the map. Levels due to radioactive releases should also be predicted and radiation dose there from at the fence post should also be worked out.

Impact of AAQ has been described in Section 4.3.1 of Chapter – 4 and the wind rose diagram is given in Section 3.5.1.2 of Chapter – 3.

20 Source of water and its availability. Commitment regarding availability of requisite quantity of water from the competent authority. It may clearly stated that whether any groundwater is to be used in the project or township. If so, detailed hydro-geological study should be carried out.

No ground water is used in the project. Source of water for construction is from Mahi river and in operation phase it is from sea water. It is given in Section 2.2.6 of Chapter – 2.

21 Details of desalinization plant proposed in the project. It should also include information regarding disposal of brine, point of discharge and its impact on aquatic life.

Details of desalinization plant are mentioned in Section 2.23 of Chapter – 2.

22 Details of rainwater harvesting and how it will be used in the plant.

Details of rainwater harvesting are given in Section 2.26 of Chapter – 2.

23 Impact of the thermal discharge on the aquatic life should be studied in detail. In this regard, information from some existing operating units should also be given in terms of the thermal range which is normally achieved in such power plants.

Impact of thermal discharge has been studied and mentioned in MIA report and attached in Section 4.3.7 of Chapter - 4.

24 Modeling study should be carried out to determine the impact zone due to thermal discharge.

Detailed modeling study is explained in MIA report and attached in Section 4.3.7 of Chapter - 4.

25 Impact of the project on the fishermen, if any, should be clearly brought out in the EIA report along with necessary mitigation/safeguard

A detailed study on fishing activity of the project region is given in Section 4.3.7 of






measures. Chapter – 4 and the study

indicates no much fishing activity in the region.

26 Details of water balance taking into account reuse and re-circulation of effluents

Details of water balance are mentioned in Section 2.23 of Chapter – 2.

27 Details of dredging involved, if any, and disposal / management of dredged material should be given in the report

A detailed study on dredging activity of the project region is given in Section 4.3.7 of Chapter – 4.

28 Details of greenbelt i.e. land with not less than 1500 trees per ha giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc.

Greenbelt programme is described in Section 10.4.3.1 of Chapter – 10.

29 Detailed R&R plan/compensation package in consonance with National / State policy for the project affected people including that due to fuel transportation system/pipeline taking into account the socio-economic status of the area, homestead outsees, land outsees, landless labourers.

Detailed R & R plan is explained in Section 7.6.5 of Chapter – 7 of EIA report.

30 Details of flora and fauna duly authenticated should be provided. In case of any scheduled fauna, conservation plan should be provided.

The details of flora and fauna in the study area are presented in Section 3.5.7 & 4.3.6.6 of Chapter – 3.

31 Details regarding waste management, liquid and solid waste (conventional and radioactive) should be given in the EIA report.

Details of radioactive waste (liquid/solid) management are given in Section 2.24 & 2.25 of Chapter – 2 of EIA report. The conventional wastes are given in Section 4.3.3.1, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5 and 4.3.5.2 of Chapter – 4.

32 Details regarding storage and management of spent fuel should be given.

Details regarding storage and management of spent fuel are mentioned in Annexure – VII (Volume – II of this report).

33 Details regarding storage of hazardous chemical including maximum inventory to be stored at any point of time should be given.

Details regarding hazardous chemicals are described in Annexure – VII (Volume – II of this report).

34 Detailed risk assessment and disaster management plan should be given. The risk contours may be plotted on location map. The impact of the highest high tide on the proposed facilities should also be discussed in the EIA report.

Detailed risk assessment and disaster management plan is mentioned in Chapter – 7.

35 Issues relating to de-commissioning of the plant and the related environmental issues should be discussed.

De-commissioning of the plant is explained in Section 4.3.11 of Chapter – 4.

36 Demographic data of the study area as well as pre-project health survey of the population in the study area around the project site should be collected.

Demographic data of the study are described in Social Impact Assessment report and provided in Section 7.5.1 of Chapter – 7.

37 Detailed environmental management plan to mitigate the adverse environmental impacts due to

Detailed environmental management plan is provided






the project should be given. It should also include possibility of use of solar energy for the project including measures for energy conservation.

in Chapter – 10.

38 Details of post project monitoring should also include in the EIA report.

Details of monitoring are enumerated in Chapter – 6.

39 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom, medical facilities, safety during construction phase etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operational phase.

It is explained in Section 4.3.9.4 of Chapter – 4 of EIA report.

40 Public hearing points raised and commitment of the project proponent on the same. An action plan to address the issues raised during public hearing and the necessary allocation of funds for the same should be provided.

Will be provided after the completion of public hearing.

41 Measures of socio-economic influence to the local community proposed to be provided by project proponent. As far as possible, quantitative dimension to be given.

This is included in Chapter – 7.

42 Impact of the project on local infrastructure of the area such as road network and whether any additional infrastructure would need to be constructed and the agency responsible for the same with time frame particularly keeping in view the transportation of over sized consignments should be given.

No additional infrastructure is required. Existing roads will be used for the same.

43 EMP to mitigate the adverse impacts due to the project along with item wise cost of its implementation.

EMP and its implementation are given in Chapter – 6.

44 Any litigation pending against the project and/ or any direction / order passed by any court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof.

This is given in Section 1.10 of Chapter – 1.

Compliance to the addendum issued from NPCIL for TOR to MoEF (same are to be added in EIA report)

Sl No.

Items TOR Compliance

1 A detailed bore hole survey of the proposed site on the

basis of the geotechnical investigation, soil testing, water

profile etc. will be provided in the draft EIA report.

This is included in Chapter-2.

2 Baseline data of flora in terms of trees with details will be

provided in the draft EIA report.

Flora and fauna study is mentioned in Section 3.5.7 & 4.3.6.6 of Chapter – 3.

3 A detailed marine impact assessment study

encompassing the description of environmental setting of

intertidal zone will be provided in the draft EIA report.

A brief of Marine Impact Assessment report is provided in the Section 4.3.7 of Chapter – 4 and the report on the same is attached in Annexure – IX (Volume – II).






4 The effect of historical Tsunamis viz. 2004 Tsunami,

(Makran earth quake induced Tsunami) will be considered in deciding the safe grade elevation of the project

A detailed study is under progress and the safe grade level will be worked out taking into consideration the maximum wave, tide, wind induced surge and tsunami. The details are provided in the Section 2.2.5 of Chapter – 2.

1.6.2 Additional TOR for township

In view of the recent communication received from State Government of Gujarat, giving

the reference of recent Supreme Court ruling for not utilizing the gochar land (grazing

land) for any other purpose. This ruling has come after the approval of TOR by MoEF.

NPCIL is considering the alternative site for the residential complex for the proposed

project. Hence, the additional TOR specified by MoEF vide Letter No. J-14011/7/2010-

IA.II (N) dated 14/03/2011 for township EIA are not addressed in the present EIA report.

1.7 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT

The structure of the EIA report has been made as per Appendix- III, of Environmental

Clearance Notification -2006 (S. O. 1533). Accordingly, the EIA report has been

organized in two volumes viz. Volume-I, which consists of main contents of the EIA

studies, whereas the Volume-II contains the Appendices of the additional studies carried

out by various independent institutes / agencies as mentioned in the preceding section,

including other supporting documents.

The Environmental Impact Assessment report prepared for the project covers the

environmental components such as air, water, land, noise, biological, socio-economic

within a radius of 10 km and radiological aspects within a radius of 30 km from the

project location. The EIA report (Volume-I) consists of the following chapters:

Summary of EIA

Chapter -1 Introduction

Chapter -2 Project Description

Chapter -3 Description of the Environment

Chapter -4 Anticipated Environmental and Mitigation Measures

Chapter -5 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)

Chapter -6 Environmental Monitoring Programme






Chapter -7 Additional Studies

Chapter -8 Project Benefits

Chapter -9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

Chapter -10 Environmental Management Plan

Chapter -11 Summary & Conclusions

Chapter -12 Disclosure of Consultants engaged

The EIA (Volume –II) contains additional study reports from the institutes / Agencies

including supporting documents / Annexure of the main EIA study report as presented

below.



agencies, organized by EIL and NPCIL for generation of important baseline data /

specific information required for the EIA study.

(i) Marine Impact Assessment (MIA) and study of thermal dispersion of condenser

cooling seawater discharges from proposed nuclear power project at Mithivirdi,

Gujarat by INDOMER Coastal Hydraulics Pvt. Ltd, Chennai.

(ii) High Tide Line/Low Tide Line and Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) demarcation

of Mithivirdi coast by Institute of Remote Sensing (IRS), Anna University,

Chennai.

(iii) Baseline environmental data collection for flora and fauna for NPP at Mithivirdi,

Gujarat by Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology & Natural History (SACON),

Coimbatore

(iv) Pre-operational radiological survey for Mithivirdi site by Health Physics

Division, Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC), Mumbai.

(v) Provisional Public Dose apportionment study for Mithivirdi site by Health

Physics Division, BARC, Mumbai.

1.9 FRAME WORK OF IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Based on the scope of work, guidelines generally followed for EIA studies and past

experience of EIL on such industrial projects and as per provisions of section of

Environment Act a corridor encompassing of area within 10 km radius for conventional &

30 Km for radiology of proposed project location is considered as spatial frame for the

impact assessment.






Temporal frame of assessment has been chosen to reflect the impacts in two phases of

the project as:

a) Construction phase

b) Operation Phase

1.9.1 METHODOLOGY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

The methodology adopted for carrying out the EIA for the proposed project has been

based on the guidelines issued by Ministry of Environment and Forests and EIL's past

experience of EIA jobs and approved TOR by MoEF. An effective environmental

assessment calls for establishing sufficient background data on various environmental

components through reconnaissance survey, sampling and available literature survey

etc.

The methodology adopted in preparing this EIA report is outlined in the following

sections.

1.9.2 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS

The impact identification of each of the environmental parameters is the first step of

assessment. In order to identify the impacts comprehensively, all the activities

associated with the proposed project during the construction as well as operational

phase are identified and listed. A careful examination of each of these activities with

respect to the environmental components establishes a relationship between the activity

and environmental parameters.

1.9.3 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION

Once the affected environmental parameters are identified, various environmental

parameters of concern are identified to establish its background quality. The following

specialist agencies as approved under the supervision of respective EIA coordinators

are entrusted for establishment of environmental baseline data (Table 1.5).






Table 1.5 Baseline data collection agencies

Component of

Environment

Name of the

Agency

Functional Area

Expert (QCI)

Area

Meteorology, Air,

Water, Noise,

Traffic, Socio-

economic

Pragathi Labs &

Consultant Pvt. Ltd.

J K Joshi

R S Prasad

P K Goel

V R Sripada

Subramanyam

Sudhir Saksena

Air Pollution

Land use, hydrology

Water pollution

Noise/Vibration

Socio-economic

Flora & Fauna Salim Ali Centre for

Ornithology and

Natural History

Engineers India

Limited

P A Azeez

Chiranjibi Pattanaik

Ecology &

Biodiversity

Ecology &

Biodiversity

Marine INDOMER Coastal

Hydraulics Pvt. Ltd.

-- --

CRZ mapping Institute of Remote

Sensing, Anna

University

-- --

The environmental data for various parameters is established in a study area of 10 km

radius around the project site for a period of one year i.e. December 2010 to November

2011. This collected data has been utilized here to establish baseline quality of various

environmental parameters.

1.9.4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT PREDICTION AND EVALUATION

In this part of the report the sources of emissions (gaseous, liquid, solid, noise) due to

the proposed project activities will be identified and based on their emission loads their

impacts are to be predicted. Such predictions are then superimposed on baseline quality

(wherever there is an additional impact) and quantitative/qualitative assessments have

been made for the impacts and synergistic impact is evaluated using the relationship

matrix. The resultant matrix attempts to give an objective assessment to help the

Assessment Agency in the decision making process.






1.9.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

In order to mitigate or minimise the negative impacts of the proposed project, an

effective EMP is called for. Therefore, in the final part of the report the planning and

implementation of various pollution abatement strategies including the proposed

monitoring/surveillance network has been described.

1.10 DETAILS OF LITIGATION

To the best of our knowledge, as on date there are no litigations against the project.


ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANT AT MITHIVIRDI, BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT



CHAPTER – 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION






2.0 GENERAL INFORMATION

This chapter presents a detailed description of the project and the processes involved in a

nuclear power plant for generating electricity.

2.1 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

At present, the electricity demand in India is largely met by Thermal power plants, which are

associated with emissions of green house gases leading to global warming. In view of this,

Nuclear power is a clean source of energy, which can complement the electricity production

in the country. A large gap exists between peak demand of power and the total available

power in the country. Power is the major input for sustaining the growth in the core,

industrial and agricultural sectors.

At present, the share of nuclear power in total generation of electricity in India is about three

(3%) percent. Govt. of India through the Department of Atomic Energy has an ongoing

program for the development of nuclear power. It aims at increasing the production of

nuclear energy from the present 4780 MWe to 10080 MWe by the year 2017.

It is therefore planned to generate nuclear power by importing proven Light Water Reactor

(LWR) technologies from other countries to augment the power requirement in the country,

while also accelerating and up rating the indigenous and homegrown Pressurized Heavy

Water Reactor (PHWR) technology program.

The generation of energy from proposed NPP at Mithivirdi, Bhavnagar Gujarat will meet the

energy demand of western states with possibility of inter regional transfer.

2.2 PROJECT LOCATION AND AREA

The proposed NPP at Mithivirdi will be set up in Talaja Taluka, Bhavnagar district, Gujarat

which is 40 km from Bhavnagar. The site is located on sea coast on west side of the Gulf of

Khambhat. The satellite map showing location of the project area is shown in Fig. 2.1. All

other maps indicating land use - land cover, Khasra map, cropping pattern (both Rabi and

Khariff), waste land, ground water prospect, drainage, airport, port, road and rail network

etc. are attached in Annexure-VI (of Volume – II of this report). The total project area is 777






ha. The layout of the project is given in Fig. 2.2. The land use land cover statistics of the

study area is given in Table 2.1.

The brief details of present land use of the proposed plant site to be acquired are presented

in Table 2.2. The land use in terms of agricultural and non-agricultural land for the proposed

site is given in Table 2.3. The landuse maps of the study area and the project site are

attached in Annexure – VI (of Volume – II of this report).

Table 2.1 Land use statistics of the NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat

Land use % of distribution

(Project area = 777

ha)

% of distribution

(10 km)

% of distribution

(30 km)

Agriculture 78.05 69.24 71.97

Built-up - 1.74 2.80

Forest 2.70 2.43 3.34

Waste land 19.25 23.89 16.60

Water body - 0.99 0.84

Wetland - 0.01 1.07

Others - 1.70 3.38

Table 2.2 Break-up of Land in different villages – to be acquired

Sr. No Village Land (Hectares)

Private Government Total

1 Jaspara 584.94 164.73 749.67

2 Mandva 10.59 -- 10.59

3 Khadadpar 12.79 4.75 17.54

Total 608.32 169.48 777.80


Table 2.3 Classification of land in the proposed site at Mithivirdi, Bhavnagar district

Sr.No Village Agriculture Land

Non-Agriculture

Land

Total Land

No. of Khatedars

R&R Issues

1 Jaspara 583.18 166.49 749.67 310 Land to be acquired through Government of

2 Mandva 10.55 0.04 10.59 19

3 Khadadpar 12.68 4.85 17.54 11

Total 606.41 171.39 777.80 340






Gujarat taking in to account the R&R policy of the State.


2.2.1 TOPOGRAPHY

The topography of the site is undulating with an average grade level of 15 m and maximum

of 40 m elevation. The project site is surrounded by Gulf of Khambhat in the east and

agricultural fields in all other sides. There are two small non-perennial rivers namely

Mithivirdi and Jaspara. The Mithivirdi river touches the north east boundary and the Jaspara

river touches the south west corner of the proposed project site.

2.2.2 GEOLOGY OF THE STUDY AREA

The Bhavnagar district is located in the southeastern part of Saurashtra peninsula of

Gujarat. It falls in the seismic zone-III as per IS 1893 (part -1) 2003.The soil type is a

mixture of sand & gravel with intermediate golden color laterites with clay as binder.

Geology

The preliminary investigation in the plant area included drilling of 6 boreholes of depth 100

m. in addition to the drilling of these boreholes, various laboratory tests of the soil and rock

samples were carried out. Various field tests, such as plate load tests, pressure meter test,

permeability tests. Geophysical tests such as seismic refraction test were also done.

Soil/Rock Strata

The subsoil strata of the site consists of a mixture of sandy gravel with intermediate golden

color Laterite with clay as binder in the top 10m. Thereafter the strata of about 50 m is a

thick layer of Grayish-blue clay having very hard to stiff consistency tending to rock like

formation. The soil also appears to be good in bearing as Standard Penetration Test (SPT)

value ranges between 30 to 70 in this zone. Beyond 60m below G.L., all the bore holes

exhibits highly fractured Basalt rock with Rock Quality Designation (RQD) varying from 35

to 50.






Foundation

The sub-soil characteristics of the soil site required for setting up of a nuclear power plant

are,

1. The soil must possess adequate strength such that the safety related building and

structures can be founded safely, and

2. The potential of liquefaction related phenomena on the foundation soil such as flow

liquefaction and cyclic mobility should be as low as possible. In this case as the pre-

dominant soil is stiff clayey the liquefaction possibility is ruled out.

Results of the preliminary geo-technical investigation, Pressure meter test and seismic

Refraction test suggest that the foundation of safety related buildings can be engineered

suitably. Further the soil characteristics are adequate for designing Pile foundation or Raft

foundation for safety related buildings and structures of an NPP. The shear wave velocity is

of the order of 1288m/sec at 20m depth which indicates a rock like strata.

2.2.3 GEOHYDROLOGY

As per bore hole data at site, the water table varies from 2.5 to 6 m.

2.2.4 SEISMOTECTONICS

The site lies in Zone III of the seismic zoning map of India (IS 1893 - 2002). The site

satisfies the requirement of screening distance value of 5 km from a capable fault.

2.2.5 FLOOD ANALYSIS

Site is highly undulating with ridges and valleys with elevation varying from 40 m (highest)

and 5 m (lowest) above M.S.L. The site appears to have a lower risk due to external

flooding. Both inland and coastal flood analysis are being carried out to determine the safe

grade elevation of the site. The coastal flood analysis will take into account the maximum

wave, tide, wind induced surge and tsunami. The plant level shall be located above the safe

grade level so determined.






2.2.6 AVAILABLE SOURCE OF WATER

The water requirement for the power plant will be met from a desalination plant by drawing

water from sea. The fresh water requirement for construction purpose will be met from Mahi

river pipeline which is 12 km (approx.) to the west of the project location.

2.2.7 POWER EVACUATION

Power evacuation from the proposed six units of 1000 MWe each is feasible. NPCIL will be

submitting a proposal to Central Electricity Authority (CEA), New Delhi, requesting to

undertake power system studies and develop an appropriate power evacuation system with

associated transmission scheme for implementation for NPP site. Based on this study, the

required transmission line will be constructed through Power Grid Corporation of India

Limited (PGCIL), to evacuate power generated from NPP to western region grid and

transmitted to respective beneficiaries based on allocation of power by Government of India.

2.2.8 POPULATION

As per the census data of 2001, the average population for 22 villages within 10 km of

radius is 57582. The decadal growth rate of population for Bhavnagar district is 16.53% as

per 2011 provisional census report. Considering this provisional growth rate, the projected

population for 22 villages within 10 km of radius in 2011 is 67102.

2.2.9 ACCESS TO THE SITE

The nearest National Highway is at Rajpara junction NH-8E at a distance of 12 km from site.

The State Highway SH-37 is running inside the NPP site which connects from Bhavnagar to

Trapaj. The nearest railway station is Bhavnagar which is approximate 40 km from the site.

The Bhavnagar airport is also 35 km from the site area. The nearest seaport is Pipavav.

Due to overall accessibility of all major port, airport, road and rail, the present site is more

suitable for NPP.






2.2.10 GENERAL ENVIRONMENT NEIGHBOURING NPP SITE

There are no civil or military airports with 10 km around the site. No industries handling toxic

chemicals or explosives are reported to exist within 5 km. There are no places of

archeological/historical importance within a distance of 5 km radius from the plant.

2.2.11 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES

All the construction materials like stone, metal etc. can be sourced from nearby villages like

Nana Khokhra, Sodvadara, Budhel, Bhadi, Kardej. The Source of sand would be either

from Umrala (Kalubhar River), Talaja (Shetrunji River), or Dhandhuka (Kalubhar River). The

cement and steel will have to be carted by rail/road transport from the places of

manufacture / the storage yard nearby.

2.2.12 PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF THE PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION

The proposed nuclear power plant at Mithivirdi will be implemented in a twin unit in phased

manner within a span of 10 years. The first twin units of NPP are scheduled to be completed

by the year 2019-20. The stage-II and stage-III will be completed by the year 2021-22 and

2023-24 respectively.

2.3 PLANT DESCRIPTION

2.3.1 SAFETY OBJECTIVES & PRINCIPLES

The basic objective of nuclear power plants safety is to ensure protection of individuals,

society and the environment from undue radiological hazard. Accordingly, the design,

construction and operation of nuclear power plants are aimed at achieving the following

safety goals:

1. During routine operation, to minimize the radiation doses to plant personnel and to

members of the public in accordance with the principle of `As low as Reasonably

Achievable' (ALARA), and in any case not in excess of the prescribed limits,

specified by AERB.






2. To minimize the risk to public from accidental release of radioactivity, if any under

abnormal/postulated accident conditions for scenarios within the design basis, the

calculated releases shall be within specified release limits. This requirement is met

by ensuring that plant conditions associated with high radiological consequences

have low likelihood of occurrence, and plant condition with a high likelihood of

occurrence have only small or no radiological consequences.

3. Incorporate emergency preparedness measures to deal with situations arising out of

highly unlikely „Beyond Design Basis Accidents‟.

4. To meet nuclear security requirements as specified in AERB manual on security

2.3.2 PRINCIPLES & GUIDELINES

The safety goal of protection of public from accidental release of radioactivity is achieved by

adherence to the following well-established principles and guidelines:

a) Application of defense-in-depth approach, incorporating several echelons of defense

viz.

1. Sound design, construction and operation to prevent failures and deviation

from normal operation.

2. To detect and intercept incipient failures and deviation from normal operation

conditions, in order to prevent these from escalating into accidents.

3. To limit the consequences of accident conditions.

4. In addition to the above, for more severe events, protection of the public by

making use of ultimate safety capability of the plant, and provision of

appropriate plans for on-site and off-site emergency response.

b) Application of defense-in-depth concept to containment of radioactive material, by a

series of physical barriers, each backing the others.

c) Provision of more than one means / systems for performance of each of the three

safety functions viz. shutdown of reactor, core cooling, and containment of

radioactivity.

d) Provision of redundancy in systems important to safety having mitigation function,

including safety systems, such that at least minimum safety function can be

performed even in the event of failure of a single active component in the system.

e) Specifying unavailability targets for safety systems.






f) Provision of physical and functional separation, and independence to the extent

practicable, among/between following systems including their services (including

cabling etc.) to prevent common cause failures:

1. Between process systems and related safety systems.

2. Among systems performing same safety function.

3. Among redundant components within a system.

g) Consideration given at all stages of design for logics and instrumentation to fail in

the safe direction.

h) Provision of periodic testability of active components in systems important to safety

having mitigation function, preferably on-power.

i) Provision of periodic in-service inspection of components important to safety.

j) Application of appropriate Quality Assurance measures during design, construction,

commissioning and operation of the plant to ensure a high standard of safety and

availability.

k) The plant is designed to be fabricated, erected, and operated in such a manner that

the release of radioactive materials to the environment does not exceed the limits

and guideline values of applicable government regulations pertaining to the release

of radioactive materials for normal operations and for design basis transients and

accidents.

l) Gaseous and liquid waste disposal facilities are designed so that the discharge of

radioactive effluents can be made in accordance with applicable regulations.

m) The reactor core is designed so its nuclear characteristics do not contribute to a

divergent power transient.

n) Sufficient indications are provided to allow determination that the reactor is operating

within the envelope of conditions considered by plant safety analysis.

o) Nuclear safety systems and engineered safety features functions are designed so

that no damage to the reactor coolant pressure boundary results from internal

pressures caused by design basis operational transients and accidents.

p) The design of nuclear safety systems and engineered safety features includes

allowances for natural environmental disturbances such as earthquakes, floods, and

storms at the station site.






q) Standby electrical power sources have sufficient capacity to power the nuclear

safety systems and engineered safety features requiring electrical power. Safety-

related electrical power requirements needed during a loss of offsite power are

supplied via Class 1E DC power.

r) Standby electrical power sources are provided to allow prompt reactor shutdown and

removal of decay heat under circumstances where normal auxiliary power is not

available.

s) The containment is designed to allow periodic integrity and leak tightness testing.

t) The containment, in conjunction with other engineered safety features, limits the

release of radioactivity from inside the containment, in the event of a design basis

accident. This has the effect of limiting radiological consequences of a design basis

accident to within an appropriate fraction of regulatory guidelines.

u) Piping that penetrates the containment and could serve as a path for the

uncontrolled release of radioactive material to the environs is automatically isolated

whenever such uncontrolled radioactive material release is threatened. Such

isolation is effected in time to limit radiological effects to less than the specified

acceptable limits.

v) Provisions are made for passively removing energy from the containment to

maintain the integrity of the containment system following accidents that release

energy to the containment.

w) The passive core cooling system provides for core cooling over the complete range

of postulated break sizes in the reactor coolant pressure boundary.

x) Actuation of the passive core cooling system occurs automatically when required,

regardless of the availability of offsite power supplies and the normal generating

system.

y) The control room is shielded against radiation so that continued occupancy under

accident conditions is possible.

z) In the event that the control room becomes uninhabitable, it is possible to bring the

reactor from power range operation to safe shutdown conditions by utilizing the

remote shutdown workstation located outside the control room.






2.4 CLASSIFICATION

2.4.1 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION

To ensure adequate safety to the public and plant site personnel, the plant design meets

following general safety requirements.

1. The capability for safe shutdown of the reactor and maintaining it in the safe shut

down condition during and after all operational states and postulated accident

conditions.

2. The capability to remove residual heat from the core after reactor shut down, and

during and after all operational states and postulated accident conditions and

maintain a coolable geometry.

3. The capability to reduce the potential for the release of radioactive materials and

ensure that releases are within the prescribed limits during and after all

operational states and, postulated accident conditions.

Based on the above methodology, the following safety classes are generally considered

appropriate in view of the design codes and standards in vogue.

CLASS A:

Class A is a safety-related class equivalent to ANS Safety Class 1. It applies to the reactor

coolant system pressure boundary, including the required isolation valves and mechanical

supports. This class has the highest integrity, and the lowest probability of leakage. ASME

Code, Section III, Class 1 applies to pressure retaining components.

CLASS B:

Class B is a safety-related class equivalent to ANS Safety Class 2. It limits the leakage of

radioactive material from the containment following a design basis accident. This class is

designed to accomplish the following:

Provides fission product barrier or primary containment radioactive material

holdup or isolation.

Provides the containment boundary including penetrations and isolation valves

which also includes piping that functions as the containment boundary. For






example, the steam and feed water system inside containment and the

secondary shell of the steam generator (SG) are Class B by this criterion.

Circulates a non-containment/non-reactor coolant fluid to provide a post-accident

safety related function into and out of the containment. These lines have a Class

B pressure boundary inside the containment. The outside containment lines in

this circulation loop can be Class C or a no- safety related class if suitable

containment isolation valves are provided.

Introduces emergency negative reactivity to make the reactor subcritical (for

example, control rods).

This class also applies to structures, systems, and components where leakage

could cause a loss of adequate core cooling. In isolating leaks, credit can be

taken for automatic safety-related isolation and for appropriate operator action.

As a minimum, operator action needs redundant safety-related indication and

alarm followed by 30 minutes for operator action.

ASME Code, Section III, Class 2 or Class MC applies to pressure retaining components.

ASME Code, Section III, Subsection NE applies to the containment vessel and guard pipes.

CLASS C:

Class C is a safety-related class equivalent to ANS Safety Class 3. It applies to other safety-

related functions required to mitigate design basis accidents and other design basis events.

Minor leakage will not prevent Class C structures, systems, and components from meeting

the safety-related function, either from the regard of radiation dose or system functioning.

Class C applies to structures, systems, and components not included in Class A or Class B

that are designed and relied upon to accomplish one or more of the following safety-related

functions:

Provide safety injection or maintain sufficient reactor coolant inventory to allow for

core cooling

Provide core cooling.

Provide containment cooling.

Provide for removal of radiation from the containment atmosphere as necessary to

meet the offsite dose limits.






Limit the buildup of radioactive material in the atmosphere of rooms and areas

outside containment as necessary to meet the offsite dose limits.

Introduce negative reactivity control measures to achieve or maintain safe shutdown

conditions (for example, boron addition).

Maintain geometry of structures inside the reactor vessel so that the control rods can

be inserted (when required) and the fuel remains in a coolable geometry.

Provide load-bearing structures and supports for Class A, B, and C SSCs. This

applies to structures and supports that are not part of the pressure boundary.

Provide structures and buildings to protect Class A, B, and C SSCs from events such

as internal/external missiles, seismic, and flooding. Structures protecting equipment

from non-seismic events are not required to be seismic Category I.

Provide permanent radiation shielding to allow operator access to the main control

room (MCR) and to limit the exposure to Class A, B and C SSCs.

Provide safety support functions to Class A, B and C SSCs, such as, heat removal,

room cooling, and electrical power.

Provide instrumentation and controls for automatic or manual actuation of Class A, B,

and C SSCs necessary to perform the safety-related functions of the Class A, B, or C

SSCs. This includes the processing of signals and interlock functions required for

proper safety performance of these SSCs.

Maintain spent fuel integrity, the failure of which could result in fuel damage such that

significant quantities of radioactive material could be released from the fuel and results

in offsite doses greater than normal limits, for example, spent fuel pool, fuel transfer

tube isolation valve.

Maintain spent fuel sub-critical.

Monitor radioactive effluent to confirm that release rates or total releases are within

limits established for normal operations and transient operation.

Monitor variables to indicate status of Class A, B or C SSCs required for post-

accident mitigation.

Provide for functions defined in Class B where SSCs, or portions thereof, are not

within the scope of the ASME Code, Section III, Class 2.

Provide provisions for connecting temporary equipment to extend the use of safety

related systems.






CLASS D:

Class D is non-safety related with some additional requirements on procurement, inspection

or monitoring. For Class D structures, systems, and components (SSC) containing

radioactivity, it is demonstrated by conservative analysis that the potential for failure due to

a design basis event does not result in exceeding the normal offsite dose.

Class D applies to SSCs not included in Class A, B, or C that provide the following

functions:

* Provide core or containment cooling, which prevents challenges to the passive core

cooling system and the passive containment cooling system.

* Process, extract, encase, store, or reuse radioactive fluid or waste.

* Verify that plant operating conditions are within technical specification limits.

* Provide permanent shielding for post accident access to Class A, B, or C SSCs or of

offsite personnel.

* Handle spent fuel, the failure of which could result in fuel damage such that limited

quantities of radioactive material could be released from the fuel (for example, fuel

handling machine, spent fuel handling tool, new and spent fuel racks).

* Protect Class B or C SSCs necessary to attain or maintain safe shutdown following fire.

* Indicate the status of protection system bypasses that are not automatically removed as

a part of the protection system operation.

* Aid in determining the cause or consequences of an event for post-accident

investigation.

* Prevent interaction that could result in preventing Class A, B or C SSCs from

performing required safety-related functions.

* Limit the buildup of hydrogen in the containment atmosphere to acceptable values.

OTHER CLASSES:

Equipment classes E, F, G, L, P, R, and W are non-safety related. They apply to structures,

systems, and components not covered in the above classes. They have no safety-related

function to perform. They do not contain sufficient radioactive material that a release could

exceed applicable limits.






SSCs that do not normally contain radioactive fluids, gases, or solids but have the potential

to become radioactively contaminated are classified as one of these non-safety-related

classes if all of the following criteria are satisfied:

* The system is only potentially radioactive and does not normally contain radioactive

material.

* The system has shown in plant operations that the operation with the system containing

radioactive material meets or can meet unrestricted area release limits.

* An evaluation of the system confirms that the system contains features and

components that keep the consequences of a system failure as low as reasonably

achievable.

* The system has no other regulatory guidance requiring its inclusion in Classes A,

B, C or D.

This review of the system features and components includes the following as a minimum:

* Features and components that control and limit the radioactive contamination in the

system

* Features that facilitate an expeditious cleanup should the system become contaminated

* Features and components that limit and control the radiological consequences of a

potential system failure

* The means by which the system prevents propagation to an event of greater

consequence

* The following provides examples of industry standards that may be used for these

classes:

Class E – This class is used for non-safety-related SSCs that do not have a specialized

industry standard or classification, as noted in the following classes.

Class F and G – These classes are used for Fire Protection Systems (FPS). They comply

with National Fire Protection Association Codes which invoke ANSI B31.1, American Water

Works Association (AWWA), American Petroleum Institute (API), Underwriters Laboratories

(UL), and other codes, depending on service. Portions of FPS that protect safety-related

SSCs are designated as AP1000 equipment Class F, which meets the requirements of

ANSI B31-1 and requires seismic analysis.






Class L – This class is used in HVAC systems. It complies with Sheet Metal and Air

Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA). Components may also be

procured to Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA) and American Society of

Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) standards.

Class P – This class is used for plumbing equipment. It complies with the National

Plumbing Code.

Class R – This class is for air cleaning units and components that may be required to

contain, clean, or exclude radioactively contaminated air. It complies with ASME 509.

Class W – This class complies with AWWA guidelines with no specific QA requirements.

2.4.2 SEISMIC CLASSIFICATION

To meet the requirement given in the previous section, a three tier (or level) system has

been adopted for the seismic classification of systems, components, instruments and

structures. Seismic design of the plant seismic Categories I and II structures, systems,

equipment, and components are based on the safe shutdown earthquake (SSE). The

operating basis earthquake (OBE) has been eliminated as a design requirement for the

plant. The peak ground acceleration of the safe shutdown earthquake has been established

as 0.30g for the plant design. The vertical peak ground acceleration is conservatively

assumed to equal the horizontal value of 0.30g. Seismic Category I apply to both

functionality and integrity, and seismic Category II applies only to integrity. Non-seismic

items located in the proximity of safety-related items, the failure of which during a safe

shutdown earthquake could result in loss of function of safety-related items, are designated

as seismic Category II.

Seismic Category I: Seismic Category I apply to safety-related structures, systems, and

components. Seismic Category I also apply to those structures, systems, and components

required to support or protect safety-related structures, systems, and components.






Seismic Category II: Seismic Category II applies to plant structures, systems, and

components which perform no safety related function, and the continued function of which is

not required. Seismic Category II applies to structures, systems, and components designed

to prevent their collapse under the safe shutdown earthquake. Structures, systems and

components are classified as seismic Category II to preclude their structural failure during a

safe shutdown earthquake or interaction with seismic Category I items which could degrade

the functioning of a safety-related structure, system, or component to an unacceptable level,

or could result in incapacitating injury to occupants of the main control room.

Non-Seismic: Non-seismic (NS) structures, systems, and components are those that are

not classified seismic Category I or Category II. The non-seismic lines and associated

equipment are routed, to the extent practicable, outside of safety-related buildings and

rooms to avoid adverse system interactions. In cases where these lines are routed in safety-

related areas, the non-seismic item is evaluated for the safe shutdown earthquake and is

upgraded to seismic Category II if a credible failure could cause an unacceptable

interaction.

2.5 IMPORTANT BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES

The nuclear island structures include the containment (the steel containment vessel and the

containment internal structure), and the shield and auxiliary buildings (Fig. 2.3). The

containment, shield and auxiliary buildings are structurally integrated on a common

basement which is embedded below the finished plant grade level.






Fig. 2.3 Major building structure of plant

The containment vessel is a cylindrical welded steel vessel with elliptical upper and lower

heads, supported by embedding a lower segment between the containment internal

structures concrete and the basement concrete. The containment internal structure is

reinforced concrete with structural modules used for some walls and floors. The shield

building is reinforced concrete and, in conjunction with the internal structures of the

containment building, provides shielding for the reactor coolant system and the other

radioactive systems and components housed in the containment. The shield building roof is

a reinforced concrete structure containing an integral, steel lined passive containment

cooling water storage tank. The auxiliary building is reinforced concrete and houses the

safety-related mechanical and electrical equipment located outside the containment and

shield buildings.

The portion of the annex building adjacent to the nuclear island is a structural steel and

reinforced concrete seismic Category II structure and houses the control support area, non-

1E electrical equipment, and hot machine shop (Table 2.5).






Table 2.5 Classification of building structure

STRUCTURE SEISMIC

CATEGORY

Nuclear Island – Basement, Containment Interior, Shield Bldg, Air baffle

Category-I

Containment vessel Category-I

Plant Vent & Stair Structure, Annex Bldg Column A-D Category-II

TB, RWB, DGB, CWPH, Annex Bldg Column E-I Non Seismic

The radio waste building is a steel framed structure and houses the low level waste

processing and storage.

The turbine building is a non-safety related structure that houses the main turbine generator

and the power conversion cycle equipment and auxiliaries. The turbine building is located

on a separate foundation. The turbine building structure is adjacent to the nuclear island

structures.

The diesel generator building is a non-safety related structure that houses the two standby

diesel engines powered generators and the power conversion cycle equipment and

auxiliaries. The diesel generator building is located on a separate foundation at a distance

from the nuclear island structures.

Steel Containment: The steel containment vessel is an integral part of the containment

system (Fig.2.4). The containment building is a freestanding, cylindrical, steel containment

vessel with elliptical upper and lower heads. It is surrounded by a seismic Category I

reinforced concrete shield building. The containment vessel is an integral part of the passive

containment cooling system. The vessel provides the safety-related interface with the

ultimate heat sink, which is the surrounding atmosphere. The containment vessel is an

ASME metal containment. The containment vessel includes the shell, hoop stiffeners and

crane girder, equipment hatches, personnel airlocks, penetration assemblies, and

miscellaneous appurtenances and attachments.






Fig. 2.4 General Arrangement of Steel Containment

The bottom head is embedded in concrete, with concrete up to elevation 100′ on the outside

and to the maintenance floor at elevation 107′-2″ on the inside. The containment vessel is

assumed as an independent, free-standing structure above elevation 100′. The thickness of

the lower head is the same as that of the upper head. There is no reduction in shell thickness

even though credit could be taken for the concrete encasement of the lower head. Vertical

and lateral loads on the containment vessel and internal structures are transferred to the

basement below the vessel by shear studs, friction, and bearing. The shear studs are not

required for design basis loads. They provide additional margin for earthquakes beyond the

safe shutdown earthquake. Seals are provided at the top of the concrete on the inside and

outside of the vessel to prevent moisture between the vessel and concrete.






Shield Building: The shield building is the shield building structure and annulus area that

surrounds the containment building. It shares a common basement with the containment

building and the auxiliary building. The shield building is a reinforced concrete structure. The

cylindrical section of the shield building provides a radiation shielding function, a missile

barrier function, and a passive containment cooling function. Additionally, the cylindrical

section structurally supports the roof with the passive containment cooling system water

storage tank and serves as a major structural member for the nuclear island. The floor slabs

and structural walls of the auxiliary building are structurally connected to the cylindrical

section of the shield building. The shield building roof is a reinforced concrete shell

supporting the passive containment cooling system tank and air diffuser. Air intakes are

located at the top of the cylindrical portion of the shield building.

Auxiliary Building: The auxiliary building is a reinforced concrete and structural steel

structure. Three floors are above grade and two are located below grade. It is one of the

three buildings that make up the nuclear island and shares a common basement with the

containment building and the shield building. The auxiliary building is a C-shaped section of

the nuclear island that wraps around approximately 50 percent of the circumference of the

shield building. The floor slabs and the structural walls of the auxiliary building are

structurally connected to the cylindrical section of the shield building.

Containment Air Baffle: The containment air baffle is located within the upper annulus of

the shield building, providing an air flow path for the passive containment cooling system.

The air baffle separates the downward air flow entering at the air inlets from the upward air

flow that cools the containment vessel and flows out of the discharge stack. The upper

portion is supported from the shield building roof and the remainder is supported from the

containment vessel. The air baffle is a seismic Category I structure designed to withstand the

wind and tornado loads.

2.6 REACTOR SYSTEM

The Advance Passive Reactor Plant (pressurized water reactor) consists of two heat

transfer circuits, each with a steam generator, two reactor coolant pumps, a single hot leg

and two cold legs, for circulating reactor coolant. In addition the system includes a






pressurizer, interconnecting piping, valves and instrumentation necessary for operational

control and safeguards actuation. All system equipment is located in the reactor

containment. The Fuel Assemblies (FA) is arranged in a lattice in the Reactor. The In/Out

movements of the CRDM control the nuclear fission energy generated in the Reactor. The

forced circulation of Primary Coolant by Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) transfers the heat

energy in the reactor to the Steam Generator (SG). The Primary coolant flows through the

tube side of the SG and after transferring the heat energy to the Secondary side water on

the shell side of the SG, returns to the RCP suction.

The water in the shell side of the SG, called Secondary side is evaporated and the steam is

fed to the Turbo-Generator to generate electricity. Thermal Power Output of 3415 Mwth and

the nominal net electrical output of 1000 MWe will be produced. The Steam works on the

blades of the turbine, thereby rotating the Turbo-Generator shaft, expands and enters the

Condenser. Condenser cooling water system condenses the low enthalpy Steam that

enters the condenser to water.

2.6.1 REACTOR PRESSURE VESSEL (RPV) AND INTERNALS

The reactor vessel is a cylindrical high-pressure vessel manufactured of high-strength heat-

resistant alloy steel. The vessel internal surface is clad with corrosion-resistant austenitic

steel. A schematic sketch of reactor pressure vessels along with internals is shown in Fig.

2.5.

The reactor vessel is designed to contain the vessel internals and fuel assemblies of the

core. The reactor unit has overall height of 14 meters and outside diameter of 4.5 meters.

The reactor vessel houses core barrel, which in-turn houses all the core components

including the fuel assembly. The core barrel directs the coolant flow from the reactor vessel

inlet nozzles, through the down comer annulus, and into the lower plenum below the lower

core support plate. The flow then turns and passes through the lower support plate and into

the core region.






Fig. 2.5 Reactor pressure vessel and internals

After leaving the core, it passes through the upper core plate; then bypasses through and

around the control rod guide tubes and the support columns to reach the outlet nozzles.

During operation, a small amount of inlet coolant is diverted from the core to cool the core

shroud and the vessel head area. All core components are made of austenitic stainless

steel.






The reactor pressure vessel with the top cover is kept in a concrete pit inside the

containment. On the top of the Reactor vessel, the head assembly, containing the control

rod drive mechanisms, is mounted.

2.6.2 REACTOR FUEL

There are 157 nos. of Fuel Assemblies arranged in a lattice pattern within the reactor core

with the help of stainless steel supporting structure. A schematic arrangement of fuel rod

and its supporting structures is shown in Figs. 2.6 & 2.7.

Fig. 2.6 Fuel Rod schematic diagram

The fuel is uranium-di-oxide enriched less than 5.0%. Spring-loaded upper block assembly

keeps the fuel assemblies in their position. Loading and unloading of fuel is achieved with






the help of specially designed fuelling machine positioned above the reactor. The Fuel and

Fuel Clad forms the primary barrier against the release of radioactivity, generated in the

reactor and is designed to ensure a high degree of integrity throughout the life of the plant.

Fig. 2.7 Fuel Rod assembly cross section






2.6.3 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) AND EQUIPMENT

The reactor coolant system consists of two heat transfer circuits, each with a steam

generator, two reactor coolant pumps, and a single hot leg and two cold legs for circulating

reactor coolant. The core barrel directs the coolant flow from the reactor vessel inlet

nozzles, through the down comer annulus, and into the lower plenum below the lower core

support plate. The flow then turns and passes through the lower support plate and into the

core region. When passing through FA the coolant is heated due to nuclear fission reaction

inside the fuel.

The primary purpose of reactor coolant system (RCS) is to transfer the heat generated in

the reactor core to the steam generators where steam is produced to drive turbine-

generator. The borated demineralized water coolant of RCS also acts as a neutron

moderator, absorber and reflector and is a means for variation of reactor power. The RCS

pressure boundary provides a secondary barrier against the release of radioactivity,

generated in the reactor and is designed to ensure a high degree of integrity throughout the

life of the plant.

The coolant in the primary circuit is kept under pressure to keep it sub-cooled during plant

operation. The thermal hydraulic design of the RCS rules out coolant boiling in the fuel

assemblies and guarantees optimum selection of steam generator size and reactor coolant

pump power (Fig. 2.8).

The reactor coolant system includes the following:

The reactor vessel, including control rod drive mechanism housings.

The reactor coolant pumps, consisting of four seal less pumps that pump fluid

through the entire reactor coolant and reactor systems. Two pumps are coupled with

each steam generator.

The portion of the steam generators containing reactor coolant, including the

channel head, tube sheet, and tubes.

The pressurizer which is attached by the surge line to one of the reactor coolant hot

legs. With a combined steam and water volume, the pressurizer maintains the

reactor system within a narrow pressure range.

The safety and automatic depressurization system valves.






The reactor vessel head vent isolation valves.

The interconnecting piping and fittings between the preceding principal components.

The piping, fittings, and valves leading to connecting auxiliary or support

systems.

Fig. 2.8 Schematic diagram of Reactor Coolant System (RCS)

2.6.4 REACTOR COOLANT PUMP (RCP) SET

The reactor coolant pumps are high-inertia, high-reliability, low-maintenance, and seal less

pumps of canned motor design that circulate the reactor coolant through the reactor vessel,

loop piping, and steam generators. The pumps are integrated into the steam generator

channel head.






The integration of the pump suction into the bottom of the steam generator channel head

eliminates the cross-over leg of coolant loop piping; reduces the loop pressure drop;

simplifies the foundation and support system for the steam generator, pumps, and piping;

and reduces the potential for uncovering of the core by eliminating the need to clear the

loop seal during a small loss of coolant accident. A flywheel on the shaft above the motor

provides additional inertia to give suitable coast-down characteristic.

2.6.5 PRESSURISER

The Pressuriser serves to build up and maintain the necessary pressure in the reactor

coolant system. The Pressuriser is the vertical vessel with electric heaters located in the

vessel bottom part; it is designed for building up of pressure in the primary circuit during the

reactor plant heat-up and restriction of pressure deviations during the reactor power

operation. The Pressuriser casing is made of low alloy steel with corrosion resistant coating

of internal surfaces by austenitic layer.

RCS pressure is controlled by the use of the Pressuriser, where water and steam are

maintained in equilibrium saturated conditions by operation of electrical heaters and water

sprays. The bottom head of the Pressurizer contains the nozzle for attaching the surge line.

This line connects the Pressurizer to a hot leg, and provides for the flow of reactor coolant

into and out of the Pressurizer during reactor coolant system thermal expansions and

contractions.

2.6.6 STEAM GENERATORS

The Steam generator (SG) is a vertical shell and U-tube evaporator with integral moisture

separating equipment. An indicative sketch of steam generator is provided in Fig. 2.9.

The basic function of the steam generator is to transfer heat from the single-phase reactor

coolant water through the U-shaped heat exchanger tubes to the boiling, two-phase steam

mixture in the secondary side of the steam generator. The steam generator separates dry,

saturated steam from the boiling mixture, and delivers the steam to a nozzle from which it is

delivered to the turbine. Water from the feed water system replenishes the steam generator

water inventory by entering the steam generator through a feed water inlet nozzle.






In addition to its steady-state performance function, the steam generator secondary side

provides a water inventory which is continuously available as a heat sink to absorb primary

side high temperature transients.

Fig. 2.9 Schematic diagram of Steam Generator

2.7 REACTOR CONTROL AND PROTECTION SYSTEM

Core reactivity is controlled by means of a chemical poison dissolved in the coolant, rod

cluster, control assemblies, gray rod cluster assemblies and burnable absorbers. Boron in

solution as boric acid is used to control relatively slow reactivity changes. The most effective






reactivity control components are the rod cluster control assemblies and the corresponding

drive rod assemblies, which along with the gray rod cluster assemblies, are the only kinetic

parts in the reactor. The arrangement for the gray rod cluster assemblies is the same.

The absorber material used in the control rods is silver-indium-cadmium alloy, which is

essentially “black” to thermal neutrons and has sufficient additional resonance absorption to

significantly increase worth. The control rods have bottom plugs with bullet-like tips to

reduce the hydraulic drag during reactor trip and to guide smoothly into the dashpot section

of the fuel assembly guide thimbles. The maximum temperatures of the silver-indium-

cadmium control rod absorber material are calculated and found to be significantly less than

the material melting point.

Total number control rod cluster assemblies are 69 will be used. These are divided in three

banks.

First Bank –Shutdown bank: Primary function of Shutdown Bank is to provide rapid

shutdown capability. It consists of 32 Rod Cluster Control Assemblies (RCCA). RCCAs of

this bank are all Black (Ag-In-Cd) and divided in to 4 groups S1-S4.

Second bank consisting of 9 Black RCCAs of rods is utilized specifically for axial power

distribution control called AO-Bank.

Third bank includes both gray and black rods whose primary function is to provide

reactivity control associated with temperature, power level and transient Xenon changes.

Reactor protection i.e. fast termination of nuclear reaction in the reactor core is achieved by

dropping all CRD into the reactor by gravity. Long-term reactivity changes are

accomplished by varying the boron concentration of the primary coolant water.

Control rod drive mechanism for movement of the CRDM is mounted on the reactor cover.

CRDM movement for control of reactor power is done in pre-determined stepped sequence

with the help of electro-magnetic step drive units.






In case of occurrence of reactor protection signal or loss of power supply, these electro-

magnetic coils are de-energized and absorber rods fall freely into the reactor core under

gravity, thereby bringing the Reactor to a safe shutdown state.

2.8 SPECIAL FEATURES OF NPP

2.8.1 INHERENT SAFETY FEATURES

Reactivity coefficients characterizing the reactor core reactivity change in response to

variations in parameters of the fuel, coolant and boron concentration are negative under

normal operation, anticipated operational occurrence and design basis accidents. Thus,

any fast changes in power are self-terminating.

2.8.2 ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES

Engineered safety features (ESF) protect the public in the event of an accidental release of

radioactive fission products from the reactor coolant system. The engineered safety features

function to localize, control, mitigate, and terminate such accidents and to maintain radiation

exposure levels to the public below applicable limits and guidelines. The task is

accomplished by quickly shutting down the reactor and making it sub-critical, fast cooling

and maintaining level in core, continued heat removal from core to limit rise of fuel

temperature, containing radioactivity release from the core and safeguarding various

systems from over pressure. Reactor incorporates most advanced passive engineered

safety features, which are as follows.

2.8.2.1 Passive core cooling system

The primary function of the passive core cooling system is to provide emergency core

cooling following postulated design-basis events. The passive core cooling system provides

reactor coolant system makeup and boration during transients or accidents where the

normal reactor coolant system makeup supply from the chemical and volume control system

is lost or is insufficient. The passive core cooling system provides safety injection to the

reactor coolant system to provide adequate core cooling for the complete range of loss of

coolant accident events up to, and including, the double ended rupture of the largest

primary loop reactor coolant system piping. The passive core cooling system provides core

decay heat removal during transients, accidents, or whenever the normal heat removal






paths are lost. The passive core cooling system is designed to operate without the use of

active equipment such as pumps and AC power sources. The passive core cooling system

depends on reliable passive components and processes such as gravity injection and

expansion of compressed gases.

This is accomplished with following system.

Core Makeup Tank (CMT)

Accumulators

Automatic Depressurization System(ADS)

In-containment Water Storage Tank (IRWST)

Containment Recirculation system

Passive Residual Heat Removal System (PRHRS)

PH Adjustment Basket

The reactor passive core cooling system design includes safety-related equipment that is

sufficient to automatically establish and maintain safe shutdown conditions for the plant

following design basis events. The passive core cooling system can maintain safe shutdown

conditions for 72 hours after an event without operator action and without both non-safety

related onsite and offsite power. The need for makeup to containment is directly related to

the leakrate from the containment. With the maximum allowable containment leak rate,

makeup to containment is not needed for about one month. A safety-related connection is

available in the normal residual heat removal system to align a temporary makeup source to

containment.

A schematic diagram of passive core cooling system is given in Fig. 2.10.






Fig. 2.10 Diagram of Passive Core Cooling System

2.8.2.2 In-containment refueling water storage tank

The in-containment refueling water storage tank is a large, stainless-steel lined tank located

underneath the operating deck inside the containment. The tank is constructed as an

integral part of the containment internal structures, and is isolated from the steel

containment vessel. The bottom of the in-containment refueling water storage tank is above

the reactor coolant system loop elevation so that the borated refueling water can drain by

gravity into the reactor coolant system after it is sufficiently depressurized. The in-

containment refueling water storage tank is connected to the reactor coolant system through

both direct vessel injection lines. The in-containment refueling water storage tank contains

borated water, at the existing temperature and pressure in containment. The in-containment

refueling water storage tank contains one passive residual heat removal heat exchanger

and two depressurization spargers.

The top of the passive residual heat removal heat exchanger tubes are located underwater

and extend down into the in-containment refueling water storage tank. The spargers are

also submerged in the in-containment refueling water storage tank, with the spargers mid

arms located below the normal water level. The in-containment refueling water storage tank

is sized to provide the flooding of the refueling cavity for normal refueling, the post-loss of

coolant accident flooding of the containment for reactor coolant system long-term cooling






mode, and to support the passive residual heat removal heat exchanger operation. The in-

containment refueling water storage tank can provide sufficient injection until the

containment sump floods up high enough to initiate recirculation flow.

2.8.2.3 Passive residual heat removal system (PRHRS)

The passive residual heat removal heat exchanger automatically actuates to provide reactor

coolant system cooling and to prevent water relief through the pressurizer safety valves.

The passive residual heat removal heat exchanger is capable of automatically removing

core decay heat following such an event, assuming the steam generated in the in-

containment refueling water storage tank is condensed on the containment vessel and

returned by gravity via the in-containment refueling water storage tank condensate return

gutter. The passive residual heat removal heat exchanger, in conjunction with the passive

containment cooling system, is designed to remove decay heat for an indefinite time in a

closed-loop mode of operation. During a steam generator tube rupture event, the passive

residual heat removal heat exchanger removes core decay heat and reduces reactor

coolant system temperature and pressure, equalizing with steam generator pressure and

terminating break flow, without overfilling the steam generator. For events not involving a

loss of coolant, the emergency core decay heat removal is provided by the passive core

cooling system via the passive residual heat removal heat exchanger. The passive residual

heat removal heat exchanger connects to the reactor coolant system through an inlet line

from one reactor coolant system hot leg (through a tee from one of the fourth stage

automatic depressurization lines) and an outlet line to the associated steam generator cold

leg plenum (reactor coolant pump suction). The passive residual heat removal heat

exchanger is used to maintain a safe shutdown condition. It removes decay heat and

sensible heat from the reactor coolant system to the in-containment refueling water storage

tank, the containment atmosphere, the containment vessel, and finally to the ultimate heat

sink–the atmosphere outside of containment. This occurs after in-containment refueling

water storage tank saturation is reached and steaming to containment initiates.

2.8.2.4 Reactor containment system

The containment vessel is a free standing cylindrical steel vessel with ellipsoidal upper and

lower heads. It is surrounded by a reinforced concrete shield building. The function of the

containment vessel, as part of the overall containment system, is to contain the release of






radioactivity following postulated design basis accidents. The containment vessel also

functions as the safety-related ultimate heat sink by transferring the heat associated with

accident sources to the surrounding environment. The containment system is designed

such that for all break sizes, up to and including the double-ended severance of a reactor

coolant pipe or secondary side pipe, the containment peak pressure is below the design

pressure. Containment and sub-compartment atmospheres are maintained during normal

operation within prescribed pressure, temperature, and humidity limits by means of the

containment air recirculation system, and the central chilled water system. The filtration

supply and exhaust subsystem can be utilized to purge the containment air for pressure

control.

2.8.2.5 Containment isolation system

The major function of the containment isolation system of the reactor is to provide

containment isolation to allow the normal or emergency passage of fluids through the

containment boundary while preserving the integrity of the containment boundary, if

required. This prevents or limits the escape of fission products that may result from

postulated accidents. Containment isolation provisions are designed so that fluid lines which

penetrate the primary containment boundary are isolated in the event of an accident. This

minimizes the release of radioactivity to the environment.

2.8.2.6 Passive containment cooling system The passive containment cooling system (PCS) is an engineered safety features

system (Fig.2.11). Its functional objective is to reduce the containment temperature and

pressure following a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) or main steam line break (MSLB)

accident inside the containment by removing thermal energy from the containment

atmosphere. The passive containment cooling system also serves as the safety-related

ultimate heat sink for other design basis events and shutdowns. The passive

containment cooling system limits the release of radioactive material to the environment

by reducing the pressure differential between the containment atmosphere and the

external environment. This diminishes the driving force for leakage of fission products

from the containment to the atmosphere. The passive containment cooling system also

provides a source of makeup water to the spent fuel pool in the event of a prolonged

loss of normal spent fuel pool cooling.






Fig. 2.11 Schematic diagram of Passive containment cooling system

2.8.2.7 Containment hydrogen control system

The containment hydrogen control system is provided to limit the hydrogen concentration in

the containment so that containment integrity is not endangered. Following a severe

accident, it is assumed that 100 percent of the fuel cladding reacts with water.

Although hydrogen production due to radiolysis and corrosion occurs, the cladding reaction

with water dominates the production of hydrogen for this case. The hydrogen generation

from the zirconium-steam reaction could be sufficiently rapid that it may not be possible to

prevent the hydrogen concentration in the containment from exceeding the lower

flammability limit. The function of the containment hydrogen control system for this case is

to promote hydrogen burning soon after the lower flammability limit is reached in the

containment. Initiation of hydrogen burning at the lower level of hydrogen flammability






prevents accidental hydrogen burn initiation at high hydrogen concentration levels and thus

provides confidence that containment integrity can be maintained during hydrogen burns

and that safety-related equipment can continue to operate during and after the burns.

2.8.2.8 Containment leak rate test system

The containment leak rate test system is designed to verify the leak tightness of the reactor

containment. The specified maximum allowable containment leak rate is 0.10 weight

percent of the containment air mass per day at the calculated peak accident pressure. The

containment leak rate test system serves no safety-related function other than containment

isolation, and therefore has no nuclear safety design basis except for containment isolation.

2.9 REACTOR AUXILIARY SYSTEM

The reactor auxiliary systems support reactor coolant system. The main auxiliary

systems are as follows.

a) Chemical and Volume Control System

b) Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System

c) Component Cooling Water System

d) Containment Recirculation Cooling System

2.9.1 CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM

The chemical and volume control system is designed to perform the following major

functions:

Purification - maintain reactor coolant system fluid purity and activity level

within acceptable limits.

Reactor coolant system inventory control and makeup - maintain the required

coolant inventory in the reactor coolant system; maintain the programmed

pressurizer water level during normal plant operations.

Chemical shim and chemical control - maintain the reactor coolant chemistry

conditions by controlling the concentration of boron in the coolant for plant

startups, normal dilution to compensate for fuel depletion and shutdown






boration, and provide the means for controlling the reactor coolant system pH

by maintaining the proper level of lithium hydroxide.

Oxygen control - provide the means for maintaining the proper level of

dissolved hydrogen in the reactor coolant during power operation and for

achieving the proper oxygen level prior to startup after each shutdown.

Filling and pressure testing the reactor coolant system - provide the means

for filling and pressure testing the reactor coolant system. The chemical and

volume control system does not perform hydrostatic testing of the reactor

coolant system, which is only required prior to initial startup and after major,

non-routine maintenance, but provides connections for a temporary

hydrostatic test pump.

Borated makeup to auxiliary equipment - provide makeup water to the

primary side systems that require borated reactor grade water.

Pressurizer Auxiliary Spray - provide pressurizer auxiliary spray water for

depressurization.

The safety functions provided by the chemical and volume control system are limited to

containment isolation of chemical and volume control system lines penetrating containment,

termination of inadvertent reactor coolant system boron dilution, isolation of makeup on a

steam generator or pressurizer high level signal, and preservation of the reactor coolant

system pressure boundary, including isolation of normal chemical and volume control

system letdown from the reactor coolant system.

2.9.2 SPENT FUEL POOL COOLING SYSTEM

The spent fuel pool cooling system (SFS) is designed to remove decay heat which is

generated by stored fuel assemblies from the water in the spent fuel pool. This is done by

pumping the high temperature water from within the fuel pool through a heat exchanger,

and then returning the water to the pool. A secondary function of the spent fuel pool cooling

system is clarification and purification of the water in the spent fuel pool, the transfer canal,

and the refueling water. Major functions of this system are spent fuel pool cooling and

purification, refueling cavity purification, water transfer and IRWST purification.






2.9.3 COMPONENT COOLING WATER SYSTEM

The component cooling water system is a non-safety-related, closed loop cooling system

that transfers heat from various plant components to the service water system during

normal phases of operation. It removes heat from various components needed for plant

operation and removes core decay heat and sensible heat for normal reactor shutdown and

cools down. The reactor component cooling water system provides a barrier to the release

of radioactivity between the plant components being cooled that handle radioactive fluid and

the environment. The component cooling water system also provides a barrier against

leakage of service water into primary containment and reactor systems.

2.9.4 CONTAINMENT RECIRCULATION COOLING SYSTEM

The containment recirculation cooling system controls building air temperature and humidity

to provide a suitable environment for equipment operability during normal operation and

shutdown.

The containment recirculation cooling system serves no safety-related function and

therefore has no nuclear safety design basis. The containment recirculation system is not

required to mitigate the consequences of a design basis accident or loss of coolant

accident. System equipment and ductwork whose failure could affect the operability of

safety-related systems or components are designed to seismic Category II requirements.

The remaining portion of the system is non-seismic.

2.10 SECONDARY SIDE: STEAM AND POWER CONVERSION

The steam and power conversion system is designed to remove heat energy from the

reactor coolant system via the two steam generators and to convert it to electrical power in

the turbine-generator. The main condenser deaerated the condensate and transfers heat

that is unusable in the cycle to the circulating water system. The regenerative turbine cycle

heats the feedwater, and the main feedwater system returns it to the steam generators.

The steam generated in the two steam generators is supplied to the high-pressure turbine

by the main steam system. After expansion through the high-pressure turbine, the steam

passes through the two moisture separator/ reheaters (MSRs) and is then admitted to the






three low-pressure turbines. A portion of the steam is extracted from the high and low

pressure turbines for seven stages of feed water heating. Exhaust steam from the low

pressure turbines is condensed and deaerated in the main condenser.

The heat rejected in the main condenser is removed by the circulating water system (CWS).

The condensate pumps take suction from the condenser hotwell and deliver the condensate

through four stages of low-pressure closed feedwater heaters to the fifth stage, open

deaerating heater.

Condensate then flows to the suction of the steam generator feedwater booster pump and is

discharged to the suction of the main feedwater pump. The steam generator feedwater

pumps discharge the feedwater through two stages of high-pressure feedwater heating to

the two steam generators.

2.11 COOLING WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS

Sea water cooling systems are meant for following purpose:

Main condenser cooling water system

Seawater cooling system for essential services

Seawater cooling system for non-essential loads

All seawater-cooling systems are once-through systems. The cooling water source and

the ultimate heat sink is sea. Seawater is fed to the unit pump stations through an

intake structure. Pumps supply water to consumers from which the water goes back to

the sea via the discharge line.

2.11.1 MAIN COOLING WATER SYSTEM

The system is intended for heat removal from the turbine condensers and is part of a

non-safety related normal operation system. The system performs its functions during

and after an operation-basis earthquake.

2.11.2 SEA WATER COOLING SYSTEM FOR NON-ESSENTIAL LOADS

The system is intended for removal of heat from intermediate circuits of non-essential

loads and belongs to a non-safety related normal operation system. Seawater is






supplied to the heat exchangers of intermediate circuits by pumps installed in main

pump house via pipelines. Water goes back to the sea through the discharge line.

2.12 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

The fire protection system is designed to perform the following functions:

Detect and locate fires and provide operator indication of the location

Provide the capability to extinguish fires in any plant area, to protect site

personnel, limit fire damage, and enhance safe shutdown capabilities

Supply fire suppression water at a flow rate and pressure sufficient to satisfy

the demand of any automatic sprinkler system plus 500 gpm for fire hoses, for

a minimum of 2 hours

Maintain 100 percent of fire pump design capacity, assuming failure of the

largest fire pump or the loss of offsite power

Following a safe shutdown earthquake, provide water to hose stations for

manual firefighting in areas containing safe shutdown equipment

Satisfy the requirements of the passive containment cooling system as an

alternate source of water to wet the containment dome or to refill the passive

containment cooling water storage tank after a loss-of-coolant accident, if the

fire protection system is available

Provide an alternate supply of cooling water to the normal residual heat

removal system heat exchanger after a loss of normal component cooling

water system function.

Provide non-safety-related containment spray capability for severe accident

management.

To achieve the required high degree of fire safety, and to satisfy fire protection objectives,

the reactor is designed to:

Prevent fire initiation by controlling, separating, and limiting the quantities of

combustibles and sources of ignition

Isolate combustible materials and limit the spread of fire by subdividing plant

buildings into fire areas separated by fire barriers






Separate redundant safe shutdown components and associated electrical

divisions to preserve the capability to safely shut down the plant following a fire

Provide the capability to safely shut down the plant using controls external to

the main control room, should a fire require evacuation of the control room or

damage the control room circuitry for safe shutdown systems

Separate redundant trains of safety-related equipment used to mitigate the

consequences of a design basis accident (but not required for safe shutdown

following a fire) so that a fire within one train will not damage the redundant

train

Prevent smoke, hot gases, or fire suppressants from migrating from one fire

area to another to the extent that they could adversely affect safe shutdown

capabilities, including operator actions

Provide confidence that failure or inadvertent operation of the fire protection

system cannot prevent plant safety functions from being performed

Preclude the loss of structural support, due to warping or distortion of building

structural members caused by the heat from a fire, to the extent that such a

failure could adversely affect safe shutdown capabilities

Provide floor drains sized to remove expected firefighting water flow without

flooding safety-related equipment

Provide firefighting personnel access and life safety escape routes for each fire

area

Provide emergency lighting and communications to facilitate safe shutdown

following a fire

Minimize exposure to personnel and releases to the environment of

radioactivity or hazardous chemicals as a result of a fire

The fire protection system is classified as a non-safety-related, non-seismic system. Special

seismic design requirements are applied to portions of the standpipe system located in

areas containing equipment required for safe shutdown following a safe shutdown

earthquake.






2.13 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL (I&C)

The Instrumentation & Control (I&C) systems in NPP include a variety of equipment

intended to perform display, monitoring, control, protection & safety functions. General

guidelines followed are:

1. Electrical transmission of signals is preferred to pneumatic, because of

better amenability to further processing in addition to inherent fast response

etc.

2. Equipment free from ageing, wear and not needing routine and preventive

maintenance are preferred. Microprocessor-based systems, solid-state semi-

conductor devices are preferred over mechanical systems having moving

parts.

3. Principles of redundancy, diversity, fail-safe, testability and maintainability

are extensively employed to maximize availability while ensuring safety.

Physical separation of redundant channels is provided.

4. For all safety systems Triplicate sensors and logic based on majority

coincidence (2 out of 3) principles is used. On line testing facility for

protection channel is provided.

5. Independence between control & data communication is maintained for

safety systems.

6. The sensors and associated electronics for each channel are physically

separated and follow diversified cable routing.

7. A high degree of automation is aimed at to eliminate human error affecting

availability/reliability.

8. Simplicity in design, operator acceptance, obsolescence, current trend in

technology are given due consideration.

9. The ESF coincidence logic performs system-level logic calculations, such as

initiation of the passive residual heat removal system. It receives inputs from

the plant protection subsystem bi-stables and the main control room. The

ESF actuation subsystems provide the capability for on-off control of

individual safety-related plant loads. They receive inputs from the ESF

coincidence logic, remote shutdown workstation and the main control room.






10. The plant control system performs non-safety-related instrumentation and

control functions using both discrete (on/off) and modulating (analog) type

actuation devices.

11. If temporary evacuation of the main control room is required because of

some abnormal main control room condition, the operators can establish and

maintain safe shutdown conditions for the plant from outside the main control

room through the use of controls and monitoring located at the remote

shutdown workstation. Safe shutdown is a stable plant condition that can be

maintained for an extended period of time.

2.14 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

The electrical system of NPP consists of onsite power system and offsite power system.

2.14.1 ONSITE POWER SYSTEM

The onsite power system is comprised of the main AC power system and the DC power

system. The main AC power system is a non-Class 1E system. The DC power system

consists of two independent systems: Class 1E DC system and non-Class 1E DC system.

The normal ac power supply to the main ac power system is provided from the station main

generator. When the main generator is not available, plant auxiliary power is provided from

the switchyard by back feeding through the main step up and unit auxiliary transformers.

This is the preferred power supply. When neither the normal nor the preferred power supply

is available due to an electrical fault at either the main step up transformer, unit auxiliary

transformer, iso-phase bus, or 6.9kv non-segregated bus duct, fast bus transfer will be

initiated to transfer the loads to the reserve auxiliary transformers powered by maintenance

sources of power. In addition, two non-Class 1E onsite standby diesel generators supply

power to selected loads in the event of loss of the normal, preferred, and maintenance

power sources. The reserve auxiliary transformers also serve as a source of maintenance

power. The onsite standby power system, powered by the two onsite standby diesel

generators, supplies power to selected loads in the event of loss of other ac power sources.

Loads that are priority loads for investment protection due to their specific functions

(permanent non-safety loads) are selected for access to the onsite standby power supply.

Availability of the standby power source is not required to accomplish any safety function.






Safety-related loads are powered from the Class 1E 250 VDC batteries and the associated

Class 1E 120 VAC instrument buses.

2.14.2 OFFSITE POWER SYSTEM

Offsite power has no safety-related function due to the passive design of the reactor.

Therefore, redundant offsite power supplies are not required. The design provides a reliable

offsite power system that minimizes challenges to the passive safety system. The main

generator is connected to the offsite power system via three single-phase main step-up

transformers. The normal power source for the plant auxiliary ac loads is provided from the

iso-phase generator bus through the two unit auxiliary transformers of identical ratings. In

the event of a loss of the main generator, the power is maintained without interruption from

the preferred power supply by an auto-trip of the main generator breaker. Power then flows

from the transformer area to the auxiliary loads through the main and unit auxiliary

transformers. The transmission system is site-specific.

2.14.3 FUEL HANDLING SYSTEM

Refueling Machines is provided to carry out off-power refueling i.e. after shutting down the

reactor. Fresh fuel assemblies are placed in the reactor and the spent fuel assemblies are

removed from the reactor and kept in fuel pool. All the operation is carried out in under

water.

New fuel is stored in a high density rack which includes integral neutron absorbing material

to maintain the required degree of sub criticality. The rack is designed to store fuel of the

maximum design basis enrichment. The rack in the new fuel pit consists of an array of cells

interconnected to each other at several elevations and to a thick base plate at the bottom

elevation. This rack module is not anchored to the pit floor. The new fuel rack includes

storage locations for 72 fuel assemblies.

Spent fuel is stored in high density racks which include integral neutron absorbing material

to maintain the required degree of sub-criticality. The racks are designed to store fuel of the

maximum design basis enrichment. Each rack in the spent fuel pool consists of an array of






cells interconnected to each other at several elevations and to a thick base plate at the

bottom elevation.

These rack modules are free-standing, neither anchored to the pool floor nor braced to the

pool wall. The spent fuel storage racks include storage locations for 884 fuel assemblies

and five defective fuel assemblies. The design of the racks is such that a fuel assembly

cannot be inserted into a location other than a location designed to receive an assembly.

The facility is designed to maintain its structural integrity following a safe shutdown

earthquake and to perform its intended function following a postulated event such as a fire.

2.14.4 VENTILATION SYSTEM

Ventilation of the NPP is designed based on technical approaches aimed at raising the

reliability of ventilation systems operation, electrical power consumption, improving working

environment and equipment operation condition.

The rooms of NPP‟s main and plant buildings and structures are divided into

Controlled access area where the effect of radiation on personnel is probable.

Free access area where the effect of radiation on personnel is not anticipated

and permanently occupied by personnel.

The radiologically controlled area ventilation system provides the following functions:

Provides ventilation to maintain the equipment rooms within their design

temperature range.

Provides ventilation to maintain airborne radioactivity in the access areas at safe

levels for plant personnel.

Maintains the overall airflow direction within the areas it serves from areas of

lower potential airborne contamination to areas of higher potential contamination

Maintains each building area at a slightly negative pressure to prevent the

uncontrolled release of airborne radioactivity to the atmosphere or adjacent

clean plant areas.

Automatically isolates selected building areas from the outside environment by

closing the supply and exhaust duct isolation dampers and starting the

containment air filtration system when high airborne radioactivity in the exhaust

air duct or high ambient pressure differential is detected.






The ventilation exhaust is adequately filtered and monitored before sending to the stack.

2.15 RADIATION PROTECTION

2.15.1 DESIGN OBJECTIVE

1. During normal operation, to minimize the radiation dose to plant personnel and

members of the public in accordance with the principle of 'As low as Reasonably

Achievable' (ALARA) and in any case not exceeding the prescribed limits specified

by the Regulatory Body. (Refer Radiation Protection Manual, AERB 2005 Rev 4).

2. To minimize the risk to the public from the release of radioactivity, if any, under

abnormal/postulated accident conditions. For scenarios within the design basis, the

calculated releases shall be within the specified release limits given in Technical

Specifications.

This objective is met by ensuring that plant conditions associated with high radiological

consequences have low likelihood of occurrence and plant conditions with a high likelihood

of occurrence have only small or no radiological consequences.

2.15.2 DOSE LIMITS

Normal Operating Condition

The annual average effective dose to a member of the public at the exclusion zone

boundary shall not exceed 1 mSv/yr from all sources under normal operating conditions, in

accordance with AERB siting code AERB/SC/S.

The annual effective dose limit, annual equivalent limit etc. shall be as per Table-4 of AERB

safety manual AERB/NF/SM/O-2 for radiation worker, apprentice/trainee, temporary worker

and member of public.

Acceptable Levels (Design Target) for Accident Conditions

Under Design Basis Accident conditions, a member of the public shall not receive an

effective dose equivalent to more than 0.1 Sv for whole body and an equivalent dose of 0.5

Sv for thyroid of children.






2.15.3 CONTAMINATION CONTROL

To control the radiation exposure and to prevent the spread of radioactive

contamination, the plant premises are divided into free access areas and controlled

access areas.

Free access areas do not contain any sources of radiation and is accessible to all

without any radiological control measures. All radioactive systems are housed in

controlled access areas, where radiological control measures are strictly enforced.

Controlled access area is further divided into Attended areas, Periodically Attended

Areas and non-attended areas based on their potential for radiation exposure and

contamination spread.

In attended areas continuous stay of radiation workers is permitted as

prevailing radiological conditions are very low.

In periodically attended areas personnel occupancy is controlled based on

the existing radiological conditions.

In un-attended areas personnel entry is not permitted during reactor operation

as these areas encloses equipment and systems of relatively high

radioactivity.

Engineering and administrative measures are enforced in order to prevent spread of

contamination beyond controlled access areas.

2.16 RADIOACTIVE WASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM

The project envisages collection and processing of liquid and gaseous radioactive

wastes and also collection, processing and storage of solid radioactive wastes

generated during operation of NPP.

2.16.1 SOLID RADIOACTIVE WASTE SYSTEM

The solid waste management system (WSS) is designed to collect and accumulate spent

ion exchange resins and deep bed filtration media, spent filter cartridges, dry active wastes,

and mixed wastes generated as a result of normal plant operation, including anticipated

operational occurrences.






The solid waste management system is designed to collect and accumulate spent ion

exchange resins and deep bed filtration media, spent filter cartridges, dry active wastes, and

mixed wastes generated as a result of normal plant operation, including anticipated

operational occurrences. The system is located in the auxiliary and radwaste buildings. The

processing and packaging of wastes are done by mobile systems in the auxiliary building

and in the mobile systems facility, part of the radwaste building. The packaged waste is

stored in the auxiliary and radwaste buildings until it is shipped to the disposal facility.

The solid waste management system includes the spent resin system. The flows of wastes

through the solid waste management system are shown on Fig. 2.12. The radioactivity of

influents to the system are dependent on reactor coolant activities and the decontamination

factors of the processes in the chemical and volume control system, spent fuel cooling

system, and the liquid waste processing system.

The wet radioactive wastes primarily comprising of spent resins and activated carbon are

initially stored in the spent resin storage tanks located in the auxiliary building. When a

sufficient quantity has accumulated, the resin is sluiced into high-integrity containers for the

disposal to the disposal facility. Liquid chemical wastes are reduced in volume and

packaged into drums and stored in the radwaste building.

The dry solid radwaste comprising of compactable and non-compactable waste are packed

into boxes and drums. Drums are used for higher activity compactable and non-

compactable wastes.

The radioactivity of the dry active waste is expected to normally range from 0.1 curies per

year to 8 curies per year with a maximum of about 16 curies per year. This waste includes

spent HVAC filters, compressible trash, non-compressible components, mixed wastes and

solidified chemical wastes.

The waste management system in the auxiliary and radwaste building is designed to

provide the means to store packaged wastes for at least 6 months.






Fig. 2.12 Schematic diagram of Solid Radwaste processing system

2.16.2 LIQUID RADIOACTIVE WASTE SYSTEM

The liquid radwaste system is designed to control, collect, process, handle, store, and

dispose of liquid radioactive waste generated as the result of normal operation, including

anticipated operational occurrences.

The major categories of liquid radioactive wastes includes borated, reactor-grade, waste

water through the chemical and volume control system (CVCS), primary sampling system

41

Chem Waste

HA Filter Catridge

Solid Radwaste Processing System (Schematic)

Spent IX Resin

Mod active

Filter Catridge

HVAC Filter

Dry Active Waste

(Yellow Bags)

Clean Trash

(Green Bags)

Mixed Waste

HI Filter Transfer Filter

Casks & Carts

Mod Activity Filter

Casks & Carts

Spent Resin Tk

High Act, Filter Storage

Casks

Temporary Storage in

Drums &

Casks

Temporary Storage

Temporary Storage

Temporary Storage

Accumulation

Chem Waste Tk

De-watering &

Solidification

Packaging &

Encapsulation

Shredding &

Compacting

Compactible,

Sorting & Decont.

Sorting &

Verification

On-Site Storage

On-Site

Storage

Packaging

On-Site Storage

Cask

On-Site Storage

Cask

Package Waste

Storage

Concentration &

Solidification

On-Site Storage






sink drains and equipment leak offs and drains, Floor drains and other wastes with a

potentially high suspended solids content, collected from various building floor drains and

sumps, Detergent wastes with very low concentrations of radioactivity from the plant hot

sinks and showers, and some cleanup and decontamination processes and Chemical waste

comes from the laboratory and other relatively small volume sources.

The liquid radwaste are collected in various collection and storage tanks prior to their

processing and disposal. These include Reactor Coolant Drain tank, Containment Sump,

Effluent hold up tanks, Waste Hold up tanks, Chemical Waste tank and Monitor Tanks.

The liquid radwaste system processes waste with an upstream filter followed by ion

exchange resin vessels in series (Fig. 2.13). The top of the first vessel is normally charged

Fig. 2.13 Schematic diagram of Liquid Radwaste System






with activated carbon, to act as a deep-bed filter and remove oil from floor drain wastes.

Moderate amounts of other wastes can also be routed through this vessel. After

deionization, the water passes through an after-filter where radioactive particulates and

resin fines are removed. The processed water then enters one of three monitor tanks. When

one of the monitor tanks is full, the system is automatically realigned to route processed

water to another tank. The contents of the monitor tank are re-circulated and sampled. In

the unlikely event of high radioactivity, the tank contents are returned to a waste holdup tank

for additional processing.

Normally, however, the radioactivity will be well below the discharge limits. Detection of high

radiation in the discharge stream stops the discharge flow and operator action is required to

re-establish discharge. The condenser cooling water is used as the source for diluting the

processed waste water, so as to maintain the radioactive level well below the discharged

limit as stipulated by the Atomic energy regulatory board (AERB).

2.16.3 GASEOUS RADIOACTIVE WASTE SYSTEM

Details of gaseous radioactive waste system are described in subsequent sections.

2.17 RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM

The radiation monitoring system (RMS) provides plant effluent monitoring, process fluid

monitoring, airborne monitoring, and continuous indication of the radiation environment in

plant areas where such information is needed. Radiation monitors that have a safety-related

function are qualified environmentally, seismically, or both. The radiation monitoring system

is installed permanently and operates in conjunction with regular and special radiation

survey programs to assist in meeting applicable regulatory requirements.

The radiation monitoring system is divided functionally into two subsystems:

Process, airborne, and effluent radiological monitoring and sampling

Area radiation monitoring

The design objectives of the radiation monitoring system during postulated accidents are:

Initiate containment air filtration isolation in the event of abnormally high radiation

inside the containment (High-1)






Initiate normal residual heat removal system suction line containment isolation in

the event of abnormally high radiation inside the containment (High-2)

Initiate main control room supplemental filtration in the event of abnormally high

gaseous radioactivity in the main control room supply air

Initiate main control room ventilation isolation and actuate the main control room

emergency habitability system in the event of abnormally high particulate or

iodine radioactivity in the main control room supply air

Provide long-term post-accident monitoring (using both safety-related and non-

safety-related monitors)

Spent Fuel

Spent fuel is removed from the reactor core and transferred to spent fuel inspection bay

(SFIB) where it is inspected for leaks / pin holes / damage. It is then stored in spent fuel

storage bay (SFSB) which is under continuous radiological surveillance. The spent fuel is

stored in SFSB till it cools down to dry storage level (about 5 years). Subsequent action on

the spent fuel is dictated by the policy of the Department of Atomic Energy / Government of

India.

Size of Spent Fuel Storage Bay

The size of one SFSB can accommodate 10 years of spent fuel discharge and one core

load.

Design / Technology

The spent fuel storage and management system‟s design will be such that the radiation

dose to the members of public from all the routes is restricted to 1000 μSv/y.

At present no reprocessing facility is envisaged for NPP at Mithivirdi Site. The

establishment and management of reprocessing facility of spent fuel falls within the purview

of DAE and the same will be addressed suitably. Moreover, the requirement of reprocessing

of the spent fuel will arise only after 12 years from now, as the reactor will be under

construction for 5 - 6 years followed by another 5 -10 years for the cooling of spent fuel. The

technology to be adopted at that time is difficult to propose at the movement, as technology






undergoes continuous improvements and up-gradation. However, the latest and safest

technology available at that time will be applied.

2.17.1 ULTIMATE HEAT SINK (UHS)

Both sea water body and atmosphere are used as ultimate heat sink for residual heat

absorbing during normal operation, anticipated operational occurrences or accident

condition.

2.18 DESIGN LIFE

Design life of the plant is 60 years.

2.19 AWAY FROM THE REACTOR (AFR) FACILITY

Design of AFR facilities will be carried out during detail design of project.

2.20 SHUT DOWN PERIOD FOR RE-FUELING

Shut down period for re-fueling will be 16 days in Normal condition.

2.21 MITIGATION ASPECTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS OF NPP AT MITHIVIRDI

The design as a whole complies with the requirements and trends in the requirements of the

safety regulations, accepted worldwide and by AERB in developing the nuclear power

installations.

2.21.1 SAFETY ANALYSIS

To demonstrate that the safety objective of protection of the public from accidental releases

is met, safety analysis is performed to evaluate the consequences of postulated initiating

events, and event sequences considered as part of the design basis.

The various postulated accident scenarios considered are identified in terms of failures in,

or of, individual systems. These failures may themselves be the initiating events, or the






result of some other initiating events, including external events. The influence of external

events on system safety is taken care of by proper site selection and design basis.

The results of the safety analysis for various postulated accidents, in terms of radiological

consequences to the public, are checked to ensure that limits specified by AERB are not

exceeded.

2.21.2 THE CONCEPT OF DEFENSE IN DEPTH

The safety of the NPP is ensured due to consecutive implementation of the defense-in-

depth concept. This concept implies a system of physical barriers on the way by which the

ionizing radiation and radioactive substances can release into the environment. This system

is used together with a complex of engineering and managerial measures for protecting

these barriers and maintaining their effectiveness and measures for protecting the

personnel, population and the environment.

The complex of engineering and managerial measures forms the following five levels of

defense in depth.

Level 1: Conditions of siting the NPP and prevention of anticipated operational

occurrences:

Assessing and selecting a site suitable for placing the NPP

Establishing a sanitary protection zone (exclusion zone) and an observation

zone around the NPP in which the protective measures are planned

Developing the design using a conservative approach with a mature internal

self-protection feature of the reactor plant

Ensuring the required quality of the systems (components) at the NPP and

works being accomplished

Operating the NPP in accordance with the requirements of the relevant

normative documents, process stipulations and operating manuals

Maintaining the proper condition of the systems (components) essential for

safety by timely detecting flaws, taking preventive measures, replacing the






equipment that have worked out its operating resource and establishing an

efficient system for documenting the results of work and checks

Selecting the personnel for the NPP and maintaining their required qualification

level to ensure their properly acting under normal and violation of normal

operating conditions including pre-emergency situations, accidents and

creation of safety culture

Level 2: Preventing design-basis accidents by the systems of normal operation

Revealing deviations from normal operation and removing them

Control under conditions of Anticipated Operational Occurrence (AOO)

Level 3: Preventing beyond the design basis accidents by safety system

Preventing initiating events from their developing into design basis accidents

and employing the safety systems

Mitigating the consequences of the accidents whose prevention was not met

with success by localizing the releasing radioactive substances

Level 4: Control of beyond the design basis accidents

Preventing beyond the design basis accidents from their developing and

mitigating their consequences

Protecting the hermetic enclosure from destruction under beyond the design

basis accidents and maintaining its service operability

Returning the NPP into a controllable condition, in which the chain fission

reaction is stopped, the nuclear fuel is continuously cooled and the radioactive

substances are kept in the preset boundaries

Level 5: Emergency planning

Preparing and implementing when necessary, plans of emergency measures

at the NPP site and beyond its boundaries

The concept of defense-in-depth is conveyed at all phases or activities related to ensuring

the NPP safety. Here, the strategy for preventing unfavorable initiating events, especially for

the 1st and 2nd level is of primary importance.






In normal operating conditions, all of the physical barriers must be capable of functioning,

whereas the measures on protecting them must be available. On detecting any problems in

any of the barriers envisaged by the design or unavailability of measures for protecting it,

the reactor plant must be shut down and measures for bringing the nuclear power unit in a

safe state must be taken.

The engineering measures and managerial decisions meant for ensuring safety of NPP

must be proven by the previous experience or tests, studies or operating experience with

prototypes. Such an approach should be applied not only when developing the equipment

and designing the NPP, but when manufacturing the equipment, constructing and operating

the NPP and upgrading its systems (components) as well.

The design and the reliability of the systems (components) essential for safety, the

documents and activities that have an effect on ensuring the safety of the NPP, all there

must be subject of activities aimed at quality assurance.

Storage and handling of hazardous process chemicals are given in Annexure-VII.

2.21.3 BARRIERS TO RADIOACTIVE RELEASE

Several barriers against the release of radioactivity to the environment exist. These

are:-

1. Fuel matrix

2. Fuel sheath

3. Reactor coolant system boundary

4. Containment

5. Exclusion zone

Fuel Matrix

The uranium dioxide (UO2) fuel is a ceramic material with high melting point and chemically

inert. As the ceramic material is porous, the fission products remain entrapped in its matrix.

During normal operation virtually all the fission products are permanently retained in UO2

matrix and only a fraction of noble gases and volatile products diffuse into the inter-space

between fuel and cladding.






Fuel Sheath

Fuel Sheath also called fuel cladding is made of ZIRLO, which is an advanced zirconium

based alloy and encapsulates the fuel pellets. This forms the second barrier and is

designed to withstand stresses resulting from UO2 expansion, fission gas pressure,

external hydraulic pressure and mechanical loads imposed by fuel handling.

Reactor coolant System

The fuel and coolant are contained in the reactor coolant system. This is a closed system

and forms the third barrier to fission product release.

Containment

The fourth barrier is the containment building, which houses the reactor and associated

nuclear systems. The containment building is a freestanding cylindrical steel containment

vessel with elliptical upper and lower heads. It is surrounded by a shield building (reinforced

concrete). The containment building is the containment vessel and the structures contained

within the containment vessel. The containment building is an integral part of the overall

containment system with the functions of containing the release of airborne radioactivity

following postulated design basis accidents and providing shielding for the reactor core and

the reactor coolant system during normal operations.

The containment vessel is an integral part of the passive containment cooling system. The

containment vessel and the passive containment cooling system are designed to remove

sufficient energy from the containment to prevent the containment from exceeding its design

pressure following postulated design basis accidents. The containment building is designed

to house the reactor coolant system and other related systems and provides a high degree

of leak tightness.

The shield building is the structure that surrounds the containment vessel. During normal

operations, a primary function of the shield building is to provide shielding for the

containment vessel and the radioactive systems and components located in the

containment building. The shield building, in conjunction with the internal structures of the

containment building, provides the required shielding for the reactor coolant system and the

other radioactive systems and components housed in the containment.






Another function of the shield building is to protect the containment building from external

events. The shield building protects the containment vessel and the reactor coolant system

from the effects of tornadoes and tornado produced missiles. During accident conditions,

the shield building provides the required shielding for radioactive airborne materials that

may be dispersed in the containment as well as radioactive particles in the water distributed

throughout the containment.

The shield building is an integral part of the passive containment cooling system.

Containment system performs its functions in association with the related engineered

safety features (ESFs).

Exclusion Zone

The site boundary extends upto 1 km from the plant. This is called exclusion zone. This

measure gives an added safety. The barriers are illustrated in Fig 2.14.

Fig. 2.14 Barriers to Radioactive Release






2.22 EMISSION SUMMARY

2.22.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT (General)

Dust may be generated during activities of excavation/back filling of foundation. The

excavation will be done in a minimum time by mechanized way. The vehicles carrying

construction material such as sand etc. will be covered from top and made wet before

movement so that no dust is generated. The construction activity shall be segregated in

phases to avoid any significant generation of dust.

Two DGs of 4 MW each per unit will be installed to meet the emergency power requirement

during power grid failure. Each DG set is tested for one hour weekly. However emissions

during this process will be only for short duration.

2.22.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT (RADIOACTIVE)

2.22.2.1 Annual Average Release of Airborne Radionuclides

The expected annual Average releases of airborne radionuclides is 1.1391 X 104 Ci/year.

2.23 WATER ENVIRONMENT

2.23.1 WATER REQUIREMENT & WATER BALANCE

Water requirement of the project for condenser cooling system would be met from sea water

(Table 2.6). Special measures would be taken in designing the sea water based condenser

cooling system. The fresh water for plant site & residential town ship are proposed to be met

from Desalination Plant of appropriate capacity to be installed at Plant Site (Table 2.7).

Table 2.6 Sea Water Requirement Estimate

System Parameter

Required Value

Condenser System(CDS)

Circulating water to/from main condenser


Turbine Close Loop Cooling System (TCS)

Circulating water to/from three (3) TCS heat exchangers







Total 290,000 M3/hr (approx.) per unit

Total (for six units) 17,40,000 M3/hr (approx.) ~ 18,00,000 M3/hr

43200 MLD

The condenser cooling seawater would get heated up while passing through condenser and

then would be discharged in the sea. Rise in temperature at the discharge point in the sea

shall not exceed 7oC, which meets the statutory requirement notified by MoEF.

Table 2.7 Fresh Water Consumption

System Monthly average M3/hr

Potable Water 7.95

Fire Protection System 1.14

Demineralized Water System 5.68

Service Water System 79.5

Total (per unit) 100 (approx.)

Total (6 units) Approximately 15 MLD

The total water balance for the plant is shown in Fig 2.15 and a summary is tabulated in

Table 2.5. A desalination plant of capacity 45 MLD will be setup to cater the needs of the

project and the requirement for plant and township if given in Table 2.8.

Table 2.8 Requirement of water for Plant and Township area

Sl No

DEMAND TOTAL QUANTITY OF SEA WATER

1 Water for plant requirements 15 MLD 40 MLD

2 Township 3 MLD 5 MLD

Total 18 MLD 45 MLD






Fig. 2.15 Schematic diagram of water balance for NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat

The total water requirement for plant and township purposes is estimated as 18 MLD.

Electric power based distillation technology called as “Mechanical Vapour Compression

(MVC)” process has been adopted. The layout of mechanical vapour compression

desalinization process has given in Fig. 2.16. The incoming sea water is pre-heated with

minute dose of scale inhibiting additive and passed through a heat exchanger, where the

heat in the discharged brine and product water is recovered. The sea water is then re-

circulated and sprayed on the outside of a bundle of horizontal heat transfer tubes at a rate

just sufficient to create thin continuous liquid films.

Product water generated by this technology is very close to DM water quality, and requires

minimum further treatment to be used for plant DM water make up requirement. The

schematic flow chart of the desalination process is shown in figure below. Brine generated

by this technology (MVC) has temperature only about 2 to 30C higher than intake sea water

temperature. Very small quantities of chemicals are used to protect equipment from scaling

and bio-fouling. The brine will discharge into the Condenser cooling water Discharge bay of

Unit 1. The present Marine Impact Assessment study indicates the marine water having less

Nuclear Power Plant

Sea

43200 MLD Condensate Cooling water

43227 MLD

Desalination Plant

27 MLD Desalination Brine

15 MLD

Township

3 MLD

45 MLD






diversity in terms of flora and marine fauna. Hence, there will be no damage to the marine

life due to discharge of brine.

Fig. 2.16 Mechanical Vapour Compression Desalinization process






The residual concentration of these chemicals will be within the allowable regulatory limits

and are not harmful & bio-degradable. Salt concentration in brine typically shall be 2 to 3

times that of intake sea water. To dilute the salt concentration, the brine shall be mixed with

condenser cooling sea water before discharging into sea. Because of this the salinity level

will be comparable to intake sea water levels.

2.23.2 CONDENSER COOLING WATER

For the cooling water intake and cooling water discharge alternative arrangements and

design solutions have been reviewed, based on scientific and research studies.

Mathematical modeling has been done for scientific validation of the optimum layout and

structural design of water intake/discharge structures.

The tasks of the study have been formulated as follows:

a. Assessment of the effect of various natural factors on water intake conditions

b. Prediction of alteration of hydro, thermal and lithodynamic processes

c. Analysis of layout and design alternatives of water intake for selection of the

optimum alternative

d. Detailed analysis of hydrothermal and lithodynamic regimes of the proposed

optimum solutions.

Many inputs have been considered for the study of sea water intake and discharge

structures. The important inputs are given below:

i) Bathymetry Survey of the sea coast

ii) Tidal levels and currents

iii) Waves

iv) Wind

v) Water Temperature

vi) Salinity

vii) Mixing Characteristics

viii) Sediments

ix) Littoral Drift

x) Various codes, guides and standards






Sea water for various cooling purposes shall be drawn from the Jaspara - Mithivirdi sea

coast and discharged at the following combination of outfall distances during three stages of

the project through underground tunnels as per the following stage wise plan for CCW

outfall distances (Table 2.9). The latitude and longitude of intake channel and outfall

structures are given in Table 2.9.

Table 2.9 The outfall distance and coordinates of six nuclear reactors

Stage Operating units Outfall distance from shore

Latitude, N Longitude, E

I Unit-1 3.5 km 21º 27 30.03˝ 72º 16 15.06˝

I Unit-2 3.5 km 21º 27 22.25˝ 72º 16 11.59˝

II Unit-3 3 km 21º 27 18.16˝ 72º 15 50.38˝

II Unit-4 3 km 21º 27 10.04˝ 72º 15 46.36˝

III Unit-5 2.5 km 21º 27 05.8˝ 72º 15 25.23˝

III Unit-6 2.5 km 21º 26 57.7˝ 72º 15 21.22˝

I Intake channel - 21º 28 20.24˝ 72º 15 40.32˝

The figure showing the layout of proposed intake / outfall structure is presented as Fig. 2.17.

2.24 LIQUID RADIOACTIVE WASTE SYSTEM

As per the AERB Safety Directive 2/91, the effective dose to the members of the critical

group through various pathways like water route, air route and terrestrial route shall not

exceed 1 mSv/yr (100 m rem/year). This limit is considered applicable at the 'Fence Post' of

the nuclear installation site, the radius of which is the exclusion radius Details of liquid

radioactive waste system are described in section 2.16.2. The expected generation of liquid

radwaste will be 87.29 M3/year/unit (approx.)

2.24.1 Annual average release of Radioactive Liquid

The expected annual average of radioactive liquid effluents is given as below.

Radioisotopes Activity Release rate (Ci/Yr)

Radioisotopes (other than tritium) 0.25623

Tritium Release 1010.0






2.25 RADIOACTIVE SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Details of solid radioactive waste system are described in section 2.16.1.

The dry solid radwaste comprising of compactable and non-compactable waste are packed

into boxes and drums. Drums are used for higher activity compactable and non-

compactable wastes. The radioactivity of the dry active waste is expected to normally range

from 0.1 curies per year to 8 curies per year with a maximum of about 16 curies per year.

This waste includes spent HVAC filters, compressible trash, non-compressible components,

mixed wastes and solidified chemical wastes. The schematic of Solid radwaste processing

system is given in Fig. 2.12.

The expected generation of Wet and Dry radwaste are 21.66 M3/year/unit (approx.) and

141.40 M3/year/unit (approx.) respectively.

2.25.1 INCINERATION OF LOW LEVEL COMBUSTIBLE SOLID WASTE

Most of the solid wastes generated at NPP are of low level category. An incinerator will be

provided to incinerate low level combustible solid waste (up to 20 mR/hr.) and organic liquid

waste. The main objective of the incinerator is to achieve volume reduction of low level

combustible waste by which reduction in disposal space and cost reduction in engineered

barriers can be achieved.

Incineration process will be provided with two stage scrubbing system due to which all

particulates, fly ash and any other suspended particles will be trapped and retained within the

system and only small amount of activity will be released through chimney which will be

accounted in stack release.

Plastic waste will not be incinerated, but fused at low temperature to obtain a solid block of

reduced volume.

2.26 RAINWATER HARVESTING

Rainwater harvesting is normally practiced for recharging ground water levels and provide

water for human consumption, by collecting the rainwater from the roofs of the buildings and






storm water drains into artificially constructed rainwater tanks. The average ground water

level is varying from 18-22 m in Kukkad and Navagam area. Accordingly, a suitable

rainwater harvesting schemes will be worked out in consultation with a suitable agency. A

schematic diagram of rainwater harvesting is provided below (Fig. 2.18)


ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR NUCLEAR POWER PARK

AT MITHIVIRDI, BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT



Fig 2.18 A schematic diagram of rainwater harvesting structure


Document No. A100-1741-EMP-1201


ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR NUCLEAR

POWER PLANT AT MITHIVIRDI, BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT

CHAPTER – 3

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT






3.0 INTRODUCTION

The Government of India accorded In-principle approval to establish 6 X 1000 MWe

capacity LWR type Nuclear Power Plant at Mithivirdi in Talaja taluka of Bhavnagar

district, Gujarat state. The ultimate capacity of the plant will be approximately 6 X

1000 MWe. Development of these facilities shall be phased manner, and initially two

units will be constructed.

3.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE STUDY AREA

The proposed Mithivirdi site is a coastal site on the shores of Gulf of Khambhat and

is located in the western part of India. It is located in Talaja taluka of Bhavnagar

district, Gujarat state. The proposed site is at about 40 km from the major city

Bhavnagar.

3.2 METHODOLOGY OF EIA

Environmental impact can be defined as any alteration of environmental conditions,

which could be either adverse or beneficial, caused or induced by the set of project

activities. In the process of identification of impacts, the existing status of

environmental quality with respect to various identified parameters and those

components of project activities, which have an effect, are characterized. The EIA of

proposed NPP site has been carried out through reconnaissance survey and

assessment of baseline status of three seasons by identification, prediction and

evaluation of impacts under each environmental component viz. air, noise, water,

land, biological and socio-economic environment.

The present chapter highlights the various aspects of baseline data collection for all

the seasons (10th December 2010 to 9th December 2011) and its analysis in the light

of proposed plant facilities. The baseline data for various environmental components

were surveyed and collected in an area of 10 km radius from the plant site.

3.3 IDENTIFICATION OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS

The various environmental parameters, which are likely to be affected by the project

activities, are identified as follows:






3.3.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The pollutants like Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and

ozone for the existing land are to be monitored. The background radiation levels

have been monitored and presented in detail in Annexure-VIII (Volume – II of this

report).

3.3.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The liquid effluent discharges from the proposed project will involve conventional as

well as radioactive liquid releases. The liquid radioactive levels have been monitored

and presented in detail in Annexure-VIII (Volume – II of this report).

3.3.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT

The existing land use pattern and soil characteristics will change due to the project

activities.

3.3.4 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

For biological environment, baseline data on flora and fauna, rare or endangered

species, their migratory path if any, along with information and availability of common

animals at various places around the project site have been considered.

3.3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise is often defined as unwanted sound which interferes with various human

activities and disturbs physical and mental activities. Noise will be monitored for the

existing land before the construction phase. Similarly, the traffic study will be

monitored for the existing highways and roads.

3.3.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Demographic pattern, educational facilities, agriculture, income, fuel, medical

facilities, health status, transport and entertainment centers and information related

to health are required to determine the quality of life indices in the region.

3.3.7 MARINE ENVIRONMENT

The baseline data on marine biodiversity in the study area have been collected and

the details of the same are presented in the report entitled Marine Impact






Assessment report. The copy of the same is attached in Annexure-IX (Volume – II of

this report).

3.4 METHODOLOGY FOR BASELINE DATA COLLECTION

The conventional parameters in air, water, land were monitored in the study zone as

per the approved TOR vide No. J-14011/7/2010-IA.II(N) dated 14th March 2011 and

guidelines of CPCB / MoEF.

The work involved environmental baseline data collection of one year data (10th

December 2010 to 09th December 2011) with in the 10 km radius around the project

site. Details of environmental baseline data monitoring work for the project, showing

different activities to covered under these studies, activity wise samples, parameters

to be monitored, sampling period and frequency, are in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1 Methodology, parameters, sampling frequency of baseline data collection

Activity Parameters to be

Monitored Sampling frequency

No. of Stations & Samples

Methodology

Met. data

Wind speed & direction,

Temperature, RH, Rainfall

& Solar radiation

Hourly observation

During 365 day

study period

1 station Automatic Weather

Station

Ambient air

quality

monitoring

in core and

buffer zone

Suspended Particulate

Matter

PM10,

PM2.5

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Ozone (O3)

SPM,PM10, PM2.5,

SO2, NOx 24 Hour

sampling, twice in a

week during the

sampling period

8 hour sampling,

twice in a week

during the sampling

period

8 stations and 576 samples

(192 samples in a season x 3

season)

8 stations & 1728 samples

(576 samples in a season x 3

season)

SPM-Gravimetric

(Respirable dust sampler)

PM10-Gravimetric

(Respirable dust sampler,

multi cyclone)

PM2.5-Gravimetric (Fine

dust Sampler)

SO2- Improved West &

Gaeke Method

NOx- Modified Jacob-

Hochheiser Method

Spectrophotometric

Method

Water

quality

comprising

Surface and

Subsurface

Physico-Chemical &

biological, Bacteriological

parameters.

One sample per

season per location

8 sites and total 24 samples (8 samples in one

season x 3 season)

Standard method used

for Testing water and

wastewater analysis

published by APHA






Noise Levels

& Traffic

Study

Hourly equivalent noise

level measured in dB(A)

units & Traffic data

Thrice in one

season every hour

for 24 hrs at each

location

10 stations and 90 sampling

days (30 samples in one

season x 3 season)

Sound level meter (Lday,

Lnight and Ldeq)

Soil quality

survey

Type of soil, Soil Texture,

pH, Sand (%), Silt(%) and

Clay(%), Organic

Matter(%), Sodium

Absorption Ratio,

Electrical conductivity,

Specific Gravity, Bulk

Density, Porosity and NPK

value.

Frequency:

One sample per

station per season

10 sites 30 samples

Collected and analyzed as

per soil analysis as per

analysis reference book

by M. I. Jackson & C A

Black and ISO: Soil

Compendium

Note: One season is of three months and monsoon season excluded for monitoring

3.5 BASELINE STATUS

Following subsections provide the summary of baseline data collected for micro-

meteorology and Ambient Air Quality (AAQ). This data was continuously collected for

one year i.e., 10th December 2010 to 9th December 2011.

3.5.1 METEOROLOGY 3.5.1.1 Meteorology (Historical data)

The meteorological data in terms of wind speed, wind direction, ambient temperature,

humidity, and rainfall data collected from nearest meteorological station at Bhavnagar

(Gujarat) for the period of one year 2009 – 2010 (Table 3.2 and Figs. 3.1 to 3.3).

Table 3.2 Monthly mean values of meteorological data for one year (Dec. 2009 to Nov.

2010)

Month

Air Temperature oC Humidity % Monthly Rainfall Total, mm

Mean Wind Speed

Highest in

month

Lowest in

month

Highest in

month

Lowest in

month kmph m/s

December-2009

31.5 21.2 86.0 27.0 0

7.1 1.99

January-2010 31.8 18.4 87.0 20.0 0.8 9.8 2.74

February-2010 35.8 21.8 80.0 11.0 0 9.2 2.8

March-2010 41.8 24.0 79.0 9.0 0 15.3 4.28

April-2010 43.2 28.2 79.0 9.0 0 16.7 4.68

May-2010 45.2 30.2 71.0 10.0 0 16.6 4.65

June-2010 42.5 29.6 87.0 28.0 106.5 18.0 5.04

July-2010 39.9 28.4 97.0 47.0 220.6 12.8 3.58

August-2010 34.8 26.0 97.0 51.0 124.8 11.9 3.33






September-2010

36.1 26.2 98.0 37.0 288

8.2 2.29

October-2010 37.8 26.8 82.0 29.0 0 7.7 2.17

November-2010

35.0 24.6 96.0 28.0 38.2

7.1 2.16

Annual 45.2 18.4 98.0 9.0 778.9 11.7 3.30

Source: As per IMD, Bhavnagar, one year data

Source:

As per IMD, Bhavnagar, 1 year data

Fig. 3.1 Monthwise Temperature (°C) (Dec.2009 to Nov.2010)

Source: As per IMD, Bhavnagar, one year data

Fig. 3.2 Monthwise Humidity values (%) (Dec.2009 to Nov.2010)






Source: As per IMD, Bhavnagar, 1 year data

Fig. 3.3 Ombrothermic diagram (Dec.2009 to Nov.2010)

3.5.1.2 Micro-meteorology in the study area

Meteorology of the study zones plays an important role in the study of air pollution.

Micrometeorological conditions at the proposed project site regulate the dispersion

and dilution of air pollutants in the atmosphere. For this purpose a weather station

was installed near the plant site for one year (10th December 2010 to 9th December

2011) and recorded hourly observations for the parameters like Maximum and

minimum Temperatures (ºC), Relative Humidity (%), Wind Speed (km/hr), Wind

direction, Solar radiation (Wat/m2) and Rainfall (mm) (Table 3.3). Automatic weather

station was installed in Sosiya at a height of 10 m from the ground level.

Table 3.3 Meteorological data from 10th December 2010 to 09th December 2011

Month

Wind Speed

Temperature (0C)

Relative Humidity

(%)

Rain fall (mm)

Solar Radiation

Wat/m2

(Kmph)

Avg.

Mean

Max. Min. Mea

n Max. Min.

No. of rainy days

24-hours

Highest Total Mean

Max.

December (10th to 31st) 7.5

21.7 31.3 13.1 52.3 99.5 12.9 1 4.5 4.5 193.0 834

January 11.5 21.4 31.7 12.9 44.0 93.1 9.4 -- -- -- 214.2 874

February 11 24.1 35.1 16.8 46.3 95.4 12.0 3 3.8 11.4 224.3 1008

March 12.1 27.8 35.6 17.0 35.7 98.7 7.7 1 15.0 43.8 303.7 1090

April 11 29.7 38.2 21.7 44.5 96.9 7.7 1 0.2 0.2 304.0 1092

May 11.1 30.0 39.9 22.9 67.8 95.3 7.2 2 23.0 30.8 300.6 1087

June 11.5 30.8 37.4 25.3 68.4 97.6 34.0 5 49.2 129.0 226.6 1088

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov

Rai

nfa

ll in

mm

Tem

per

atu

re. o

C

RH

%

Temp Humidity Rainfall






July 5.8

28.0 33.3 23.7 83.7 100.

0 50.4 20 43.4 263.6 174.9 1086

August 4.1

27.3 33.3 23.8 88.5 100.

0 57.5 27 47.7 332.8 148.4 1003

September 5

27.5 32.4 22.9 82.9 100.

0 46.7 13 15.4 98.6 212.8 1102

October 7.4 29.3 38.4 21.7 55.9 95.7 17.3 -- -- -- 244.5 1018

November 7.7 27.7 36.4 19.9 46.0 80.2 13.8 -- -- -- 199.3 873

December (1-9th) 5.9

26.4 33.9 19.7 48.9 79.5 16.4 2 2 2.5 187.9 781

Annual 8.8 29.3 -- -- 63.7 -- -- -- -- 917.2 244.5 --

The hourly-recorded observations (wind velocity and wind directions) during one year

study period are used for the preparation of seasonal and annual wind roses as

shown in Figs. 3.4 & 3.5. The Predominant direction wind for the period (10th

December 2010 to 09th December 2011) was observed to be SSE with an average

wind speed of 8.8 kmph.

Fig.3.4 Meteorological Scenario – Seasonal Wind Roses Station: Sosiya Season: 10th December 2010 to 09th December 2011

December 2010 to February 2011 March to May 2011

June to August 2011 September to December 2011






Fig.3.5 Meteorological Scenario – Annual Wind Roses Station: Sosiya Season: 10th December 2010 to 09th December 2011

(a) Climate

The climate of the area is hot and humid. The annual average temperature is

27.1 0C. The annual average ambient maximum temperature in the area is

35.2 0C and minimum temperature is 20.1 0C. May is the hottest month and

January is the coldest month of the year. The monsoon season varies from

July to September/October. Annual rainfall of the area has been observed as

914 mm during the study period.

(b) Cloud cover During monsoon season, the skies are moderately to heavily covered with

clouds. In the rest part of the year, the skies are generally clear or lightly






clouded. Cloudy spells prevail for brief period for a day or two in association

with passing western disturbance in the cold season.

(c) Humidity

Relative humidity in the morning is generally high during the monsoon season

and during the period July to September, usually being about 100 percent or

more. Humidity is generally less during the rest of the year. The driest part is

summer with a relative humidity of about 7% in the afternoon.


A systematically designed air quality surveillance programme forms the basis for

impact assessment on air environment due to proposed project activities. The basic

consideration for designing such a programme includes representative selection of

sampling locations, adequate sampling frequency, duration of monitoring and

monitoring of all relevant and important pollution parameters (NAAQS, 2009). The

parameters selected for air quality are SPM, PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2),

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) and Ozone (O3).

The locations and bearing of all eight AAQ monitoring stations are projected in Fig.

3.6 and listed in Table 3.4. Among the monitoring locations, two in upwind direction

and six in downwind direction were selected during reconnaissance survey (Table

3.4).

Table 3.4 Direction and aerial distance of Ambient Air Quality monitoring stations

S.

No.

Name of the

Station

Location

Code

Direction

of the Station

w.r.t site

Category of wind

direction (upwind/downwind)

Approximate

Aerial Distance from site (Km)

1 Sosiya AA1 SSW

D/W 4.0

2 Navagam AA2 W

D/W 6.5

3 Mandava AA3 WSW

D/W 1.0

4 Thalsar AA4 NNE

U/W 7.5

5 Morchand AA5 N

U/W 8.5

6 Odarka AA6 NNW

D/W 8.0

7 Garibpura AA7 SSW

D/W 7.0

8 Alang/Manar AA8 SW

D/W 6.0

Note: The predominant wind direction is SE, SSE & NNE.






Fig 3.6 Map showing Ambient Air (AA1 to AA8) quality monitoring stations






3.5.2.1 Ambient air quality

As mentioned earlier, in order to obtain baseline air quality status, total eight air

quality monitoring stations were established for three seasons (10th December, 2010

to 09th December, 2011). These were spread within a radius of about 10 km from the

proposed site. Data on Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX

and O3 were collected and analysed. The standard methods used for quantification of

pollutants are summarised in Table 3.5.

Table 3.5 Standard Methods of monitoring ambient air quality

Sl. No.

Parameter

Technique

I.S. No.

Min. Detection Level

1. SPM Gravimetric

IS-5182 (Part IV), 1999

2.0 µg/m3

2.

PM10,

Gravimetric

IS-5182 (Part IV),

1999

2.0 µg/m

3

3. PM2.5 Gravimetric -- 2.0 µg/m

3

4.

SO2 Improved West and Gaekee

IS-5182 (Part II),

2001

5 µg/m

3

5.

NOX

Modified Jacob &

Hochheiser (Na-Arsenite)

IS-5182 (Part VI),

2006

9 µg/m

3

6.

O3

Spectrophotometric

Method

--

19.6 µg/m

3

The ambient air quality data as monitoring at site given in Tables 3.6 to 3.12.

A brief statistical analysis of all recorded parameters is given in the following

subsections. AAQ measured in terms of various parameters as mentioned above are

presented in Figs. 3.7 & 3.8 and are detailed in Tables 3.6 to 3.12. National Air

Quality Standards are given in Table 3.13.

Table 3.6 Statistical analysis of SPM for all ambient air quality locations (December 2010 to November 2011)

Location

SPM, µg/m

3

98 Percentile

Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sosiya 166 173 99 137

Navagam 137 145 81 107

Mandava 160 165 105 131

Thalsar 152 158 87 122

Morchand 151 153 100 125

Odarka 135 138 90 111

Garibpura 145 147 95 118






Manar 176 181 131 155

Standard limits 200 -- -- --

Table 3.7 Statistical analysis of PM10 for all ambient air quality locations

(December 2010 to November 2011)

Location

PM10, Particulate Matter, µg/m

3

98 Percentile

Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sosiya 63 65 40 53

Navagam 52 55 28 41

Mandava 63 63 40 50

Thalsar 59 60 35 48

Morchand 56 59 39 48

Odarka 51 51 35 42

Garibpura 54 56 37 46

Manar 67 69 51 60

Standard limits 100 -- -- 60

Table 3.8 Statistical analysis of PM2.5 for all ambient air quality locations


Location

PM2.5, Particulate Matter, µg/m

3

98 Percentile

Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sosiya 16.0 17.4 8.6 12.5

Navagam 13.4 14.1 6.2 9.3

Mandava 15.3 15.7 8.3 11.7

Thalsar 15.2 15.6 7.3 11.1

Morchand 13.8 14.4 8.5 11.0

Odarka 11.7 12.0 8.0 9.8

Garibpura 12.9 13.2 8.5 10.5

Manar 20.6 21.0 12.6 15.9


Table 3.9 Statistical analysis of SO2 for all ambient air quality locations (December 2010 to November 2011)

Location

Sulphur dioxide, µg/m

3

98 Percentile

Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sosiya 18.7 19.6 5.0 9.4

Navagam 15.3 16.5 5.1 7.4

Mandava 17.2 17.9 5.1 8.6

Thalsar 17.3 19.9 5.1 7.7

Morchand 17.1 17.3 5.2 10.0

Odarka 13.0 13.2 5.5 8.7

Garibpura 15.1 15.3 5.8 9.7

Manar 19.3 20.2 7.2 13.6







Table 3.10 Statistical analysis of NOx for all ambient air quality locations


Location

Oxides of Nitrogen, µg/m

3

98 Percentile

Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sosiya 21.9 27.3 9.1 13.4

Navagam 19.0 20.2 9.0 12.0

Mandava 20.2 21.8 9.0 13.0

Thalsar 19.3 20.5 8.5 12.3

Morchand 18.9 19.1 8.9 13.0

Odarka 15.3 15.8 9.0 13.0

Garibpura 16.6 16.7 9.0 13.6

Manar 24.6 25.2 13.9 19.8


Table 3.11 Statistical analysis of O3 for all ambient air quality locations


Location

Ozone, µg/m

3

98 Percentile

Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sosiya 56 59 24 41.3

Navagam 54 59 20 38.3

Mandava 58 59 19 39.5

Thalsar 57 58 22 39.4

Morchand 46 49 20 33.3

Odarka 43 45 19 30.1

Garibpura 48 51 19 33.9

Manar 58 61 28 43.5

Standard limits 100 -- -- --

Table 3.12 98th

Percentile values for all ambient air quality locations Period: (December 2010 to November 2011)

location Codes Pollutants, µg/m

3

SPM PM10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx Ozone

Sosiya AA1 166 63 16.0 18.7 21.9 56

Navagam AA2 137 52 13.4 15.3 19.0 54

Mandava AA3 160 63 15.3 17.2 20.2 58

Thalsar AA4 152 59 15.2 17.3 19.3 57

Morchand AA5 151 56 13.8 17.3 18.9 46

Odarka AA6 135 51 11.7 13.0 15.8 43

Garibpura AA7 145 56 12.9 15.1 16.6 48

Manar AA8 176 67 20.6 19.3 24.6 58

Standard Limits* -- 200 100 60 80 80 100

*National Ambient Air Quality Standards (As gazetted on 18th Nov, 2009 – CPCB)






Fig. 3.7 Ambient Air Quality Status of SPM, PM10 & PM2.5

Fig. 3.8 Ambient Air Quality Status of SO2, NOx & O3






Table 3.13 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (As gazetted on 18th Nov, 2009 at New Delhi)

Sl. No.

Pollutant Time Weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient

Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Area

Ecologically Sensitive

Area (notified by Central

Government)

Method of Measurement

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), μg/m

3

Annual* 24 hourly**

50 80

20 80

-Improved West & Gaeke - Ultraviolet fluorescence

2. Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), μg/m

3

Annual* 24 hourly**

40 80

30 80

- Modified Jacob & Hochheiser (Na-Arsenite) Chemiluminescence

3. Particulate Matter (size less than 10 μg) or PM10 μg/m

3

Annual* 24 hourly**

60 100

60 100

-Gravimetric -TOEM -Beta attenuation

4. Particulate Matter (size less than 2.5 μg) or PM2.5 μg/m

3

Annual* 24 hourly**

40 60

40 60

-Gravimetric -TOEM -Beta attenuation

5. Ozone (O3) μg/m

3

8 hourly** 1 hourly**

100 180

100 180

- UV Photometric - Chemiluminescence - Chemical method

6. Lead (Pb) μg/m

3

Annual* 24 hourly**

0.50 1.0

0.50 1.0

AAS/ICP method after sampling on EMP 2000 or equivalent filter paper

7. Carbon Monoxide(CO) μg/m

3

8 hourly** 1 hourly**

02 04

02 04

- Non Dispersive Infra red (NDIR) spectroscopy

8. Ammonia (NH3) μg/m

3

Annual* 24 hourly**

100 400

100 400

- Chemiluminescence - Indophenol blue method

9. Benzene (C6 H6) μg/m

3

Annual*

05 05 - Gas Chromatography based continuous analyzer - Adsorption & Desorption followed by GC analysis.

10. Benzo (O)Pyrine (BaP) – particulate phase only, μg/m

3

Annual*

01 01 Solvent extraction followed by HPLC/GC analysis

11. Arsenic (As), μg/m

3

Annual*

06 06 AAS/ICP method after sampling on EMP 2000 or equivalent filter paper

12. Nickel (Ni), μg/m

3

Annual*

20 20 AAS/ICP method after sampling on EMP 2000 or equivalent filter paper

* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals.

** 24 Hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of the time in a year, 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of monitoring.






Note – Whenever and wherever monitoring results on two consecutive days of monitoring exceed the limits specified above for the respective category, it shall be considered adequate reason to institute regular or continuous monitoring and further

investigations.

A) SPM (Suspended Particulate Matter)

During the monitoring period, it has been observed that the average values of

SPM for all the monitoring stations ranged from 107 to 155 µg/m3, as

mentioned in Table 3.6. The lowest and highest values of 81 and 181 µg/m3

were recorded at Navagam and Manar respectively. The prime sources of

SPM contribution are only due to local domestic activities associated with

residential areas, traffic or local construction. The annual average value of

SPM is varies from 135 µg/m3 to 176 µg/m3.

B) PM10 (Particulate Matter)


PM10 for all the monitoring stations ranged from 41 to 60 µg/m3, as mentioned

in Table 3.7. The lowest and highest values of 28 and 69 µg/m3 were

recorded at Navagam and Manar respectively. The annual average value of

PM10 varies from 51 µg/m3 to 67 µg/m3. The prime sources of PM10

contribution are only due to local domestic activities associated with

residential areas, traffic or local construction, which are temporary. From the

Table 3.7 it can be observed that the 98th percentile values which are

recorded are found to be below the prescribed limits of National Ambient Air

Quality standards for residential/rural area as given in Table 3.13.

C) PM2.5 (Particulate Matter)


PM2.5 for all the monitoring stations ranged from 9.3 to 15.9 µg/m3, as

mentioned in Table 3.8. The lowest and highest values of 6.2 and 21.0 µg/m3

were recorded at Navagam and Manar respectively. The annual average

value of PM2.5 varies from 11.7 µg/m3 to 20.6 µg/m3. The prime sources of

PM2.5 contribution are only due to local domestic activities associated with

residential areas, traffic or local construction. From the Table 3.8, it can be

observed that the 98th percentile values which are recorded are within the






prescribed limits of National Ambient Air Quality standards for residential/rural

area as given in Table 3.13.

D) Sulphur Dioxide

During the monitoring period, the average concentration of SO2 ranged from

7.4 to 13.6 µg/m3 as mentioned in Table 3.9. The lowest value recorded

was 5.0 µg/m3 at Sosiya and the highest value was 20.2 µg/m3 at Manar as

mentioned in Table 3.9. The annual average value of SO2 varies from 13

µg/m3 to 19.3 µg/m3. The 98th percentile values were found well below the

standard of 80 µg/m3 for residential/rural areas.

E) Oxides of Nitrogen

The daily variations of ambient air quality in terms of NOx at various

monitoring stations are given in Table 3.10. During the monitoring period,

the average NOx concentration was within the range of 12.0 to 19.8 µg/m3.

The lowest and highest values were recorded as 8.5 µg/m3 at Thalsar and

25.2 µg/m3 at Manar as mentioned in Table 3.10, which indicate the local

fluctuations in the vicinity. The annual average value of NOx varies from

15.8 µg/m3 to 24.6 µg/m3. The 98th percentile values at various stations

were found within the prescribed limits of National Ambient Air Quality

Standards for residential/rural area as given in Table 3.13.

F) Ozone

The daily variations of ambient air quality in terms of O3 at various

monitoring stations are given in Table 3.11. During the monitoring period,

the average O3 concentration was within the range of 30.1 µg/m3 to 43.5

µg/m3. The lowest and highest values were recorded as 19.0 µg/m3 at

Mandava, Odarka & Garibpura and 61.0 µg/m3 at Manar as mentioned in

Table 3.11, which indicate the local fluctuations in the vicinity. The annual

average value of O3 is varies from 43 µg/m3 to 58 µg/m3. The 98th percentile

values at various stations were found within the prescribed limits of National

Ambient Air Quality standards for residential/rural area as given in Table

3.13.






Summary

98th percentile values at various monitoring stations were found below the prescribed

limits. The SPM level in winter season varies from 112 µg/m3 to 164 µg/m3, whereas

in summer season the value varies from 141 µg/m3 to 179 µg/m3. Because of dust

particles in air are more in summer season, the SPM value is higher. In post

monsoon season, the value ranges from 113 µg/m3 to 164 µg/m3. Similarly, the PM10

value ranges between 43-63 µg/m3 (winter), 51-68 µg/m3 (summer) and 43-63 µg/m3

(post monsoon) respectively. The value of PM2.5 is higher in summer season (13.1-

20.9 µg/m3). The SO2 level is low in post monsoon period (7.2-8.7 µg/m3), but

relatively high in winter season (13.1-19.8 µg/m3). The NOx value is high in winter

season (15.8-25.4 µg/m3) as compared to summer (10.8 - 22.1 µg/m3) and post

monsoon season (11.5-15.9 µg/m3). The ozone is more in post monsoon season

rather than winter and summer season.


The hydrological environment is composed of two interrelated phases: ground water

and surface water. Impacts initiated in one phase eventually affect the other. For

example, the ground water system may charge and recharge surface water system.

The complete assessment of an impact dictates consideration of both ground water

and surface water. Thus, pollution at one point in the system can be passed

throughout, and consideration of only one phase does not characterize the entire

problem.

3.5.3.1 Baseline data collection for water environment

To assess the water quality in the study area, the quality of some of the water

bodies available in the study area have been examined. The location of such

selected water bodies as sampling stations in the study area are shown in Fig. 3.9

and listed in Table 3.14. A total 8 number (surface and subsurface) of water

samples analysed is at various sampling locations. The Indian standards and

specifications for drinking water is given in Annexure – X (Volume –II of this

report).






Fig 3.9 Map showing surface (WS1 to WS3) and sub-surface water quality

monitoring stations






Table 3.14 List of Sampling Stations for water quality

S.

No.

Sampling Stations

Location

Code

Type of water body

Direction of the station w.r.t. Site

Approximate distance

from Site in KM.

1. Mahi river

pipeline WS1 Surface NW 10

2. Jaspara river WS2 Surface S 2.0

3. Mithivirdi river WS3 Surface NE 1.0

4. Thalsar WSS1

Sub Surface

N 7.5

5. Navagam WSS2 Sub

Surface W 6.5

6. Sosiya WSS3

Sub Surface

S 4.0

7. Morchand WSS4 Sub

Surface N 8.5

8. Odarka WSS5

Sub Surface

NNW 8.0

3.5.3.2 Surface water quality Three monitoring stations were selected to monitor the surface water quality from

the nearby surface sources as listed in Table 3.14, within the study area.

Collected samples were analysed for various parameters to assess Physico-

chemical, Biological and Bacteriological qualities of water. The parameters

assessed and the methodology adopted is given in Table 3.15.

(a) Physico-chemical Quality

The pH values found to be ranging from 6.94 to 8.51. Water quality in terms

of various parameters is listed in Tables 3.16 to 3.23. From the tables it can

be observed that water quality at Mahi and Mithivirdi samples in terms of

various physico-chemical parameters are found well within limits. In case of

sample collected at Jaspara river parameters such as total dissolved solids

and chlorides are found to be exceeding the limits when compared with

CPCB standards.

(b) Biological Quality

Biological quality of water has been assessed in terms of dissolved oxygen,

BOD3 at 27°C and COD, which is given in Table 3.16. From the tables 3.16

and 3.18, it can be observed that BOD values are ranging between 2.0 to 8.0






mg/l in case of Mahi and Mithivirdi respectively. Biological quality at Jaspara

in terms of BOD and COD found to be high which are found to be exceeding

the IS 2296 limits (BOD limit is 3 mg/l).

(c) Bacteriological Quality

Tests indicated that total coliform, were present at all the samples throughout

the study area. However, they are found to be well within the prescribed limits.

Table 3.15 Parameters & methodologies adopted in assessing quality of water

Quality

Parameter

Method Physico-chemical

pH

By pH meter

Temperature, ºC

Thermometer

Turbidity (NTU)

Nephelometric method

Total Dissolved solids, mg/l

Evaporation method

Total Suspended Solids, mg/l

Filtration &Evaporation method

Alkalinity mg/l Titration Method Total Hardness as CaCO3, mg/l

EDTA Titrimetric method

Calcium Hardness mg/l EDTA Titrimetric method

Chloride as Cl, mg/l

Argentometric method

Sulphates as SO4, mg/l

Turbidometric method

Sodium as Na, mg/l

Flame photometric method

Potassium as K, mg/l Flame photometric method Nitrates as NO3, mg/l

U.V.Spectrophotometric method

Phosphorus as PO4, mg/l

ANSA method

Nickel as Ni, mg/l AAS

Cadmium as Cd, mg/l AAS

Chromium as Cr, mg/l AAS

Copper as Cu, mg/l AAS

Lead as Pb, mg/l AAS

Iron as Fe, mg/l AAS

Manganese as Mn, mg/l AAS

Zinc as Zn, mg/l AAS Biological

Dissolved Oxygen, mg/l

Azide modification

COD, mg/l

Open reflux method

BOD3, mg/l

Dilution & DO by Winkler's method

Bacteriological

Total Coliform, MPN/100ml

Multiple tube MPN test

Reference: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater by APHA Methods (American Public Health Association).






Table 3.16 Surface water quality at Mahi river pipeline (WS1)

Quality Parameters Winter Summer Monsoon Post Monsoon Limits

(C)

Physico-chemical

pH 8.51 7.98 8.02 7.88 6.5-8.5 Temperature,

OC 22.5 27.3 21.6 24.8 --

Turbidity (NTU) 3.9 4.6 2.5 3.1 --


16 24 31 28 --


143 235 111 169 1500 Total Alkalinity, mg/l 60 125 44 75 -- Total Hardness as CaCO3, mg/l

85 130 65 95 -- Ca Hardness, mg/l 40 45 25 36 -- Chloride as Cl, mg/l 35 35 28 34 600 Sulphates as SO4, mg/l 5 6 2 5 400 Sodium as Na, mg/l 12 22 9 15 -- Potassium as K, mg/l 1 1 0.8 1.1 -- Nitrates as NO3, mg/l 3.2 4 2.6 3.5 50

Total Phosphates, mg/l 0.2 0.5 0.3 0.4 --

Nickel as Ni, mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL --

Cadmium as Cd, mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01

Chromium as Cr, mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05

Copper as Cu, mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.5

Lead as Pb, mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.1

Iron as Fe, mg/l 0.3 0.5 0.3 0.4 50

Manganese as Mn, mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 --

Zinc as Zn, mg/l 1.4 2 1.6 1.9 15 Biological

Dissolved Oxygen, mg/l 6.4 5.8 6.1 5.5 4 COD, mg/l 4 8 4 8 -- BOD3 days at 27

0C, mg/l 2 4 2 3 3

Bacteriological

Total Coliform, MPN/100ml 5 11 8 6 5000

Faecal Coliforms, MPN/100ml

Absent Absent Absent Absent --

Phytoplankton SWI NA NA NA NA --

Zooplankton SWI NA NA NA NA --

Note: C’ Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection BDL: Below Detectable Limit

Table 3.17 Surface water quality at Jaspara river (WS2)

Quality Parameters Winter Monsoon Post Monsoon Limits (C)

pH 7.72 6.94 7.39 6.5-8.5 Temperature,

OC 21.5 23.8 25 --

Turbidity (NTU) 38 4.4 32 --






Physico-chemical


72 96 80 --


16770 8945 9143 1500 Total Alkalinity, mg/l 410 345 396 -- Total Hardness as CaCO3, mg/l

6500 3525 4100 -- Ca Hardness, mg/l 850 625 692 -- Chloride as Cl, mg/l 8652 4472 4531 600 Sulphates as SO4, mg/l 258 196 238 400 Sodium as Na, mg/l 2946 1532 1349 -- Potassium as K, mg/l 8 5.0 6 -- Nitrates as NO3, mg/l 6.8 5.3 6.1 50

Total Phosphates, mg/l 1.3 1.1 1.0 --

Nickel as Ni, mg/l <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 --

Cadmium as Cd, mg/l BDL BDL BDL 0.01

Chromium as Cr, mg/l BDL BDL BDL 0.05

Copper as Cu, mg/l BDL BDL BDL 1.5

Lead as Pb, mg/l BDL BDL BDL 0.1

Iron as Fe, mg/l 1.4 1.1 1.2 50

Manganese as Mn, mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 --

Zinc as Zn, mg/l 1.6 1.2 1.5 15 Biological

Dissolved Oxygen, mg/l Nil Nil Nil 4 COD, mg/l 656 482 512 -- BOD3 days at 27

0C, mg/l 215 160 184 3

Bacteriological

Total Coliform, MPN/100ml 156 294 208 5000


Absent 15 Absent --

Phytoplankton SWI 3 5 3 --

Zooplankton SWI 1 2 2 --


Table 3.18 Surface water quality at Mithivirdi river (WS3)

Quality Parameters Winter Summer Monsoon Post Monsoon Limits (C)

pH 7.85 7.24 7.66 7.81 6.5-8.5 Temperature,

OC 23 26.8 22.2 24 --

Turbidity (NTU) 4.5 5.8 5.2 5.5 --


24 32 40 36 --


858 1208 726 811 1500 Total Alkalinity, mg/l 294 330 210 244 -- Total Hardness as CaCO3, mg/l

500 540 345 390 -- Ca Hardness, mg/l 195 170 135 155 --






Physico-chemical

Chloride as Cl, mg/l 202 340 192 210 600 Sulphates as SO4, mg/l 70 116 72 80 400 Sodium as Na, mg/l 74 178 96 107 -- Potassium as K, mg/l 2 3.5 2.8 3.1 -- Nitrates as NO3, mg/l 4.5 5.6 3.1 4.4 50

Total Phosphates, mg/l 0.8 0.8 0.5 0.9 --

Nickel as Ni, mg/l <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 --

Cadmium as Cd, mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01

Chromium as Cr, mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05

Copper as Cu, mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.5

Lead as Pb, mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.1

Iron as Fe, mg/l 0.6 1.1 0.9 1 50

Manganese as Mn, mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 --

Zinc as Zn, mg/l 1.8 3.2 2.1 2.7 15 Biological

Dissolved Oxygen, mg/l 5.2 4.6 5.3 4.9 4 COD, mg/l 16 20 12 16 -- BOD3 days at 27

0C, mg/l 4 8 4 3 3

Bacteriological

Total Coliform, MPN/100ml 216 322 504 388 5000


Absent Absent Absent Absent --

Phytoplankton SWI 7 9 11 8 --

Zooplankton SWI 5 6 4 5 --


Table 3.19 Sub-surface water quality at Thalsar (WSS1)

Quality Parameters Winter Summer Monsoon Post

Monsoon

IS: 10500

Desirable Permissibl

e

Physico-chemical

pH 7.12 6.88 7.27 7.04 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 Temperature,

OC 21.0 26.6 22.0 23.8 NS NS

Turbidity (NTU) 1.6 1.2 1.8 1.5 5 10


2 5 8 6 NS NS


734 841 711 780 500 2000 Total Alkalinity, mg/l 190 205 165 190 200 600 Total Hardness as CaCO3, mg/l

310 345 284 305 300 600 Ca Hardness, mg/l 155 180 130 155 NS NS Chloride as Cl, mg/l 260 282 245 262 250 1000 Sulphates as SO4, mg/l 38 44 34 40 200 400 Sodium as Na, mg/l 132 138 120 136 NS NS Potassium as K, mg/l 5 8 6 5 NS NS Nitrates as NO3, mg/l 0.8 1.0 0.6 0.9 45 100

Total Phosphates, mg/l 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.2 NS NS






Nickel as Ni, mg/l <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 NS NS

Cadmium as Cd, mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 0.01

Chromium as Cr, mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 0.05

Copper as Cu, mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 NS NS

Lead as Pb, mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 0.05

Iron as Fe, mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.3 1.0

Manganese as Mn, mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 NS NS

Zinc as Zn, mg/l 1.3 1.1 0.9 1.0 5 15 Biological

Dissolved Oxygen, mg/l 5.1 4.4 5.0 4.8 NS NS COD, mg/l Nil Nil Nil Nil NS NS BOD3 days at 27

0C, mg/l Nil Nil Nil Nil NS NS

Bacteriological

Total Coliform, MPN/100ml 5 11 8 6 Nil* Nil


Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

Phytoplankton SWI NA NA NA NA NS NS

Zooplankton SWI NA NA NA NA NS NS

* IS-10500 indicates that 95% of samples should not contain any coliform count

NS: Not specified; BDL: Below Detectable Limit

Table 3.20 Sub-surface water quality at Navagam (WSS2)


Monsoon

IS: 10500

Desirable Permissi

ble

Physico-chemical

pH 7.84 7.02 7.51 7.36 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 Temperature,

OC 22.0 24.6 22.5 24.2 NS NS

Turbidity (NTU) 1.8 2.3 1.5 1.9 5 10


10 14 21 15 NS NS



345 375 290 320 300 600 Ca Hardness, mg/l 130 145 165 150 NS NS Chloride as Cl, mg/l 182 194 160 171 250 1000 Sulphates as SO4, mg/l 20 24 16 18 200 400 Sodium as Na, mg/l 62 68 56 62 NS NS Potassium as K, mg/l 1 0.8 0.6 0.9 NS NS Nitrates as NO3, mg/l 1 1.3 0.9 1.1 45 100

















Bacteriological








Table 3.21 Sub-surface water quality at Sosiya (WSS3)

Quality Parameters Winter Summer Monsoo

n Post

Monsoon

IS: 10500

Desirable Permissibl

e

Physico-chemical

pH 8.23 8.1 7.82 7.66 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 Temperature,

OC 22.5 27.0 23.4 24.5 NS NS

Turbidity (NTU) 1.1 3.4 2.3 2.9 5 10


6 11 9 8 NS NS



175 265 230 256 300 600 Ca Hardness, mg/l 80 116 105 112 NS NS Chloride as Cl, mg/l 175 205 160 186 250 1000 Sulphates as SO4, mg/l 34 52 30 23 200 400 Sodium as Na, mg/l 120 132 84 98 NS NS Potassium as K, mg/l 2 4 1.0 1.6 NS NS Nitrates as NO3, mg/l 1.3 1.8 1.5 1.8 45 100












Bacteriological













Table 3.22 Sub-surface water quality at Morchand (WSS4)

Quality Parameters Winter Summer Monsoo

n

Post Monsoo

n

IS: 10500

Desirable

Permissible

Physico-chemical

pH 6.92 7.01 6.74 6.99 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 Temperature,

OC 23.9 24.5 24.2 24.6 NS NS

Turbidity (NTU) 1.1 2.0 1.6 1.4 5 10


5 6 8 6 NS NS



316 328 352 336 300 600 Ca Hardness, mg/l 105 130 176 155 NS NS Chloride as Cl, mg/l 52 59 68 63 250 1000 Sulphates as SO4, mg/l 26 31 40 35 200 400 Sodium as Na, mg/l 13 18 25 22 NS NS Potassium as K, mg/l 0.9 0.6 1.1 0.8 NS NS Nitrates as NO3, mg/l 1.1 1.3 1.8 1.5 45 100












Bacteriological








Table 3.23 Sub-surface water quality at Odarka (WSS5)







Monsoon

IS: 10500

Desirable Permissible

Physico-chemical

pH 7.64 7.28 7.51 7.83 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 Temperature,

OC 24.0 23.6 24.4 25 NS NS

Turbidity (NTU) 0.6 0.4 0.7 0.4 5 10


2 Nil Nil 2 NS NS



138 120 130 144 300 600 Ca Hardness, mg/l 90 75 95 105 NS NS Chloride as Cl, mg/l 19 14 18 22 250 1000 Sulphates as SO4, mg/l 3 Nil 2 4 200 400 Sodium as Na, mg/l 5 3 5 7 NS NS Potassium as K, mg/l 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.6 NS NS Nitrates as NO3, mg/l 0.9 0.6 0.8 1.0 45 100












Bacteriological

Total Coliform, MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Nil* Nil







3.5.3.3 SUB-SURFACE WATER QUALITY

Ground water being the main source of water in the study area five sampling

stations in the surrounding residential areas and inside the Bhavnagar, Gujarat

complex were selected and are shown in Fig. 3.9 for assessing ground water

quality. Values of various physicochemical, biological and bacteriological

parameters over the study period are tabulated in Table. 3.19 to 3.23. Depth of






subsurface water samples collection is ranging from 18 m to 27 m for six locations

(Table 3.24).

Table 3.24 Location and depth of ground water collection stations

Location Codes Locations Names Depth of Ground water (m)

WSS1 Bore well at Thalsar 20

WSS2 Bore well at Navagam 22

WSS3 Bore well at Sosiya 18

WSS4 Bore well at Morchand 27

WSS5 Bore well at Odarka 24

Values of various physicochemical, biological and bacteriological parameters

over the study period are tabulated in Table. 3.19 to 3.23.

(a) Physico-chemical quality

From the tables (3.19 to 3.23) it is observed that all other parameters

pertaining to chemical quality viz., chlorides, suspended solids, sulphates,

fluorides, total phosphates, nitrates and heavy metals are within the limits

specified by IS 10500:1991, at surrounding villages.

As a whole Physico chemical quality of Ground water, is found compatible

with drinking water standards.

(b) Biological Quality

From Table 3.19, it can be observed that biological quality in terms of COD

and BOD3 at all the locations monitored was found absent.

(c) Bacteriological Quality

Tests indicated that total coliform, were present in almost all the samples

collected throughout the study period.






3.5.3.4 Heavy metal content

The heavy metal content in surface water and sub-surface water was below detection level

and below the stipulated limits for drinking water at most of the places during all the three

seasons.

3.5.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT 3.5.4.1 Geology

The preliminary investigation in the plant area included drilling of 6 boreholes of depth

100m. In addition to the drilling of the boreholes, various laboratory tests on the soil and

rock samples collected were carried out. Various field tests, such as plate load tests,

pressure meter test, permeability tests, were also carried out. Geophysical tests such as

seismic refraction test were also done. The study showed upto 2 m from ground, the soil

is silty sand, from 2 m to 60 m, it is clay with high plasticity and from below 60 m – it is

grayish black coloured high fractured basalt with secondary minerals.

3.5.4.2 Seismotectonics

The site lies in Zone III of the seismic zoning map of India (IS 1893 - 2002). The site

satisfies the requirement of screening distance value of 5 km from a capable fault.

3.5.4.3 Drainage

The project area is undulated with well drainage channels leading to sea. The existing

drainage pattern will be protected by developing suitable garland drains with zero

accumulation of water.


To assess the impact that will be created by the proposed additional project on noise

environment, noise levels at key points in the study zone (10 km around proposed project)

needs to be collected. Noise monitoring is carried out at ten locations among which 8

locations falls under residential area and remaining two locations falls under Commercial

area.






The location and names of noise and traffic stations are shown in Figs. 3.10 and 3.11. The

noise levels were recorded continuously for 24 hours. Noise monitoring at each location

was carried out three times in one month.

Fig 3.10 Map showing Noise quality monitoring stations






Fig 3.11 Map showing Traffic quality monitoring stations






3.5.5.1 Noise level & Traffic monitoring

The baseline data or noise and traffic were surveyed and data are collected as

follows:

Reconnaissance survey

Identification and communication of expected noise sources

Measurement of baseline noise levels in the study area

Measurement of prevailing noise levels due to vehicular movements at

traffic junctions

Maximum, minimum and average noise levels over the study periods at various

monitoring stations are calculated and presented in Tables 3.25 to 3.37 for day

time (6 A.M. to 10 P.M.) and night time (10 P.M. to 6 A.M.) along with the National

Standards for Noise.

From Tables 3.25 to 3.37, it can be observed that average day time noise levels

recorded at all the stations i.e., Thalsar, Sosiya-Alang, Khadarpar, Navagam,

Morchand, Odarka, Garibpura, Alang, Manar and Pithalpur are within the

prescribed limits during day time and found to be slightly exceeding during night

time at Thalsar, Navagam, Odarka, Garibpura, Alang, Manar and Pithalpur. It is to

be noted that Sosiya-Alang is a receptor for transporting the ship breaking goods

(Shipping Yard). All the locations fall under residential areas where as Sosiya-

Alang falls under commercial area. To assess the impact created by proposed

project on noise environment and Traffic Volume in the study area needs to be

measured and for this purpose ten traffic monitoring stations were selected i.e.

Thalsar, Sosiya-Alang, Khadarpar, Navagam, Morchand, Odarka, Garibpura,

Alang, Manar and Pithalpur.

3.5.5.2 Noise Level at Various Monitoring Stations

From Tables 3.25 to 3.34, it can be observed that day time noise levels at all the

four areas are within the limit.

Table 3.25 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Thalsar (N1)

S.No Date *Day Time [dB (A)] **Night Time [dB (A)]

Maximum Minimu

m Average

Maximum

Minimum Average






1 14.12.2010 53.6 42.8 49.4 51.5 38.7 45.9

2 27.12.2010 52.7 42.1 49.1 47.8 39.2 41.8

3 06.01.2011 53.4 40.8 48.5 43.2 39.8 41.6

4 14.01.2011 52.8 41.5 48.9 44.1 40.7 42.5

5 21.01.2011 53.1 41.2 48.4 44.0 39.4 41.8

6 04.02.2011 54.6 41.1 49.8 45.3 42.4 43.3

7 11.02.2011 56.2 42.6 50.9 46.7 41.8 43.4

8 25.02.2011 55.9 41.7 50.4 45.7 41.0 42.5

9 02.03.2011 52.2 41.3 49.7 45.4 41.5 42.8

10 11.03.2011 52.6 41.7 49.6 46.2 41.6 43.4

11 25.03.2011 53.1 40.8 49.9 45.1 41.5 42.7

12 09.04.2011 53.1 40.4 50.5 44.3 40.2 42.0

13 18.04.2011 52.6 40.8 50.5 43.6 40.5 42.0

14 23.04.2011 52.7 41.2 50.3 46.1 40.1 42.4

15 09.05.2011 52.3 41.5 49.9 45.6 41.3 43.2

16 16.05.2011 52.7 41.2 50.2 44.6 40.5 42.6

17 27.05.2011 52.4 41.7 50.3 43.4 41.0 42.1

18 05.09.2011 54.2 46.7 52.0 47.5 42.1 44.5

19 17.09.2011 54.5 47.3 52.1 48.3 41.4 44.6

20 26.09.2011 54.5 46.4 51.9 50.2 42.1 45.5

21 09.10.2011 52.6 41.8 50.1 44.2 40.1 41.7

22 13.10.2011 52.3 42.3 50.0 43.7 41.0 41.9

23 22.10.2011 52.4 41.3 50.3 45.2 40.3 42.1

24 02.11.2011 52.5 41.6 49.5 42.2 40.6 41.4

25 12.11.2011 52.1 40.7 49.3 42.5 40.1 41.2

26 24.11.2011 52.4 40.2 48.9 42.4 40.1 41.0

Standards [dB (A)] 55 45

*Day time: (6 AM to 10 PM) ** Night time: (10 PM to 6 AM)

Table 3.26 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Sosiya-Alang (N2)

S.No Date

*Day Time [dB (A)] **Night Time [dB (A)]

Maximum Minimu

m Average

Maximum

Minimum Average

1 15.12.2010 58.3 48.6 53.7 47.3 41.7 43.8

2 29.12.2010 57.6 48.2 54.1 46.5 40.5 43.2

3 08.01.2011 59.6 43.5 52.5 49.3 41.4 44.7

4 16.01.2011 54.5 41.7 49.1 47.4 41.7 44.1

5 23.01.2011 54.5 40.5 49.6 48.7 41.5 44.2

6 05.02.2011 57.5 42.8 52.0 50.2 42.4 44.9

7 12.02.2011 57.5 43.4 51.5 50.5 42.5 45.3

8 26.02.2011 56.4 43.8 51.5 49.6 43.2 45.7

9 03.03.2011 56.1 43.6 53.0 49.6 43.7 45.6

10 12.03.2011 56.4 42.1 52.7 48.7 43.4 45.5






11 28.03.2011 56.2 43.0 52.6 48.7 43.5 45.4

12 08.04.2011 56.4 43.2 52.4 48.7 41.6 45.1

13 16.04.2011 55.8 43.8 52.4 47.8 42.7 44.6

14 29.04.2011 62.4 42.8 54.5 47.4 42.4 44.7

15 07.05.2011 55.2 42.5 52.1 47.3 42.3 44.3

16 14.05.2011 54.6 43.2 52.1 48.5 41.9 44.7

17 28.05.2011 55.2 42.3 51.8 48.6 42.3 45.4

18 04.09.2011 57.3 51.4 54.5 51.4 46.5 48.6

19 21.09.2011 56.2 50.5 54.0 50.5 45.5 47.6

20 27.09.2011 56.7 50.8 54.1 51.7 46.0 48.6

21 06.10.2011 56.2 44.5 53.9 50.3 43.6 46.8

22 14.10.2011 56.6 43.8 53.8 47.5 42.3 44.2

23 21.10.2011 55.7 44.1 53.6 46.5 42.2 43.8

24 01.11.2011 56.4 46.4 53.7 48.7 45.1 46.5

25 11.11.2011 55.8 45.8 53.3 46.5 44.1 45.0

26 23.11.2011 55.8 45.2 53.0 47.5 44.2 45.7



Table 3.27 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Khadarpar (N3)

S.No Date


Maximum Minimu

m Average

Maximum

Minimum Average

1 03.02.2011 54.8 40.7 50.4 46.4 42.0 43.6

2 18.02.2011 55.3 41.8 50.9 45.4 41.5 42.8

3 28.02.2011 56.7 42.3 50.8 46.2 41.0 42.5

4 05.03.2011 53.4 40.5 50.0 44.2 42.1 43.1

5 18.03.2011 52.8 40.9 49.8 43.2 41.3 42.4

6 26.03.2011 52.5 41.3 49.8 44.4 41.4 42.7

7 07.04.2011 52.3 40.1 49.7 45.3 41.4 42.7

8 15.04.2011 51.9 40.4 49.6 44.8 41.0 42.6

9 22.04.2011 52.7 40.8 50.2 45.7 41.4 42.9

10 06.05.2011 53.1 41.2 49.7 44.2 40.8 42.3

11 13.05.2011 52.1 40.9 49.5 44.0 40.5 42.1

12 20.05.2011 52.7 41.5 49.7 44.3 40.3 42.3

13 07.09.2011 54.4 47.1 51.7 47.3 41.4 44.0

14 19.09.2011 53.8 46.7 51.6 47.1 41.8 44.0

15 29.09.2011 53.9 47.4 51.5 46.3 41.1 43.1

16 10.10.2011 52.4 40.7 50.1 42.7 39.2 40.5

17 15.10.2011 52.3 40.3 49.9 43.1 39.3 40.7

18 29.10.2011 52.1 41.2 50.4 44.5 40.2 41.5

19 04.11.2011 52.7 41.2 50.0 42.6 40.3 41.3






20 17.11.2011 52.3 40.6 49.6 43.7 40.2 41.5

21 26.11.2011 52.5 40.3 49.6 42.6 40.1 41.1



Table 3.28 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Navagam (N4)

S.No Date


Maximum Minimu

m Average

Maximum

Minimum Average

1 30.12.2010 51.7 40.9 47.7 43.8 39.6 41.1

2 07.01.2011 52.4 42.3 48.7 46.4 41.4 43.6

3 15.01.2011 53.1 41.8 48.7 43.2 39.2 41.4

4 22.01.2011 52.9 40.7 48.9 45.2 41.2 42.5

5 06.02.2011 56.7 41.5 50.4 45.8 42.4 43.6

6 19.02.2011 55.8 42.1 50.4 46.5 41.6 43.1

7 27.02.2011 55.6 41.2 50.2 45.2 40.5 42.0

8 06.03.2011 53.1 40.7 49.5 44.6 41.4 43.0

9 19.03.2011 52.8 41.6 49.9 43.9 41.2 42.6

10 27.03.2011 53.1 40.9 49.7 43.7 41.4 42.5

11 10.04.2011 52.5 40.2 50.0 44.4 41.2 42.7

12 17.04.2011 52.9 40.6 50.2 45.6 41.0 42.6

13 24.04.2011 52.9 41.3 50.2 44.3 41.2 42.6

14 08.05.2011 51.9 40.8 49.1 43.5 40.3 41.8

15 15.05.2011 51.6 41.3 49.5 43.2 40.6 41.7

16 21.05.2011 51.8 40.6 48.8 43.5 40.5 41.9

17 06.09.2011 53.4 46.5 51.5 48.6 41.3 44.4

18 16.09.2011 53.6 45.4 51.3 47.6 42.2 44.2

19 23.09.2011 53.4 46.2 51.4 48.8 41.4 45.2

20 07.10.2011 52.2 41.6 49.6 42.8 40.1 41.1

21 12.10.2011 52.4 40.8 49.7 43.0 39.4 40.6

22 28.10.2011 55.2 41.2 52.2 54.2 39.4 48.5

23 03.11.2011 52.6 41.9 50.2 43.2 41.2 41.9

24 16.11.2011 52.8 41.4 50.1 42.8 40.8 41.6

25 25.11.2011 52.3 40.5 49.7 43.1 40.2 41.5



Table 3.29 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Morchand (N5)

S.No Date


Maximum Minimu

m Average

Maximum

Minimum Average

1 10.09.2011 54.7 47.2 51.5 45.3 43.5 44.3

2 14.09.2011 55.2 47.7 52.2 45.8 43.8 44.6






3 24.09.2011 55.5 48.3 52.3 46.3 43.8 44.9

4 01.10.2011 52.8 41.8 50.6 47.1 41.1 43.4

5 11.10.2011 53.4 42.7 51.0 47.5 42.1 44.0

6 23.10.2011 53.3 42.1 51.1 46.5 41.4 43.3

7 05.11.2011 53.2 42.4 50.8 44.2 41.7 42.7

8 13.11.2011 52.9 41.6 50.4 45.4 40.5 42.4

9 21.11.2011 52.7 40.8 50.2 44.2 40.2 42.2



Table 3.30 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Odarka (N6)

S.No Date


Maximum Minimu

m Average

Maximum

Minimum Average

1 08.09.2011 54.6 48.6 52.2 48.3 43.8 45.6

2 15.09.2011 55.3 48.6 52.7 47.5 44.4 45.8

3 28.09.2011 55.1 48.9 52.6 47.1 43.2 44.5

4 04.10.2011 52.8 40.3 50.5 43.8 39.4 41.1

5 16.10.2011 53.1 41.2 50.7 44.2 40.3 41.6

6 24.10.2011 52.7 40.8 50.7 45.1 40.2 42.0

7 06.11.2011 53.1 42.1 50.9 44.3 41.2 42.5

8 14.11.2011 52.8 41.5 50.3 43.8 40.6 42.1

9 22.11.2011 52.6 40.2 50.1 43.2 40.1 41.3



Table 3.31 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Garibpura (N7)

S.No Date


Maximum Minimu

m Average

Maximum

Minimum Average

1 13.09.2011 54.2 47.3 52.2 49.4 44.1 46.7

2 16.09.2011 53.9 47.8 51.8 48.7 42.5 45.0

3 23.09.2011 53.9 47.5 51.6 47.3 42.3 44.4

4 02.10.2011 52.7 40.8 50.1 44.1 40.2 41.9

5 20.10.2011 52.9 41.3 50.8 45.3 40.9 42.6

6 27.10.2011 54.5 40.5 51.7 54.2 39.8 48.9

7 09.11.2011 52.9 41.6 50.5 44.1 41.1 42.3

8 18.11.2011 52.6 41.2 49.9 43.2 40.1 41.7

9 28.11.2011 52.4 40.5 49.7 42.8 40.1 41.3








Table 3.32 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Alang (N8)

S.No Date


Maximum Minimu

m Average

Maximum

Minimum Average

1 09.09.2011 57.5 51.7 54.9 51.4 46.2 48.8

2 18.09.2011 57.2 51.6 54.7 50.3 46.8 48.5

3 25.09.2011 56.2 50.8 53.8 50.2 47.3 48.5

4 05.10.2011 55.7 43.6 53.6 51.8 43.0 47.1

5 18.10.2011 55.9 44.8 53.6 51.1 43.4 46.4

6 30.10.2011 54.6 43.4 52.2 48.7 42.5 44.8

7 10.11.2011 56.3 46.2 53.6 47.3 45.1 46.1

8 19.11.2011 55.9 45.8 53.1 45.6 43.7 44.5

9 30.11.2011 55.7 45.2 52.7 45.2 43.2 43.8



Table 3.33 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Manar (N9)

S.No Date


Maximum Minimu

m Average

Maximum

Minimum Average

1 11.09.2011 54.6 49.6 52.5 49.5 44.4 46.1

2 21.09.2011 54.8 48.8 52.2 48.6 44.1 46.1

3 27.09.2011 54.8 49.6 52.6 50.3 44.8 47.0

4 03.10.2011 54.6 43.8 51.9 46.4 42.7 44.4

5 19.10.2011 54.8 42.9 51.8 46.2 42.4 43.6

6 26.10.2011 56.8 43.2 53.9 55.2 42.0 48.6

7 08.11.2011 55.2 45.3 52.5 45.2 43.2 44.1

8 20.11.2011 53.2 42.5 50.3 43.8 41.4 42.5

9 29.11.2011 54.6 44.7 52.1 45.4 43.2 44.2



Table 3.34 Maximum, minimum and average noise levels at Pithalpur (N10)

S.No Date


Maximum Minimu

m Average

Maximum

Minimum Average

1 12.09.2011 53.6 45.8 51.4 48.3 41.8 44.5

2 20.09.2011 53.7 45.2 51.4 49.4 41.5 45.3

3 22.09.2011 54.1 46.3 51.8 48.8 41.2 44.9

4 08.10.2011 52.1 40.6 49.6 43.2 39.1 40.5

5 17.10.2011 51.9 40.1 49.4 42.8 38.0 40.2






6 25.10.2011 52.3 40.3 49.7 42.2 38.3 40.2

7 07.11.2011 52.8 41.2 50.6 46.3 40.2 43.3

8 15.11.2011 52.3 40.5 50.1 44.1 39.7 41.8

9 27.11.2011 52.4 40.7 49.8 42.6 40.1 41.1



Average Traffic levels over the study period at ten stations are calculated and

presented in Tables 3.35 to 3.37. It has been observed that traffic volume is higher at

Sosiya-Along (T2) followed by Thalsar (T1), Navagam (T4) and Khadarpar (T3).

Table 3.35 Traffic load and survey for four monitoring stations (first quarter)

Sl

No.

Location

code

Monitoring

Stations

Direction of

the station

w.r.t. to

Site

Approxima

te distance

from Site in

KM.

Date of

monitoring HMV LMV

TWO

Wheeler PCU/hr Average

PCU/hr

1. T1 Thalsar N 7.5

14.12.10 234 322 434 83

74

27.12.10 240 354 430 85

06.01.11 159 196 436 66

14.01.11 192 184 418 66

21.01.11 156 208 438 67

04.02.11 192 190 501 74

11.02.11 267 174 506 79

24.02.11 249 239 379 72

2. T2 Sosiya -

Along S 4.0

15.12.10 3342 747 2061 513

434

29.12.10 3522 728 2046 525

08.01.11 3438 700 2017 513

16.01.11 498 740 1300 212

23.01.11 426 739 1199 197

05.02.11 3267 688 2116 506

12.02.11 3186 699 2034 493

26.02.11 3372 673 2089 511

3. T3 Khadarpar NW 2.0

03.02.11 210 120 344 56

53 18.02.11 159 145 343 54

28.02.11 192 102 310 50






4. T4 Navagam W 6.5

30.12.10 84 194 296 48

61

07.01.11 114 247 353 60

15.01.11 99 202 349 54

22.01.11 105 198 310 51

06.02.11 156 245 454 71

19.02.11 222 249 420 74

27.02.11 180 299 384 72

Table 3.36 Traffic load and survey for four monitoring stations (second quarter)

Sl

No.

Location

code

Monitoring

Stations

Direction of

the station

w.r.t. to

Site

Approxima

te distance

from Site in

KM.

Date of

monitoring HMV LMV

TWO


PCU/hr

1. T1 Thalsar N 7.5

14.12.10 234 322 434 83

74

27.12.10 240 354 430 85

06.01.11 159 196 436 66

14.01.11 192 184 418 66

21.01.11 156 208 438 67

04.02.11 192 190 501 74

11.02.11 267 174 506 79

24.02.11 249 239 379 72

2. T2 Sosiya -

Along S 4.0

15.12.10 3342 747 2061 513

434

29.12.10 3522 728 2046 525

08.01.11 3438 700 2017 513

16.01.11 498 740 1300 212

23.01.11 426 739 1199 197

05.02.11 3267 688 2116 506

12.02.11 3186 699 2034 493

26.02.11 3372 673 2089 511

3. T3 Khadarpar NW 2.0

03.02.11 210 120 344 56

53 18.02.11 159 145 343 54

28.02.11 192 102 310 50

4. T4 Navagam W 6.5 30.12.10 84 194 296 48

61 07.01.11 114 247 353 60






15.01.11 99 202 349 54

22.01.11 105 198 310 51

06.02.11 156 245 454 71

19.02.11 222 249 420 74

27.02.11 180 299 384 72

Table 3.37 Traffic load and survey for ten monitoring stations (third quarter)

Sl No.

Location code

Monitoring Stations

Direction of the

station w.r.t. to

Site

Approximate

distance from Site

in KM.

Date of monitoring

HMV LMV TWO


PCU/hr

1. T1 Thalsar N 7.5

05.09.2011 66 38 255 30

36

17.09.2011 81 38 290 34

26.09.2011 69 41 300 34

09.10.2011 84 51 296 36

13.10.2011 102 51 317 39

22.10.2011 90 45 300 36

02.11.2011 69 51 341 38

12.11.2011 84 52 331 39

24.11.2011 102 53 350 42

2. T2 Sosiya -Alang

S 4.0

04.09.2011 657 524 1729 243

454

21.09.2011 3324 603 1967 491

27.09.2011 3588 634 2000 519

06.10.2011 3102 538 1957 466

14.10.2011 3036 507 1892 453

21.10.2011 2961 441 1905 442

01.11.2011 3468 592 1965 502

11.11.2011 3252 582 1999 486

23.11.2011 3171 588 1996 480

3.

T3

Khadarpar

NW

2.0

07.09.2011 63 36 258 30

32

19.09.2011 72 30 286 32

29.09.2011 57 34 275 31

10.10.2011 60 29 308 33

15.10.2011 39 31 303 31

29.10.2011 60 30 313 34

04.11.2011 57 30 257 29

17.11.2011 78 42 270 33

26.11.2011 69 32 292 33

4. T4 Navagam W 6.5

06.09.2011 51 38 279 31

34

16.09.2011 57 42 280 32

23.09.2011 63 42 295 33

17.10.2011 51 40 300 33

12.10.2011 45 27 332 34

28.10.2011 51 34 337 35

03.11.2011 87 43 274 34

16.11.2011 69 41 329 37

25.11.2011 60 28 345 36

5. T5 Morchand N 8.5

10.09.2011 495 247 583 110

81

14.09.2011 435 212 455 92

24.09.2011 459 198 404 88

01.10.2011 279 135 484 75

11.10.2011 318 130 481 77






23.10.2011 333 123 480 78

05.11.2011 270 115 495 73

13.11.2011 240 114 452 67

21.11.2011 267 114 424 67

6. T6 Odarka NNW 8.0

08.09.2011 357 192 367 76

63

15.09.2011 531 248 368 96

28.09.2011 429 225 370 85

04.10.2011 123 60 383 47

16.10.2011 141 62 366 47

24.10.2011 147 68 387 50

06.11.2011 165 72 393 53

14.11.2011 189 85 418 58

22.11.2011 210 90 404 59

Sl No.

Location code

Monitoring Stations

Direction of the

station w.r.t. to

Site

Approximate

distance from Site

in KM.

Date of monitoring

HMV LMV TWO


PCU/hr

7. T7 Garibpura SSW 7.0

13.09.2011 81 71 307 38

41

16.09.2011 81 53 317 38

23.09.2011 78 49 280 34

02.10.2011 69 40 338 37

20.10.2011 51 40 350 37

27.10.2011 84 63 360 42

09.11.2011 114 51 370 45

18.11.2011 120 52 414 49

28.11.2011 108 44 393 45

8. T8 Alang SW 6.0

09.09.2011 3186 593 1796 465

374

18.09.2011 438 305 1396 178

25.09.2011 438 276 1330 170

05.10.2011 3351 522 1998 489

18.10.2011 3237 488 1921 471

30.10.2011 234 456 1168 155

10.11.2011 3369 639 1791 483

19.11.2011 3237 640 1819 475

30.11.2011 3261 637 1911 484

9. T9 Manar SW 6.2

11.09.2011 84 92 165 28

52

21.09.2011 213 98 255 47

27.09.2011 246 92 282 52

03.10.2011 183 71 433 57

19.10.2011 186 75 490 63

26.10.2011 84 43 332 38

08.11.2011 276 81 430 66

20.11.2011 189 77 420 57

29.11.2011 174 78 418 56

10. T10 Pithalpur NW 6.0

12.09.2011 99 54 225 32

36

20.09.2011 99 41 253 33

22.09.2011 84 43 274 33

08.10.2011 87 49 368 42

17.10.2011 75 39 368 40

25.10.2011 69 37 365 39

07.11.2011 60 29 299 32

15.11.2011 78 37 312 36






27.11.2011 60 38 320 35

3.5.6 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS

For establishing the baseline status of soil within the probable impact zone, Soil

Samples were collected at ten locations of the study area. Location of the soil

sampling sites is shown in Fig. 3.12.

Fig 3.12 Map showing Soil quality monitoring stations

Based on observation the soil classification is given in Table 3.38. The

characteristics of samples at ten different locations at each site in terms of different

parameters are given in Tables 3.39 to 3.46.






Table 3.38 Standard classification of soil sampling analysis

S. No Soil Test Classification

1 pH <4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51-5.00 Very Strongly acidic 5.51-6.0 moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 slightly acidic 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline 8.51-9.0 Strongly alkaline 9.01 very strongly alkaline

2 Salinity Electrical conductivity (mmhos/cm) (1mmho/cm = 640 ppm)

Up to 1.00 Average 1.00-2.00 Harmful to germination 2.01-3.00 Harmful to Crops (Sensitive to salts)

3 Organic Carbon Upto 0.2: Very less 0.21-0.4: less 0.41-0.5 medium 0.51-0.8: On an average sufficient 0.81-1.00: Sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Upto 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good 151-300 Better >300 sufficient

5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Upto 15 very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium 51-65 on an average sufficient 66-80 sufficient >80 more than sufficient

6 Potassium (Kg/ha) 0-120 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium 241-300 average 301-360 better >360 more than sufficient

Source: As per ISO: Soil Compendium

From the Table 3.38, it can be observed that the soil samples collected at all the

locations are found to be Silt Loam. Nitrogen values range between 76 to 146

kg/ha. Distribution of available nitrogen in soils is found to be in low to good levels.

The Phosphorus levels range between 9 to 49 kg/ha indicating its presence from






very less to medium. Soil potassium varied from 136 to 212 kg/ha indicating less to

medium range. The soil texture diagram of the study area is given in Fig. 3.13.

Fig. 3.13 Soil texture diagram of the study area






Table 3.39 Analysis of soil data collected from Kukad area

S. No Parameters Units Kukad

1. Type of Soil -- Alluvial Soil Alluvial Soil Alluvial Soil 2. pH -- 6.72 6.96 7.04 3. Bulk Density gm/cc 1.4 1.39 1.36 4. Porosity (%) 38 42 40 5. Soil Texture -- Sandy loam loam Loam 6. Sand (%) 42.5 40 44.0 7. Silt (%) 32.5 38.0 32.5 8. Clay (%) 25.0 22.0 23.5 9. Organic Matter (%) 0.70 1.20 0.94 10. Sodium Adsorption

Ratio meq/100g 1.2 0.4 0.36

11. Specific Gravity g/cm3 2.1 2.3 2.1 12. Conductivity µmhos/cm 64.8 166 128.0 13. N Kg/ha. 102 98 94.0 14. P Kg/ha. 16 20 12.0 15. K Kg/ha. 170 162 156.0

Table 3.40 Analysis of soil data collected from Navagam area

S. No Parameters Units Navagam

1. Type of Soil -- Alluvial Soil Alluvial Soil Alluvial Soil

2. pH -- 6.99 7.61 7.54

3. Bulk Density gm/cc 1.51 1.38 1.41

4. Porosity (%) 41 46 44

5. Soil Texture -- Sandy loam loam Loam

6. Sand (%) 45.0 42.0 40.5

7. Silt (%) 27.5 34.0 37.5

8. Clay (%) 27.5 24.0 22.0

9. Organic Matter (%) 0.73 0.9 0.81

10. Sodium Adsorption Ratio

meq/100g 1.22 0.3 0.27

11. Specific Gravity g/cm3 2.2 2.2 2.3

12. Conductivity µmhos/cm 69.8 120 101.0

13. N Kg/ha. 110 116 122.0

14. P Kg/ha. 20 18 23.0

15. K Kg/ha. 180 178 191.0






Table 3.41 Analysis of soil data collected from Corner A & B of NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat

S. No Parameters Units Corner A Corner B

1. Type of Soil Alluvial

Soil Alluvial

Soil Alluvial

Soil Alluvial

Soil Alluvial

Soil Alluvial

Soil

2. pH -- 7.39 7.61 7.32 7.2 7.13 6.98

3. Bulk Density gm/cc 1.44 1.41 1.42 1.38 1.36 1.38

4. Porosity (%) 41 38 40 34 32 34

5. Soil Texture -- Silt

Loam Silt Loam

Silt Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

6. Sand (%) 32.0 30.0 27.0 53.5 50 52.75

7. Silt (%) 54.0 52.5 54.0 15.0 17.5 13.25

8. Clay (%) 14.0 17.5 19.0 31.5 32.5 34.0

9. Organic Matter (%) 0.31 0.27 0.34 0.82 0.79 0.87


meq/100g 0.20 0.22 0.19 0.41 0.38 0.42

11. Specific Gravity g/cm3 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.8 2.8

12. Conductivity µmhos/cm 309 335 294.0 258 272 246.0

13. N Kg/ha. 138 146 132.0 109 122 116.0

14. P Kg/ha. 45 48 43.0 34 36 31.0

15. K Kg/ha. 204 212 196.0 181 194 185.0

Table 3.42 Analysis of soil data collected from Corner C & D of NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat

S. No

Parameters Units Corner C Corner D

1. Type of Soil Alluvial

Soil Alluvial

Soil Alluvial

Soil Alluvial

Soil Alluvial

Soil Alluvial Soil

2. pH -- 7.04 7.3 7.26 6.88 7 6.74

3. Bulk Density gm/cc 1.43 1.46 1.41 1.39 1.37 1.39

4. Porosity (%) 39 36 38 43 48 45

5. Soil Texture -- Silt Loam

Silt Loam

Silt Loam Loam Loam Loam

6. Sand (%) 30.5 32.5 28.8 41.0 45.0 42.5

7. Silt (%) 51.0 55 53.75 28.5 27.5 25.5

8. Clay (%) 18.5 12.5 17.5 30.5 27.5 32.0

9. Organic Matter (%) 0.53 0.41 0.59 0.87 0.93 0.82


meq/100g 0.22 0.26 0.23 0.3 0.28 0.31

11. Specific Gravity g/cm3 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.5

12. Conductivity µmhos/cm 244 263 229.0 136 120 151.0

13. N Kg/ha. 121 110 124.0 80 84 76.0






14. P Kg/ha. 20 25 22.0 10 12 9.0

15. K Kg/ha. 169 186 191.0 141 154 138.0

Table 3.43 Analysis of soil data collected from Morchand area

S. No Parameters Units Morchand

1. Type of Soil Alluvial Soil Alluvial Soil Alluvial Soil

2. pH -- 6.23 6.01 6.09


4. Porosity (%) 41 38 43

5. Soil Texture -- Silt Loam Silt Loam Silt Loam

6. Sand (%) 21.5 25.0 23.75

7. Silt (%) 67.5 61.0 63.75

8. Clay (%) 11.0 14.0 12.5

9. Organic Matter (%) 0.32 0.35 0.36

10. Sodium Adsorption Ratio meq/100g 0.21 0.24 0.25


12. Conductivity µmhos/cm 104.0 131.0 117.0

13. N Kg/ha. 94.0 111.0 103.0

14. P Kg/ha. 32.0 36.0 35.0

15. K Kg/ha. 156.0 182.0 170.0

Table 3.44 Analysis of soil data collected from Odarka area

S. No Parameters Units Odarka


2. pH -- 6.57 6.78 6.83


4. Porosity (%) 35 39 38


6. Sand (%) 27.0 24.5 22.5

7. Silt (%) 59.5 64.0 66.3

8. Clay (%) 13.5 11.5 11.3

9. Organic Matter (%) 0.38 0.45 0.41


meq/100g 0.26 0.31 0.30



13. N Kg/ha. 94.0 85.0 88.0

14. P Kg/ha. 30.0 24.0 27.0

15. K Kg/ha. 151.0 136.0 144.0






Table 3.45 Analysis of soil data collected from Garibpura area

S. No Parameters Units Garibpura


2. pH -- 6.02 5.87 5.76


4. Porosity (%) 44 39 41


6. Sand (%) 27.5 29.0 30.0

7. Silt (%) 53.0 54.5 55.0

8. Clay (%) 19.5 16.5 15.0

9. Organic Matter (%) 0.62 0.69 0.74


meq/100g 0.22 0.18 0.16



13. N Kg/ha. 84.0 79.0 90.0

14. P Kg/ha. 21.0 16.0 18.0

15. K Kg/ha. 166.0 140.0 159.0

Table 3.46 Analysis of soil data collected from Manar area

S. No Parameters Units Manar

1. Type of Soil Alluvial Soil Alluvial Soil Alluvial Soil 2. pH -- 7.63 7.91 7.88 3. Bulk Density gm/cc 1.33 1.32 1.35 4. Porosity (%) 43 45 45 5. Soil Texture -- Clay Loam Clay Loam Clay Loam 6. Sand (%) 38.5 40.0 42.5 7. Silt (%) 29.5 31.0 27.5 8. Clay (%) 32.0 29.0 30.0 9. Organic Matter (%) 0.86 0.97 1.04 10. Sodium Adsorption

Ratio meq/100g 0.31 0.35 0.34

11. Specific Gravity g/cm3 2.8 3.1 3.0 12. Conductivity µmhos/cm 351.0 380.0 372.0 13. N Kg/ha. 127.0 133.0 140.0 14. P Kg/ha. 41.0 45.0 49.0 15. K Kg/ha. 189.0 196.0 208.0


Study of biological environment is one of the important aspects for Environmental

Impact Assessment, in view of the need for conservation of environmental quality

and biodiversity. Ecological systems show complex interrelationships between biotic

and abiotic components including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic

components comprises of both plant and animal communities which interact not only






within and between themselves but also with the abiotic components viz. Physical

and chemical components of the environment.

Generally, biological communities are the good indicators of climatic and edaphic

factors. Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in Environmental

Impact Assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna. Information on the impact of

environmental stress on the community structure serves as an inexpensive and

efficient early warning system to check the damage to a particular ecosystem. The

biological environment includes mainly terrestrial ecosystem and aquatic ecosystem.

Biological communities are dependent on the environmental conditions and

resources of its location. It may change, if there is any change in the environment. A

number of variables like temperature, humidity, rainfall, soils characteristic,

topography, etc. are responsible for maintaining the homeostasis of the environment.

A change in any one of these variables may lead to stress on the ecosystem. The

animal and plant communities exist in their natural habitats in well organized manner.

Their natural settings can be disturbed by any externally induced anthropological

activities or by naturally induced calamities or disaster. So, once this setting is

disturbed, it becomes practically impossible or takes a longer time to come to its

original state. Plants and animals are more susceptible to environmental stress. A

change in the composition of biotic communities is reflected by a change in the

distribution pattern, density, diversity, frequency, dominance and abundance of

natural species of flora and fauna existing in the ecosystem. These changes over a

span of time can be quantified and related to the existing environmental factors. The

field observations on vegetation characteristics were made by using random

observation method. The sensitivity of animal and plant species to the changes

occurring in their existing ecosystem can therefore, be used for monitoring

Environmental Impact Assessment studies of any project.

The assessment of fauna have been done on the basis of secondary data collected

from different government departments like forest department, wildlife department,

fisheries, etc.

The study on terrestrial biodiversity was outsourced to Salim Ali Centre for

Ornithology & Natural History (SACON), Coimbatore and study on marine coastal






biodiversity was outsourced to Indomer Coastal Hydraulics Private Limited

(INDOMER), Chennai.

3.5.7.1 Description of the study area

This document reports the Baseline Environmental Data (BED) on the Flora and

Fauna of the study area of 10 km radial distance around the proposed site as part of

the EIA study.

The study area is mainly comprised of agricultural land. Pearl Millet (Bajra) is the

(Pennisetum americanum) major and widely cultivated crop species in and around

the study area followed by Cumin plant (Jeera) (Cuminum cyminum) Cotton

(Gossypium herbaceum), Sorghum (Sorghum bicolor), Castor (Ricinus communis),

Ground nut (Arachis hypogaea), Banana (Musa paradisiaca), Mango (Mangifera

indica), Maize (Zea mays) Pigeon Pea (Cajanus cajan) Sapota (Achras sapota),

Sugarcane (Saccharum officinale), Wheat (Triticum vulgare) Onion (Allium cepa),

Garlic (Allium sativum), Chilly (Capsicum annum), Mustard (Brassica juncea),

Sunflower (Helianthus annus), Sesam (Sesamum indicum), Black gram (Vigna

mungo), Green gram (Vigna radiata), Castor seed (Ricinus communis)etc. Apart from

these, the most of the study site is predominantly covered by three major exotic

weeds viz., Prosopis juliflora, Parthenium hysterophorus and Lantana camara. Apart

from these, another exotic weed, Argemone mexicana also very commonly seen in

and around the study area. The immediate surroundings of the proposed project site

consist of Mango and Sapota orchards.

The trees such as Acacia nilotica, A. leucophloa, A. senegal, A. tortilis, Aegle

marmelos, Ailanthes excels, Annona squamosa, Azadirachta indica, Balanites

aegyptiaca, Cassia fistula, C. siamea, Cordia myxa, Cordia dichotoma, Dalbergia

sissoo, Delonix elata, Grewia tillifolia, Phoenix sylvestris, Sterculia foetida,

Phyllanthus emblica, Pongamia pinnata, Prosopis juliflora, P. cineraria, Thespesia

populnea, Tectona grandis, Ziziphus mauritiana etc are very commonly seen in and

around the study site.

The following plant species such as Azima tetracantha, Calotropis procera,

Dichrostachys cinerea, Euphorbia neriifolia, Grewia villosa, Caesalpinia bonduc,






Capparis sepiaria, C. zeylanica, Fluggea leucopyros, F. virosa, Hemedesmus

indicus, Hibiscus vitifolius, Ipomoea staphylina, Justicia adhatoda, J. betonica,

Lantana camara, Lawsonia inermis, Rivea hypocrateriformis, Senna auriculata,

Ziziphus nummularia are the major shrubs and stragglers encountered during the

present study period.

Plants such as Alysicarpus spp. Biophytum reinwardii, Cleome viscosa, Echinops

echinatus, Euphorbia hirta, Goniogyna hirta, Rhynchosia minima, Crotalaria obovata.

Indigofera spp. Bulbostylis barbata, Cyperus spp. Fimbristylis spp. Phyllanthus

amarus, P. maderaspatansis, Polygala sp., Senna occidentalis, S. tora etc. are the

common herbaceous species recorded in the study area.

The grasses like, Aristida spp. Bothriochloa pertusa, Andropogon pumilus, Brachiaria

spp. Eremopogon foveolatus, Sehima nervosum, Cenchrus ciliaris, C. barbatus, C.

setigera, Chloris barbata, C. tenella, Dactyloctenium aegyptium, Dicanthium

annulatum, Digitaria bicornis, Eragrostis spp., Paspalum scrobiculatum, Paspalidium

flavidum, Phragmites karka, Setaria verticillata, Typha angustifolia, Themeda

triandra, T. quadrivalis, etc. are commonly seen in and around the study site.

Aquatic plant species such as Ipomoea carnea, Pistia stratiotes, Lemna minor,

Eichhornia crassipes and Typha angustifolia and were observed in the ponds and

other small water reservoirs, which are located around the human habitations.

3.5.7.2 Methodology

Extensive filed survey was conducted in two seasons, one from 12th September 2011

to 15th September 2011 and another one from 29th December 2011 to 3rd January

2012 by adopting standard methods to document the floral elements occurring in the

study area. For enumerating the overall plant species occurring in the area, an

intensive and extensive pilot survey was made in the area falling within the 10 km

radial distance from the proposed study site covering different habitats such as water

bodies, human habitation agricultural lands etc. To quantify the flora stratified random

sampling was adopted.






3.5.7.2.1 Vegetation Sampling

Vegetation is one of the best indicators of the ecological health of any given area

by reflecting changes in their structure and distributional pattern. It is universally

recognized as an integral component of ecosystems that indicates the effects of

changing environmental conditions in an obvious and easily measurable manner

and is important in site evaluation and classification. Hence, careful analysis of

vegetation is very important to know the distribution and types of floral components

in an ecosystem. For phytosociological analysis, quadrat method was used in the

present study since it is the most widely used technique for plant census.

A total of 40 quadrats of 10 x 10 m size, by representing all the vegetation types,

were laid to find out the quantitative plant community structure of the study area.

The representation of quadrats is given in Fig. 3.14.

Fig. 3.14 Sampling locations for plant and bird around the NPCIL study site






In the middle of each 10 x 10 m quadrat, a quadrat of 3 x 3 m was laid for shrub

density estimation. Similarly, a quadrat of 1 x 1 m was laid within the 3 x 3 m

quadrat to document the herbaceous species. All the plants species within the

quadrat were counted and recorded.

Taxonomic identification of the species encountered in the field was done referring

to the flora of Hooker (1872-97), Gamble (1957) and Matthew (1996, 1999).

Unidentified plant specimens were preserved in 10% formaldehyde for

identification by experts at the Botanical Survey of India, Coimbatore.

Nomenclature used in this report is based on the Flora of Tamil Nadu Series 1:

Analysis vols. 1-3 (1983-1989).

The vegetation data were analyzed to obtain the quantitative structure and

composition of plant communities. For understanding the synthetic characters of

the forest vegetation, the species richness and diversity of species in the stands

were calculated (Table 3.54). The vegetation data were tabulated for frequency,

density, abundance, relative frequency, relative density, relative abundance,

relative dominance, IVI and composition of plant communities, following Curtis and

MC Intosh (1950), Philips (1959), Ludwig and Reynolds (1988) and Lande (1996).

The Shannon-Wiener‟s index of diversity (H‟) was calculated using the software

„Species diversity and richness (version 2.65, Colwell, 1994-2004) (Table 3.47).

Table 3.47 Formulas for calculating the quantitative structure and composition of plant communities

Parameters Formula adopted

Frequency (%) (No. of quadrats in which a species occurred/ Total no. of quadrats studied) × 100

Abundance Total number of individuals of the species/ No. of quadrats in which the species occurred

Density Total no. of individuals of a given species/ Total no. of quadrats examined

Relative density No. of individuals/ No. of individuals of all species

Relative abundance

(Abundance of species x 100) / Sum of all abundances

Relative frequency

Number of quadrats occurring/ Total no. of quadrats

IVI Relative density + Relative dominance + Relative frequency

Simpson Index D= Σ (n/N)

Fisher's Alpha S = a*ln (1+n/a)






3.5.7.2.2 Faunal sampling

Various groups of animals found in the study area were recorded by both direct and

indirect methods during the present study period. Different sampling techniques were

applied to record different faunal groups in the study area. Animals documented in

the present study include butterflies, birds and mammals. The following major

sampling techniques were used for recording the faunal groups during the present

study (Table 3.48).

Table 3.48 Sampling techniques used for the faunal study

Taxa Sampling Methods

Butterflies Random walk, opportunistic observations

Birds Random walk, opportunistic observations

Mammals Tracks and signs, and visual encounter survey

Reptiles Random walk, opportunistic observations

Butterflies

The butterflies in and around the wetland were documented by direct observations,

random walk and opportunistic observations, during morning (06:00 to 10:00 hrs) and

evening (17:00 to 19:00 hrs) hours, by using a pair of binoculars. Butterfly survey

was carried out by looking at 5 m distance on either side of the transect. The

identification of butterflies was done following Gunathilagaraj et al. (1998), Kunte

(2000) Kehimkar (2008) and Larson (1987-88).

Avifauna

Random walk and opportunistic observations were used for documenting the birds

during the present study, during morning (06:00 to 10:00 hrs) and evening (17:00 to

19:00 hrs) hours by using a pair of binoculars. Based on the visibility, the search was

done on both sides of the transect with the help of 10x50 mm field binoculars. The

bird survey was done following Herzog et al. (2002). Direct sightings as well as calls

were used for recording the birds. Ali and Ripley (1987) and Grimmet et al. (1998;

2001) were referred for the identification of birds. Grimmet et al. (1998; 2001) were

followed for nomenclature.






Mammals

During the present study period, both direct and indirect methods (tracks & signs and

visual encounter survey) were used to document the mammals occurring in the area.

Indirect evidences such as pugmarks, calls, signs and scats were identified by

following Bang et al. (1972), Burnham et al. (1980) and Heyer et al. (1994).

Nomenclature by Menon (2003) is followed in this report.

3.5.7.3 Observations

Avifauna

A total of 138 species of birds were observed during the present survey in the 10 km

radial distance from the proposed project site (Table 3.49). The habitat types of the

area include agriculture land, scrub jungle, plantiation, costal area, salt pans,

wetlands, marshlands and fallow grasslands. The common wetland or wetland

associated species of the area include Eurasian Spoonbill (Platalea leucorodia),

Fulvous Whistling-duck (Dendrocygna bicolor), Painted Stork (Mycteria

leucocephala), Little Cormorant (Phalacrocorax niger), Black Ibis (Pseudibis

papillosa) and Black-headed Ibis (Threskiornis melanocephalus). The common

terrestrial species of the area include Ashy-crowned Sparrow Lark (Eremopterix

griseus), Rosy starling (Sturnus roseus) and Indian Peafowl (Pavo cristatus).

Among them, species such as Ashy-crowned Sparrow Lark (Eremopterix griseus),

Rosy starling (Sturnus roseus), Eurasian Spoonbill (Platalea leucorodia), Fulvous

Whistling-duck (Dendrocygna bicolor), Painted Stork (Mycteria leucocephala), Little

Cormorant (Phalacrocorax niger), Black Ibis (Pseudibis papillosa) and Black-headed

Ibis (Threskiornis melanocephalus) were fairly common in most of the study area.

Among the 133 species of birds, Black-headed Ibis, Lesser Flamingo, European

Roller, Eurasian Curlew, Painted Stork are coming under threatened category as per

IUCN. Apart from these, according to Indian Wildlife Protection Act (1972), the

following birds viz., Pavo cristatus (Indian Peafowl), Platalea leucorodia (Eurasian

Spoonbill), Milvus migrans (Black Kite) and Elanus caeruleus (Black-shouldered Kite)

are falling under Schedule-I (IWLPA 1972).






Butterflies

A total of 45 butterfly species belonging to 5 families were recorded during the

present study period (Table 3.50). At family level, the family Nymphalidae is the

dominant one with 18 species followed by Pieridae with 13 species and Hesperiidae

& Papilinidae with 5 species. Species such as Chocolate pansy, Common Castor,

Common Jezebel, Plain Tiger, Common Crow, Lime Butterfly, Common Grass

Yellow and Small Orange Tip were commonly seen in and around the proposed

project site. Of the 45 species recorded, the following butterflies fall under

rare/threatened and endemic category. Crimson Rose, Danaid Eggfly and Common

Pierrot are protected under schedule - I of Indian Wildlife Protection Act 1972.

Common Gull is included under scheduled – II and Common Crow under schedule -

IV of the Act. Blue Mormon and Crimson rose are endemic species found occurring

in the present study area, the distributions of which are restricted to the Peninsular

India and Srilanka (Kunte, 2000).

Floral diversity

The area falling under the 10 km radial distance is surrounded by both aquatic and

terrestrial ecosystems. Diverse systems such as marine, cultivated lands, wetlands

and human habitation were present in the study area that supported diverse floral

species.

A total of 426 species of plants (including wild, ornamental and cultivated plants)

belonging to 281 genera and spreading over 80 plant families were documented and

identified in the 10 km radial distance from the proposed project site of the study area

(Table 3.51). Among them, 331 species are belonging to dicotyledons and 95

species are coming under monocots.

3.5.7.4 Familial composition

Among the 80 families reported in the study area, the family Poaceae is the dominant

one and is represented with 60 species. The other notable dominant plant families






recorded in the study area include Fabaceae 33 species, Euphorbiaceae 27 species,

Asteraceae 21 species and Cyperaceae with 20 species (Fig. 3.15).






Table 3.49 List of birds documented during the study period

Sl. No. Local Name Scientific Name Distribution Status

1 Alexandrine Parakeet Psittacula eupatria R O 2 Ashy Drongo Dicrurus leucophaeus W R 3 Ashy Prinia Prinia socialis R C 4 Ashy-crowned Sparrow Lark Ermopterix grisea R C 5 Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopacea R O 6 Asian Openbill Anastomus Oscitans R A 7 Bank Myna Acridotheres ginginianus R A 8 Barn Swallow Hirundo rustica W R 9 Baya Weaver Ploceus philippinus R C 10 Bay-backed Shrike Lanius vittatus R C 11 Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus R A 12 Black Ibis Pseudibis papillosa R A 13 Black Kite Milvus migrans R C 14 Black-crowned Night-heron Nycticorax nycticorax R R 15 Black-headed Cuckooshrike Coracina melanoptera R R 16 Black-headed Gull Larus ridibundus W R 17 Black-headed Ibis Threskiornis melanocephalus R C 18 Black-shouldered Kite Elanus caeruleus R C 19 Black-winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus R C 20 Blue-eared Kingfisher Alcedo meninting R R 21 Blue-faced Malkoha Phaenicophaeus viridirostris R R 22 Blue-tailed Bee-eater Merops philippinus W C 23 Brahminy Kite Haliastur indus R O 24 Brahminy Starling Sturnusa pagodarum R C 25 Bronze-winged Jacana Metopidius indicus R C 26 Brown Shrike Lanius cristatus IR O 27 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis R A 28 Chestnut-headed Bee-eater Merops leschenaulti IR O







29 Cinnamon Bittern Ixobrychus cinnamomeus W R 30 Comb Duck Sarkidiornis melanotos R R 31 Common Babbler Turdoides caudatus R A 32 Common Coot Fulica atra R C 33 Common Hoopoe Upupa epops W C 34 Common Iora Aegithinia tiphia R O 35 Common Kingfisher Alcedo atthis R C 36 Common Moorhen Gallinula Chloropus R C 37 Common Myna Acridotheres tristis R A 38 Common Sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos W C 39 Common Shelduck Tadorna tadorna E C 40 Common Stonechat Saxicola torquatus W R 41 Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius R C 42 Common Woodshrike Tephrodornis pondicerianus R C 43 Coppersmith Barbet Megalaima haemacephala R O 44 Cotton Pygmy-goose Nettapus coromandelianus R O 45 Crested Lark Galerida cristata R O 46 Desert Wheater Oenanthe xanthoprymna W R 47 Eurasian Collared Dove Streptopelia decaocto R A 48 Eurasian Curlew Numenius arquata R O 49 Eurasian Golden Oriole Oriolus oriolus R O 50 Eurasian Spoonbill Platalea leucorodia R C 51 Eurasian Wigeon Anas penelope W C 52 European Roller Coracias garrulus P C 53 Forest Wagtail Dendronanthus indicus IR C 54 Fulvous Whistling-duck Dendrocygna bicolor R C 55 Garganey Anas querquedula W O 56 Glossy Ibis Plegadis falcinellus R C 57 Great Cormorant Phalacrocorax carbo R O 58 Great Egret Casmerodius albus R O 59 Great Thick-knee Esacus recurvirostris R R







60 Great White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus W R 61 Greater Coucal Centropus sinensis R C 62 Greater Flamingo Phoenicopterus ruber W O 63 Greater Hoopoe Lark Alaemon alaudipes R R 64 Green Bee-eater Merops orientalis R C 65 Green Sandpiper Tringa ochropus W R 66 Grey Francolin Francolinus pondicerianus R C 67 Grey Heron Ardea cinerea R C 68 Grey-breasted Prinia Prinia hodgsonii R O 69 House Crow Corvus splendens R A 70 House Sparrow Passer domesticus R A 71 House Swift Apus affinis R A 72 Indian Cormorant Phalacrocorax fuscicollis R R 73 Indian Peafowl Pavo cristatus R C 74 Indian Pond-heron Ardeola grayii R A 75 Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata R A 76 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis R C 77 Indian Silverbill Lonchura malabarica R A 78 Intermediate Egret Mesophoyx intermedia R O 79 Jungle Babbler Turdoides striatus R O 80 Large Grey Babbler Turdoides malcolmi R A 81 Large-billed Crow Corvus macrorhynchos R A 82 Laughing Dove Streptopelia tranquebarica R A 83 Lesser Coucal Centropus bengalensis R R 84 Lesser Flamingo Phoenicopterus minor W O 85 Lesser Whistling-duck Dendrocygna javanica R C 86 Lesser Whitethroat Sylvia curruca W R 87 Little Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger R A 88 Little Egret Egretta garzetta R A 89 Little Grebe Tachybaptus ruficollis R C 90 Little Stint Calidris minuta W C







91 Long-tailed Shrike Lanius schach R O 92 Mallard Anas platyrhynchos W O 93 Marsh Sandpiper Tringa stagnatilis W C 94 Northern Shoveler Anas clypeata W C 95 Northern Pintail Anas acuta W C 96 Oriental Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis R O 97 Oriental Skylark Alauda gulgula R O 98 Paddyfield Pipit Anthus rufulus R A 99 Painted Stork Mycteria leucocephala R A

100 Pale-billed Flowerpecker Dicaeum erythrorhynchos R O 101 Pied Kingfisher Ceryle rudis R C 102 Plain Prinia Prinia inornata R A 103 Plum-headed Prakeet Psittacula cyanocephala R O 104 Purple Heron Ardea purpurea R C 105 Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica R O 106 Purple Swamphen Porphyrio porphyrio R C 107 Red-backed Shrike Lanius collurio IPV O 108 Red-rumped Swallow Hirundo daurica R O 109 Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer R A 110 Red-wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus R A 111 River Tern Sterna aurantia R C 112 Rock Pigeon Columba livia R A 113 Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri R A 114 Rosy Starling Sturnus roseus W A 115 Ruddy Shelduck Tadorna ferruginea W O 116 Rufous Treepie Dendrocitta vagabunda R C 117 Rufous-fronted Prinia Prinia buchanani R O 118 Shikra Accipitter badius R O 119 Sirkeer Malkoha Phaenicophaeus leschenaultii R R 120 Small Buttonquail Turnix sylvatica S C 121 Spot-billed Duck Anas poecilorhyncha R A







122 Spotted Dove Streptopelia chinensis R A 123 Syke's (Crested) Lark Galerida deva R O 124 Thick-billed Flowerpecker Dicaeum agile R O 125 Tree Pipit Anthus trivialis W O 126 Twany Pipit Anthus campestris W O 127 Western Reef-egret Egretta gularis R C 128 White Wagtail Motacilla alba W C 129 White-bellied Drongo Dicrurus caerulescens R O 130 White-breasted Waterhen Amaurornis phoenicurus R C 131 White-browed Wagtail Motacilla maderaspatensis R C 132 White-cheeked Barbet Megalaima viridis R O 133 White-throated Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis R C 134 Wire-tailed Swallow Hirundo smithii R O 135 Yellow Wagtail Motacilla flava W C 136 Yellow-crowned Woodpecker Dendrocopos maharattensis R O 137 Yellow-eyed Babbler Chrysomma sinense R O 138 Yellow-footed Green Pigeon Treron curvirostra R R 139 Yellow-wattled Lapwing Vanellus malabaricus R C

R: Resident; W: Winter visitor; S: Summer visitor; IPV: Isolated record Passage visitor; IR: Isolated records; E; erratic (Kazmierczak and Van Perlo, 2000); A: Abundant; C: Common; O:

Occasional; R: Rare.






Table 3.50 List of butterflies in and around the study area

No. Common name Scientific name Family Status

Family I. Papilionidae

1 Blue Mormon Papilio polymnestor Papilionidae Endemic

2 Common Mormon Papilio polytes Papilionidae

3 Common Rose Pachliopta aristolochiae Papilionidae

4 Crimson Rose Pachliopta hector Papilionidae Schedule I & Endemic

5 Lime Butterfly Papilio demoleus Papilionidae

Family II. Pieridae

6 Common Emigrant Catopsilia pomona Pieridae

7 Common Jezebel Delias eucharis Pieridae

8 Common Grass yellow Eurema hecabe Pieridae

9 Common Gull Cepora nerissa Pieridae Schedule II

10 Common Wanderer Pareronia valeria Pieridae

11 Crimson Tip Colotis danae Pieridae

12 Great Orange Tip Hebomoea glaucippe Pieridae

13 Mottled Emigrant Catopsilia pyranthe Pieridae

14 Psyche Leptosia nina Pieridae

15 Small Grass Yellow Eurema brigitta Pieridae

16 Small Orange Tip Colotis etrida Pieridae

17 White Orange Tip Ixias marianne Pieridae

18 Yellow Orange Tip Ixias pyrene Pieridae

Family III. Nymphalidae







19 Angled Castor Ariadne ariadne Nymphalidae

20 Chocolate Pansy Precis iphita Nymphalidae

21 Common Bush Brown Mycalesis perseus Nymphalidae

22 Common Castor Ariadne merione Nymphalidae

23 Common Crow Euploea core Nymphalidae Schedule IV

24 Common Evening Brown Melanitis leda Nymphalidae

25 Common Leopard Phalanta phalantha Nymphalidae

26 Danaid Eggfly Hypolimnas misippus Nymphalidae Schedule II

27 Dark Blue Tiger Tirumala septentrionis Nymphalidae

28 Double-branded Crow Euploea sylvester Nymphalidae Endemic

29 Glassy Tiger Parantica aglea Nymphalidae

30 Joker Byblia ilithyia Nymphalidae

31 Lemon Pansy Junonia lemonias Nymphalidae

32 Peacock Pansy Junonia almana Nymphalidae

33 Plain Tiger Danaus chrysippus Nymphalidae

34 Striped Tiger Danaus genutia Nymphalidae

35 Tawny Coster Acraea violae Nymphalidae

36 Yellow Pansy Junonia hierta Nymphalidae

Family IV. Lycaenidae 37 Common Cerulean Jamides celeno Lycaenidae

38 Common Pierrot Castalius rosimon Lycaenidae Schedule I

39 Rounded Pierrot Tarucus extricatus Lycaenidae

40 Tiny Grass Blue Zizula hylax Lycaenidae

41 Zebra Blue Lepotes plinius Lycaenidae







Family V. Hesperiidae

42 Brown Awl Badamia exclamationis Hesperiidae

43 Common Banded Owl Hasora chromus Hesperiidae

44 Common Grass Dart Taractrocera maevius Hesperiidae

45 Indian Skipper Spialia galba Hesperiidae

46 Rice Swift Borbo cinnara Hesperiidae

*Schedule of Wildlife Protection Act 1972






Table 3.51 List of plant species recorded in the study area

Sl. No. Plant Name Family Habit Habitat Type

1. Abrus precatorius L. Fabaceae Straggler Terrestrial Wild

2. Abutilon hirtum (Lam.) Sweet Malvaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

3. Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet Malvaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

4. Abutilon palmeri A. Gray Malvaceae Shrub Terrestrial Exotic

5. Acacia auriculiformis A. Cunn ex Benth. Mimosaceae Tree Terrestrial Exotic

6. Acacia caesia (L.) Willd. Mimosaceae Straggler Terrestrial Wild

7. Acacia farnesiana (L.) Willd. Mimosaceae Tree Terrestrial Exotic

8. Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Willd. Mimosaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

9. Acacia nilotica (L.) Willd. ex Del. Mimosaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

10. Acacia senegal (L.) Willd. Mimosaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

11. Acacia torta (Roxb.) Craib Mimosaceae Straggler Terrestrial Wild

12. Acacia tortilis (Forsk.) Hayne. Mimosaceae Tree Terrestrial Exotic

13. Acalypha alnifolia Klein ex Willd. Euphorbiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

14. Acalypha brachystachya Hornem. Euphorbiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

15. Acalypha fruticosa Forssk. Euphorbiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

16. Acalypha indica L. Euphorbiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

17. Acalypha paniculata Willd. Euphorbiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

18. Acanthospermum hispidum DC. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

19. Acanthus ilicifolius Linn. Acanthaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild







20. Achras sapota Linn. Sapotaceae Tree Terrestrial Cultivated

21. Achyranthes aspera L. Amaranthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

22. Aegle marmelos (L.) Correa Rutaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

23. Aeluropus lagopoides (Linn.) Trin. ex Thw. Poaceae Grass Semi-aquatic Wild

24. Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Simaroubaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

25. Alangium salviifolium (L.f.) Wang. Alangiaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

26. Albizia lebbeck (L.) Willd. Mimosaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

27. Allium cepa L. Amaryllidaceae Herb Terrestrial Cultivated

28. Allium sativum L. Amaryllidaceae Herb Terrestrial Cultivated

29. Aloe vera (L.) Burm.f. Aloeaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

30. Alstonia scholaris (L.) R.Br. Apocynaceae Tree Terrestrial Cultivated

31. Alternanthera paronychioides A. St.-Hilaire Amaranthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

32. Alternanthera pungens Kunth Amaranthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

33. Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R.Br. ex DC. Amaranthaceae Herb Aquatic Wild

34. Alternanthera tenella Colla. Amaranthaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

35. Alysicarpus longifolius Wight & Arn. Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

36. Alysicarpus monilifer (L.) DC. Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

37. Alysicarpus rugosus DC. Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

38. Amaranthus spinosus L. Amaranthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

39. Amaranthus viridis L. Amaranthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

40. Ammannia baccifera Linn. Lythraceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild







41. Andropogon pumilus Roxb. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

42. Anisomeles indica (L.) Kuntze Lamiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

43. Anisomeles malabarica (L.) R. Br. ex Sims. Lamiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

44. Annona squamosa L. Annonaceae Tree Terrestrial Cultivated

45. Anthocephalus cadamba (Roxb.) Miq. Rubiaceae Tree Terrestrial Cultivated

46. Arachis hypogaea Linn. Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Cultivated

47. Argemone mexicana L. Papaveraceae Herb Terrestrial Exotic

48. Aristida adscensionis L. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

49. Aristida funiculata Trin & Rupr. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

50. Aristida hystrix L. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

51. Aristida setacea Retz. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

52. Aristolochia indica L. Aristolochiaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

53. Asparagus racemosus Willd. Asparagaceae Straggler Terrestrial Wild

54. Avicennia marina (Forsk.) Vierh. Acanthaceae Tree Semi-aquatic Wild

55. Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Meliaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

56. Azima tetracantha Lam. Salvadoraceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

57. Bacopa monnieri (L.) Pennell Scrophulariaceae Herb Aquatic Wild

58. Balanites aegyptiaca (L.) Del. Balanitaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

59. Bambusa arundinacea (Retz.) Willd. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

60. Bambusa vulgaris Schrad. ex Wendl. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Ornamental

61. Barleria buxifolia L. Acanthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild







62. Barleria prionitis L. Acanthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

63. Bassia latifolia Roxb. Sapotaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

64. Bauhinia purpurea L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Terrestrial Cultivated

65. Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

66. Bidens pilosa L. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

67. Biophytum reinwardtii (Zucc.) Klotzsch. Oxalidaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

68. Bixa orellana L. Bixaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

69. Blainvillea acmella (L.) Philipson Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

70. Blepharis maderaspatensis (L.) Heyne ex Roth Acanthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

71. Blepharis repens (Vahl) Roth Acanthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

72. Blumea lacera (Burm.f) DC. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

73. Blumea mollis (D.Don) Merr. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

74. Boerhavia diffusa L. Nyctaginaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

75. Boerhavia erecta L. Nyctaginaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

76. Bombax ceiba L. Bombacaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

77. Borassus flabellifer L. Arecaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

78. Bothriochloa pertusa (L.) A. Camus Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

79. Bougainvillea spectabilis Comm. ex. Juss. Nyctaginaceae Straggler Terrestrial Ornamental

80. Brachiaria ramosa (L.) Stapf Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

81. Brachiaria remota (Retz.) Haines Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

82. Brassica juncea (L.) Czern. Brassicaceae Herb Terrestrial Cultivated







83. Breynia retusa (Dennst.) Alston Euphorbiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

84. Breynia vitis-idaea (Burm.f.) Fischer Euphorbiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

85. Bulbostylis barbata (Rottb.) C.B. Clarke Cyperaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

86. Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Fabaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

87. Cadaba fruticosa (L.) Druce Capparidaceae Straggler Terrestrial Wild

88. Caesalipinia coriaria (Jacq.) Willd. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Terrestrial Exotic

89. Caesalpinia bonduc (L.) Roxb. Caesalpiniaceae Straggler Terrestrial Wild

90. Calophyllum inophyllum L. Clusiaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

91. Calotropis procera (Ait.) R.Br. Apocynaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

92. Canavalia cathartica Thouars Fabaceae Straggler Terrestrial Wild

93. Capparis decidua (Forssk.) Edgew. Capparidaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

94. Capparis grandis L. Capparidaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

95. Capparis sepiaria L. Capparidaceae Straggler Terrestrial Wild

96. Capparis zeylanica L. Capparidaceae Straggler Terrestrial Wild

97. Capsicum annum L. Solanaceae Shrub Terrestrial Cultivated

98. Cardiospermum halicacabum L. Sapindaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

99. Carica papaya L. Caricaceae Tree Terrestrial Cultivated

100. Cassia fistula L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

101. Cassia javanica L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

102. Cassia obtusa L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

103. Cassia siamea Lam. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild







104. Ceiba pentandra (L.) Gaertn. Bombacaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

105. Celosia argentea L. Amaranthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

106. Celosia polygonoides Retz. Amaranthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

107. Cenchrus barbatus Schumach. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

108. Cenchrus ciliaris L. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

109. Cenchrus setigera Vahl. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

110. Centella asiatica (L.) Urban Apiaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

111. Chloris barbata Sw. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

112. Chloris dolichostachya Lagasca Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

113. Chloris tenella Koen. ex Roxb. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

114. Chromolaena odorata (L.) King & Robinson Asteraceae Shrub Terrestrial Exotic

115. Cissampelos pareira L. Menispermaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

116. Cleome aspera Koen ex. DC. Capparidaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

117. Cleome monophylla L. Capparidaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

118. Cleome viscosa L. Capparidaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

119. Clerodendrum phlomidis L.f. Verbenaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

120. Clitoria ternatea L. Fabaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

121. Coccinia grandis (L.) Voigt Cucurbitaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

122. Cocculus hirsutus (L.) Diels Menispermaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

123. Cocculus pendulus (Forst.) Diels Menispermaceae Straggler Terrestrial Wild

124. Cocos nucifera L. Arecaceae Tree Terrestrial Cultivated







125. Commelina benghalensis L. Commelinaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

126. Commelina clavata Clarke Commelinaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

127. Commelina longifolia Lam. Commelinaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

128. Commiphora mukul Engl. Bureseraceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

129. Convolvulus arvensis L. Convolvulaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

130. Corchorus aestuans L. Tiliaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

131. Corchorus tridens L. Tiliaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

132. Corchorus trilocularis L. Tiliaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

133. Cordia dichotoma G. Forst. Boraginaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

134. Cordia myxa L. Boraginaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

135. Cordia sebestena L. Boraginaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

136. Couroupita guianensis Aubl. Lecythidaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

137. Cressa cretica L. Convolvulaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

138. Crotalaria pallida Dryand. var. obovata (G.Don) Polhill Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

139. Crotalaria pallida Dryand. var. pallida(G.Don) Polhill Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

140. Croton bonplandianum Baill. Euphorbiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

141. Cryptolepis buchananii Roem. & Schult. Asclepiadaceae Straggler Terrestrial Wild

142. Cucumis melo L. Cucurbitaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

143. Cuminum cyminum L. Apiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Cultivated

144. Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Convolvulaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

145. Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild







146. Cynoglossum zeylanicum (Vahl ex Hornem.) Thunb. ex Lehm.

Boraginaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

147. Cyperus articulatus L. Cyperaceae Herb Aquatic Wild

148. Cyperus difformis L. Cyperaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

149. Cyperus exaltatus Retz. Cyperaceae Herb Aquatic Wild

150. Cyperus halpan L. Cyperaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

151. Cyperus iria L. Cyperaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

152. Cyperus pangorei Rottb. Cyperaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

153. Cyperus rotundus L. Cyperaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

154. Dactyloctenium aegyptium (L.) Willd. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

155. Dactyloctenium aristatum Link. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

156. Dalbergia sissoo Roxb. Fabaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

157. Datura metal L. Solanaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

158. Delonix elata (L.) Gamble Caesalpiniaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

159. Delonix regia (Boj. ex Hook) Rafin. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

160. Desmostachya bipinnata (L.) Stapf Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

161. Dicanthium annulatum (Forsk.) Stapf. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

162. Dichrostachys cinerea (L.) Wight & Arn. Mimosaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

163. Dicoma tomentosa Cass. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

164. Digera muricata (L.) Mart. Amaranthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

165. Digitaria bicornis (Lam.) Roem. & Schult. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild







166. Dinebra retroflexa (Vahl) Panzer Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

167. Diplocyclos palmatus (L.) Jeffrey Cucurbitaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

168. Echinochloa colona (L.) Link Poaceae Grass Semi-aquatic Wild

169. Echinops echinatus Roxb. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

170. Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. Asteraceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

171. Eichhornia crassipes (Mart.) Solms-Laub. Pontederiaceae Herb Aquatic Wild

172. Eleusine indica (L.) Gaertn. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

173. Elytraria acaulis (L.f.) Lindau. Acanthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

174. Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

175. Enicostema axillare (Lam.) Raynal Gentianaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

176. Eragrostis maderaspatana Bor Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

177. Eragrostis minor Host Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

178. Eragrostis nigra Nees ex Steud. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

179. Eragrostis nutans (Retz.) Nees ex Steud. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

180. Eragrostis pilosa P. Beauv Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

181. Eragrostis sp. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

182. Eragrostis unioloides (Retz.) Nees ex Steud. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

183. Eragrostis viscosa (Retz.) Trin. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

184. Eremopogon foveolatus (Del.) Stapf. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

185. Erythrina crista-galli L. Fabaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

186. Erythrina stricta Roxb. Fabaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted







187. Eucalyptus sp. Myrtaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

188. Euphorbia cotinifolia L. Euphorbiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Ornamental

189. Euphorbia geniculata Ortega Euphorbiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

190. Euphorbia hirta L. Euphorbiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

191. Euphorbia nivulia L. Euphorbiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

192. Euphorbia rosea Retz. Euphorbiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

193. Euphorbia thymifolia L. Euphorbiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

194. Euphorbia tirucalli L. Euphorbiaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

195. Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) L. Convolvulaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

196. Evolvulus nummularius (L.) L. Convolvulaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

197. Ficus benghalensis L. Moraceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

198. Ficus microcarpa var. microcarpa L.f. Moraceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

199. Ficus microcarpa var. retusa L.f. Moraceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

200. Ficus racemosa L. Moraceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

201. Ficus religiosa L. Moraceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

202. Filicium decipiens (Wight & Arn.) Thw. Sapindaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

203. Fimbristylis aestivalis (Retz.) Vahl. Cyperaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

204. Fimbristylis argentea (Rottb.) Vahl. Cyperaceae Herb Aquatic Wild

205. Fimbristylis bisumbellata (Forssk.) Bubani Cyperaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

206. Fimbristylis complanata (Retz.) Link. Cyperaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

207. Fimbristylis dichotoma (L.) Vahl. Cyperaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild







208. Fimbristylis falcata (Vahl.) Kunth. Cyperaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

209. Fimbristylis miliacea (L.) Vahl. Cyperaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

210. Fimbristylis ovata (Burm. F.) Kern. Cyperaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

211. Fimbristylis sp.1 Cyperaceae Herb Aquatic Wild

212. Fimbristylis sp.2 Cyperaceae Herb Aquatic Wild

213. Fimbristylis tetragona R.Br. Cyperaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

214. Flacourtia indica (Burm.f.) Merr. Flacourtiaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

215. Flueggea leucopyrus Willd. Euphorbiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

216. Flueggea virosa (Willd.) Baill. Euphorbiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

217. Glinus lotoides Linnaeus Aizoaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

218. Gliricidia sepium (Jacq.) Kunth ex Walp. Fabaceae Tree Terrestrial Exotic

219. Gloriosa superba L. Colchicaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

220. Gmelina arborea Roxb. Verbenaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

221. Gomphrena serrata L. Amaranthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

222. Goniogyna hirta (Willd.) Ali Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

223. Gossypium herbaceum L. Malvaceae Shrub Terrestrial Cultivated

224. Grewia tiliifolia Vahl. Tiliaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

225. Grewia villosa Willd. Tiliaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

226. Hedyotis biflora (L.) Lam. Rubiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

227. Hedyotis corymbosa (L.) Lam. Rubiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

228. Helianthus annuus L. Asteraceae Shrub Terrestrial Cultivated







229. Heliotropium curasavicumL. Boraginaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

230. Hemidesmus indicus (L.) R. Br. Asclepiadaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

231. Heteropogon contortus (L.) P.Beauv Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

232. Hibiscus micranthus L.f. Malvaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

233. Hibiscus tiliaceus L. Malvaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

234. Hibiscus vitifolius L. Malvaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

235. Holoptelea integrifolia (Roxb.) Planch. Ulmaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

236. Hyptis suaveolens (L.) Poit. Lamiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

237. Ichnocarpus frutescens (L.) R.Br. Asclepiadaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

238. Imperata cylindrica (L.) Beauv. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

239. Indigofera caerulea Roxb. Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

240. Indigofera linifolia (L.f.) Retz. Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

241. Indigofera linnaei Ali Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

242. Indigofera sp. Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

243. Indoneesiella echioides (L) Nees. Acanthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

244. Ipomoea alba L. Convolvulaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

245. Ipomoea aquatica Forssk. Convolvulaceae Climber Aquatic Wild

246. Ipomoea carnea Jacq. Convolvulaceae Shrub Aquatic Wild

247. Ipomoea hederifolia L. Convolvulaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

248. Ipomoea pes-tigridis L. Convolvulaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

249. Ipomoea quamoclit L. Convolvulaceae Climber Terrestrial Ornamental







250. Ipomoea staphylina Roem. & Schultes Convolvulaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

251. Ischaemum indicum (Houtt.) Merr. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

252. Iseilema anthephoroides Hack. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

253. Iseilema laxum Hack. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

254. Ixora arborea Roxb. ex Sm. Rubiaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

255. Jatropha curcas L. Euphorbiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Planted

256. Jatropha gossypifolia L. Euphorbiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

257. Justicia adhatoda L. Acanthaceae Shrub Terrestrial Ornamental

258. Justicia betonica Linn. Acanthaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

259. Lagascea mollis Cav. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

260. Lagerstroemia reginae Roxb. Lythraceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

261. Lantana camara L. Verbenaceae Shrub Terrestrial Exotic

262. Lawsonia inermis L. Lythraceae Shrub Terrestrial Planted

263. Lemna minor L. Lemnaceae Herb Aquatic Wild

264. Leptadenia reticulata Wight & Arn. Asclepiadaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

265. Leucaena leucocephala (L.) Gills Mimosaceae Tree Terrestrial Exotic

266. Limonia acidissima L. Rutaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

267. Ludwigia perennis L. Onagraceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

268. Ludwigia peruviana (L.) Hara Onagraceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

269. Madhuca longifolia (J.Konig) J.F.Macbr. Sapotaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

270. Malvastrum coromandelianum (L.) Garcke Malvaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild







271. Mangifera indica L. Anacardiaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

272. Manilkara hexandra (Roxb.) Dubard Sapotaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

273. Markhamia stipulata Seem. Bignoniaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

274. Martynia annua L. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

275. Maytenus emarginata (Willd.) Ding Hou Celastraceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

276. Melia azedarach L. Meliaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

277. Merremia hastata (Hallier f.) Ooststr. Convolvulaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

278. Merremia tridentata (L.) Hall.f. Convolvulaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

279. Millingtonia hortensis L.f. Bignoniaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

280. Mimosa hamata Willd. Mimosaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

281. Mimusops elengi L. Sapotaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

282. Mitragyna parvifolia (Roxb.) Korth. Rubiaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

283. Momordica dioica Roxb. ex. Willd. Cucurbitaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

284. Morinda pubescens J.E. Smith. Rubiaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

285. Moringa oleifera Lam. Moringaceae Tree Terrestrial Cultivated

286. Morus alba L. Moraceae Shrub Terrestrial Cultivated

287. Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. Fabaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

288. Mukia maderaspatana (L.) M. Roem. Cucurbitaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

289. Murraya koenigii (L.) Spreng. Rutaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

290. Murraya paniculata (L.) Jack Rutaceae Shrub Terrestrial Ornamental

291. Musa paradisiaca L. Musaceae Shrub Terrestrial Cultivated







292. Nicandra physalodes (L.) Gaertn. Solanaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

293. Nyctanthes arbor-tristis L. Oleaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

294. Ocimum canum Sims. Lamiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

295. Oldenlandia umbellata L. Rubiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

296. Opuntia stricta (Haw.) Haw. Cactaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

297. Panicum trypheron Schult. Poaceae Grass Semi-aquatic Wild

298. Panium sp. Poaceae Grass Semi-aquatic Wild

299. Parkinsonia aculeata L. Fabaceae Tree Semi-aquatic Wild

300. Parthenium hysterophorus L. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Exotic

301. Paspalidium flavidum (Retz.) A. Camus. Poaceae Grass Semi-aquatic Wild

302. Paspalum scrobiculatum L. Poaceae Grass Semi-aquatic Wild

303. Pavonia odorata Willd. Malvaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

304. Pavonia procumbens (Wall ex Wight & Arn.) Walp. Malvaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

305. Pavonia zeylanica (L.) Cav. Malvaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

306. Pedalium murex L. Pedaliaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

307. Pedilanthus tithymaloides L. Euphorbiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Planted

308. Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) Caesalpiniaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

309. Pennisetum americanum (L.) R.Br. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Cultivated

310. Pentatropis microphylla L. Asclepiadaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

311. Pergularia daemia (Forrsk.) Chiov. Asclepiadaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

312. Peristrophe bicalyculata (Forssk.) Brummitt. Acanthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild







313. Phoenix loureirii Kunth. Arecaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

314. Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Arecaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

315. Phragmites karka Trin. ex Steud. Poaceae Grass Semi-aquatic Wild

316. Phyllanthus amarus Schum. & Thonn. Euphorbiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

317. Phyllanthus emblica L. Euphorbiaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

318. Phyllanthus maderaspatensis L. Euphorbiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

319. Phyllanthus reticulatus Poir. Euphorbiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

320. Physalis minima Linn. Solanaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

321. Pistia stratiotes L. Araceae Herb Aquatic Wild

322. Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth. Mimosaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

323. Plumeria acuminata Ait. Apocynaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

324. Plumeria alba L. Apocynaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

325. Plumeria rubra L. Apocynaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

326. Polyalthia longifolia (Sonner.) Thw. Annonaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

327. Polycarpaea corymbosa (L.) Lam. Caryophyllaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

328. Polygala sp. Polygalaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

329. Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Fabaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

330. Portulaca oleracea L. Portulacaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

331. Portulaca quadrifida L. Portulacaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

332. Prosopis cineraria (L.) Druce Mimosaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

333. Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) Dc. Mimosaceae Tree Terrestrial Exotic







334. Psidium guajava L. Myrtaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

335. Psilotrichum elliotii Baker & Clarke Amaranthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

336. Pterolobium hexapetalum (Roth.) Sant. & Wagh Fabaceae Straggler Terrestrial Wild

337. Pulicaria wightiana C.B. Clarke Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

338. Punica granatum L. Punicaceae Tree Terrestrial Cultivated

339. Pupalia lappacea (L.) Juss. Amaranthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

340. Quisqualis indica L. Combretaceae Climber Terrestrial Ornamental

341. Randia dumetorum (Retz.) Poiret. Rubiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

342. Randia parviflora (Thunb.) Lam. Rubiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

343. Rhynchosia minima (L.) DC. Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

344. Ricinus communis L. Euphorbiaceae Tree Terrestrial Cultivated

345. Rivea hypocrateriformis (Desr.) Choisy Convolvulaceae Straggler Terrestrial Wild

346. Rottboellia cochinchinensis (Lour.) Clayton Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

347. Ruellia patula Jacq. Acanthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

348. Ruellia tuberosa L. Acanthaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

349. Saccharum officinarum L. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Cultivated

350. Saccharum spontaneum L. Poaceae Grass Semi-aquatic Wild

351. Salicornia brachiata Miq. Chenopodiaceae Shrub Semi-aquatic Wild

352. Sapindus emarginatus Vahl. Sapindaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

353. Scirpus articulatus Linn. Cyperaceae Herb Aquatic Wild

354. Scoparia dulcis L. Scrophulariaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild







355. Sebastiania chamaelea (L.) Muell.-Arg. Euphorbiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

356. Sehima nervosum (Rottl.) Stapf. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

357. Sehima sulcatum (Hack.) A. Camus Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

358. Senna alata (L.) Roxb. Caesalpiniaceae Shrub Terrestrial Ornamental

359. Senna auriculata (L.) Roxb. Caesalpiniaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

360. Senna italica Mill. Caesalpiniaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

361. Senna occidentalis (L.) Link Caesalpiniaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

362. Senna tora (L.) Roxb. Caesalpiniaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

363. Sesamum indicum L. Pedaliaceae Shrub Terrestrial Cultivated

364. Sesbania sesban (Jacq.) W.Wight Fabaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

365. Sesbania sp. Fabaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

366. Setaria italica (L.) P. Beauv Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

367. Sida acuta Burm.f. Malvaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

368. Sida cordata (Burm. f.) Borss. Malvaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

369. Sida cordifolia L. Malvaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

370. Sida rhombifolia L. var. retusa (L.) Borss. Malvaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

371. Sida rhombifolia L. var. rhombifolia Malvaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

372. Sida spinosa Linn. Malvaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

373. Solanum surattense Burm. f. Solanaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

374. Sonchus oleraceus L. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

375. Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Cultivated







376. Spermacoce hispida L. Rubiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

377. Spermacoce ocymoides Burm.f. Rubiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

378. Sporobolus coromandelianus (Retz.) Kunth Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

379. Sporobolus indicus (L.) R.Br. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

380. Sterculia foetida Linn. Sterculiaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

381. Streblus asper Lour. Moraceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

382. Striga asiatica (L.) Kuntze Scrophulariaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

383. Suaeda fruticosa Forssk. ex J.F. Gmelin Chenopodiaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

384. Suaeda nudiflora (Willd) Moq. Chenopodiaceae Herb Semi-aquatic Wild

385. Synadenium grantii Hook.f. Euphorbiaceae Shrub Terrestrial Planted

386. Synedrella nodiflora (L.) Gaertn. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

387. Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Myrtaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

388. Tamarindus indica L. Caesalpiniaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

389. Tamarix troupii Hole Tamaricaceae Shrub Semi-aquatic Wild

390. Taraxacum officinale F.H.Wigg Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

391. Tecoma stans (L.) Kunth Bignoniaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental

392. Tectona grandis L.f. Verbenaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

393. Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

394. Tephrosia villosa (L.) Pers. Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

395. Terminalia arjuna (Roxb.) Wight & Arn. Myrtaceae Tree Terrestrial Planted

396. Terminalia catappa L. Myrtaceae Tree Terrestrial Ornamental







397. Themeda quadrivalvis (L.) Kuntze Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

398. Themeda triandra Forssk. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Wild

399. Thespesia populnea (L.) Soland ex Correa Malvaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

400. Thevetia peruviana K.Schum Apocynaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

401. Thunbergia grandiflora Roxb. Acanthaceae Straggler Terrestrial Ornamental

402. Tinospora cordifolia (Willd.) Miers ex Hook. f. & Thoms. Menispermaceae Climber Terrestrial Wild

403. Tribulus lanuginosis L. Zygophyllaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

404. Tribulus terrestris L. Zygophyllaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

405. Trichodesma indicum (L.) R. Br. Boraginaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

406. Tridax procumbens L. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

407. Trigonella foenum-graecum L. Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Cultivated

408. Triticum vulgare L. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Cultivated

409. Triumfetta pentandra A. Rich Tiliaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

410. Triumfetta rhomboidea Jacq. Tiliaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

411. Triumfetta rotundifolia Lam. Tiliaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

412. Typha angustifolia L. Poaceae Grass Aquatic Wild

413. Unknown sp. Salvadoraceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

414. Urena lobata L. subsp. lobata Malvaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

415. Urena lobata L. subsp. sinuata (L.) Borss. Malvaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

416. Vernonia cinerea (L.) Less. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

417. Vigna trilobata (L.) Verdc. Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild







418. Vigna mungo (L.) Wilczek Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Cultivated

419. Vigna radiata (L.) Verdc. Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Cultivated

420. Waltheria indica L. Sterculiaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

421. Xanthium indicum Koen. Asteraceae Herb Terrestrial Wild

422. Zea mays L. Poaceae Grass Terrestrial Cultivated

423. Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. Rhamnaceae Tree Terrestrial Wild

424. Ziziphus nummularia (Burm.f.) Wight & Arn. Rhamnaceae Shrub Terrestrial Wild

425. Ziziphus oenoplia (L.) Mill. Rhamnaceae Straggler Terrestrial Wild

426 Zornia gibbosa Span. Fabaceae Herb Terrestrial Wild






3.5.7.5 Dominant Genera

Of the 281 genera recorded during the present study period, the genus Fimbristylis is

the dominant one represented with 11 species followed by Acacia and Eragrostis

with 8 species each, Cyperus and Euphorbia with 7 species each, Ipomoea and Sida

with 6 species each and Acalypha, Ficus and Senna with 5 species each (Fig. 3.16).

Fig. 3.15 Dominant plant families of the study area

Fig. 3.16 Dominant genera of the study area

Figure 1. Dominant plant families of the study area

Figure 1 Dominant genera of the study area






3.5.7.6 Habitat wise representation of plants recorded from the study area

Based on habit type, among the 426 plant species, herbaceous plants are dominant

in the study area and is represented with 171 species, followed by trees 104 species,

shrubs with 51 species, grasses 60 species and climbers/stragglers 40 species (Fig.

3.17).

Fig. 3.17 Habitat wise representation of plants recorded in the study area

3.5.7.7 Phytosociology

3.5.7.7.1 Tree community structure

In order to find out the plant community structure in the present study area

phytosociological studies were carried out during the present study period in

different vegetation and landscapes of the study area. A total of 1227 individuals of

trees, belonging to 40 tree species, coming under 33 genera in 40 quadrats (10 x

10 m), have been recorded during the present study period from the different

landscapes. The tree community parameters were, calculated from the data and

presented in the Table 3.52.

Table 3.52 Tree community parameters of the study area

Name of the species Fre (%) Abu Den RF RA RD IVI

Acacia nilotica 30 1.92 0.58 2.49 2.15 1.87 6.52

Figure 1 Habit wise representation of plants recorded in the study area






Acacia tortilis 47.5 4.11 1.95 3.95 4.61 6.36 14.92

Ziziphus mauritiana 32.5 1.46 0.48 2.70 1.64 1.55 5.89

Prosopis juliflora 60 4.75 2.85 4.99 5.34 9.29 19.62

Prosopis cineraria 45 4.06 1.83 3.74 4.56 5.95 14.25

Azadirachta indica 52.5 4.24 2.23 4.37 4.76 7.25 16.38

Acacia leucophloea 40 2.25 0.90 3.33 2.53 2.93 8.79

Albizia lebbeck 17.5 1.14 0.20 1.46 1.28 0.65 3.39

Butea monosperma 12.5 4.20 0.53 1.04 4.72 1.71 7.47

Commiphora mukul 30 3.50 1.05 2.49 3.93 3.42 9.85

Grewia tilifolia 12.5 1.60 0.20 1.04 1.80 0.65 3.49

Phyllanthus emblica 10 1.00 0.10 0.83 1.12 0.33 2.28

Balanites aegyptiaca 52.5 3.76 1.98 4.37 4.23 6.44 15.03

Salvadora persica 40 3.81 1.53 3.33 4.28 4.97 12.58

Alangium salviifolium 47.5 1.95 0.93 3.95 2.19 3.02 9.15

Manilkara hexandra 22.5 1.33 0.30 1.87 1.50 0.98 4.35

Flacourtia indica 20 3.00 0.60 1.66 3.37 1.96 6.99

Morinda pubescens 42.5 2.71 1.15 3.53 3.04 3.75 10.32

Bombax malabarica 7.5 1.00 0.08 0.62 1.12 0.24 1.99

Giliricidia sepium 22.5 1.56 0.35 1.87 1.75 1.14 4.76

Cordia myxa 45 2.00 0.90 3.74 2.25 2.93 8.92

Ailanthes excelsa 32.5 1.23 0.40 2.70 1.38 1.30 5.39

Delonix elata 37.5 2.27 0.85 3.12 2.55 2.77 8.44

Borassus flabellifer 47.5 3.53 1.68 3.95 3.96 5.46 13.37

Cassia siamea 25 2.10 0.53 2.08 2.36 1.71 6.15

Cordia dichotoma 42.5 2.71 1.15 3.53 3.04 3.75 10.32

Erythrina stricta 22.5 1.67 0.38 1.87 1.87 1.22 4.97

Ficus racemosa 27.5 1.55 0.43 2.29 1.74 1.39 5.41

Ficus benghalensis 37.5 1.27 0.48 3.12 1.42 1.55 6.09

Ficus microcarpa 15 1.33 0.20 1.25 1.50 0.65 3.40

Gmelina arborea 20 1.13 0.23 1.66 1.26 0.73 3.66

Hibiscus tiliaceous 17.5 1.57 0.28 1.46 1.77 0.90 4.12

Mangifera indica 10 1.00 0.10 0.83 1.12 0.33 2.28

Millingtonia hortensis 12.5 1.20 0.15 1.04 1.35 0.49 2.88

Parkinsonia aculeata 25 1.40 0.35 2.08 1.57 1.14 4.79

Sapindus emarginatus 20 2.38 0.48 1.66 2.67 1.55 5.88

Terminalia catappa 15 1.00 0.15 1.25 1.12 0.49 2.86

Tamarindus indica 40 1.25 0.50 3.33 1.40 1.63 6.36

Avicennia marina 5 2.50 0.13 0.42 2.81 0.41 3.63

Unknown sp. 60 2.63 1.58 4.99 2.95 5.13 13.07

Where: Fre (%)-Frequency in percentage; Abu-Abundance; Den-Density; RF-Relative Frequency; RA-Relative Abundance; RD-Relative Density; IVI-Important value Index






Among the 40 species, the exotic tree species, Prosopis juliflora was represented

by maximum number of individuals (n=114) followed by Azadirachta indica (n=89),

Balanites aegyptiaca (n=79), Acacia tortilis (n=78) and Prosopis cineraria with 73

individuals. Likewise, the species such as Bombax malabarica (n=3) Phyllanthus

emblica and Mangifera indica (n=5) each, were represented with least number of

individuals, recorded during the present study period.

The maximum density value recorded for Prosopis juliflora (2.85) followed by

Azadirachta indica (2.23), Balanites aegyptiaca (1.98), Acacia tortilis (1.95) and

Prosopis cineraria (1.83). The highest Relative density value recorded for Prosopis

juliflora (9.29) followed by Azadirachta indica (7.25), Balanites aegyptiaca (6.44),

Acacia tortilis (6.36) and Prosopis cineraria (5.95).

The maximum abundance value recorded for Prosopis juliflora (4.75) followed by

Azadirachta indica (4.24), Butea monosperma (4.20), Acacia tortilis (4.11) and

Prosopis cineraria (4.06). The highest relative abundance value recorded for

Prosopis juliflora (5.34) followed by Azadirachta indica (4.76), Butea monosperma

(4.72), Acacia tortilis (4.61) and Prosopis cineraria (4.56).

The highest Important Value Index (IVI) was recorded for Prosopis juliflora (19.62)

followed by Azadirachta indica (16.38), Balanites aegyptiaca (15.03), Acacia tortilis

(14.92) and Prosopis cineraria (14.25).

Based on the present study Prosopis juliflora, an exotic species, showed the

highest importance value index among the trees. Broadly IVI followed the pattern

similar to that of density and basal area. Thus, the present study shows that

though there are many species of trees growing in this area, Prosopis juliflora is

the dominant component and other species are still need to be established.

However, though Prosopis juliflora showed the highest IVI value, some other

native species such as Azadirachta indica and Balanites aegyptiaca also more or

less have similar value as that of P. juliflora.

The Shannon-Weiner index of diversity for tree species community in the study

area is 3.3367. The Simpson index of diversity is 0.96. The Fishers Alpha

diversity is 7.9299.






3.5.7.7.2 Shrub species community structure

A total of 2282 individuals of shrubs, belonging to 36 species, falling under 32

genera in 40 quadrats (10 x 10 m), have been recorded during the present study

period from the different landscapes. The shrub community parameters were,

calculated from the data and presented in the Table 3.53.

Table 3.53 Shrub community parameters of the study area


Capparis sepiaria 40.00 2.25 0.90 2.81 1.70 1.58 6.09 Ziziphus oenoplia 32.50 3.15 1.03 2.28 2.38 1.80 6.46 Cissus trifoliata 42.50 2.18 0.93 2.99 1.64 1.62 6.25 Pentatropis microphylla 27.50 3.55 0.98 1.93 2.68 1.71 6.32 Rivea hypocrateriformis 45.00 2.28 1.03 3.16 1.72 1.80 6.68 Grewia villosa 15.00 4.50 0.68 1.05 3.40 1.18 5.64 Abutilon hirtum 60.00 3.54 2.13 4.22 2.67 3.72 10.62 Cressa cretica 7.50 4.67 0.35 0.53 3.52 0.61 4.66 Ziziphus nummularia 52.50 6.95 3.65 3.69 5.25 6.40 15.34 Euphorbia neriifolia 47.50 4.84 2.30 3.34 3.66 4.03 11.03 Fluggea leucopyros 55.00 3.55 1.95 3.87 2.68 3.42 9.96 Fluggea virosa 25.00 2.10 0.53 1.76 1.59 0.92 4.26 Phoenix laurierii 30.00 1.58 0.48 2.11 1.20 0.83 4.14 Abutilon indicum 70.00 4.04 2.83 4.92 3.05 4.95 12.92 Jatropha gossypifolia 40.00 1.69 0.68 2.81 1.27 1.18 5.27 Hibiscus vitifolius 57.50 4.48 2.58 4.04 3.38 4.51 11.94 Acacia caesia 40.00 2.25 0.90 2.81 1.70 1.58 6.09 Acacia torta 17.50 1.57 0.28 1.23 1.19 0.48 2.90 Acalypha fruticosa 25.00 3.40 0.85 1.76 2.57 1.49 5.81 Azima tetracantha 35.00 1.86 0.65 2.46 1.40 1.14 5.00 Calotropis procera 67.50 4.89 3.30 4.75 3.69 5.78 14.22 Caesalpinia bonduc 47.50 1.53 0.73 3.34 1.15 1.27 5.76 Clerodendrum phlomidis 65.00 2.96 1.93 4.57 2.24 3.37 10.18 Chromolaena odorata 72.50 5.79 4.20 5.10 4.37 7.36 16.83 Cadaba fruticosa 30.00 1.33 0.40 2.11 1.01 0.70 3.82 Datura metal 47.50 1.79 0.85 3.34 1.35 1.49 6.18 Lawsonia inermis 32.50 2.92 0.95 2.28 2.21 1.67 6.16 Lantana camara 40.00 5.13 2.05 2.81 3.87 3.59 10.27 Leptadenia reticulata 7.50 1.33 0.10 0.53 1.01 0.18 1.71 Justicia adhatoda 20.00 2.00 0.40 1.41 1.51 0.70 3.62 Maytenus emarginata 25.00 2.80 0.70 1.76 2.11 1.23 5.10 Mimosa hamata 55.00 7.09 3.90 3.87 5.35 6.84 16.06 Phyllanthus reticulatus 27.50 2.82 0.78 1.93 2.13 1.36 5.42 Randia parviflora 22.50 2.78 0.63 1.58 2.10 1.10 4.77 Senna auriculata 52.50 2.81 1.48 3.69 2.12 2.59 8.40 Typha angustifolia 45.00 20.06 9.03 3.16 15.14 15.82 34.13

Where: Fre (%)-Frequency in percentage; Abu-Abundance; Den-Density;






RF-Relative Frequency; RA-Relative Abundance; RD-Relative Density; IVI-Important value Index

Among the 36 species, Typha angustifolia was the dominant one represented by

maximum number of individuals (n=361) followed by Chromolaena odorata

(n=168), Mimosa hamata (n=156), Ziziphus nummularia (n=146) and Calotropis

procera with 132 individuals. Likewise, the species such as Leptadenia reticulata

(n=4) and Acacia torta (n=11), were represented with least number of individuals.

The maximum density value recorded for Typha angustifolia (9.03) followed by

Chromolaena odorata (4.20), Mimosa hamata (3.90), Ziziphus nummularia (3.65)

and Calotropis procera (3.30). Likewise, the highest Relative density value

recorded for Typha angustifolia (15.82) followed by Chromolaena odorata (7.39),

Mimosa hamata (6.84), Ziziphus nummularia (6.40) and Calotropis procera (5.78).

The maximum abundance value recorded for Typha angustifolia (20.06) followed

by Mimosa hamata (7.09), Ziziphus nummularia (6.95), Chromolaena odorata

(5.79) and Lantana camara (5.13). Likewise, the highest relative abundance value

recorded for Typha angustifolia (15.82) followed by Chromolaena odorata (7.36),

Mimosa hamata (6.84), Ziziphus nummularia (6.40), and Calotropis procera (5.78).

The highest Important Value Index (IVI) was recorded for Typha angustifolia

(34.13) followed by Chromolaena odorata (16.83), Mimosa hamata (16.06),

Ziziphus nummularia (15.34) and Calotropis procera (14.22).

The Shannon-Weiner index of diversity for shrub community in the study area is

3.1916. The Simpson index of diversity is 0.94. The Fishers Alpha diversity is

6.0731.

3.5.7.7.3 Herbaceous plant community structure

A total of 5767 numbers herbaceous plants, belonging to 83 species, spreading

over 68 genera in 40 quadrats (10 x 10 m), were recorded during the present study

period from the study area. The herbaceous plant community parameters were,

calculated from the data and presented in the Table 3.54.






Table 3.54 Herbaceous plant community parameters of the study area


Pedalium murex 45.00 2.17 0.98 1.15 0.77 0.68 2.59

Nicandra physalodes 35.00 3.43 1.20 0.89 1.22 0.83 2.94

Alysicarpus longifolia 67.50 6.89 4.65 1.72 2.45 3.23 7.40

Enicostemma axillare 40.00 3.50 1.40 1.02 1.24 0.97 3.24

Biophytum reinwardii 55.00 2.95 1.63 1.40 1.05 1.13 3.58

Pupalia lappacea 22.50 3.00 0.68 0.57 1.07 0.47 2.11

Trianthema portulacastrum 22.50 6.00 1.35 0.57 2.13 0.94 3.64

Brachiaria remota 77.50 8.35 6.48 1.98 2.97 4.49 9.44

Crotalaria obovata 52.50 4.67 2.45 1.34 1.66 1.70 4.70

Xanthium indicum 47.50 3.21 1.53 1.21 1.14 1.06 3.41

Echinops echinatus 60.00 3.25 1.95 1.53 1.16 1.35 4.04

Striga asiatica 30.00 3.08 0.93 0.76 1.10 0.64 2.50

Iseilema laxum 75.00 5.93 4.45 1.91 2.11 3.09 7.11

Chloris tenella 82.50 11.06 9.13 2.10 3.93 6.33 12.37

Dactyloctenium aegyptium 65.00 4.08 2.65 1.66 1.45 1.84 4.95

Desmostachya bipinnata 42.50 5.24 2.23 1.08 1.86 1.54 4.49

Alysicarpus rugosus 52.50 3.24 1.70 1.34 1.15 1.18 3.67

Goniogyna hirta 45.00 4.06 1.83 1.15 1.44 1.27 3.86

Tephrosia purpurea 50.00 5.15 2.58 1.27 1.83 1.79 4.89

Salichornia brachiata 7.50 6.33 0.48 0.19 2.25 0.33 2.77

Acanthus illicifolius 5.00 1.50 0.08 0.13 0.53 0.05 0.71

Apluda mutica 65.00 5.73 3.73 1.66 2.04 2.58 6.28

Dicanthium annulatum 80.00 6.75 5.40 2.04 2.40 3.75 8.19

Eremopogon foveolatus 25.00 3.40 0.85 0.64 1.21 0.59 2.44

Euphorbia hirta 45.00 4.22 1.90 1.15 1.50 1.32 3.97

Evolvulus alsinoides 32.50 4.54 1.48 0.83 1.61 1.02 3.47

Chloris barbata 65.00 3.19 2.08 1.66 1.14 1.44 4.23

Chloris dolichostachya 17.50 2.29 0.40 0.45 0.81 0.28 1.54

Euphorbia geniculata 45.00 2.89 1.30 1.15 1.03 0.90 3.08

Tribulus terrestris 52.50 2.19 1.15 1.34 0.78 0.80 2.92

Tribulus lanuginosus 20.00 1.50 0.30 0.51 0.53 0.21 1.25

Gloriosa superb 17.50 1.43 0.25 0.45 0.51 0.17 1.13

Indigofera linnaei 32.50 5.54 1.80 0.83 1.97 1.25 4.05

Plumbago zeylanica 40.00 1.94 0.78 1.02 0.69 0.54 2.25

Pulicaria wightiana 20.00 1.75 0.35 0.51 0.62 0.24 1.38

Taraxacum officianale 42.50 1.53 0.65 1.08 0.54 0.45 2.08

Zornia gibbosa 60.00 3.88 2.33 1.53 1.38 1.61 4.52

Waltheria indica 45.00 2.00 0.90 1.15 0.71 0.62 2.48

Triumfetta rhomboidea 27.50 1.36 0.38 0.70 0.49 0.26 1.45

Baccoba monnerii 22.50 5.33 1.20 0.57 1.90 0.83 3.30






Sida acuta 57.50 2.74 1.58 1.47 0.97 1.09 3.53

Sida cordata 40.00 2.56 1.03 1.02 0.91 0.71 2.64

Sida cordifolia 47.50 1.47 0.70 1.21 0.52 0.49 2.22

Tridax procumbens 60.00 3.38 2.03 1.53 1.20 1.40 4.13

Urena lobata 42.50 2.00 0.85 1.08 0.71 0.59 2.38

Sonchus oleraceous 47.50 1.37 0.65 1.21 0.49 0.45 2.15

Senna tora 52.50 2.33 1.23 1.34 0.83 0.85 3.02

Senna occidentalis 60.00 2.17 1.30 1.53 0.77 0.90 3.20

Senna italic 25.00 1.30 0.33 0.64 0.46 0.23 1.33

Sehima nervosum 25.00 3.90 0.98 0.64 1.39 0.68 2.70

Sebastiania chamaelea 60.00 2.79 1.68 1.53 0.99 1.16 3.68

Ruellia patula 65.00 5.04 3.28 1.66 1.79 2.27 5.72

Polygala sp. 12.50 1.40 0.18 0.32 0.50 0.12 0.94

Parthenium hysterophorus 67.50 6.59 4.45 1.72 2.34 3.09 7.15

Ocimum canum 47.50 2.95 1.40 1.21 1.05 0.97 3.23

Oldenlandia umbellata 25.00 2.80 0.70 0.64 1.00 0.49 2.12

Pavonia odorata 60.00 1.29 0.78 1.53 0.46 0.54 2.53

Phyllanthus amarus 65.00 3.38 2.20 1.66 1.20 1.53 4.39

Phyllanthus maderaspatensis 72.50 3.52 2.55 1.85 1.25 1.77 4.87

Polycarpaea corymbosa 15.00 2.17 0.33 0.38 0.77 0.23 1.38

Martynia annua 47.50 4.32 2.05 1.21 1.53 1.42 4.17

Lagascea mollis 57.50 1.83 1.05 1.47 0.65 0.73 2.84

Malvastrum coromandelianum 65.00 2.81 1.83 1.66 1.00 1.27 3.92

Indoneesiella echioides 35.00 3.64 1.28 0.89 1.30 0.88 3.07

Hyptis suaveolens 67.50 2.93 1.98 1.72 1.04 1.37 4.13

Hedyotis corymbosa 47.50 2.89 1.38 1.21 1.03 0.95 3.19

Heteropogon contortus 90.00 8.86 7.98 2.29 3.15 5.53 10.98

Alternanthera tenella 42.50 4.00 1.70 1.08 1.42 1.18 3.69

Alternanthera sessilis 47.50 2.84 1.35 1.21 1.01 0.94 3.16

Amaranthus viridis 52.50 1.48 0.78 1.34 0.53 0.54 2.40

Amaranthus spinosus 60.00 3.25 1.95 1.53 1.16 1.35 4.04

Boerhaavia diffusa 65.00 1.31 0.85 1.66 0.47 0.59 2.71

Boerhaavia erecta 47.50 1.47 0.70 1.21 0.52 0.49 2.22

Cleome viscose 67.50 2.30 1.55 1.72 0.82 1.08 3.61

Centella asiatica 32.50 4.38 1.43 0.83 1.56 0.99 3.38

Croton bonplandianum 72.50 5.03 3.65 1.85 1.79 2.53 6.17

Celosia polygonoides 42.50 1.88 0.80 1.08 0.67 0.55 2.31

Corchorus tridens 52.50 1.81 0.95 1.34 0.64 0.66 2.64

Bothriochloa pertusa 45.00 2.00 0.90 1.15 0.71 0.62 2.48

Cleome monophylla 50.00 1.20 0.60 1.27 0.43 0.42 2.12

Commelina benghalensis 55.00 1.91 1.05 1.40 0.68 0.73 2.81

Anisomeles indica 40.00 1.94 0.78 1.02 0.69 0.54 2.25

Anisomeles malabarica 57.50 3.39 1.95 1.47 1.21 1.35 4.02






Where: Fre (%)-Frequency in percentage; Abu-Abundance; Den-Density; RF-Relative Frequency; RA-Relative Abundance; RD-Relative Density; IVI-Important value Index

Of the 83 species recorded here, Chloris tenella was represented by maximum

number of individuals (n=365) followed by Heteropogon contortus (n=319), Brachiaria

remota (n=259), Dicanthium annulatum (n=216) and Alysicarpus longifolia with 186

species. Likewise, the species such as Acanthus illicifolius (n=3) and Polygala sp.

(n=7) each, were representing least number of individuals, recorded during the

present study period.

The maximum density value recorded for Chloris tenella (9.13) followed by

Heteropogon contortus (7.98), Brachiaria remota (6.48), Dicanthium annulatum

(5.40) and Alysicarpus longifolia (4.65). The highest Relative density value recorded

for Chloris tenella (6.33) followed by Heteropogon contortus (5.53), Brachiaria remota

(4.49), Dicanthium annulatum (3.75) and Alysicarpus longifolia (3.23).

The maximum abundance value recorded for Chloris tenella (11.06) followed by

Heteropogon contortus (8.86), Brachiaria remota (8.35), Alysicarpus longifolius (6.89)

and Dicanthium annulatum (6.75). The highest relative abundance value recorded for

Chloris tenella (3.93) followed by Heteropogon contortus (3.15), Brachiaria remota

(2.97), Alysicarpus longifolius (2.45) and Dicanthium annulatum (2.40).

The highest Important Value Index (IVI) was recorded for Chloris tenella (12.37)

followed by Heteropogon contortus (10.98), Brachiaria remota (9.44), Dicanthium

annulatum (8.19) and Alysicarpus longifolia (7.40).

The Shannon-Weiner index of diversity for herbaceous species community in the

study area was found to be 4.1054. The Simpson index of diversity was 0.98. The

Fishers Alpha diversity is 13.747.

3.5.7.7.4 Mammals

The present study area is a suitable habitat for Nilgai (Boselaphus tragocamelus).

Several Nilgai sightings were recorded during the present study period in

throughout the study area (Table 3.55). Based on the direct sightings, secondary






information and information gathered from local public a total of 15 species of

mammals were recorded in the present study area.

Table 3.55 List of mammals recorded in the study area

Sl. No. Common name Scientific name 1 Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus 2 Spotted deer Axis axis 3 Three-striped Palm Squirrel Funambulus palmarum 4 Jackal Canis aureas 5 Striped Hyaena Hyaena hyaena 6 Blackbuck Antilope cervicapra 7 Wild Boar Sus scrofa 8 Jungle Cat Felis chaus 9 Chinkara Gazella bennettii 10 Sambar Rusa unicolor 11 Bengal Fox Vulpes bengalensis 12 Honey badger Mellivora capensis 13 Indian Crested Procupine Hystrix indica 14 Indian Hedgehog Paraechinus micropus 15 Indian Wolf Canis lupus pallipes

3.5.7.7.5 Reptiles

A total of 9 species reptiles were recorded in and around the study area based on

both direct sightings and secondary information (Table 3.56). Species those are

included based on secondary information marked with single asterisk and species

included based the information gathered from local people marked with two

asterisk marks.

Table 3.56 List of reptiles recorded in the study area

Sl. No. Common name Scientific name

1 Small blind snake Typhlops sp.

2 Saw-Scaled Viper Echis carinatus

3 Russell‟s Viper Daboia russelii **

4 Sand Boa Eryx johnii

5 Wolf Snake Lycodon striatus

6 Common Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus

7 Indian Rock Python Phython molurus

8 Common Krait Bungarus caeruleus**

9 Spectacled Cobra Naja Naja **

10 Chequered Keel Back Xenochrophis piscator

** Gathered from local people

http://www.iucnredlist.org/apps/redlist/details/1681/0






3.5.7.7.6 Fishes

Based on the secondary information a total of 7 species of fishes were recorded in

the study area (Table 3.57).

Table 3.57 List of fishes recorded in the study area

Sl. No. Common name Scientific name

1 Bombay duck Horpodon neherius

2 Jew fish* Pseudoscioena sp.

3 Jew fish* Diacanthus sp.

4 Thread fin Polynemus indicus

5 Jew fish* Pristopomas spp.

7 Mud skipper Bolephthalmus

8 Shark Characarias spp.

List prepared from local observation* and literature

The detailed report entitled “Report on baseline status of biological environment around

the proposed Nuclear Power Plant at Mithivirdi, Bhavnagar, Gujarat” is attached as

Annexure – XII (Volume – II of this report).

3.5.7.8 Sensitive areas

There are no sensitive areas like national parks and wildlife sanctuaries coming

within the 10 km radial distance of the proposed project site. Blackbuck National Park

in Velavadar is almost 100 km away from the project site. A letter from Divisional

Forest Officer (DFO) mentioning no wildlife sanctuary, National Park and Bird

Sanctuary is attached as annexure – XVII (Volume – II of this report).


The study of socio-economic component of environment incorporates various facets

viz. demographic structure, availability of basic amenities such as housing,

educational, health and medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation,

communication, power supply, prevailing diseases in the region. The study of these

parameters helps in identifying predicting and evaluating the likely impacts due to the

proposed project activity in the region.






3.5.8.1 Baseline data collection

The survey has been carried out with the help of a pre-designed set of

questionnaires. Adult (males and females) representing various communities were

interviewed on judgmental or purposive basis. Data on following parameters has

been collected for the study region.

1. Demographic structure

2. Infrastructure

3. Economic attributes

4. Health status

5. Socio-economic status

6. Awareness and opinion of the people about project activity

The data is generated using secondary sources viz. Census records, district

statistical abstract, official document and primary sources viz. Field survey and field

observation. The baseline status of social environment is given in Chapter-7.

3.5.9 CRZ MAPPING OF MITHIVIRDI COAST

The high and low tide line demarcation in the Jaspara - Mithivirdi coast for the

proposed nuclear power project was carried out as per standard methodology. The

inputs of Survey of India (SOI) and Remote Sensing (RS) technologies were used

and the work was carried out by Institute of Remote Sensing (IRS), Anna University,

Chennai. The coverage of HTL/LTL at the proposed project site is demarcated and

the same is presented in CRZ report (Volume – II of this report). The complete

detailed report is given in Annexure-XIII (Volume – II of this report).

3.5.10 MARINE IMPACT ASSESSMENT

INDOMER Coastal Hydraulics (P) Limited, Chennai engaged by EIL, New Delhi

carried out the marine impact assessment study due to foreshore activities of the

project including jetty on coastal diversity and the proposed nuclear power plant at

Mithivirdi with respect to plankton, fish and diversity of flora and fauna along the






shore line with physicochemical features of the coastal water during study period

from December 2011 to April 2012. INDOMER also carried out the job of

interpretation of thermal impact on coastal and marine flora and fauna on the basis of

information from secondary data. The Marine Impact Assessment report, prepared by

INDOMER is attached as Annexure –IX (Volume – II of this report).

3.5.11 Marine Environment

The baseline data for marine environment were collected during December 2011.

The chemical and biological samples were collected at ten locations in the open sea

covering 10 km radius. The study area approximately covers around 150 km2. The

details of the sampling locations are presented in Table 3.58 and also shown in Fig.

3.18 (Annexure –IX, Volume – II of this report).

Table 3.58 Measurement locations and details of marine study

Stn. No

Distance from shore (m)

UTM Coordinates (WGS 84)

Water depth (m)

Measurement depth from

surface (m)

X (m) Y (m)

WATER SAMPLING

S1 571 214633 2376852 8.0 S, M, B

S2 1017 214629 2375919 8.0 S, M, B

S3 505 213857 2375396 7.5 S, M, B

S4 2017 215511 2375449 17.0 S, M, B

S5 1775 216407 2377776 15.0 S, M, B

S6 1975 214079 2373408 15.0 S, M, B

S7 5035 218158 2374038 19.0 S, M, B

S8 10000 222571 2371686 25.0 S, M, B

S9 2318 218858 2383494 13.0 S, M, B

S10 3585 212156 2367788 12.0 S, M, B

INTERTIDAL BENTHOS

IB1 North 216625 2384136 -

IB2 Middle 213746 2376390 -

IB3 South 209390 2370139 -

S = Surface, M = Mid depth, B = Bottom






Fig. 3.18 Sampling locations for marine study






3.5.11.1 Oceanographical Parameters

The oceanographic parameters were collected from the available data with other

investigating agencies like NIO, Naval Hydrograph, NCEP etc. and measurements

were also carried out at locations as shown in Fig. 3.19 to Fig. 3.21 (Annexure –IX,

Volume – II of this report).

Storm: It is observed that totally 13 storms had occurred within 300 km of the

project region from 1877 to 1990, which occurred in this region in July, September,

October and November.

Waves: The measured wave data corresponding to 13.02.11 to 15.03.11, showed

that the average significant wave height varied upto 0.5 m and the predominant

wave direction prevailed predominantly between 30° and 180°.

Based on the NCEP data, the predominant wave heights vary between 0.5 - 2.5 m.

The wave heights remain very high during southwest monsoon period.

Tide: The tides in this region are characterized by predominantly semi-diurnal. The

various design tide levels with respect to chart datum for Alang region as presented

in Naval Hydrographic Chart (No. 208) are given below:

Mean High water Spring : 7.80 m

Mean High water Neap : 6.30 m

Mean Sea Level : 4.70 m

Mean Low water Neap : 3.00 m

Mean Low water Spring : 1.60 m

Fair weather (February – March 2011): The spring tidal range at all monitoring

locations was observed to be 8.6 m and the neap tide range was 2.4 m. SW

monsoon: (September – October 2011): The spring tide range prevailed around 9.3

m and the neap tide range prevailed around 2.2 m. NE monsoon: (December

2011– January 2012): The spring tide range showed 8.4 m and the neap tide

showed 2.4 m.






Fig. 3.19 Details of measurement location - Tide






Fig. 3.20 Details of measurement location - Current






Fig. 3.21 Details of measurement location – Salinity and Temperature






Currents: Fair weather (February – March 2011): The average currents at mid

depth were observed to be around 0.536 m/s and the maximum current reached

upto 2.04 m/s (Fig 3.22) (Annexure –IX, Volume – II of this report). The current

direction prevails around 0° to 30° during flood tide and 180° to 240° during the ebb

tide.

Fig 3.22 Variation of current speed and direction at stations






Bathymetry: The seabed close to the shore is comparatively steeper than the

offshore. The depth contours are configured parallel to the coastline.

Southern part of survey area: The southern part of the survey area is rather steep

than the northern limit. The zone between 0 m and 10 m depth has a slope of 1:60,

whereas in the zone between 10 m and 23 m, the seabed falls with a slope of 1:100.

The maximum water depth of 23 m exists at the distance of 2.7 km from the shore

and further seaward, the seabed appears shallow thereafter uneven. The survey

stretch at offshore end ends up at a water depth of 19 m at the distance of 5 km

from the shore.

Northern part of survey area: The seabed exhibits gentle slope than the southern

part. The zone between 0 m and 10 m depth has a slope of 1:130, whereas in the

zone between 10 m and 23 m, the seabed falls with a slope of 1:230. The

maximum water depth of 23 m exists at the distance of 5 km from the shore.

Littoral Drift: The coastline is formed by rocks without much sand supply to the

littoral drift system. Since the coast is primarily composed of rocky shoreline and the

volume of sediment due to littoral system is quite insignificant and practically there

will be no littoral drift in this region.

Dispersion: Based on the dispersion of the dye patch, longitudinal and transverse

dispersion coefficients of the study region were estimated by National Institute of

Oceanography (NIO). The movement of the dye patch at different time on 16th

March 2011 and 4th & 5th January 2012 were estimated. Because of high tidal

current in this region, the dye dispersion is rapid which is observed by the rate of

change of concentration within 1 to 2 hrs. It is observed that the longitudinal

dispersion coefficient is greater than the lateral direction. The values of dispersion

coefficient along the coast range between 3.9 and 30.12 m2/s whereas dispersion

coefficient perpendicular to the coast ranges between 0.19 and 0.71 m2/s.

Tsunami: Occurrence of Tsunami along the Indian coast is extremely rare event.

The past history shows that there is a periodicity of occurrence ranging from 300 to






500 years particularly along the East coast of India due to the movement of tectonic

plates against each other by Andaman plate and Indonesian plate.

On the other hand, there is no movement of tectonic plate in Arabian sea.

Therefore the occurrence of Tsunami along the west coast of India is extremely

rare.

3.5.11.2 Marine Water Quality

The estimated water quality parameters viz. temperature, salinity, dissolved oxygen,

pH, nitrite-nitrogen, nitrate-nitrogen, total nitrogen, inorganic phosphate, total

phosphorous, ammonia-nitrogen, total suspended solids, turbidity, biochemical

oxygen demand and chemical oxygen demand are presented in Tables 3.59, 3.60

and 3.61. The levels of cadmium, chromium, lead, mercury, oil and grease, phenols

and petroleum hydrocarbons are presented in Table 6.10.

Temperature: The temperature varied from 26.5° C to 28.5°C (Tables 3.59).The

minimum (26.5° C) was recorded in middle and bottom water. The maximum

(28.5°C) was recorded at surface water. No thermal stratification was noticed in the

area.

Salinity: The estimated salinity of the collected water samples varied between 28 to

30 ppt (Tables 3.59). In general, the salinity of the water column was around 29 ppt.

Dissolved Oxygen (DO): Dissolved oxygen content varied from 4.48 to 5.92 mg/l.

The minimum (4.48 mg/l) was recorded in bottom waters while the maximum (5.92

mg/l) was in surface water (Tables 3.59). These values indicate a normal condition

which shows normal productivity in the project region.

pH: pH of the water column did not show much variation and it varied between 8.0

and 8.2 (Tables 3.59).

Nutrients:

Values of various nutrient parameters analyzed at different stations are presented

below (Tables 3.59).






Table 3.59 Water quality parameters

S = Surface, M=Middle, B = Bottom

Station Temp.

(°C) Salinity

(ppt) DO

(mg/l) pH

NH3-N

( mol/l)

NO2-N

( mol/l)

NO3-N

( mol/l)

Total Nitrogen

( mol/l)

PO4-P

( mol/l)

Total Phosphorus

( mol/l)

Total suspended

solid (mg/l)

Turbidity (NTU)

S1

S 28.0 29.0 5.92 8.0 0.26 0.88 4.84 11.6 1.28 2.46 208 55

M 28.0 29.0 5.60 8.1 0.29 1.45 4.62 12.2 0.92 2.41 364 133

B 27.5 29.0 4.96 8.1 0.37 1.45 6.83 17.5 1.76 3.03 556 186

S2

S 28.0 28.0 5.44 8.0 0.28 0.74 4.97 13.7 1.52 2.51 84 14.7

M 27.5 29.0 4.96 8.1 0.29 1.14 5.75 14.8 1.56 5.49 436 162

B 27.5 30.0 4.80 8.1 0.28 2.73 7.56 20.0 2.92 6.33 760 337

S3

S 28.0 28.0 5.28 8.0 0.24 0.65 5.66 14.5 0.08 1.78 116 38

M 27.5 29.0 5.12 8.0 0.30 1.25 5.66 14.9 1.76 2.41 364 128

B 27.0 29.0 4.64 8.0 0.35 1.59 5.83 16.0 1.12 2.51 504 175

S4

S 28.5 29.0 5.12 8.1 0.30 0.74 3.93 9.6 1.20 2.51 60 12

M 28.0 29.0 4.64 8.1 0.31 1.34 5.44 13.6 1.76 3.14 112 40.2

B 27.5 30.0 4.48 8.1 0.47 2.25 6.35 16.3 2.40 3.24 428 163

S5

S 28.5 29.0 5.28 8.1 0.30 0.71 4.75 11.9 1.00 2.56 100 36.4

M 28.0 29.0 4.64 8.0 0.32 1.39 4.84 12.2 1.52 2.62 440 166

B 27.5 29.0 4.48 8.1 0.38 1.11 7.17 18.5 1.92 4.97 1084 589

S6

S 28.0 29.0 4.96 8.0 0.25 0.77 4.75 11.9 2.60 3.40 472 169

M 27.5 29.0 4.80 8.0 0.34 2.13 6.05 14.4 1.20 2.77 608 227

B 27.5 29.0 4.64 8.0 0.71 3.21 7.91 15.4 2.20 2.67 1140 628

S7

S 28.0 29.0 5.12 8.0 0.26 0.80 6.35 15.5 1.20 2.77 164 42.6

M 27.5 30.0 4.48 8.0 0.29 0.60 6.35 16.5 0.96 3.03 160 39.8

B 27.0 30.0 4.48 8.0 0.29 1.14 6.87 18.0 1.52 2.51 180 52

S8

S 28.0 29.0 5.44 8.2 0.36 2.13 4.45 11.1 2.08 2.98 276 96

M 27.5 30.0 5.28 8.1 0.35 2.64 5.31 12.3 2.72 3.45 574 192

B 27.0 30.0 4.96 8.1 0.37 2.96 7.78 21.0 2.72 4.55 1123 612

S9

S 27.5 29.0 5.44 8.0 0.33 0.37 3.46 9.0 0.12 2.20 312 97

M 27.5 28.0 5.12 8.0 0.39 1.62 4.32 10.7 0.48 2.77 576 205

B 27.0 29.0 4.96 8.0 0.39 1.82 5.10 12.9 1.12 2.77 908 548

S10

S 27.0 29.0 5.60 8.1 0.29 0.51 5.57 14.0 0.80 2.25 304 112

M 26.5 29.0 5.44 8.0 0.30 0.65 6.05 19.6 1.00 2.51 424 158

B 26.5 29.0 4.96 8.0 0.35 2.16 6.83 20.9 2.16 3.09 496 202






Ammonia-Nitrogen (NH3-N):

Ammonia concentration ranged from 0.24 to 0.71 µmol/l. These values are within

normal range.

Nitrite-Nitrogen (NO2-N)

Nitrite concentration ranged from 0.37 to 3.21 µmol/l. The distribution in spatial and

vertical direction shows more randomness.

Nitrate-Nitrogen (NO3-N):

Nitrate concentration ranged from 3.46 to 7.91 µmol/l. As in the case of nitrite, the

distribution is random.

Total nitrogen: Total nitrogen ranged from 9.0 to 21.0 µmol/l.

Inorganic Phosphate (PO4-P)

Phosphate concentration ranged from 0.08 to 2.92 µmol/l.

Total phosphorous: Total phosphorous ranged from 1.78 to 6.33 µmol/l.

The water quality parameters observed at open sea do not show much variation and

the water remains turbid contamination or organic load.

Total Suspended Solids (TSS): Total Suspended solids varied from 60 to 1140

mg/l (Tables 3.59). The minimum value was noticed in surface waters and the

maximum value was recorded in bottom waters.

Turbidity: The turbidity showed high variability and it varied between 12 and 628

NTU (Tables 3.59). In general, low values were recorded in surface waters

compared to bottom waters. The turbidity of the near shore waters indicates the

existence of turbid water at the bottom due to movement of underwater currents.

Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD): The BOD values varied from 2.56 to 3.52

mg/l in surface waters and from 0.96 to 2.88 mg/l in bottom waters (Table 3.60). The






range of variation in BOD values indicate that the water column is well mixed in the

project area.

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD): The COD varied from 32.2 to 72.7 mg/l in

bottom waters. The surface waters also showed almost similar values i.e. from 44.2

to 65.1 mg/l. (Table 3.61).

Trace metal concentration: The concentration levels of Cadmium, Chromium,

Lead and Mercury measured at various locations across the depth are presented in

Table 3.62.

Table 3.60 Biochemical Oxygen Demand in seawater

Station Surface (mg/l)

Middle (mg/l)

Bottom (mg/l)

S1 3.52 2.72 2.56

S2 2.56 2.56 2.40

S3 3.20 2.88 2.24

S4 3.20 2.56 2.88

S5 2.72 2.72 2.08

S6 3.04 2.08 1.76

S7 2.56 2.24 0.96

S8 3.04 2.56 1.92

S9 3.20 3.04 2.72

S10 3.52 3.04 1.92

Cadmium (Cd):

The cadmium concentration in the study region was found to be < 0.001 mg/l.

Chromium (Cr):

The Chromium concentration of the study region was found to be < 0.001 mg/l.

Lead (Pb):

The lead concentration in the study region was found to be< 0.001 mg/l.






Table 3.61 Chemical Oxygen Demand in seawater

Station Surface (mg/l)

Middle (mg/l)

Bottom (mg/l)

S1 46.1 65.1 58.1

S2 50.6 42.3 68.3

S3 44.2 64.5 66.4

S4 53.1 46.8 65.7

S5 47.4 56.9 52.5

S6 54.4 64.5 46.8

S7 47.4 45.5 48.7

S8 48.0 41.1 72.7

S9 65.1 42.3 70.2

S10 48.0 55.0 32.2

Table 3.62 Concentration of Heavy Metals, Phenol and Petroleum Hydrocarbons in sea water

Sta

tio

n

Heavy metals (mg/l) Phenols

(mg/l)

Oil a

nd

Gre

as

e

(mg

/l) Total Petroleum

Hydrocarbons (µg /l)

Ca

dm

ium

as

Cd

Ch

rom

ium

as

Cr

Lea

d a

s

Pb

Me

rcu

ry a

s

Hg

C6H

5O

H

S1 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <1 <0.05

S2 <0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <1 <0.05

S3 <0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <1 <0.05

S4 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <1 <0.05

S5 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <1 <0.05

S6 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <1 <0.05

S7 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <1 <0.05

S8 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <1 <0.05

S9 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <1 <0.05

S10 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <1 <0.05






Mercury (Hg): The concentration of the study region was found to be < 0.001 mg/l.

Phenol: The concentration of phenol in the study area was found to be < 0.001

mg/l.

Petroleum Hydrocarbons: The dissolved and dispersed Petroleum hydrocarbons

were found to be below detectable level (i.e.0.05µg/l).

Oil and grease: The concentration of oil and grease in the study area was found to

be <1.0 mg/l.

3.5.11.3 Sediment Characteristics

Sediment size distribution: The size distribution and the median size of the

sediments collected on the seabed at 5 locations are shown in Table 3.63. The

seabed is predominantly composed of fine sand.

Table 3.63 Sediment size distribution

*No sample due to rocky substratum

Station

Depth (m)

Composition of soil (%)

Silt & Clay (%)

Description of Sediment D50

mm Coarse sand

Medium sand

Fine sand

S1 8.0 0.14 - 0.18 98.45 1.37 Fine sand

S2 8.0 0.10 - 0.04 97.77 2.19 Fine sand

S3 7.5 0.10 - - 97.38 2.62 Fine sand

S4 17.0 * * * * * *

S5 15.0 * * * * * *

S6 15.0 * * * * * *

S7 19.0 * * * * * *

S8 25.0 0.23 0.17 59.74 39.73 0.36 Medium and Fine sand

S9 13.0 * * * * * *

S10 12.0 0.13 - 0.1 97.52 2.38 Fine sand






The percentage composition of total organic carbon, calcium carbonate,

concentration of total nitrogen and total phosphorus in sediment samples are given

in Table 3.64.

Table 3.64 Seabed sediment quality parameters

Station

Total Organic Carbon

(%)

Total Nitrogen (mg/g)

Total Phosphorus

(mg/g)

Calcium

Carbonate (%)

S1 0.69 0.30 0.16 2.60

S2 0.73 0.42 0.15 1.95

S3 0.64 0.65 0.20 3.90

S4 * * * *

S5 * * * *

S6 * * * *

S7 * * * *

S8 0.56 0.21 0.14 5.20

S9 * * * *

S10 1.03 0.35 0.19 3.25

*= No sample due to rocky substratum

Total Organic Carbon: Total organic carbon content varied from 0.56 to 1.03%

Total Nitrogen: Total nitrogen concentration ranged from 0.21 to 0.65 mg/g.

Total Phosphorus: Total phosphorus concentration ranged from 0.14 to 0.20 mg/g.

Calcium Carbonate: The calcium carbonate content in the sediments varied from

1.95 to 5.20%.

Cadmium (Cd): The concentration of cadmium in the study region was found to

vary from 1.5 to 2.8 mg/kg.

Chromium (Cr): The concentration of total chromium in the study region was found

to vary from 15.1 and 43.5 mg/kg.

Lead (Pb): The lead concentration of the study area varied from 16.0 to 22.8 mg/kg.

Mercury (Hg): The concentration of mercury in the study area was found to be <0.1

mg/kg.

Phenol: The concentration of Phenol in the study region was found to be <0.1

mg/kg.

Petroleum hydrocarbons: Petroleum hydrocarbons were found to be <0.03 mg/kg.






The concentrations of heavy metals, phenols and petroleum hydrocarbons in the

sediment samples showed low values in the open sea. It indicates that there is no

accumulation of pollutants and there is no contamination.

3.5.11.4 Marine Biological Parameters

The marine biological parameters considered in the present study are Primary

production, phytoplankton biomass, diversity and population, zooplankton biomass,

diversity and population, macro benthic diversity and population, and fishery of the

region.

Phytoplankton and primary productivity: The measured primary productivity

results are shown in Table 3.65. The results indicate that the area is moderately

productive and the values vary from 120 to 480 mgC/m3/day and the average value

is 300 mgC/m3/day. A comparative statement of primary production along the West

coast of India is also given in Table 3.66.

Table 3.65 Primary productivity in coastal waters

Station Gross

Photosynthetic activity

Net Photosyntheti

c activity

Photosynthetic quotient

(PQ)

Primary production

mgC/m3/day

S1 1.8 0.5 1.0 360

S2 1.1 0.3 1.0 240

S3 1.0 0.5 1.0 360

S4 1.6 0.6 1.0 480

S5 0.5 0.2 1.0 120

S6 0.8 0.2 1.0 120

S7 1.4 0.6 1.0 480

S8 0.8 0.3 1.0 240

S9 1.8 0.5 1.0 360

S10 1.4 0.3 1.0 240

Average 300






Table 3.66 Comparative Statement of Primary Production along the West Coast of India

SL. No Location Date Average PP mgC/m3/day

1 Bhadreswar (Gujarat) (22051‟12”N 69053‟12”E)

05.05.2009 493

2 Chhara (Gujarat) (20043‟16”N 70045‟10”E)

23.02.2010 498

3 Binani (Gujarat) (20047‟32”N 70034‟23”E)

11.05.2011 480

4 Mithivridi (Gujarat) (210 28‟02”N 72014‟16”E)

06.12.2011 300

The floral diversity fluctuates from 30 to 34 species. Bacilleriophyceae (Diatoms)

formed the major group followed by Dinophyceae (Dianoflagellates) and

Cyanophyceae (blue green algae). Phytoplankton population analyzed at various

stations showed that their numerical abundance varied from 73347 to 245157

nos/100 m3. The biomass varied from 7.45 to 29.1 ml/100 m3 in this region (Table

3.67). Average biomass values were recorded in this region with a mean biomass

value of 16.7 ml/100 m3.. The same thing was also reflected in the population

numbers. Biddulphia mobiliensis and Coscinodiscus centralis were recorded in good

numbers at all the stations.

Table 3.67 Phytoplankton biomass in different sampling stations

Sl. No

No of genera or

species

Population (nos./100 m3)

Biomass (ml/100 m3)

Most common species %

S1 34 91359 11.3

Ceratium furca 18.93

Biddulphia mobiiliensis 9.05

Biddulphia sinensis 7.41

Coscinodiscus centralis 7.41

Trichodesmium erythraeum 6.58

S2 34 245157 29.1




Aulacodiscus orbiculatus 6.32







S3 32 97648 8.00


Biddulphia mobiiliensis

15.92


Trichodesmium erythraeum

6.53

Coscinodiscus centralis

5.71

S4 34 73347 7.45






S5 34 87095 15.7



11.71


6.76

Dinophysis caudata 5.86


5.86

S6 30 210013 26.4



12.55


12.13



9.21

S7 32 142419 15.4


24.46



8.99


7.91


S8 33 146771 11.4



Eupodiscus argus 8.17



S9 31 179227 14.6 Biddulphia mobiiliensis

20.82








11.02

Eupodiscus argus 6.94


S10 34 241121 28.0


18.22



10.47


Biddulphia heteroceros

6.59

Based on the Primer software, the Shannon-Wiener (H„) diversity clearly showed the

diverse nature of project area (3.930– 4.385). The similarity in species composition

and abundance among stations varied from 57.1 to 80.2% with an average similarity

percentage of 69.9% (Fig. 3.23). The dominance plot for all the stations showed

sigma shaped curves indicating normal condition of the environment.

Fig. 3.23 Dominance curve for phytoplankton

Zooplankton: The zooplankton diversity fluctuates from 43 to 50 species. The

zooplankton data indicated a moderate standing stock in the area of observation.

Zooplankton population analysis at various stations showed that their numerical

abundance varied from 171442 to 318873 nos/100 m3 (Table 3.68). The percentage

occurrence of various groups fluctuated from place to place.

Phytoplankton

1 10 100

Species rank

0

20

40

60

80

100

Cu

mu

lative

Do

min

an

ce

%

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

S7

S8

S9

S10






Table 3.68 Zooplankton biomass in different sampling stations

Sl. No

No of genera or

species

Population (nos./100 m3)

Biomass (ml/100

m3) Most common species %

S1 43 245742 13.61

Dictyocysta sp. 12.74

Crustacean napulii 10.25

Brachyuran zoea 8.03

Diphysis sp. 4.43

Microsetella sp. 4.43

S2 46 208430 5.54





Copepodid stages 4.26

S3 45 210629 6.64



Paracalanus parvus 5.36


Diphysis sp. 4.42

S4 44 247234 5.82

Crustacea napulii 16.47



Acrocalanus gracilis 5.18

Diphysis sp. 3.53

S5 49 171442 12.65




Oithona brevicorins 3.66


S6 47 196356 18.23




Oithona nana 4.95

Oithona smilis 4.64

S7 50 261830 12.62






S8 47 211611 12.09




Oithona smilis 4.86


S9 46 222533 7.09




Oithona brevicornis 5.73







S10 49 318873 8.03






The zooplankton biomass at various stations varied from 5.54 to 18.2 ml/100 m3

(Table 3.69). Zooplankton population mostly consists of Crustacean naupli (6.94 to

16.5%), Dictyocysta sp. (2.55 to 16.0%), Brachyuran zoea (3.71 to 13.7%),

Microsetella sp. (0.47 to 11.6%) and Acrocalanus gracilis (1.37 to 5.79%).

Comparatively zooplankton population was more at these waters than the

phytoplankton population, even though phytoplankton biomass values were more

than the zooplankton biomass.

The Shannon-Wiener (H‟) diversity clearly showed the rich diversity of the project

area (4.659–5.169). The similarity in species composition and abundance among

stations varied from 70.4 – 85.5% with an average similarity percentage of 77.0%.

The dominance plot for all the stations showed sigma shaped curves indicating

normal condition of the environment (Fig. 3.24).

Fig 3.24 Dominance curve for zooplankton






Benthos:

Subtidal benthos: The sediment characteristics analysis showed that the study area

essentially contained fine sand. The numerical abundance of the benthic fauna was

low and varied from 20 to 60 nos/m2 Table 3.69. The faunal population mainly

consists of Polychaetes worms and Gastropods.

Subtidal and intertidal benthic populations were generally poor. Subtidal benthic

population was only around 240 nos. while at the intertidal region the total number

of organism were only 100 nos. Perineris sp. was the dominant organism both at

subtidal and intertidal region followed by Pelagobia sp. and Sabellaria sp.

Ancistrosyllis sp. and Nassarius sp. were found only in the subtidal region and

absent from intertidal region.

Intertidal benthos: The intertidal l faunal population is shown in Table 3.69, where it

is observed that only Polychaetes worms were present. The numerical abundance

of the Inter tidal benthic fauna was also low and it varied from 30 to 40 nos/m2.

Inference: The Shannon-Wiener diversity was low in the project area (0.811-1.918).

Similarly the Margalef richness (d) values were also low (0.271-0.733). However the

evenness was similar in all stations. Generally in a healthy environment, Shannon

diversity and Margalef richness indices are higher and in the range of 2.5 – 3.5.

Values less than these are normally attributed to some sort of stress or disturbance.

The project area lies very close to the Alang ship breaking yard (~5km) and there

could be some sort of stress or pollution. The stress coupled with low organic matter

obviously contributed to low number of species. The similarity in species

composition and abundance among stations widely varied from 26.1 to 84.5% with

an average similarity percentage of 51.7% (Fig. 3.25). The dominance plot for all the

stations showed steep rise curves possibly because of low number of organisms.

The MDS plot and dendrogram also showed that there is no clear cut differentiation

between biodiversity of subtidal and intertidal populations (Figs. 3.26 & 3.27). The

diversity indices for phytoplankton, zooplankton and benthos are given in Tables

3.69, 3.70 and 3.71.






Table 3.69 Sub tidal and Inter tidal benthic population

*= No sample due to rocky substratum

Sl. No.

Groups Sub tidal benthos (nos./m2)

Inter tidal benthos (nos./m2)

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 IB1 IB2 IB3

Phylum: Annelida Class: Polychaeta

1 Family:Nereidae Perineris sp.

20 - 10 * * * * 20 * 20 20 10 10

2 Family:Lopadorhynchidae Pelagobia sp.

- 20 10 * * * * 10 * - - 10 30

3 Family:Pilargidae Ancistrosyllis sp.

- 20 - * * * * - * 30 - - -

4 Family:Sabellariidae Sabellaria sp.

- 10 - * * * * 20 * 10 10 10 -

Phylum: Mollusca Class: Gastropoda

5 Nassarius sp. 20 10 - * * * * 10 * - - - -

Total 40 60 20 * * * * 60 * 60 30 30 40






Table 3.70 Phytoplankton diversity indices in the study area

Stations S N d J' H'(log2) 1-

Lambda'

S1 34 91359 2.889 0.8619 4.385 0.9276

S2 34 245157 2.659 0.8494 4.321 0.9234

S3 32 97648 2.698 0.8179 4.089 0.9061

S4 34 73347 2.946 0.8218 4.181 0.9089

S5 34 87095 2.901 0.8347 4.246 0.9124

S6 30 210013 2.366 0.8186 4.017 0.9093

S7 32 142419 2.612 0.7859 3.930 0.8903

S8 33 146771 2.69 0.8255 4.164 0.9111

S9 31 179227 2.48 0.8221 4.073 0.9079

S10 34 241121 2.663 0.8241 4.193 0.916

Table 3.71 Zooplankton diversity indices in the study area

Stations S N D J' H'(log2) 1-

Lambda'

S1 43 245742 3.384 0.8921 4.841 0.9494

S2 46 208430 3.674 0.894 4.938 0.9529

S3 45 210629 3.59 0.9142 5.021 0.9604

S4 44 247234 3.463 0.8533 4.659 0.9345

S5 49 171442 3.983 0.8502 4.774 0.9358

S6 47 196356 3.774 0.9305 5.169 0.9650

S7 50 261830 3.928 0.8811 4.973 0.9519

S8 47 211611 3.751 0.8957 4.975 0.9541

S9 46 222533 3.655 0.890 4.916 0.9512

S10 49 318873 3.788 0.8679 4.873 0.9478

Table 3.72 Benthic community diversity indices in the study area

Stations S N D J' H'(log2) 1-

Lambda'

S1 2 40 0.271 1.000 1.000 0.513

S2 4 60 0.733 0.959 1.918 0.735

S3 2 20 0.334 1.000 1.000 0.526

S8 4 60 0.733 0.959 1.918 0.735

S10 3 60 0.489 0.921 1.459 0.622

IB1 2 30 0.294 0.918 0.918 0.460

IB2 3 30 0.588 1.000 1.585 0.690

IB3 2 40 0.271 0.811 0.811 0.385

S- Total number species (richness); N- total number of individuals; d- Margalef‟s richness

index; J'- Pielou‟s evenness index; H'- Shannon-Wiener diversity index; 1- Lambda'-

Simpons‟s diversity index.






Fig. 3.25 Dominance curve for Benthos

Fig 3.26 Dendrogram of Benthic species recorded in various stations






Fig 3.27 MDS plot for benthic animals recorded in various stations

The Bray-Curtis similarity for phytoplankton, zooplankton and benthos are given in

Tables 3.73, 3.74 and 3.75.

Table 3.73 Bray – Curtis similarity for Phytoplankton in the study area

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10

S1

S2 73.55

S3 79.67 68.5

8

S4 78.87 66.5

2 70.3

8

S5 80.00 67.1

1 70.4

1 76.5

3

S6 64.45 70.6

9 63.1

7 57.1

4 61.8

1

S7 71.93 68.2

2 73.1

4 68.5

1 68.2

4 69.9

0






S8 74.81 70.1

6 77.6

2 68.7

3 70.9

2 65.5

2 72.9

0

S9 69.00 69.9

4 69.5

3 66.9

6 64.9

9 73.6

1 70.8

5 68.7

4

S10 73.54 80.1

7 64.2

3 61.8

5 67.8

9 68.6

8 66.2

6 71.8

5 68.0

1

Table 3.74 Bray – Curtis similarity for Zooplankton collection from different stations

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10

S1

S2 75.87

S3 79.75 84.34

S4 81.04 79.11 81.20

S5 73.20 71.68 73.18 72.23

S6 75.17 81.60 80.29 75.14 81.74

S7 71.61 71.00 72.53 70.36 82.27 77.31

S8 78.74 76.91 78.41 78.93 77.27 82.18 77.09

S9 77.84 80.49 80.08 78.71 72.29 78.07 72.02 82.51

S10 73.45 72.11 73.59 71.70 81.08 77.52 85.45 78.68 71.32

Table 3.75 Bray – Curtis similarity for Benthos collection from different stations

S1 S2 S3 S8 S10 IB1 IB2 IB3

S1

S2 26.12

S3 41.42 29.29

S8 63.06 62.13 58.58

S10 40.55 53.80 32.54 53.80

IB1 53.95 27.61 45.31 66.67 73.60

IB2 34.31 51.10 80.00 76.64 55.97

73.88

IB3 35.97 37.41 84.53 52.91 29.08

38.86 69.78






3.5.11.5 Marine Microbiology Parameters

Bacterial counts in the surface water and in sediment samples were analyzed, and

are presented in Tables 3.76 and 3.77 respectively. In the water samples, population

density enumerated from the all stations varied from 0.01 to 5.02 ×103 CFU ml-1. In

the sediment samples, population density varied from 0.05 to 5.13 ×104 CFU g-1. This

result implies that in this region there is no indication of any major microbiological

pollution.

Mangroves:

The survey conducted in the project area indicates the presence of scattered

mangrove vegetation with low density. It was found to be sparsely distributed due to

coastal configuration and substratum which is mostly rocky in nature. Few mangrove

species were also seen to grow in between the rocks. The common species found in

this area are shown below:

Coastal sand dune Vegetation:

The survey conducted in the project region also indicate presence of some coastal

vegetation plants comprised of Prosopis juliflora, Cassia sp., Azadirachta indica,

Actites sp. and Ziziphus sp as shown in the photographs below.

Fishery

Experimental trawl survey: In order to assess the fishery potential of the project

region, exploratory/experimental fishing was carried out.

Two hauls were made on 09 December, 2011 during day time. The duration of each

haul was approximately 1hr 30 min and the towing speed varied between 2.5 and 3.5

knots. The catch of each haul was sorted out into various groups/species and

weighed.






Table 3.76 Bacterial population in coastal waters (nos x 103/ml)

Media Type of Bacteria

Stations

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10

Nut Agar TVC 5.02 4.85 4.02 4.68 4.08 4.64 4.81 4.75 4.24 4.49

Mac Agar TC 0.24 0.32 0.86 0.60 0.45 0.41 0.39 0.53 0.28 0.46

Mac Agar ECLO 0.12 0.18 0.32 0.41 0.22 0.18 0.12 0.09 0.21 0.13

XLD Agar SHLO 0.17 0.19 0.22 0.28 0.18 0.16 0.12 0.15 0.16 0.13

XLD Agar PKLO - - - - - - - - - -

TCBS Agar VLO 0.60 0.40 0.20 0.30 0.76 0.10 0.58 0.64 0.79 0.51

TCBS Agar VPLO 0.15 0.09 0.07 0.10 0.18 0.06 0.11 0.10 0.07 0.13

TCBS Agar VCLO 0.02 - - 0.06 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.03 - 0.07

CET Agar PALO 0.08 0.06 0.11 0.02 0.03 0.13 0.08 0.14 0.04 0.02

- Not Detectable

TVC -Total Viable Counts; TC- Total Coliforms; ECLO-Escherichia coli like organisms; SHLO-Shigella like organisms; SLO-Salmonella like organisms; PKLO-Proteus klebsiella; VLO-Vibrio like organisms; VPLO- Vibrio parahaemolyticus like organisms; VCLO-Vibrio cholera like organisms; PALO- Pseudomonas aerugenosa like organism.






Table 3.77 Bacterial population in seabed sediments (x104 nos./g)

Media Type of Bacteria

Stations

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10

Nut Agar TVC 4.98 5.13 4.85 * * * * 4.72 * 4.89

Mac Agar TC 0.45 0.29 0.61 * * * * 0.52 * 0.48

Mac Agar ECLO 0.20 0.19 0.32 * * * * 0.23 * 0.21

XLD Agar SHLO 0.24 0.18 0.26 * * * * 0.19 * 0.33

XLD Agar PKLO - - - * * * * * -

TCBS Agar VLO 0.69 0.71 0.48 * * * * 0.52 * 0.59

TCBS Agar VPLO 0.12 0.18 0.09 * * * * 0.07 * 0.11

TCBS Agar VCLO 0.05 0.10 - * * * * - * 0.04

CET Agar PALO 0.12 0.09 0.15 * * * * 0.13 * 0.08

*=No sample due to rocky substratum - Not Detectable

TVC -Total Viable Counts; TC- Total Coliforms; ECLO-Escherichia coli like organisms; SHLO-Shigella like organisms; SLO-Salmonella like organisms; PKLO-Proteus klebsiella; VLO-Vibrio like organisms; VPLO- Vibrio parahaemolyticus like organisms; VCLO-Vibrio cholera like organisms; PALO- Pseudomonas aerugenosa like organisms.






The catch rate was 1kg/90 min. The mean value of the haul is 0.7 kg/h. The

estimated total biomass for the study area of 157 km2 based on the experimental

trawl survey was about 220kg with an estimated population density of 1.4kg/km2.

Fish samples including prawns and crabs collected from the trawl survey were also

examined for the maturity stage.

In general the catch was very poor. The catch was dominated mostly by three

species i.e. Bombay duck (Harpadon nehereus) (75%), shrimp like Acetes sp. (17%)

and Stipinna taty (8%) (Fig. 3.28).

As the trawl fish catch was very poor, in order to assess the nature of fishes available

in this area, gill-netting was also tried. The length of gill net is 300 m and height 17

m. The average depth was 10m and the sampling duration was 7 hrs. However, this

experimental gill net fishing was also very poor and the catch obtained was only ~ 2

kg.

Fig. 3.28 Distribution of dominant fish species in the study area

3.5.11.6 General conclusions on ecological status

The classification of Shannon - Weiner diversity Index is given in Table 3.78.






Table 3.78 Shannon - Weiner diversity Index of phytoplankton and zooplankton

Productivity Status

Species Diversity (Shannon - H' )

Explanation

Bad 0.0 – 1.5 Very highly polluted

Poor 1.6 – 3.0 Highly polluted

Moderate 3.1 – 4.0 Moderately polluted

Good 4.1 - 4. 9 Transitional zone ( i.e. pristine to polluted)

High 5.0 and above Normal/Pristine (i.e. can be a reference site)

The diversity values (H') for phytoplankton and zooplankton were found to be

between 4.0 and 5.0 indicating that the region may be classified as “moderate” to

“good” and classified as moderately polluted to transitional zone (pristine to polluted).

Based on the statistics available from the Gujarat State Fisheries Department, it is

evident that the fishery of this region is very poor.

3.5.11.7 Mangroves

In the Gulf of Khambhat, mangroves occur in small patches and are mostly sparsely

distributed. Mangrove vegetation in and around the project site is extremely poor and

sparsely distributed. Rhizophora sp. was seen in patches in between the rocks.

However, Aviceenia sp. was found in good number on the river banks near Alang

shipyard.

3.5.11.8 Coral reefs

The survey conducted in the project region indicated absence of any coral reefs and

could not find any coral patches or broken/dead corals along the intertidal area.

3.5.11.9 Seagrass beds and algal communities

The long stretches of rocky, coralline and limestone substrata of both intertidal and

shallow sub-tidal waters along Gujarat coast and more particularly Saurashtra coast

is dominated by assemblage of diverse seaweed communities. Gujarat coast






harbours around 210 species of marine algae having an estimated standing biomass

of >1,00,000 tones (fresh weight) per year.

The Gulf of Khambhat has very restricted marine algal distribution, mostly

concentrated at Mahuva and Gopnath where Ulva lactuca, U. rigida and Gracilaria

corticata species are most common. The Gulf of Khambhat is characterized by

strong currents and high siltation rate conditions which are not conducive for marine

algal growth. However, Mahuva and Gopnath have favourable rocky intertidal

shoreline where in occurrence of certain species algae are recorded.

In the project area surveyed, very scanty distribution of algae and seaweeds were

found.

3.5.11.10 Other Important flora and fauna

Integrated Coastal and Marine Area Management (ICMAM) observations from the

Gulf of Khambhat recorded 12 species with Tellina sp. (Bivalve) as a dominant

species followed by polychaetes and small gastropods. As compared to the Gulf of

Kachchh, the Gulf of Khambhat is very poor in faunal diversity and total count.

Possible reasons for this are the higher tidal amplitudes, stronger tidal currents and

enormous suspended sediments.

3.5.11.11 Turtle nesting

In the project area no turtle nesting ground was noticed during the survey.

3.5.11.12 Tidal flats

In general, the Gulf supports a vast intertidal expanse of 3268 km2, the maximum

along the Indian coast, due to high tidal range. Owing to the conical shape, the

intertidal mudflats of northern Gulf extend to about 5 km. However, the mudflats of

the southern Gulf are restricted mostly towards eastern side. Southern side of the

project region has a vast expanse of mudflats due to the presence of a river near

Alang shipyard. As we move towards north patches of mudflats are found in between

the rocky substratum.






3.5.12 Pre-operational Radiological Survey

The pre-operational environmental surveillance around a nuclear power plant site is

essential to assess the impact of plant operations on the environment. In Indian

scenario such surveillance is mandatory to fulfill the regulatory requirements before

the commissioning of the plant. The study was carried out to cover an area of 30 km

radius around the proposed site.

Pre-operational Radiological Survey was carried out by Health Physics Division,

BARC and attached as Annexure– VIII (Volume – II of this report)).

3.5.12.1 Direct radiation exposure measurements

Gamma radiation level was measured in and around Mithivirdi site using Gamma

dose rate tracer and reported in Table-3.79. It is observed that the gamma radiation

level was 2.2-18.2 µR/h with an average value 8.8 µR/h. The gamma radiation levels

around this site are normal background and are comparable with Kakrapar and Kaiga

site. Latitude and longitude of the locations are measured using Global Positioning

system (GPS 12 XL, Garmin make) are also shown in Table-3.79.

Table-3.79 Latitude, longitude & Gamma dose rate level in and around Mithivirdi NPP

site

Location Lattitude (N)

Longitude (E)

Distance (km)

Direction (degree)

Direction

Sector

Gamma Dose rate using Gamma dose rate Tracer (µR/h)

Min

Max

Average

Mithivirdi actual site 21.47 72.23 0.00 0 N A 2.7

16.7 7.4

Adhewada 21.72 72.16 28.95 345 NNW P 7.5 11.8 9.9

Akwada 21.73 72.18 29.3 349 NNW P 5.6 11.3 8.1

Alang Shipyard 21.40 72.19 8.77 212 SSW J 4.4 18.2 9.3

Avaniya 21.71 72.22 26.92 357 N A 7.5 9.8 8.7

Bhavanipara 21.53 72.20 7.53 337 NNW P 8.0 13. 10.6






8

Bhavnagar air port gate 21.76 72.18 32.12 351 N A 7.6

12.5 10.2

Bhavnagar city near NPCIL office 21.77 72.15 33.91 346 NNW P 8.4

15.9 11.4

BhavnagarRam Mandir 21.75 72.15 31.83 345 NNW P 4.3

13.9 10.4

Bhavnagar Sanskar Mandal Chouk 21.75 72.15 32.63 345 NNW P 6.0

14.3 8.5

Bhumbhali 21.67 72.24 22.68 3 N A 3.3 10.2 7.4

Bhuteshwar 21.68 72.23 23.76 1 N A 6.9 13.0 10.4

Budhel 21.68 72.15 24.29 340 NNW P 7.9 14.8 11.2

Chhaya 21.51 72.20 4.96 325 NW O 9.3 16.0 12.2

Ghugha 21.69 72.27 24.43 10 N A 3.7 4.9 4.3

Gundi 21.65 72.26 19.96 8 N A 7.5 10.2 8.8

Hatab 21.59 72.27 14.26 16 NNE B 4.7 10.7 8.0

Jaspara 21.47 72.21 1.76 256 WSW L 6.1 9.1 7.6

Juna Ratanpura 21.68 72.26 23.01 8 N A 7.0 10.7 8.2

Kobdi 21.63 72.14 20.34 334 NNW P 6.1 11.3 8.2

Koliank Mahadev 21.60 72.29 15.71 21 NNE B 7.5 10.2 8.8

Kukad 21.49 72.19 14.00 344 NNW P 7.5 10.7 8.5

Lakhanka 21.53 72.25 6.51 15 NNE B 3.8 7.4 6.1

Malanka 21.73 72.18 29.17 349 NNW P 8.8 9.2 9.0

Malekbhader 21.61 72.25 15.87 9 N A 6.5 12.3 9.9

Mamsha 21.66 72.14 22.47 337 NNW P 5.4 12.6 9.3

Mandva 21.46 72.21 2.25 247 WSW L 7.0 12.5 9.2

Mithivirdi 21.51 72.24 4.98 17 NNE B 2.7 16.7 7.4

Mithivirdi 21.47 72.23 0.55 343 NNW P 2.7 16.7 7.4

Mithivirdi Gaon 21.50 72.24 2.96 21 NNE B 2.7 16.7 7.4

Mithivirdi site 21.48 72.23 0.94 24 NNE B 2.7 16.7 7.4

Mithivirdi site A 21.48 72.25 2.08 48 NE C 2.7 16. 7.4






7

Mithivirdi site B 21.49 72.23 2.12 2 N A 2.7 16.7 7.4

Mithivirdi site C 21.46 72.21 2.25 230 SW K 2.7 16.7 7.4

Mithivirdi site D 21.45 72.23 2.25 183 S I 2.7 16.7 7.4

Morchand 21.54 72.21 8.49 345 NNW P 4.1 15.9 10.8

Nava Ratanpura 21.65 72.26 19.97 8 N A 4.3 9.4 6.9

Odarka 21.49 72.17 6.38 294 WNW N 7.1 11.1 9.1

Padva 21.59 72.21 13.51 352 N A 7.0 8.8 7.6

Panchpipla 21.46 72.11 12.17 267 W M 7.4 13.9 10.6

Paniyali 21.49 72.19 4.55 301 WNW N 5.1 13.3 9.4

Pipaliapool 21.70 72.23 25.84 360 N A 4.3 8.8 6.5

Rajapara-2 21.47 72.11 12.04 272 W M 7.4 13.9 10.6

Ruva 21.76 72.18 32.51 351 N A 8.1 9.8 8.9

Sanodar 21.49 72.17 6.38 294 WNW N 10.3

13.3 11.6

Sosiya 21.44 72.21 3.83 221 SW K 2.2 12.5 7.9

Sosiya Jahazwada 21.43 72.20 5.00 213 SSW J 2.2

12.5 7.9

Subash Nagar 21.77 72.16 33.65 348 NNW P 9.6 13.3 11.3

Surka 21.68 72.26 23.01 8 N A 4.7 13.9 9.3

Tarsamia 21.74 72.17 30.08 348 NNW P 7.9 8.1 8.0

Trapaj 21.42 72.11 13.52 247 WSW L 7.4 13.9 10.6

Vardi 21.49 72.17 6.38 294 WNW N 6.5 11.6 9.8

3.5.12.2 Tritium (3H) in water samples

A total of 8 water samples were analyzed for 3H activity using Liquid Scintillation

Spectrometer (Model No. TR/SL 3710). As shown in Table-3.80, 3H activity was less

than the detection level of 10 Bq/l in all the water samples.






Table-3.80 Tritium activity (Bq/l) in water sample

Location 3H activity (Bq/l)

Malekvadehar BDL

Malanka BDL

Sosiya BDL

Bhabanipara BDL

Ruva BDL

Padva BDL

Jaspara BDL

Paniyali BDL

Minimum Detectable Level

10

BDL: Below Detection Level

3.5.12.3 Radioactivity levels in water samples (137Cs and 90Sr)

8 water samples were collected from various locations around the site and analyzed

for137Cs and 90Sr. The activity levels are reported in Table-3.81. The 90Sr activities in

all the water samples are below detectable level of 1.5 mBq/l. The 137Cs activities in

all the water samples are in the range of BDL-3.3 mBq/l.

Table-3.81 Radioactivity levels in water samples collected in and around Mithivirdi NPP site

Location Type of sample 137Cs (mBq/l)

90Sr (mBq/l)

Malekbhader Well water 1.2±0.5 BDL

Malanka Well water 1.2±0.6 BDL

Sosiya Sea water BDL BDL

Bhavanipara Well water 1.2±0.6 BDL

Ruva River water 2.5±0.7 BDL

Padva Well water 1.4±0.6 BDL

Jaspara Well water 3.0±0.7 BDL

Paniyali Well water 3.3±0.7 BDL

Minimum Detectable Level 0.5 1.5

3.5.12.4 Radioactivity levels in aquatic organism (137Cs and 40K)

Four different species of fish and crabs were analyzed and results are given in Table-

3.82. The 137Cs and 40K activity in all the samples are in the range of BDL-0.13 Bq/kg

flesh wt. and 11.4-28.9 Bq/kg flesh wt. respectively.






Table-3.82 Radioactivity in aquatic organism

Location Type of sample (Local name)

137Cs (Bq/kg flesh wt.)

40K (Bq/kg flesh wt.)

Jaspara Crab BDL 28.9±1.0

Bomai BDL 14.8±3.7

Prawn 0.13±0.06 11.4±4.6

Pomfret BDL 25.1±3.5


3.5.12.5 Radioactivity levels in soil and sand samples

21 soil and 2 sand samples were collected from various locations around the site and

analyzed for natural and fallout activity. The samples were counted by gamma

spectrometry with HPGe detector for the estimation of 238U, 232Th, 40K and 137Cs. The

results of analysis are presented in Table-3.83.

Table-3.83 Radioactivity levels (Bq/kg dry wt.) in soil samples collected in and around Mithivirdi NPP site

Location Type of sample

Moisture Content (%)

238U (214Bi, 609 KeV)

232Th (228Ac, 911 KeV)

40K (1460 KeV)

137Cs (662 KeV)

Mithivirdi Soil 24.5 19.1±2.2 33.3±3.0 261.6±19.8 0.73±0.29

Sosya Soil 10.0 11.3±1.1 20.7±1.5 279.6±10.1 1.82±0.17

Mithivirdi Soil 2.1 45.5±2.5 56.3±3.5 179±21.1 0.80±0.31

Pariyali Soil 10.9 14.0±2.7 24.3±3.9 136.4±26.2 0.82±0.37

Tarsania Soil 15.6 17.1±1.2 23.5±1.6 331.2±10.9 1.17±0.17

Ruva Soil 18.6 19.7±1.3 27.7±1.7 230.2±11.2 0.69±0.17

Chhaya Soil 7.7 8.0±2.2 16.4±3.1 57.0±2.7 1.52±0.31

Malekvadhar Soil 8.1 12.6±1.1 17.6±1.5 178.6±10.2 1.00±0.17

Bhavanipara Soil 5.6 3.0±1.1 10.0±1.5 190.9±10.6 0.96±0.17

Malanka Soil 9.5 10.0±1.1 15.6±1.5 204.8±10.2 1.67±0.18

Kukad Soil 10.0 6.4±1.2 13.3±1.6 331.3±11.8 1.90±0.2

Nathugadh Soil 5.2 3.0±1.0 11.4±1.4 126.2±9.6 3.62±0.22

Padva Soil 13.2 6.6±0.8 13.2±1.1 224.5±7.9 1.53±0.14

Marchand Soil 16.3 5.5±1.0 13.9±1.3 166.4±9.1 1.10±0.18

Navratnpura Soil 4.2 14.9±1.2 28.4±1.6 193.8±10.5 2.11±0.2

Mithivirdi Soil 3.6 33.0±1.6 54.3±2.2 113.1±12.7 2.96±0.25

Surka Soil 4.9 22.0±1.3 32.2±1.7 25.6±1.4 1.02±0.17

Hatab Soil 8.5 15.7±1.2 28.9±1.6 278.2±10.5 1.86±0.18

Juna Ratanpura Soil 4.8 12.5±1.1 23.9±1.5 171.3±9.7 1.92±0.18

Jaspara Soil 11.3 35.8±1.2 69.0±1.8 106.7±9.2 2.05±0.17

Bhumbali Soil 4.9 14.5±1.1 25.1±1.4 184.3±9.4 2.16±0.17

Lakhanka Shore 1.9 6.3±0.7 14.8±1.0 52.0±6.5 1.00±0.11






Sand

Pipliya Sand & salt mix

13.9 4.7±0.9 13.0±1.1 54.2±7.7 0.80±0.12

3.5.12.6 Radioactivity levels in different vegetable and fruit samples (137Cs and 40K)

Different types of vegetable and fruit samples (8 nos.) grown around Mithivirdi site

were collected and analysed for 137Cs and 40K. The activity levels are reported in

Table-3.84.

Table-3.84 Radioactivity in vegetable and fruits


137Cs (Bq/kg fresh wt.)

40K (Bq/kg fresh wt.)

Jaspara Onion 0.17±0.07 22.1±5.1

Brinjal BDL 59.8±4.9

Cauli flower 0.18±0.05 50.7±3.9

Chiku BDL 21.0±3.0

Bhavanipara Lowki 0.15±0.04 29.7±3.1

Brinjal BDL 58.0±6.0

Padva Papaya 0.03±0.01 64.4±1.1

Malekbhader Papaya BDL 16.4±0.9


3.5.12.7 Radioactivity levels in cereals and pulses (137Cs and 40K)

Different types of cereals and pulses samples (7 nos.) grown around Mithivirdi site

were collected and analysed for 137Cs and 40K. The activity levels are reported in

Table-3.85.

Table-3.85 Radioactivity in cereals and pulses


137Cs (Bq/kg dry wt.)

40K (Bq/kg dry wt.)

Padva Bajra 0.16±0.05 90.4±4.1

Hatab Bajra 0.06±0.03 90.8±3.0

Malanka Bajra 0.13±0.05 90.3±4.2

Jaspara Bajra 0.18±0.04 88.0±2.7

Jaspara Wheat 0.04±0.03 85.2±2.6

Jaspara Moong 0.09±0.06 364.0±5.7

Malekbhader Moong BDL 355.0±5.5







3.5.12.8 Radioactivity levels in leaf and grass samples (137Cs and 40K)

Different types of leaf and grass samples (11 nos.) around Mithivirdi site were

collected and analysed for 137Cs and 40K. The activity levels are reported in Table-

3.86.

Table-3.86 Radioactivity in Leaf and grass

Location Description

137Cs (Bq/kg dry wt.)

40K (Bq/kg dry wt.)

Ruva Bargad leaf BDL 438.2±12.3

Malekbhader Papaya leaf BDL 929.2±34.3

Padva Papaya leaf 0.49±0.20 986.4±18.1

Mithivirdi Gunda leaf BDL 352.6±67.8

Mithivirdi Mango leaf 0.96±0.79 224.0±59.0

Mithivirdi Khakra leaf BDL 146.4±19.4

Jaspara Jamun leaf BDL 70.0±20.0

Padva Kapas BDL 742.4±114.2

Sosiya Mango leaf 1.52±0.28 220.0±19.2

Malanka Bajra grass 0.69±0.19 322.0±14.2

Malekbhader Moong grass 0.27±0.09 360.4±7.6


230






CHAPTER – 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES





4.0 INTRODUCTION

The impact identification and mitigation measures for the proposed power plant are

discussed in subsequent sections. In addition detailed radiological and marine impact

assessments are given in separate Annexures VIII and IX respectively (Volume – II of

this report).

4.1 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION

The identification of potential impacts, during the construction and operation phases of

the proposed project activities, on various components of the environment viz. air,

water, noise, land, biological and socio-economic are discussed in subsequent sections.

4.1.1 Construction phase

The construction of nuclear power project of would require input from civil, mechanical

aspects including transport, labour etc. In order to identify the probable impacts, it is

essential that impacts of all the activities that are likely to take place during construction

phase are identified. The various activities involved in the proposed project are listed

below:

Excavation works

Civil foundation works

Main plant building construction works

Equipment erection and piping works

Cable laying works

Inspection and Testing works

4.1.2 Operational phase & decommissioning phase

After completion of construction of various facilities, the plant would be commissioned for

operation. The activities involved in the operational phase of the project are discussed in

subsequent sections.





Prior to commissioning of the nuclear reactors, after completion of construction, a

number of pre-commissioning operations like cleaning and hydrostatic testing of

pipelines, vessels etc., starting of mechanical and rotating equipment etc. will be carried

out. After successful pre-commissioning activities, the operation of nuclear power plant

will generate the electric power.

At the end of the operating life of the units, a detail decommissioning plan will be worked

out. The process of decommissioning will start after the final shutdown of the plant and

ends with the release of the site as authorized by AERB or for unrestricted use by the

public. The decommissioning plan will be prepared by NPCIL and will be approved by

AERB and will be implemented as described in section 4.3.10. The plan will ensure that

there will not be any radioactive releases in the public domain / environment, thus the

impact in the public domain due to decommissioning of the units will be negligible.

4.2 SOURCE AND REQUIREMENT OF WATER AND POWER

The nuclear reactors require certain major utilities like cooling water during operation

phase & power supply during construction phase. The same requirements are given

below Table 4.1.

Table 4.1 Source and requirement of water and power

4.3 IDENTIFICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS BEARING IMPACTS

The impact on each of the environmental components is identified by during construction

and operational phase. A summary matrix for the activity and the environmental

components is given Chapter – 10. All the environmental factors have been assessed

based on the present conditions prevailing in the study area. The impacts due to various

activities on environmental components are studied. The components adopted for this

study are listed below:

Air Environment

Water Environment

Item Demand Source

Water 43220 MLD Sea water

Power 10 MW Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Limited





Noise Environment

Land Environment

Biological Environment

Marine Environment

Socio-Economic Environment


4.3.1.1 Construction phase

Presently, the air quality in terms of SPM is ranging from (135 to 176 µg/m3), PM10 (51 to

67 µg/m3), PM2.5 (11.7 to 20.6 µg/m3). The impact on air quality during the construction

phase of the proposed project shall be in terms of increased dust (SPM) concentration

locally. The dust emissions during construction will be controlled by the use of water

sprinklers etc. Since the project activity will be confined to proposed project site, there

shall be marginal increase in SPM levels and shall be limited to construction phase only.

There will be marginal increase in conventional air pollutants levels due to increase in

vehicular traffic and urbanization, which can be attributed to indirect impacts of the

project in that region. The proposed nuclear power project is not the source of

conventional air pollution and present levels of conventional air pollutants are very low

as presented in Section No-3.5.2.1 of Chapter - 3.

4.3.1.2 Operation phase

As far as conventional air pollutants are concerned viz. SPM, PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx &

O3 their concentrations in the ambient air during winter season were observed to be well

within the prescribed limits (SPM-200 µg/m3, PM10-100 µg/m3 and PM2.5 – 60 µg/m3).

However, with subsequent use of DG sets on intermittent basis, concentrations of these

air pollutants are expected to increase. Since the existing levels of conventional air

pollutants are low, the incremental increase in the levels of these pollutants will not be

crossing their respective prescribed limits. All statutory requirements stipulated for DG

sets will be implemented.





4.3.1.3 DG set modeling

The proposed plant will have an impact on the air environment. While the impact of

fugitive emissions will be within the project area, the effect of emissions from the point

sources is a major concern as it will have an impact on the ambient air quality in the

surrounding area.

For prediction of impacts for any proposed project vis-a-vis to assess the impacts due to

increase in pollution load, in general, contributions from the proposed units is added to

the existing back ground AAQ concentrations and predictions is done accordingly.

Once the pollutants are emitted into the atmosphere, the dilution and dispersion of the

pollutants are controlled by various meteorological parameters like wind speed and

direction, ambient temperature, mixing height, etc. In most dispersion models the

relevant atmospheric layer is that nearest to the ground, varying in thickness from

several hundred to a few thousand meters. Variations in both thermal and mechanical

turbulence and in wind velocity are greatest in the layer in contact with the surface. The

atmospheric dispersion modeling and the prediction of ground level pollutant

concentrations has great relevance in the following activities:

Estimation of impact of setting up of new industry on surrounding environment.

Estimation of maximum ground level concentration and its location in the study

area.

The prediction of Ground level concentrations (GLC) of pollutants emitted from the

stacks have been carried out using ISCST-3 Air Quality Simulation model released by

USEPA which is also accepted by Indian statutory bodies. This model is basically a

Gaussian dispersion model which considers multiple sources. The model accepts hourly

meteorological data records to define the conditions of plume rise for each source and

receptor combination for each hour of input meteorological data sequentially and

calculates short term averages up to 24 hours. The impact has been predicted over a 10

km X 10 km area with the proposed location of the stack as the centre. Accordingly, the

emissions are estimated and the details of the proposed stacks and emissions from

them are given below.

DG stack height: 30 m





DG stack top internal diameter: 860 mm (approx.)

DG exhaust gas flow: 0.014 m3/s

DG exhaust gas temp at turbo charger outlet: 638 K

Emission rate of each pollutant from DG sets:

NOx < 15.92 g/s

CO <1.02728 g/s

SO2 < 2.3 g/s

CO2 < 6.47 % (dry)

Oxygen < 12.97% (dry)

Specific fuel consumption of the DG rating of 4 MW is 203 g/KWH

Stack details like height, top diameter, exit velocity etc of all the stacks are taken from

similar facilities. However, these stack details may be changed at the detailed

engineering stage and as per design of know-how supplier, prevailing emission factors

as available in literature for DG sets and different statutory regulations prevailing in the

country.

Meteorological data plays an important role in computation of Ground Level

Concentration using ISCST-3 model. Meteorological data of the project site is another

input required for computation of the contribution by the proposed plant. The parameters

required are:

Wind velocity and direction

Stability

Mixing height

The hourly wind speed, solar insulation and cloudiness during the day whereas in the

night, wind speed and cloudiness parameters were used to determine the hourly

atmospheric stability Class A to F (Pasquill and Gifford). Data related to wind velocity

and direction were generated during the monitoring period. Part of this site specific

monitored data have been used as input data of the model during computation.

The hourly occurrence of various stability classes at the project site is also an important

input parameter to the model. Further site specific mixing depth (mixing height or

convective stable boundary layer and inversion height or nocturnal stable boundary

layer) is also an important input parameter for computation and assessment of realistic





dispersion of pollutants. There are different methods for generating these parameters,

but in the present case data published by CPCB in Spatial distribution of hourly mixing

depth over Indian region have been used.

The above computation is considering the stack emissions only and does not take into

account any changes in the fugitive emission. However, since the fugitive emissions are

being released mainly from near ground sources, are not expected to travel / disperse to

a longer distance to reach beyond the plant boundary and thus are not expected to have

any impact on the ambient air.

As stated earlier that out of the total twelve DG sets, all DG sets will be tested parallel

once in a week for one hour. The prediction for this scenario is given below.

There are two Diesel Generators (DGs) for each unit. So there are 12 DGs for six units

of NPP. Each stack of 30 m will be provided to vent out the flue gases from each DGs.

In order to predict impacts on ambient air quality due to DG sets operation on regular

and emergency basis proposed NPP at Mithivirdi, data on emission scenario and

micrometeorology data collected by Pragathi Labs and along with historical data

collected from India Meteorology Department (IMD) were used to predict Ground Level

Concentrations (GLCs) of SO2, NOx and CO.

4.3.1.3.1 ISCST3 – Model Description

The Industrial Source Complex – Short Term Version 3 (ISCST-3) models has been

developed to simulate the effect of emissions from the point sources on air quality. The

ISCST-3 model was adopted from the USEPA guidelines which are routinely used as a

regulatory model to simulate plume dispersion and transport from and up to 100 point

sources and 20000 receptors. ISCST–3 is extensively used for predicting the Ground

Level Concentrations (GLCs) of conservative pollutants from point, area and volume

sources. The impacts of conservative pollutants were predicted using this air quality

model keeping in view the plain terrain at and around the project site. The

micrometeorological data monitored at project site during study period have been used

in this model.

The impact on air quality due to emissions from single source or group of sources is

evaluated by use of mathematical models. When air pollutants are emitted into the

atmosphere, they are immediately diffused into surrounding atmosphere, transported





and diluted due to winds. The air quality models are designed to simulate these

processes mathematically and to relate emissions of primary pollutants to the resulting

downwind air. The inputs needed for model development are emission load and nature,

meteorology and topographic features, to predict the GLCs.

The ISCST-3 model is, an hour-by-hour steady state Gaussian model which takes into

account the following:

- Terrain adjustments

- Stack-tip downwash

- Gradual plume rise

- Buoyancy-induced dispersion

- Complex terrain treatment and consideration of partial reflection

- Plume reflection off elevated terrain

- Building downwash

- Partial penetration of elevated inversions

- Hourly source emission rate, exit velocity, and stack gas temperature

The ISCST-3 model, thus, provides estimates of pollutant concentrations at various

receptor locations.

The ISC short term model for stacks uses the steady-state Gaussian plume equation for

a continuous elevated source. For each source and each hour, the origin of the source's

coordinate system is placed at the ground surface at the base of the stack. The x axis is

positive in the downwind direction, the y axis is crosswind (normal) to the x axis and the

z axis extends vertically. The fixed receptor locations are converted to each source's

coordinate system for each hourly concentration calculation. The hourly concentrations

calculated for each source at each receptor are summed to obtain the total concentration

produced at each receptor by the combined source emissions.

4.3.1.3.2 Impact of DG emissions on air environment

ISCST-3 model is used predict the one hour concentrations of SO2, NOx and CO from

each DG set when operated for one hour as a regular testing measure. All the predicted

values are given in below mentioned Table 4.2. Isopleths for SO2, NOx and CO due to

proposed project are given in Figs. 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 respectively.





Table 4.2 Prediction of pollutants (SOx, NOx & CO) for one hour when DG sets are running one hour per week

Pollutant GLC range

SOx, µg/m3 0.013-0.152

NOx µg/m3 0.09-1.05

CO µg/m3 0.006-0.071

All the values are found to be well within the NAAQS standards for residential and

industrial areas. The maximum predicted GLCs of Sox, NOx and CO for the above

conditions are given in Table 4.3.

Table 4.3 Location of predicted GLCs for pollutants

Pollutant Maximum Value (µg/m3) Location (Xm, Ym)

SOx 0.152 -1800, 200

NOx 1.05 -1800, 200

CO 0.071 -1800, 200

4.3.1.3.3 Mitigation measures

Nuclear power contributes insignificant amount of pollutants to atmosphere such as CO2,

SO2, and CO. During the design phase all efforts have been made to adopt latest state

of art technology and to install adequate pollution control measures and for possible

fugitive emission sources. The following mitigation measures will be employed during

operation period to reduce the pollution level to acceptable limits:

To ensure that all the pollution control facilities envisaged at the design stage are

have been implemented and are functioning properly.

Stack monitoring to ensure proper functioning of different pollution control

facilities attached to major stacks.

Air monitoring in the Work-zone to ensure proper functioning of fugitive emission

control facilities.

Adequate plantation in and around different units.

Vehicles and machineries would be regularly maintained so that emissions

confirm to the applicable standards.

Monitoring of ambient air quality through online AAQ monitoring system at three

locations and through manual means at three locations (once in a year).





Workers will be provided with adequate protective measures to protect them from

inhaling dust.

The test running of all the four DG sets for one hour in a week will not be taken

up collectively at a time. Only one DG set will be tested at a time for one hour

and remaining three will be taken up in subsequent hour / day of the week.

Fig. 4.1 Isopleths for SO2 concentration due to proposed nuclear power plant at Mithivirdi





Fig. 4.2 Isopleths for NOx concentration due to proposed nuclear power plant at Mithivirdi





Fig. 4.3 Isopleths for CO concentration due to proposed nuclear power plant at Mithivirdi

4.3.1.4 Gaseous radioactive discharges through air route

Atmospheric releases from the station are assessed to compute dose in the public

domain. The pathways of exposure include (where applicable) plume-shine, submersion,

inhalation, ground-shine and ingestion. One year site meteorology data and dietary data

of the local population were used to quantify the impact of the releases. The gaseous

releases take place from a building top vent of height 80m. The radius of the exclusion

boundary is taken as 1.0 km. The dose estimated to be received by an adult from

gaseous effluents for a single unit is 2.88 X 10-2 mSv/year and for an infant it is

estimated as 6.75 X 10-2 mSv/year.

As regards the gaseous effluents, appropriate measures are taken in the project design

so as to limit the emission much below the regulatory limits which will have minimum





environmental impacts. These releases are monitored continuously and are governed by

limits, set by AERB.

4.3.1.5 Radio-active Solid Waste

Radioactive solid waste generated will be segregated at source depending upon its

nature (compactable/non-compactable) and surface dose rate. Different types of

radioactive solid wastes generated during the operation are spent ion-exchange resins,

paper-waste, cotton waste, air filter, liquid filter, shoe covers, hand gloves, mops,

discarded clothing and components, sludge etc. Solid wastes will be transported to

Waste Management Plant (WMP) in shielded containers / casks, if required, for

treatment / conditioning.

The waste after treatment / conditioning will be disposed off in engineered barriers at the

Near Surface Disposal Facility (NSDF), depending upon their surface dose rate:

Stone lined earth trenches,

RCC vaults / trenches and

Tile holes / high integrity containers (HIC).

As a matter of practice packages having higher radioactivity will be disposed off at the

bottom of trenches/ vaults and will be topped by low level assorted waste packages.

Impacts

Solid waste generated from different units may cause radio-active radiation in the

surroundings.

Mitigation Measures for solid waste disposal

Treatment and disposal of radioactive solid waste at the plant is carried out as

per AERB / SG / D-13.

Solid wastes after conditioning will be disposed off in the Near Surface

Disposal Facility (NSDF) area in earth trenches / RCC trenches / vaults / tile

holes / HIC depending upon their surface dose rate.

A waste assaying will be carried out to assess and record the radioactive

content in each conditioned waste packages before disposing them. Name of

the vault and their identification will also be recorded.





Packages having higher activity will be disposed off at the bottom of trenches /

vaults and will be suitably sealed permanently as per established practices.

These data will be utilised to assess the safety aspects of the waste repository.

Necessary geo-hydrological & soil analysis studies for the NSDF site will be

carried out to assess the safety of NSDF containing solid waste generated from

50 years of plant operation.

Proper surveillance of Solid Waste Management Facility will be carried out -

through bore holes provided all around the NSDF to check the integrity of the

engineered barriers through periodic water sampling. Additional array of

boreholes will be provided, whenever the capacity of the facility will be

augmented.

The NSDF area will be fenced and necessary access control procedures will be

established.

The dose rate on the top of the sealed earth trenches and RCC trenches / vaults

will not exceed 0.01 mGy/h.

The combustible Category I waste will be combusted in incinerators. The main

objective of the incinerator is to minimize the disposal volume in earthen

trenches thereby reducing the activity ingress into ground water. This is one of

the most widely used method for volume reduction of low level combustible

waste by which reduction in disposal space and cost reduction in engineered

barriers can be achieved. This system will cater to very low level active

combustible solid waste like paper-waste, cotton waste, mops, discarded

clothing, packing materials etc.

As per accepted practices in all nuclear power plant sites in India and a notional

dose of 0.05 mSv/y has been allocated for dose through the terrestrial route.

This apportionment is applicable for the entire site.



The proposed plant site is falling under irrigation command area identified by Gujarat

State Irrigation Department. An application for seeking no objection certificate for

development of the proposed project is submitted to irrigation department, Government

of Gujarat (Annexure –XIV (Volume – II of this report)).





From the drainage map given in Annexure – VI (Volume – II of this report), it can be

observed that the existing drainage channels lead towards sea. Also suitable garland

drainage system will be developed along the project boundaries. Therefore, there will be

no impounding of water around the project boundary. During construction, waste

materials and spillages of oils etc. would contribute to certain amount of water pollution.

But these would be for a short duration. All liquid waste will be collected and disposed to

identified water impoundment within the construction site. This shall ensure prevention of

pollution to water bodies.

During construction phase water requirement shall be mainly for concreting activities,

workers domestic needs, and drinking water. The impact on water environment during

the construction phase shall be in terms of increased water demand and wastewater

generation due to construction activities. The water demand during construction shall be

met from a pipe line of Mahi River. A request letter to Gujarat Water Infrastructure

Limited (GWIL), Barwala, district Ahmedabad for permission of the same is attached as

Annexure-XV (Volume - II of this report). The generated waste water shall be treated

with the help of packaged sewage treatment plant and the treated effluent will be utilized

for green belt development. Hence, there shall be no impact on water environment due

to development of the proposed facilities.

4.3.2.2 Operation Phase

The water demand and water balance is given in section 2.23 of Chapter – 2. The

operational phase of the NPP is expected to generate minimum amount of radioactive as

well as non-radioactive water pollutants. A systematic process for liquid waste

management, complying with regulatory requirements of AERB is considered (refer

section no. 2.16 of Chapter – 2).

4.3.2.3 Impact due to desalinisation plant

During the operational phase, the fresh water requirement shall be met through a new

desalination plant. Brine generated by the desalinization plant has temperature only

about 2 to 3 0C higher than sea water intake temperature. Very small quantities of

chemicals are used to protect equipment from scaling and bio-fouling. The residual

concentration of these chemicals will be within the allowable regulatory limits and are not

harmful & bio-degradable. Salt concentration in brine typically shall be 2 to 3 times that





intake sea water. To dilute the salt concentration, the brine shall be mixed with

condenser cooling water before discharging into sea for effective dilution. The

temperature rise and salinity level will be comparable to intake sea water levels and

hence will not have any impact on sea water due to discharges from desalination plant.

A comprehensive marine impact assessment study with respect to dispersion of

condensate water along with desalination rejects is carried out and attached as

Annexure-IX (Volume – II of this report).

4.3.2.4 Impact due to wastewater

The sanitary wastewater from the plant area will be treated in a packaged sewage

treatment plant of proper capacity (1 MLD) and the same will be routed for horticulture

purposes, to irrigate the green belt around the plant, park and avenue plantations.

4.3.2.5 Assessment of Dose in Public domain through water route

The annual average release of radionuclides from a single-unit site through liquid route

is estimated by gale code is 1010.2562 Ci/Year.

The impact of aqueous discharges is assessed by estimating dispersion of the effluents

in the Gulf of Khambhat upto a distance of 3.5 km from the coast, and conservatively

calculating doses arising from consumption of fish. The estimated dose to be received

by an adult from a single unit is 8.11 X 10-6 mSv/year.

4.3.2.6 Sewage water treatment

Package plant for sewage treatment shall include the following treatment methods using

appropriate equipment for meeting the desired quality of treated effluent. The process

flow diagram of STP is given in Fig. 4.4.





Fig. 4.4 Flow diagram of sewage treatment plant

Primary Treatment

The Sewage generated is first passed through a Bar Screen and Oil & Grease trap

where the coarse particles and oil & grease gets removed before routing it to Collection

cum Equalization tank. Provision for agitation of equalization tank contents with air shall

be provided. The raw sewage is then pumped to the biological system under controlled

flow by means of raw sewage transfer pumps.

Secondary Treatment

This comprises of aerobic biological treatment processes using Rotating Biological

Contactors/ diffused aeration to remove various constituents exerting BOD/COD in the

effluent drawn from equalisation section at controlled rate. The effluents from the

biological treatment unit along with the biological solids flow by gravity to a clarifier

(compact lamella separator/clarifier). Excess bio-sludge purged out from the system

shall be sent for dewatering. The settled sludge in the Lamella separator/clarifier shall be

routed to the Bio-sludge Sump for further dewatering/recirculation.





Polishing Treatment

The sewage overflow from the settling tank is routed to disinfection/ odour abatement

system. Hypochlorite is dosed as disinfectant chemical. The treated sewage is then

collected in a final collection tank. The treated water is pumped to an Activated Carbon

Filter for odor abatement before being routed for horticulture purpose through a

horticulture network. Provision for rerouting to inlet tank in case of failure if any/non-

compliance to treated effluent quality is available. Also all the units are designed with

one operating and one as standby.

Sludge Handling

Bio-sludge purged out as waste (excess biomass generated) from biological treatment

system shall be dewatered in Centrifuge. Waste sludge is collected in a sump and then

dewatered in a dedicated Centrifuge to get a solids consistency of minimum 20% in

sludge for subsequent disposal or to use as soil conditioner in greenbelt/horticulture

development. The concentrate from Centrifuge shall be routed back to the

Receiving/equalisation sump. Polyelectrolyte shall be dosed in the inlet of Centrifuge to

achieve the desired dewatered sludge consistency. The Bio-Sludge Sump contents are

maintained in agitated condition by providing air sparging arrangement in the sump.

Chemicals Handling

Sodium Hypochlorite shall be used for disinfection of sewage overflow from settling tank.

All safety precautions vide system supplier’s recommendations shall be complied with.

The Dewatering Polyelectrolyte Preparation and dosing system (Skid mounted) and

storage area shall be located in Centrifuge building. Storage space shall be provided for

one month requirement.

4.3.2.6 Storm water management

The rainwater from roof top of various buildings & plant areas will be collected through a

separate drainage network. This collected water will be channeled to nearest storm

water drain. However a suitable rainwater harvesting pit the capacity of 0.5 MLD will be

developed at Mithivirdi village. The general arrangement of rainwater harvesting pit is

given in Fig. 2.22. The water percolates into the pit through gravel media and stone

matrix and finally reaches the ground water table. This shall facilitate to an increase in

the ground water table in the nearby area.





4.3.2.7 Area drainage and surrounding

Impact

The project may disrupt the natural drainage of the area and surroundings.

The area is semiarid with medium rainfall and flat terrain without any well defined

natural drainage system. There are no natural drainage channels passing

through project. The drainage is of inland type and the excess rainwater,

accumulates in natural /artificial depressions. One canal is going near the

boundary needs to be diverted.

Mitigation measures

Impact on drainage of the area is not anticipated.

A detailed site topographic survey of the project site and surroundings will be

undertaken and the site features will be so designed that the area and

surrounding drainages are not obstructed.

The power project will have their separate storm water drainage systems,

designed for the rainfall and drainage of the area. The storm water drainage from

the project will be led to the nearest canal to avoid flooding of the surrounding.

No construction / dumping activities will be done for establishment and operation

of the proposed project so as to disrupt the drainage pattern of the area.

Any adverse impact on the drainage pattern of the area is not anticipated.



Construction traffic for loading and unloading of engineering equipments, materials and

pipes are likely to affect the ambient noise level. Other activities which can produce

periodic noise are as follows:

Trenching

Foundation construction

Infrastructure construction

As result of the above activities, the back ground noise levels are likely to increase.

However the impact is limited for construction period only. The regular maintenance and

up keeping of construction machinery, heavy vehicles, dumpers, and trucks will be

helpful in reducing noise. Controlled blasting will be carried out to minimize the noise.





Existing noise levels in day and night times at surrounding villages are found ranging

between 45-55 dB (refer section no. 3.5.5.2 of Chapter – 3. With the rapid progress in

construction activities in future, the baseline noise levels will increase due to

earthmoving machineries and construction equipments as also due to the movement of

heavy vehicles deployed for material handling. However, the impact on noise

environment during the construction phase shall be localized and marginal.


4.3.4.2.1 Identification of sources of noise in the proposed plant

With the commissioning of nuclear power plant the main sources of noise are turbines,

air compressors, ventilation inlets, diesel generators, pump house equipments, chillers,

vents, exhaust fans etc. It has been estimated that operation of these equipments within

specially designed buildings enclosures, boundary walls and the greenbelt development

within and around the plant premises would help in attenuating noise to a large extent.

Comprehensive measures for noise control, at design stage, has been followed in terms

of noise levels specifications of various rotating equipment as per Occupational Safety

and Health Association (OSHA) standards, to mitigate the impact on noise environment.

During the operational phase, the affect on noise level will be due to the operation of

pumps/any other rotating equipment and shall be confined to existing boundary limit of

the plant only. Also the noise generating equipment will be housed within suitable

acoustic enclosures. Noise protective ear muffs will be provided to on-site workers in

high noise level zone. The green belt will be developed in exclusion zone which will act

as barrier to noise. A list of species is given in Section No.10.4.3.1.2 & 10.4.3.1.3 of

Chapter – 10.

Impacts

Major sources of noise during the construction phase are construction traffic for

loading and unloading of engineering equipment, materials and pipes are likely to

affect the ambient noise level.

Existing noise levels in day and night times at surrounding villages are found

ranging between 45-55 dB (refer section no. 3.5.5.2 of Chapter – II. With the rapid

progress in construction activities in future, the baseline noise levels will increase

ranging between 75 to 90 dB (A). due to earthmoving machineries and construction





equipment as also due to the movement of heavy vehicles deployed for material

handling. However, the impact on noise environment during the construction phase

shall be localized and marginal.

Other activities which can produce periodic noise are as follows:

Trenching

Foundation construction

Infrastructure construction

As result of the above activities, the back ground noise levels are likely to increase.

However the impact is limited for construction period only.

Mitigation Measures

The regular maintenance and up keeping of construction machinery, heavy vehicles,

dumpers, and trucks will be helpful in reducing noise.

Controlled blasting will be carried out to minimize the noise.

Protective gears such as earplugs, earmuffs etc. will be provided to construction

personnel exposed to high noise levels as preventive measures by contractors and

will be strictly adhered to minimize / eliminate any adverse impact.

4.3.4.2.1.1 Noise modeling studies

The main sources of noise in the nuclear power plant are 1) Turbines, 2) Air

Compressors, 3) Cooling water pump, 4) Diesel Generators, 5) Reactor Coolant pump,

6) Intake Ventilator, 7) Exhaust Ventilator, 8) Pump House Equipments, 9) Chillers, 10)

Vents, 11) Exhaust Fans and 12) Heavy and medium automobiles moving around the

plant. The noise levels likely to be generated by these sources are presented in Table

4.4. It is likely that improved technology may further reduce the noise levels. Most of the

machines will be working continuously round the clock during operation of the nuclear

power plant. However, these machines would be housed in acoustic enclosures /

buildings such that they would not be contributing any additional noise levels in the

surrounding environment.

Table 4.4 Source of noise generating equipment and distance from noise source

S. No. Source Noise Levels Range, dB(A)

Distance from Noise Source

1 Turbine 94 – 96 5 m





2 Diesel Generator 92 – 98 2 m

3 Air Compressor 92 – 98 2 m

4 Cooling Water Pump 89 – 95 2 m

5 Reactor Coolant Pump 89 – 95 2 m

6 Intake Ventilator 94 – 97 5 m

7 Exhaust Ventilator 92 – 96 2 m

Source: NPCIL

The noise level contours due to the noise sources in units of the proposed nuclear power

plant without considering noise barriers are shown in Fig. 4.5. Without any barriers viz.

buildings and green belt, it is predicted that the noise levels in the surrounding

environment due to above said equipments of the proposed units at a distance of 500 m

will be ranging from 80-86 dB(A). It is also predicted that the noise levels from these

sources at 1000 m distance will be <80 dB(A).

The maximum noise levels will occur at receptors located near all the proposed units

which are predicted to be less than 80 dB(A) without any barriers viz. buildings. These

noise levels would be significantly reduced when the barrier of building is considered at

the time of operation of plant.

Considering the attenuation due to specially designed building within which noise

generating machineries will be housed, the increase in noise levels will be around 1-2

dB(A) just outside the building of power plant. Thus, there will not be any change in the

ambient noise levels due to operation of nuclear power plant in the neighbouring nearest

villages.

252






Fig 4.5 Diagrammatic representation of noise generating equipments after noise modelling

253






4.3.3.2.2 Prediction of Impacts on Community

Above discussion indicates that there will not be any increase in noise levels above

ambient due to operation of the nuclear power plant in the nearest villages. Therefore

the community will not be affected by the operation of the NPP at Mithivirdi.

As the human settlement near to the plant site are relatively less and study area

consisting of green belt and vegetation with very less vehicular density, the noise impact

on surrounding population would be insignificant.


4.3.4.1 Construction Phase

Land of 777 ha (approx.) is required for project. The impact on land environment during

construction phase shall be due to generation of debris/construction material, which

shall be properly collected and the same will be suitably used for leveling/backfilling.


Beneficial impacts would be felt on land use pattern and topographical features of the

area due to greening of the area through plantation and green belt development. With

the implementation of treatment system for solids, liquids and gaseous active wastes,

and after the treatment the levels of releases are expected to be well within the limits as

prescribed by AERB. Under normal operating conditions, there may not be any

significant impact on the land environment. The greenbelt development as suggested in

EMP would improve the quality of environment around NPP.

The impact on land environment during operational phase will be minimized due to

comprehensive solid waste management and disposal system. There shall be

generation of small amount of hazardous solid waste from proposed process/treatment

units. The same shall be disposed to authorized disposal agency.

There will be positive impact on existing landscape due to proper planning for

landscaping, development of roads with avenue trees and green belt development

around the project building making the landscape beautiful with lush green cover. The





waste materials will be suitably collected at identified places and will be disposed to

authorized Municipal disposal site.


No National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Tiger Reserve, Elephant Reserve (existing as well

as proposed), Migratory routes for birds are not present within 10 km of the project site.

Impact on biological environment (flora and fauna) will be due to changes developed on

air, water and land environments. The proposed site is surrounded by waste land with

scruby vegetation and agricultural land. However all activities are planned to be

executed leading to minimum changes in air, water and land environments. The

proposed facilities will not lead to any additional change in the air, water and land

environments. An application for diversion of forest land is submitted to competent

authority for getting clearance of 21 ha forest land within the plant site. A copy of the

same is attached as Annexure-XVI (Volume – II of this report).

NPP has extensive developmental plan for green belt and plantation activities in plant

site. This will not only result in increase in green cover and biodiversity of the region but

also creation of beautiful landscape.

4.3.5.1 Ecological impact during construction phase

The conversion of land masses into built-up area of NPP will have impacts on the local

flora and fauna.

The construction activities likely to have impacts on the local ecosystem include:

Clearing of vegetative cover

Movement and materials transportation

Disposal of waste materials

4.3.5.2 Clearing of vegetative cover

The land mass of the proposed project site is dominated by scrub jungle. The major

plant species observed in the project area include: Prosopis juliflora, Ficus

benghalensis, Acacia tortilis, Acacia leucophloea, Acacia senegal, Ziziphus oenoplia,

Ziziphus nummularia, Prosopis cineraria, Azadirachta indica, Chloris tenella, Rivea

hypocrateriformis, Grewia tiliifolia, Phyllanthus emblica, Capparis sepiaria, Cissus





trifoliate, Fluggea virosa, Fluggea leucopyros, Enicostemma axillare, Pentatropis

microphylla, Mimosa hamata, Acacia nilotica, Pedalium murex, Typha angustifolia,

Argemone Mexicana, and Lantana camara.

The land mass of the proposed 777 ha of the total project site is characterized by

undulating terrain with small hillocks and plains. According to our survey, about 2982

trees are going to cut during the construction phase. Large amount of vegetative cover

in the form of herbs and shrubs are likely to be removed from the construction area.

Based on the available data, the following are the major tree species to be removed

from the project site with their approximate number are given in the Table 4.5.

Table 4.5 List of trees species to be removed from the proposed project site alone

Sl. No. Name of the major tree species

Approximate Number of trees to be cut

1 Ficus benghalensis 16

2 Grewia tiliifolia 68

3 Albizia lebbeck 112

4 Azadirachta indica 53

5 Prosopis juliflora 2041

7 Acaia leocophloea 76

8 Acacia tortilis 39

9 Acacia senegal 48

10 Phyllanthus emblica 23

11 Prosopis cineraria 235

12 Butea monosperma 62

13 Prosopis cineraria 51

14 Balanites aegyptiaca 47

15 Sapindus emarginatus 15

16 Parkinsonia aculeata 53

17 Alangium salviifolium 24

18 Unknown sp. 19

Total 2982

There are no endangered plant species in the project site area as well as in the study

area. Based on the present study, it is observed that, in the proposed project site, only

one species i.e., Ficus benghalensis posses more girth at breast height (GBH), ranges

from 120-380 cm. Among the listed trees and GBH range of the almost all other tree

species lies in the range of 20-40 cm. It is assumed that the removal of these green

cover would have direct impact on the faunal species inhabiting the area. It is proposed

to develop the green belt in the open space in the exclusion zone of the project area

which will provide the natural habitat for flora and faunal diversity.





4.3.5.3 Movement and materials transportation

The movement of men and materials is inevitably associated with the construction

works. The major part of the proposed plant area is surrounded by road networks. The

state highway - 37 (SH-37) is passing through the project. The transportation of

building materials and machineries from the nearby villages may create additional

traffic in the interior villages.

4.3.5.4 Disposal of waste materials

The waste material disposed during the construction period will have minor impact on

the local flora. The waste materials are disposed to authorized Municipal disposal site

outside the project site. Development of green belt will further provide adequate

environment to local floral composition.

4.3.5.5 Ecological impact during operation phase

One of the attractive features of the nuclear energy from other major energy sources is

its pollution free nature. So there will be less impact on the ecosystem and biodiversity

of the region.

4.3.5.6 Impact on Near-Threatened bird species

In the study area four near threatened species (Black-headed Ibis (Threskiornis

melanocephalus), Lesser flamingo (Phoenicopterus minor), Eurasian Curlew (Numenius

tenuirostris), and Painted Stork (Mycteria leucocephala)) were observed. However with

the introduction of the project, there will be not a significant impact on these species. As

the exclusion zone will provide the natural habitat and protection as well as the study

area and beyond their suitable habitat which will support them.

4.3.5.7 Impacts of proposed project on vegetation and crops (Kesar Mango variety)

The proposed project site is surrounded by double cropped agricultural lands. Among

the crop species Kesar mango variety is one of the major and commonly cultivated

crops around the proposed project site. There are no major air pollutants to be released

from the nuclear power during the operation phase of NPP.





4.3.6 MARINE ENVIRONMENT

The impact due to construction of intake/ outfall structures on marine environment will be

minimal by adopting all required safety and engineering norms. The release of thermal

discharge into sea will be designed and controlled to meet the MoEF regulation for raise

in temperature of Sea water body due to CCW discharges will be less than 7oC. The

details on thermal dispersion for the project are given in Chapter – 7 of Annexure – IX

(Volume – II of this report).

4.3.6.1 Identification of Impacts

The construction of seawater intake, warm water outfall and the material unloading jetty

will have impact on:

Seawater quality,

Marine ecology,

Land use and

Community.

The proposed plant will have a once through cooling system. The total quantity of

seawater drawn and the return water will be 43220 MLD. The temperature of the return

water released at sea will be 7°C (at the most) above the ambient temperature of

seawater. The brine from the desalination plant will be mixed with the discharge of warm

CCW and the salinity level of the brine will reach the ambient level of the receiving body

at the bay itself.

4.3.6.2 Prediction of Impacts

While the identification of the impacts provides the status of anticipated impact on the

environment, the prediction of impact will give the extent to which these conditions

can alter or improve the environment. Based on the prediction, mitigation measures

can be evaluated to minimize the impact on the environment. The activities which

need the prediction of impacts are:

i) Construction of groin type seawater intake

ii) Discharge of CCW through tunnels

iii) Construction of temporary unloading jetty

iv) Impact on shoreline and

v) Dredging and disposal

vi) Impact due to storm surge

vii) Impact due to Tsunami





i) Construction of groin type seawater intake

The seawater intake system will be designed for the intake volume of 43220 MLD. A

groin based channel type seawater intake system has been proposed with the sump

at the shore. Such channel type intake system is more advantageous than

conventional pipeline system for such large quantity of withdrawal. It offers least

interference to the existing environment, minimum disturbance to the marine life, less

hindrance to boat movements, minimum alteration to the seabed, non-formation of

vortex current and least disturbance to user community. However, the problem of

impingement and entrapment of marine organisms including fish on the intake

screens and entrainment of fish eggs and larvae do exist.

ii) Construction of outfall tunnels

The CCW is proposed to be discharged through six numbers of tunnels of each 8 m

dia. bored below the seabed. Since tunneling is proposed using horizontal boring

techniques instead of buried pipelines, the surface of the seabed will not be disturbed

thereby avoiding disturbance to benthos. The benthic animals which normally live in

the top one metre, will remain intact.

iii) Construction of Temporary jetty

It is proposed to construct a small barge handling marine facility of draft 3 m to 4 m

for handling project cargo such as over-dimensioned consignments (ODCs) during

the construction stage. It will either be in the form of a marginal wharf type along the

shore or an open piled jetty system. The impacts generally associated with the

construction of this facility are not very significant that too if it is planned as a marginal

shore based wharf type with some protection in terms of small offshore floating or

shore connected breakwater to provide the required tranquility for handling barges.

iv) Dredging and disposal

The estimated volume (preliminary basis) of dredge material will be around 3 x 106

m3, and the dredge spoil will be dumped on shore by means of appropriate shore





based and floating pipelines to create artificial bund along the shore and along the

periphery to afford protection from any possible natural processes including Tsunami.

The whole process may result in the following impacts to the marine environment:

Sea: Increase in turbidity level leading to, i) reduced photosynthetic activity of the

water column, ii) Smothering problems on benthos and iii) breathing problems for

fishes. Onshore: i) Percolation of seawater and possible contamination with the

ground water, ii) Appropriate drainage system for letting water back into sea, iii) Other

possible issues, if any affecting landuse in the neighbourhood.

The problem of littoral drift along the coast bordering the proposed power plant may

not arise in so far as the seabed is rocky and the prevailing wave climate is not

conducive for such occurrence.

v) Discharge of CCW

The CCW will have the temperature of at the most 7° C above the ambient

temperature of the sea water and it will be probably the only major impact on the

marine ecosystem and in turn on the marine life. It is therefore proposed to device

appropriate dispersion mechanism so as to ensure the warm CCW reaches the

ambient temperature at short distance. This depends on the number of ports, its

location, depth, length of the tunnel etc. This aspect has been studied through

modeling techniques and appropriate solution evolved as discussed in more detail in

Chapter 7.

Generally, prolonged exposure of aquatic organism to warm water (>3° C above

ambient) close to the diffuser ports or in the initial mixing zone would cause

migration of fishes. Any sudden change in temperature in seawater gives shock

and physical damages to fishes. However, in the project region no major fishing

activities are reported.

vi) Impact on Fisheries

There is no intensive fishing activity in the vicinity of the proposed site. Hence, the

impact in the area earmarked for the intake and discharge systems will be quite

negligible.





The volume of seawater intake for the proposed project will be 43220 MLD. The

estimated loss of planktonic population due to the drawal of seawater is around 3.5

x 1010 nos./day. Considering the total volume and number of phytoplankton

produced by the exponential growth rate of phytoplankton cells in the vast area of

the sea, coupled with tidal flow and current patterns, the loss of phytoplankton and

it’s possible impact on the biological production, by the intake of sea water from this

area seem to be negligible.

Direct impacts on fisheries resources and fishing operations from habitat loss due to

the channel constructions and associated dredging works are regarded as very low

and temporary in character extending only to construction stage. However, fish

impingement and entrainment will continue to be an impact which needs mitigation

measures.

vii) Storm Surge

The occurrence of storm is very rare in this region and may be evaluated while

fixing the safe grade elevation for the plant site.

viii) Tsunami

The Nuclear Power Park sites will be designed to take care of the impacts of

Tsunami. The maximum water level that can be generated due to probable

Tsunami will be estimated from mathematical computations and will be combined

with other effects such as tides, waves etc to get the maximum flood level at a

coastal site. The grade level of the plant will be kept above this estimated flood

level. Sufficient conservatism will be inbuilt in this estimation.

4.3.7 CRZ IMPACT

4.3.7.1 On coastal Line

The proposed nuclear power plant at Mithivirdi requires water front and foreshore

facilities for drawing and discharging condenser cooling sea water. Accordingly, the

segment of coastal line of project site around 3 km length is required for constructing the





intake water structures and associated break wall structures. In addition, the project will

also require the construction of under sea bed condenser cooling water discharge

tunnels of varying lengths from 2.5 km to 3.5 km. Therefore, the natural coastal area will

have some of project structures.

4.3.7.2 Impact of Coastal zone beyond HTL

The Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, Chennai, carried out the CRZ

demarcation studies and has classified the coastal zone around Mithivirdi site as CRZ-

III, which is undeveloped without any sensitive zones. The above area is not being used

for salt pans by local people. Therefore, conversion of this stretch of land for the

construction of the essential facilities will not have any significant adverse impact on

flora, fauna and human activities.

4.3.7.3 Impact on sensitive ecosystem

There is no sensitive eco-system in the intertidal area and 500 m coastal zone beyond

HTL and also this area is not included in any national park or sanctuary. Therefore, the

proposed project activity will not affect any sensitive ecosystem.


The impacts predicted during construction and operation phases are as below.

4.3.8.1 Impact during Construction phase

The proposed project site is having some forest land, road passing through the project site,

a short stretch of minor canal and a small cremation ground. Forest clearance is under

process for forest land under which suitably compensatory afforestation programme will be

implemented, the road and canal will be suitably diverted in coordination with state

Government authorities and the cremation ground will be suitably shifted in consultation

with local gram panchayat. With the introduction of the project, there will be direct and

indirect employment opportunities, improved infrastructure, availability of school and

hospitals and other Corporate Social Responsibility measures will improve the quality of life

of the people around the project area. During the construction phase the project also

generates employment for about 10000 persons.





Infrastructure facilities such as housing, sanitation, fuel, restroom, medical facilities, safety

etc. will be arranged to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers

including truck drivers during all the phases of the plant.

4.3.8.2 Impact during Operation phase

The impacts during operation phase include employment generation, effects on

transport and other basic infrastructure facilities. Some of the beneficial and adverse

impacts due to project are explained below. The operating station manpower strength in

Stage-I, Stage-II & Stage-III is 1100, 2150 & 3200 respectively.

The proposed project would generate direct and indirect employment

opportunities as daily wage labors during construction, transportation

activities, supply of raw materials, auxiliary and ancillary works etc.

Due to the project there would be an overall development of the area, which

will improve the quality of life in the region.

Proposed project would help to fulfill the gap between demand and supply of

electricity within the country and particularly in the region.

The electricity generated in plant will result in electrification of villages,

development of irrigation facilities, drinking water supply, development of

industries etc.

Development in housing, education, medical, health, sanitation, power

supply, electrification and transport in the study area.

Influx of workers during the project construction phases would impose

marginal strain on the existing basic amenities within the study area.

Although low level generation of conventional pollutants may exist during the

construction phase but with proper Environmental Management Plan (EMP),

and medical facilities, the same will be mitigated.

4.3.8.3 Impact on Occupational health

Equivalent sound pressure level, 8 hrs average, (Leq 8 hrs), is used to describe

exposure to noise in workplaces. The damage risk criteria for hearing loss, enforced by

Occupational Safety and Health Administration, (OSHA) USA and stipulated by other

organizations, is that noise levels upto 90 dB(A) are acceptable for eight hours

exposure per day. Ministry of Labour, Government of India has also recommended





similar criterion vide Factories Act, Schedule No. XXIV (Government Notification

FAC/1086/CR-9/Lab-4, dated 8/2/1988).

The maximum noise levels in some of the plant buildings may be around 85 dB(A).

However, the workers in the noise zone area will be provided with protective equipments

like ear muffs and as a result the occupational exposure of the workers is reduced

considerably within stipulated limits.

4.3.8.4 Impact on environmental sanitation

The temporary labour colonies with adequate sanitary measures will be provided to the

construction workers to minimize pollution of soil, water and public health problems.

4.3.8.5 Improvement of communication facilities

During construction phase, the infrastructural facilities like roads, telephone, public

transport will be provided in the area.

4.3.9 TRANSPORTATION

It is anticipated that the possible impact due to transportation on the surrounding

infrastructure will be only during the construction and operation phase of the project.

4.3.9.1 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The anticipated average increase in vehicular movement per day during construction

phase will be given in Table 4.6.

Table 4.6 Average vehicular movement during construction phase

Sl No

Type of Vehicle Numbers plying per day

Type of impact - plying at

1 Trucks 150 In the region

2 Cars/Jeeps 40 In the region

3 Over sized Consignment 1 In the region

4 Excavator 2 Construction site only

5 Wagon Drills 8 Construction site only

6 Dozer 80D 3 Construction site only

7 Grader 1 Construction site only

8 Air Compressors 500 CFM Construction site only

9 Drifter 3 Construction site only





10 Dumper 35 Construction site only

11 Poclain 10 Construction site only

12 Front end loader JCB 2 Construction site only

13 Tractor with water tanker 3 (5000 L) Construction site only

14 Magazine Van 2 Construction site only

15 Portable Magazine 3 Construction site only

16 DG set for batching plant area

As req. Construction site only

17 Vibratory Road Roller 1 Construction site only

18 Remix/transir cars 15 Construction site only

A total of 150 trucks (HMV) per day will be running in the region for the construction

material requirement of the plant. For traffic volume estimation, considering receipt of

construction materials in two shifts (16 hrs.) about 9 trucks per hour (incoming / returning

trucks) will be additionally running on the road leading to the project site. Similarly for

cars / jeeps (LMV) about 2 vehicles will be running in the region for the construction

requirement of the plant. It is anticipated that oversized consignment vehicle will be

plying at the most one vehicle per day in the region.

4.3.9.2 IMPACT DURING OPERATION PHASE

As there is no bulk transportable finished / waste product from the atomic power plant,

except for the generated electricity, thus the anticipated increase in vehicular movement will

be only due to transportation of project personnel from township to the project site. However,

as per the usual practice in atomic power plant except for the very high officials, buses are

provided and that too this will be plying on the road between township and NPP at Mithivirdi.

The same will be of very low volume to cause any concern to the traffic load on the regional

transport infrastructure.

There may be minor increase in vehicular movement in the region during maintenance

phase but will be of very low volume to cause any concern to the traffic load on the regional

transport infrastructure. Number of buses will be run from township to NPP site to carry

security personnel, Managerial/Executive staffs, non-managerial/non-executive staffs. For

parking these vehicles there will be designated parking area at the project site and at the

township. Though there is no major traffic observed in the existing road running to plant site,

there will be no congestion of traffic on the road leading to project site is envisaged.





4.3.9.3 MITIGATION MEASURES

The following mitigative measures will be followed.

It will be ensured that material transport vehicles during construction phase will be

are in good working condition, properly tuned and maintained to keep emission

within the permissible limits and engines turned off when not in use to reduce

pollution.

It will be ensured that all staff busses during operation phase are in good working

condition, properly tuned and maintained to keep emission within the permissible

limits and engines turned off when not in use to reduce pollution.

Vehicles would be regularly maintained so that emissions confirm to standards of

Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB).

4.3.10 IMPACTS DURING DECOMMISSIONING PHASE

At the end of the operating life of the operating units, which would be around 60 years, a

detailed decommissioning plan will be worked out. The decommissioning plan will be

prepared by NPCIL in line with the AERB Safety Guide RW-8, 2009. The AERB

stipulations will be adhered to ensure that the impact in the public domain due to

decommissioning of the unit will be negligible. The process of decommissioning will start

after the final shutdown of the plant and ends with the release of the site for a

responsible organization or for unrestricted use by the public, if authorized by AERB.

4.3.10.1 Design Features for Decommissioning

The reactor units have several design features, which could contribute to the case of

decommissioning. Some of these features are inherent in design. Other features have

been incorporated primarily to aid operation and maintenance or in-service

inspection/replacement of components, but would pay a positive role at the time of de-

commissioning. Some of these features are given below:

(i) The reactor pressure vessel (RPV) is placed inside a concrete reactor pit, which

acts as a biological shield and thereby substantially reduces the activation of the

other concrete structures.

(ii) Availability of on-site independent fuel storage facility.

(iii) Primary coolant loop components and other reactor internals are mostly

replaceable.

(iv) Low Co and low Ni steels are used as ingredient materials for the components.





(v) Amenable plant layout for easy dismantling during the de-commissioning process.

(vi) Low contamination due to good water chemistry control, selection of materials

and high-capacity primary coolant purification system.

(vii) In-situ decontamination is possible at the very beginning of the decommissioning

activity by utilizing the existing plant systems, experienced plant personnel and

available infrastructure to the maximum extent. Full system decontamination

prepares the entire primary circuit including the RPV and most of the plant

primary and auxiliary systems for dismantling in one single step.

4.3.10.2 Approach for Decommissioning The following approach would be followed for de-commissioning:

a) After the final shutdown of the reactor, the foremost aspect before removal of the

core components is to ensure that their decay heat is reduced to an acceptable

level.

b) De-fuel the reactor and transfer the entire fuel bundle into spent fuel storage

facility/and/or away from reactor spent fuel facility.

c) Remove all contaminated equipment, piping and system from various buildings.

Maintain the facility in this condition for 10 years, by that time radioactivity level

are likely to be reduced by factor of 5.

d) Mothballing initially for 30 years. This approach would reduce the total volume of

radioactive waste. Subsequent step will be finalized after assessing the situation.

Procedure

During decommissioning, work methods and procedures will be established to demarcate

areas which contain radioactive or contaminated material and regulate access to such

areas.

Surveillance

Till such time the retired nuclear power plant area is declared fit by AERB for unrestricted

use, the arrangement for surveillance and security of the plant area will include:

1. Periodic radiation survey of the plant area to verify that no radioactive material

is getting dispersed around the area.





2. Periodic environmental survey to verify that no significant relapse of

radioactive material to the environment has taken place.

3. Round the clock security to enforce access control and prevent unauthorized

entry to the plant area.

4. Inspection of physical barrier for security.

4.3.10.3 Decommissioning Cost

In arriving at the capital cost of nuclear power stations, it is normally not the practice to

include decommissioning cost. In recent year all over the world, operating nuclear

power station has started creating decommissioning fund. A Nominal charge is

included in the unit energy cost which will accumulate with interest over the operating

life of the power station for meeting the estimated cost of decommissioning of the

station at the end of its useful life time. In India, the provision of decommissioning

charge was introduced since 1984.

Decommissioning experience so far is limited worldwide and no large scale

commercial nuclear power plant has yet been decommissioned. Based on the various

studies conducted abroad and the information available in India, a cost of 1.25 Paisa /

Kwh has been included as the decommissioning levy in Unit Energy Cost (UEC) for all

types of power station in India. This will be updated from time to time based on

evolving decommissioning experience. With effect from October 1991, the

decommissioning levy is revised to 2 paisa/kwh.

268






CHAPTER – 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)






5.0 TECHNOLOGY

The Department of Atomic Energy (DAE) has an ongoing programme for development of

Nuclear Power by pursuing different technologies. Accordingly, three stage programme

for generation of nuclear power has been adopted.

The First Stage program involves utilization of available resource of natural Uranium in

the country for generation of nuclear power by Pressurized Heavy Water Reactor

(PHWR) technology. The Second Stage program involves Fast Breeder Reactor (FBR)

technology wherein plutonium is utilized, which is obtained by reprocessing spent fuel

from PHWR units from first stage and at the same time using Thorium (which is available

in abundance in India) as blankets in these type of reactors, which will be converted into

uranium. The Third Stage involves use of uranium obtained from second stage and later

on from third stage itself as fuel and thorium as blanket and will be converted into

uranium for long term energy generation.

In order to meet the growing demand of electricity in the country, Government of India

has decided to enhance the share of nuclear power in overall electricity generation of the

country. In order to meet the gap between supply and demand, it has been planned to

generate nuclear power by importing reactors of LWR technology from various countries.

A beginning has been made in this line by importing 2 x 1000 MWe VVER reactors of

LWR technology from Russian Federation, which are at the advanced stage of

construction at Kudankulam, Tamil Nadu State.

As such today our country has option for generating nuclear power by PHWR technology

with capacity of 220 MWe to 700 MWe, FBR technology with capacity of 500 MWe and

Advanced Heavy Water Reactor of 300 MWe capacity which is under launching stage by

DAE. In addition, LWR technology of 1000 to 1650 MWe from various countries are

available for establishing at various sites in India.

5.1 GREEN HOUSE GAS EMISSIONS

The comparison of nuclear power plant with that of coal based thermal power plant with

respect to fuel use and emissions of conventional pollutants indicate that the nuclear

power plants do not generate conventional pollutants as can be seen from the Fig. 5.1.






Fig. 5.1 Comparison of waste production in nuclear and thermal power stations

Various control measures are foreseen to be brought to reduce the emissions of

greenhouse gases, which are unavoidable product of combustion of all fossil fuels.

Nuclear power and renewable sources contribute very little to atmospheric carbon

dioxide or Sulphur and nitrogen oxide levels, as presented in the Table 5.1 and

comparative emissions and fuel requirements for a 1000 MWe plant are presented in

Fig. 5.1. The nuclear power can play an important role in reducing global emissions of

greenhouse gases. Nuclear Power in the world is today avoiding some 8% additional

CO2 emissions that would occur if the electricity produced by nuclear power were to be

produced by fossil fuels.






Table 5.1 Comparative CO2 (GHG) Emissions from Various Energy Sources

Energy Sources

Gram CO2/KWh

Ratio (over Nuclear)

Small Hydro (Earth-filled

dam type)

6

0.75

Nuclear 8 1

Geo-Thermal 11 1.38

Wind 20 2.50

Tidal 35 4.38

Solar 55 6.88

Gas 181 22.63

Oil 205 25.5

Coal 295 36.88

Source: Working Material for RCA Workshop on Economic and Financial Aspect of NPPs- MANILA (August 1997)

5.2 SITE SELECTION

The Site Selection Committee (SSC) constituted by Department of Atomic Energy,

Government of India carry out preliminary assessment of sites offered by the States

and recommends suitable sites to Government of India. In the case of Mithivirdi site, the

site has been considered suitable after considering various aspects such as location of

site, topography, type of plant, availability of land, quality and availability of water, drawl

and discharge, radioactive liquid effluent management, thermal pollution, availability of

construction & start up power, power evacuation, meteorological parameters of the

area/region such as wind, rainfall, temperature etc., population density, population, land

use, water use, foundation conditions, geology & seismotectonics of region, seismic

zone of site, ground water, flooding aspects, solid waste disposal, radiological burden,

general environment with regard to industries, airport, inflammable / toxic chemicals,

tourist & historical places etc., access to site, over dimensioned consignment movement,

construction facilities and other considerations.

Once “In Principle” approval is given by Government of India, the site is evaluated in

greater detail and Site Evaluation Report & Environment Impact Assessment report are

prepared and submitted to AERB (for siting consent) and MOEF (for environment

clearance) respectively.






The sites for location of a Nuclear Power Plant is surveyed, selected and recommended

by a Site Selection Committee constituted by Department of Atomic Energy (DAE),

Government of India. The Committee has members from various departments including

MoEF, CEA, DAE, BARC, and NPCIL. The committee has a standard procedure as

prescribed by AERB for selection of the site covering all the studies, data, parameters

which are necessary to meet the requirements to establish a nuclear power plant at a

particular site. The nuclear power plants are located either on inland site like

Rawatbhatta, Narora, Kakarpara, & Kaiga or the coastal sites like, Tarapur, Madras and

Kudankulam. The inland sites are assigned for reactor capacities varying from 220

MWe to 700 MWe. The above limit of the capacity of reactor is mainly due to

requirement of cooling water as well as availability of infrastructure for transportation of

heavy equipment of nuclear power plant. The coastal sites are assigned for reactor

capacity of above 1000 MWe as these units require huge amount of cooling water,

which is available in abundance from the sea and availability of sea route for

transportation of heavy equipment of nuclear power plant.

SSC (2005) recommended site at Mithivirdi village adjacent to sea coast, District

Bhavnagar, Gujarat for locating the NPP. The site has the potential for setting up 6 units,

each of 1000 MWe.

Mithivirdi site has several favorable factors for locating 6 x 1000 MWe Light Water

Reactors (LWRs). Some of the major ones are summarized below.

Availability of sufficient cooling sea water.

Power evacuation is feasible for around 6,000 MWe

Minimum physical displacement of the public

Connectivity of the site via road and sea route

The Light Water Reactors (LWRs) proposed to be set up at Mithivirdi have all the

features of the modern technologies and the design of plant is consistent with the

standard international practices for safety systems. The emissions in water, air and land

from proposed project will be within the limits prescribed by MoEF/AERB.

273




ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR GUJARAT NUCLEAR POWER

PLANT, BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT

CHAPTER – 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

274






6.0 INTRODUCTION

The purpose of the environmental monitoring plan is to ensure that the envisaged

purpose and desired benefits of the project are achieved.

To ensure the effective implementation of the proposed mitigation measures, the broad

objectives of monitoring plan are:

To evaluate the performance of mitigation measures proposed in the

environmental monitoring programme (EMP).

To evaluate the adequacy of Environmental Impact Assessment

To suggest improvements in management plan, if required

To enhance environmental quality.

To implement and manage the mitigative measures defined in EMP.

To undertake compliance monitoring of the proposed project operation and

evaluation of mitigative measure.

6.1 IMPLEMENTION ARRANGEMENT

The various components of the environment needs to be monitored on regular basis

during construction and operation phase of the project, as per the requirements of

regulating agencies as well as for trend monitoring of the pollutants levels in various

environmental matrices.

6.1.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Planning Section of NPCIL and Environmental Survey Laboratory (ESL) of Health

Physics Division (HPD), Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC) will be involved in

environmental monitoring programme and both will report to Project Director (PD) for

review. The monitoring of conventional pollutant will be taken up by hiring local agencies

/ consultants and the radiological parameters will be monitored by ESL.

6.1.2 DURING OPERATION PHASE

At the project, an Environmental Management Apex Review Committee (EMARC) will be

formed and this committee will review the effectiveness of environmental management

plan of the project and Environmental Management System of the station in line with

ISO-14001 & OHSAS 18000 during operation phase.

275






At plant level Technical Services Unit (TSU) will look after the environmental matters

and environmental monitoring programme. TSU will work out a schedule for monitoring

and will meet regularly to review the effectiveness of the EMP implementation. The data

collected on various EMP measures would be reviewed by this committee and if needed

corrective action will be formulated for implementation.

TSU will formulate short term & long term plans for environmental issues, which require

monitoring and effective implementation. The environmental quality-monitoring program

will be carried out in the impact zone with suitable sampling stations and frequency for

non radiological parameters as identified under Section 6.3.

Radiological parameters outside exclusion zone will be monitored by Environmental

Survey Laboratory (ESL) of Health Physics Division (HPD), Bhabha Atomic Research

Centre (BARC). The ESL will be set up at the site, at least 18 months before operation

of the plant units. Environmental Survey Laboratory (ESL) will report to Health Physics

Division (HPD), BARC. The two will periodically report the progress of the environmental

monitoring programme to the Station Director / NPCIL management and AERB for

review and necessary action (if required).

Radiological parameters within exclusion zone will be monitored by Health Physics Unit

(HPU), Chemical Laboratory and Waste Management Unit formed at project level by

NPCIL. The radiological monitoring will be reported to Technical Services Unit, which in

turn reports to Chief Superintend (CS) and CS reports to Station Director of the project.

Non-radiological pollutants will be monitored by HPU, Chemical Laboratory and Waste

Management Unit and these will report the results to TSU, which in turn reports to Chief

Superintend (CS) and CS reports to Station Director of the project.

Monitoring of radiation exposures to occupational workers and the releases to the

environment are controlled by the station and monitored by Health Physics Unit and

ESL within exclusion zone and beyond any exclusion zone, respectively.

During operation phase different issues / components involved in environmental

monitoring programme will be looked upon by Environmental Survey Laboratory (ESL),

Health Physics Unit, Chemical laboratory, Waste management Unit, Medical Unit, Civil

276






Maintenance, Maintenance Unit, Horticulture Unit / Service Maintenance, Central

Material & Management, Industrial Safety and Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

Unit / Human Resources Group. All the above mentioned units responsible for different

aspects of monitoring will periodically report the progress of the environmental

monitoring programme to TSU for review and necessary action (if required). The

reporting arrangement of different units responsible for environmental monitoring

programme during construction and operation phase is given under Section 6.6.2.

The TSU will monitor and make periodical review of the environmental monitoring

program and in case higher level interface is required will report the matter to EMARC

for higher management intervention.

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS TO BE MONITORED

Several measures have been proposed in the environmental mitigation measures for

mitigation of adverse environmental impacts. These shall be implemented as per

proposal and monitored regularly to ensure compliance to environmental regulation and

also to maintain a healthy environmental conditions around the plant site.

A major part of the sampling and measurement activity shall be concerned with long

term monitoring aimed at providing an early warning of any undesirable changes or

trends in the natural environment that could be associated with the plant activity. This is

essential to determine whether the changes are in response to a cycle of climatic

conditions or are due to impact of the plant activities. In particular, a monitoring strategy

shall be ensured that all environmental resources, which may be subject to

contamination, are kept under review and hence monitoring of the individual elements of

the environment shall be done.

The environmental quality monitoring program will be carried out in the impact zone with

suitable sampling stations and frequency for radiological and non radiological

parameters. Radiological parameters will be monitored by Environmental Survey

Laboratory and Health Physics Unit, which will be set up at the site, at least 18 months

before operation of the plant units. During the operation phase Environmental Survey

Laboratory shall undertake all the radiological monitoring work outside exclusion zone

and the HPU will undertake the radiological monitoring work within exclusion zone to

ensure the effectiveness of environmental mitigation measures. The conventional

277






pollutants will be monitored by Chemical Laboratory, HPU and Waste Management Unit.

The suggestions given in the Environmental Monitoring Programme shall be

implemented by the ESL by following an implementation schedule.

In case of any alarming variation in, radiation levels in air, water, food items, soil (within

NPP at Mithivirdi and in surroundings as applicable), ambient air, stack emission, work

zone air and noise monitoring results, performance of effluent treatment facilities,

wastewater discharge from outfalls, etc. shall be discussed and any variance from

norms shall be reported to the Environmental Management Apex Review Committee for

immediate rectification at the higher management level.

In addition to the monitoring programme the following shall also be done to further

ensure the effectiveness of mitigation measures:

Quarterly environmental audits shall be carried out for the project to check for

compliance with standards / applicable norms by in-house experts. The

Nuclear Power Plant will be brought under ISO-14001 & OHSAS 18000, shall

be audited as per the pre-plan audit.

The environmental aspects to be monitored to ensure proper implementation and

effectiveness of various mitigative measures envisaged / adopted during the design and

commissioning phase of the NPP at Mithivirdi are described here under.

The frequency of monitoring schedule for different parameters as mentioned below may

increase depending on the requirement.

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME: 6.3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Chapter 4, Section 4.3, describes the impacts and mitigation measures envisaged

during construction phase vis-à-vis the environmental components which are likely to get

impacted in case mitigation measures are not adequately followed. In view of the same

the environmental components / indicators which are to be monitored during

construction phase are air, water, noise levels and soil.

The air quality (at the project site and ambient air quality in the surrounding nearby

villages) will indicate to which extent the mitigation measures are being followed.

278






Similarly the up-stream and downstream surface water quality (w.r.t project site), will

indicate the quality and extent of wastewater from the project site is being discharged in

to the canal (vis-à-vis the extent of environmental mitigation measures being followed

during construction phase). Likewise the monitoring of ground water, up-gradient and

down-gradient of project site will indicate seepage of pollutants in to ground water from

the construction site.

The noise levels at the project site and surrounding villages has been planned to be

assessed to which the construction workers and surrounding population are exposed

during construction phase. This will indicate the level of noise mitigation measures being

followed during the construction phase.

The soil quality in the surrounding area and at the project site will indicate the pollutant

fallout from the construction site in the surrounding areas.

The environmental monitoring programme during construction phase is presented in

Table 6.1. The implementation of monitoring will be contractor‟s responsibility and the

supervision will be done by NPCIL Planning Section. During construction phase the total

environmental monitoring cost is about Rs. 5.5 lakhs per year and for five years the

same will be Rs. 27.5 lakhs. The cost will be built up in the project cost, while subletting

the construction activity to the contactor.

Table 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme (Conventional Pollutants) –

Construction Phase (5 Years)

Component

Parameters Location / Frequency of Monitoring

No. of Samples / year (Locations X

Monitoring Frequency)

Monitoring Cost / Year

(Rs.)

Air SO2, NOx, PM10 & PM2.5

At four locations, one at project site and three at 120 degrees in nearest adjacent villages. Once in a season (except monsoon) per year for 5 years

4 x 3 12x16000 = 192000/-

Water

Surface Water: CPCB surface water criteria; Ground Water: IS:10500

Two surface water, up-stream and downstream of project site. Two Ground Water: Up-gradient and Down-gradient of project site.

4 x 3 12x20000 = 240000/-

Noise Noise Levels Leq (A)

At four locations, one at project site and three at 120 degrees in nearest adjacent villages. Once in a season (except monsoon) per year for 5 years

4 x 3 12x6000 = 72000/-

279






Component

Parameters Location / Frequency of Monitoring

No. of Samples / year (Locations X

Monitoring Frequency)

Monitoring Cost / Year

(Rs.)

Soil As per standard practice

At four locations, one at project site and three at 120 degrees in nearest adjacent villages. Once in a year during winter season for 5 years.

4 x 1 4x8000 = 32000/-

Total monitoring cost per year (to be built up in project cost, while sub-letting construction activity to contractor)

5,32,000/- Say 5.5 Lakhs

Note : Construction period is 5 years

6.3.2 OPERATION PHASE

The components / indicators of different environmental monitoring program are as

under.

6.4 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING

The radiation exposures to occupational workers and the releases to the environment

will be controlled by the facility / NPP at Mithivirdi and monitored by Health Physics Unit

of NPCIL. The radioactivity levels in the public domain will be monitored by the

Environmental Survey Laboratory, Health Physics Division, BARC to ensure compliance

with the regulatory requirements. The ESL at nuclear power project site will be set up 18

months before the start of the actual operation of the unit to generate pre-operational

base line data for comparison as per AERB Safety Guide No. AERB/SG/O-9.

The radiological monitoring program to be followed at NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat is

described under three separate categories.

Monitoring at the work place

Monitoring on site

Monitoring program in public domain

6.4.1 Monitoring at work place

Standard radiation protection practices for Nuclear Power facilities stipulate the kind of

radiological monitoring required. The Project Design Safety Committee (PDSC) and

Safety Review Committee for operating plant (SARCOP) constituted by AERB for NPP

would review the proposals included in the design for such monitoring and stipulate the

280






requirements after the review. Most of these instruments are intended for planning and

conducting the day-to-day operations of the plant. Those that are relevant to

occupational safety of personnel or to environmental discharges are discussed below.

i) Ambient Radiation / Contamination Monitoring within Plant Area

All the accessible areas of the plant will be constantly monitored for ambient radiation

levels and concentration of radioactive materials in air. These monitors have built in

preset levels in order to initiate audio/visual alarms.

At the exit of the operating areas of the plant, personnel will be monitored for radioactive

contamination through installation of portal monitors. In addition, the plant will also carry

out continuous monitoring of the radiation levels around the periphery of the plant.

Criticality alarm system will be an essential component, for alerting staff in case of

untoward criticality events. These will be installed at a number of strategic locations

where the operation involves handling of large quantities of fissile materials. Radiation

level data from these systems would also serve in post accident recovery operations.

ii) Effluent Monitoring

The gaseous radioactive effluents discharged through the stack will be monitored on a

continuous basis through online monitors with alarm in the control room, as stipulated by

AERB.

Liquid wastes generated from different units of NPP at Mithivirdi are sent to the waste

management plant (WMP). On such occasions, the concentration of radio-nuclides will

be measured, the quantum of waste dispatched will be noted and all such data will be

logged in a register. A similar procedure will be followed while dispatching the solid

wastes also. These steps will be implemented to insure that waste disposal is within the

discharge limits authorised by AERB for LWRs.

Before discharging the low radioactive liquid waste in to the receiving water bodies, the

liquid waste will be monitored online for radioactivity levels and based on the results

obtained the discharge will be regulated. Sampling and monitoring will also be done at

the discharge location where the effluent meets the receiving water body.

281






iii) Monitoring Waste Storage Integrity

In order to check for potential leak of radioactive substances from waste storage

facilities into the ground water, a ring of bore wells will be provided in the immediate

periphery for monitoring. Bore well water samples collected around the plant will be

checked and analysed for radioactive pollutants. The frequency of monitoring would be

quarterly or as prescribed by AERB from time to time.

iv) Personnel Monitoring

As the regulatory authority has fixed the annual limit of radiation exposure to the

occupational worker, it is mandatory on the part of the plant management to ensure and

demonstrate that no worker has exceeded the limit. Accordingly, all the radiation

workers will be provided with personal monitoring devices to quantitatively estimate the

external exposures received by them during the course of their work. Such monitoring

devices will be processed once a month and the accumulated radiation dose will be

measured. This will be done at the TLD laboratory services of NPP at Mithivirdi.

To assess internal exposure, all the occupational workers will be subjected to annual

whole body counting for detection and measurement of radioactive materials inside their

body, which might have entered during the routine course of work. In case of suspected

intake, persons will be subjected to bioassay. Persons suspected to be overexposed will

be monitored using bio-dosimetry. All these facilities will be available, in-house, in the

laboratory manned by experts.

The measured doses will be added to the personal dose record of the individual and

maintained in a national registry of BARC. The copy of extracted dose records will be

kept in the plant and will be scrutinized by AERB during periodic inspections.

6.4.2 Radiological monitoring on site

The radiation exposures to occupational workers and the releases to the environment

are controlled by the station and monitored by Health Physics Unit. On site monitoring

program will include the following:

282






A weekly vehicular survey of the site will be carried out to monitor radiation

levels (using a scintilla-meter) at different selected locations. The purpose of

the survey will be to look for deviation from normal values that could signify any

untoward release or possible contamination episode. The observation points

will be chosen as per the requirements of AERB.

A network of Continuous Environmental Radiation Monitoring stations will be

set up at ten (10) locations distributed around the site. Field mounted

environmental gamma dose logger will be used to monitor (log) gamma

radiation levels, continuously. The data from these stations will be downloaded

once in two weeks and analysed to look for any abnormal increase. Tele-

metering of all the data to a central console will be planned in order to sound

alarms in case of high values.

Watchdog monitors at all entry / exit points to the complex will be installed to

detect movement of radioactive substances. The movement may be a planned

one or may be unintentional as in the case of contaminated persons or goods

leaving the area unknowingly. The signals from the systems would be brought

to a health physics control panel for initiating early action, if needed.

6.4.3 Radiological monitoring in the public domain

An environmental survey laboratory will be set up as the requirements / directions of

AERB at the NPP, Mithivirdi. The monitoring program pursued by ESL would address

the requirements of environmental monitoring in the public domain.

i) Internal Radiation Levels

Environmental Matrices Sampled

The critical pathways by which radiation exposure may arise to the public will be

identified, taking into account the cropping patterns prevalent in the area, the nature of

occupation and the food habits of the population groups living nearby, and so on. Based

on this, an environmental sampling program will be formulated specifying (i) the matrices

such as rice, vegetables, milk, fish meat, etc. that need to be considered for monitoring,

(ii) the desired frequency or periodicity of sampling and (iii) the number of samples to be

collected in a year.

283






Areas Surveyed

Radiological survey will be done up to a radial distance of 30 km around the plant.

Generally, samples from various environmental matrices will be collected from the

survey area. The indicator organism like goat thyroid will be collected from selected area

(as per the requirements of AERB).

Different types of samples will be collected from the terrestrial and aquatic environs of

the 30km study area covering, soil, cereals, pulses and vegetation samples. Typically

around 1000 samples will be collected and analysed every year. List of sampling

locations, frequency of sampling and different types of samples to be monitored during

post project period in different area will be worked out as per the requirements of AERB.

ii) External Radiation Levels

The external gamma radiation levels will be monitored using integrating type dosimeters,

namely the thermo-luminescence dosimeter (TLD). The list of locations in the

surrounding areas where TLDs will be placed will be as per AERB norms. The

measurement of accumulated exposure will be done on for quarterly basis.

Measurement Techniques and Practices

Radioactivity levels in the environment are very low. Measurement of such low levels of

activity calls for special techniques. These have been developed and standardised over

the years in DAE. Relevant details about the methods of sample collection, quantity to

be collected, sample storage conditions, analytical procedures to be followed etc. are

well documented and are available in the form of a manual.

The environmental survey laboratory will have a full-fledged laboratory for analysing

radiological parameters. The conventional pollutants will be monitored by Chemical

laboratory. The list of equipments required for sampling / analysis / monitoring of

conventional pollutants is given under Section 6.6.3. In addition, the list of

equipment/instruments specialty for radiation/radioactivity measurements is given under

Section 6.6.3. Regular inter-comparison exercises between the ESL / Chemical

284






Laboratory of different NPPs in the country will be carried out as a measure of reliability

testing and quality assurance.

iii) Reporting of Results

Dose Assessment: The external, internal and total doses to the members of the public

will be monitored and estimated at various distances from the project as per AERB‟s

requirements.

Results of the survey carried out by the ESL will be brought out in the form of annual

reports and will be submitted to AERB for inspection and verification of compliance with

regulatory limits on radiation exposure.

6.5.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MONITORING

As per AERB norms and in accordance with the revised Radiation Protection Rules-

2004, all the plant personnel would be subjected to periodic medical examination.

Accordingly,

(i) Every employer shall provide the services of a physician with appropriate

qualifications to undertake occupational health surveillance of classified workers.

(ii) Every worker, initially on employment, and classified worker, thereafter at least

once in three years as long as the individual is employed, shall be subjected to (a)

general medical examination as specified by order by the competent authority and

(b) health surveillance to decide on the fitness of each worker for the intended

task.

(iii) The health surveillance shall include (a) special tests or medical examinations as

specified by order by the competent authority, for workers who have received dose

in excess of regulatory constraints and (b) counseling of pregnant workers.

6.5.2 MONITORING FOR CONVENTIONAL POLLUTANTS

As stated under Chapter 4, impacts and mitigation measures, the environmental

stresses from conventional pollutants are marginal. Often the range of impact is limited

to the plant and in its immediate vicinity. The monitoring schedule is evolved

accordingly.

285






6.5.2.1 Work zone noise levels

The Industrial Safety group of NPP at Mithivirdi will monitor the noise levels inside and

around the plant on a quarterly basis. Extensive survey will be done in occupied areas

near the sources of noise. Monitoring will be done in twelve places on site (Table 6.2).

The Industrial Safety group will keep a record of noise levels and take necessary

organisational actions like rotation of workmen, availability and use of personal

protective devices, damage to enclosures or insulation layers over enclosures and

piping. The results of noise levels and action taken (if required) will be reported to

AERB.

Table 6.2 Noise Level to be monitored

Description Nos. of Locations Monitoring Frequency

Work zone Noise

Eight hours per shift continuous to cover all shift of operation once in a quarter for all the twelve selected locations.

12 X 3 (shifts) per quarter = 36 x 4 samples per year

*Noise Level in Leq (A)

6.5.2.2 Stack monitoring for Diesel Generator

The diesel generator will be tested periodically for checking its state of readiness for its

availability in case of emergency. While such testing will be in progress the stack

effluents will be sampled and monitored for AAQ parameters. The monitoring frequency

would be once a quarter. There are 12 DG sets for six units and many small DG sets to

be installed in NPP at Mithivirdi. The parameters to be monitored will be SO2, NOx, CO,

PM10 and PM2.5.

6.5.2.3 Flue gas monitoring

The flue gas coming out of incinerator will be sampled from the stack and monitored for

SO2, NOx, CO and PM. The operation of the incinerator is intermittent and monitoring of

the flue gases will be done once a month or as per the guidelines provided by the

Gujarat Pollution Control Board. There will be one stack attached to the incinerator thus

number of sampling / analysis per year will be 12.

6.5.2.4 Effluent monitoring for STP Raw sewage and effluent from STP at the site would be monitored. The parameters to

be examined are pH, conductivity, Total suspended solids, BOD and coli-form count.

286






The monitoring frequency will be minimum once per month or as prescribed by the

Gujarat Pollution Control Board.

The effluent quality will be monitored at the inlet and outlet of the sewage treatment

plant (STP) as given in Table 6.3 to assess the performance of STP.

Table 6.3 Monitoring of Effluent Inlet & Outlet of STP

Description Nos. of Locations Monitoring Frequency

Inlet and out let of STP 1X2 = 2 Once a month

* Parameters = pH, TSS & BOD

Results of monitoring under Section 6.5.2.1 to 6.5.2.4 would be reported to Gujarat

Pollution Control Board.

6.5.3 METEOROLOGY

The meteorological parameters will be regularly monitored for assessment and

interpretation of air quality data. The continuous monitoring will also help in emergency

planning and disaster management. The project will have a designated automatic

weather monitoring station. The following data will be recorded and archived:

Wind speed and direction

Rainfall

Temperature and humidity

Solar Radiation

6.5.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

It is necessary to monitor the air quality at the boundary of the NPP at Mithivirdi

specifically with respect to particulate matter, SO2 and NOx. It is proposed that

continuous monitoring stations will be established at three locations North West, South

West and North East Boundaries (downwind of the predominant annual) of the NPP at

Mithivirdi. The equipment at the continuous monitoring stations will have facilities to

monitor PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx. In addition Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) will be

manually monitored in three villages, one each on the Eastern, South Western and

North-Western side of the project. The AAQ in villages will be monitored once in each

month during the entire year except monsoon season.

287






After the implementation of the proposed project the ambient air shall be regularly

monitored as given in Table 6.4 or as per the directives given by CPCB / GPCB from

time to time.

Table 6.4 Ambient air to be monitored

SN

Description Number of AAQ Stations

Monitoring Frequency

1. Ambient Air Quality (manual). Outside plant boundary in surrounding villages in Eastern, South Western and North-Western side of the project taken as centre

3 Once in each month - 24 hr continuous (except monsoon) for PM 2.5, PM10, SO2 & NOx Continuous

2. Continuous AAQ Monitoring Station at Plant Boundary

3 PM 2.5, PM10, SO2 & NOx Continuous

* Parameters = PM2.5, PM10, SO2 and NOX

6.5.5 MAINTENANCE OF DRAINAGE SYSTEM

The effectiveness of the drainage system depends on proper cleaning of all drainage

pipes/channels. Regular checking will be done to see that none of the drains are

clogged due to accumulation of sludge/sediments. The catch-pits linked to the storm

water drainage system from the different areas will be regularly checked and cleaned to

ensure their effectiveness. This checking and cleaning will be rigorous during the

monsoon season, especially if heavy rains are forecast.

6.5.6 WASTE WATER DISCHARGE FROM PROJECT SITE

All the waste water generated within the NPP at Mithivirdi (i.e. from process and STP)

shall be treated up to the applicable standard. The treated wastewater from STP will be

utilized for green belt development.

6.5.7 AMBIENT NOISE

Ambient noise shall be monitored at six locations in villages surrounding the proposed

project, once in each month. The villages selected for monitoring will cover the nuclear

power plant site.

6.5.8 GROUND WATER MONITORING

Ground water shall be sampled from wells / hand-pumps / tube-wells, up gradient and

down gradient of the plant area and the residential area to check for possible

288






contamination and to ascertain the trend of variation in the water quality, if any. In case

any adverse trend is noticed, immediate remedial measures shall be taken. A total of

four samples shall be monitored once in each month for the critical parameters.

6.5.9 SOIL QUALITY MONITORING Soil samples from three villages around the project site shall be analysed once in a

year.

6.5.10 SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL

Low-radioactivity combustible waste generated at the project will be incinerated in

incineration plant stationed at site. The non-radioactive solid waste, comprising mostly of

waste papers and biodegradable waste from canteen. The segregated biodegradable

waste will be sent for composting. Hazardous waste generated from the NPP at

Mithivirdi will be disposed as per applicable stipulations of statutory authorities. Periodic

surveillance monitoring will be conducted to ensure that the wastes are disposed in the

manner as specified.

6.5.11 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

The following plan has been made for implementation of green belt at the nuclear power

plant site:

Annual plans for tree plantation with specific number of trees to be planted

shall be made. The fulfillment of the plan shall be monitored every six

months.

A plan for post plantation care will be reviewed in every monthly meeting.

Any abnormal death rate of planted trees shall be investigated.

Regular periodic watering of the plants, manuring, weeding, hoeing will be

carried out for minimum 3 years after the plantation work.

6.5.12 HOUSE KEEPING

The Industrial Safety group will be keeping a very close monitoring of house keeping

activities and organising regular meetings of joint forum at the shop level (monthly),

zonal level – (once in two months) and apex level (quarterly). The individual shop

concern will be taking care for the house keeping of shops.

289






6.5.13 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

The setting up of the NPP at Mithivirdi will improve the infra-structure & socio-economic

conditions thus will enhance the overall development of the region. The communities,

which are benefited by the plant, are thus one of the key stakeholders. It is suggested

that the plant management under Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) plan will have

structured interactions with the community to disseminate the measures planned / taken

by the NPP at Mithivirdi and also to elicit suggestions from stake-holders for overall

improvement for the development of the area.

6.6 MONITORING PLAN 6.6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

The Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMP) during construction and operation phases

envisaged for the proposed project, for each of the environmental condition indicator is

summarized in Table 6.5.

The monitoring plan specifies:

Parameters to be monitored

Location of the monitoring sites

Frequency and duration of monitoring

Special guidance

Applicable standards

Institutional responsibilities for implementation and supervision

290






Table 6.5 Environmental Monitoring Plan

Environmental Issue/ Impacts

Mitigation Measure Reference to Contract Documents

Approximate Location

Time Frame

Mitigation Cost

Institutional Responsibility

Implementation

Super- vision

Construction Phase

1. Dust Generation

All possible measures to minimize dust generation during construction, like water spraying, etc.

Project Requirement

Construction site within the plant

During construction phase

Project Cost (Environmental Component)

Contractor / Planning Section

Planning Section / CCE/ PD

2. Solid Waste disposal

Reutilisation/proper disposal of solid waste generated during construction in pre-identified dumping area.

-Do- Construction site within the plant and dumping area.

-Do- -Do- Contactor Civil Maintenance / CCE /PD

3. Air Quality at construction site & surrounding

Monitoring of air quality with respect to various pollutants

-Do- At construction site and surrounding

-Do- -Do- -Do- Planning Section / CCE/ PD

4. Surface water quality

Monitoring surface water quality

-Do- Mithivirdi & Jaspara rivers up & down stream of project site

-Do- -Do- -Do- -Do-

5. Ground Water Quality

Monitoring ground water quality

-Do- Up & down gradient of project site

-Do- -Do- -Do- -Do-

6. Noise levels at construction site & surrounding

Monitoring noise levels -Do- At construction site and surrounding

-Do- -Do- Contractor / Industrial Safety

CCE / PD









Time Frame

Mitigation Cost


Implementation

Super- vision

7. Soil Quality Soil quality monitoring -Do- At construction site and surrounding

-Do- -Do- Contactor Civil Maintenance / CCE/PD

8. Environmental Protection Measures

Implementation/Installation of all Environmental Protection Measures as envisaged in Chapter 4 & 10 for controlling/abating pollution.

-Do- All plant units -Do- -Do- Contractor Planning Section / CCE/PD

Opération Phase

1. Environmental Protection Measures (Radiation levels / exposure within exclusion zone)

Proper functioning of all Environmental Protection Measures for controlling/abating radiological pollution.

Project / Statutory requirement

Different units of the operating plant

Continuously Project Cost (Environmental Component)

Health Physics Unit / Chemical lab / Waste management Unit (WMU)

TSU / EMARC / Station Director (SD)

2. Ambient radiation / contamination monitoring within plant area.

Continuous monitoring of all accessible areas of plant for ambient radiation levels and concentration of radioactive materials in air

-Do- Total plant area

-Do- -Do- -Do- -Do-

3. Effluent Monitoring: Gaseous

Gaseous effluent monitoring to check for potential leak of radioactivity through stack

-Do- Ventilation stacks

Continuously -Do- Health Physics Unit / Online System Control

TSU / Operation Superintendent / EMARC / SD









Time Frame

Mitigation Cost


Implementation

Super- vision

Room

4. Effluent Monitoring: Liquid Waste

Monitoring of low level radioactive liquid waste before being pumped into the receiving water body and at the discharge location – checking for potential leak of radioactivity to receiving water body.

-Do- Waste management plant & discharge location of receiving water body.

Continuously -Do- Waste Management Unit (WMU)

TSU / EMARC / SD

5. Monitoring Waste Storage Integrity

Monitoring of potential leak of radioactivity from waste storage facility into the ground water.

-Do- Bore-wells around waste storage facility

Quarterly -Do- -Do- -Do-

6. Personnel Monitoring

Monitoring of annual limit of radiation exposure to the occupational worker

-Do- All workers in side the plant

Continuously -Do- Health Physics Unit/Medical Unit

TSU / EMARC / SD

7. Radiation Monitoring on Site

Monitoring of gamma radiation levels, continuously through field mounted environmental gamma dose logger

Watchdog monitoring at all entry / exit points to the complex to detect movement of radioactive

-Do- Specified 10 selected locations.

All entry exit points

Continuously -Do- Health Physics Unit

-Do-









Time Frame

Mitigation Cost


Implementation

Super- vision

substances.

8. Radiological Monitoring in the Public Domain: Internal Radiation Levels & External Radiation Levels

Monitoring of external, internal and total radiation doses to the members of the public at various distances from the project.

-Do- In different identified zones within 30 km radius of the project.

Continuously -Do- ESL HPD, BARC / AERB / SD

9. Other Monitoring Requirements : Occupational Health and Safety

Periodic medical examination of all the plant personnel

-Do- All the plant personnel

Periodic -Do- Industrial Safety / HPU

TSU / EMARC / SD

10. Work Zone Noise levels

At all units of the plant -Do- -Do- -Do- Environmental Cost

Industrial Safety group

SD

11. Stack Monitoring for Diesel Generator Sets.

Monitoring of SO2, NOx, CO and PM at the out-let of all DG sets.

-Do- DG Sets Throughout operation phase

-Do- Pollution Monitoring Agency.

Maintenance Group / SD

12. Stack Monitoring for Waste Incineration Facility.

Monitoring of SO2, NOx, CO and PM at the out-let of Waste Incinerator

-Do- Waste Incinerator location.

Throughout operation phase

-Do- Waste Management Unit

TSU / EMARC / SD

13. Performance of Sewage Treatment Facilities

Monitoring of sewage quality at inlet and out let of STP.

-Do- Project site STP

-Do- -Do- Civil Maintenance

Maintenance Group / SD

14. Meteorology Monitoring of Meteorological parameters through continuous

- Suitable location within plant premises

Continuously Project Cost (Environmental Component) /

ESL HPD, BARC / AREB / EMARC / SD









Time Frame

Mitigation Cost


Implementation

Super- vision

monitoring system. Environmental Cost

15. AAQ Monitoring at Plant Boundary.

Online AAQ Monitoring at plant boundary at three locations.

-Do- At NW, SW & NE on plant boundary.

Continuously -Do- Contractor / TSU

TSU / EMARC / SD

16. AAQ Monitoring in vicinity of the plant

AAQ Monitoring in the vicinity at three locations.

-Do- At NW, SW & NE of the plant in three villages in vicinity.

Continuously Environmental Cost

-Do- -Do-

17. Maintenance of Storm Water Drainage System

Periodical cleaning of drains to maintain storm water flow within the Plant.

-Do- Entire plant drainage network.

Beginning and end of each monsoon.

Project Cost (Environmental Component)

Contractor / Service Maintenance

Maintenance Unit / SD

18. Water quality at the plant outfalls – conventional pollutants

Monitoring of water quality at all the outfalls as per the wastewater discharge (in surface water) criteria of CPCB.

-Do- As per specified waste water discharge monitoring program

Continuously Environmental Cost

Pollution Monitoring Agency / Chemical lab

TSU / EMARC / SD

19. Ambient Noise Monitoring of noise levels in plant vicinity

-Do- As per noise level monitoring program

-Do- -Do- Pollution Monitoring Agency / Industrial Safety

-Do-

20. Ground Water Quality conventional

Changes in ground water quality will be monitored in the up-gradient and down

-Do- As per ground water monitoring

-Do- -Do- Pollution Monitoring Agency /

-Do-









Time Frame

Mitigation Cost


Implementation

Super- vision

pollutants gradient of NPP at Mithivirdi

programme TSU

21. Soil quality - conventional pollutants

Monitoring of soil quality in plant vicinity.

As per soil quality monitoring programme

-Do- -Do- -Do- -Do-

22. Solid waste/Hazardous Waste generation and utililisation

Incineration of non-radioactive solid waste and disposal of Hazardous waste as per EMP.

-Do- All the units of the proposed plant generating solid wastes/HW

-Do- Project Cost (Environmental Component)

Central Material & Management / TSU

Chief Superintendent / SD

23. Green Belt Proper implementation of green belt development and maintenance.

Project / Statutory requirement

green belt development area

-Do- -Do- Horticulture Unit / Service Maintenance

-Do-

24. House Keeping Cleanliness of work place -Do- All units of the plant.

-Do- -Do- All responsible units/ Service Maintenance

-Do-

25. Socio-economic Development

Structured interactions with the community to disseminate the measures taken and also to elicit suggestions for overall improvement for the development of the area

-Do- Stake Holders -Do- -Do- CSR Unit / Human Resource

SD






Note: EMP = Environmental Management Plan, ESL = Environmental Survey Laboratory of the project, EMARC = Environmental Management Apex Review Committee formed at Plant level, CCE : Chief Construction Engineer; CSR Unit: Unit formed at the project to implement Corporate Social Responsibility goals; PM10 & PM2.5 = Particulate Matter of 10 & 2.5u size, SO2 = Sulphur-di-oxide, NOx = Nitrogen Oxides, CO = Carbon Mono-oxide

297






6.6.2 PROGRESS MONITORING AND REPORTING ARRANGEMENTS

The reporting system will ensure that measures proposed in the Environmental

Monitoring Plan of the project are implemented. Monitoring and reporting involve

periodic checking to ascertain whether activities are going according to the plans. It

provides the necessary feedback for the project management to keep the program on

schedule. The responsibility matrix for environmental monitoring program is given in

Table 6.6.

Table 6.6 Reporting System for Environmental Monitoring Plan

SN Details Indicators Phase Responsibility /

Supervision / Reporting

A. Pre-Construction Phase: Environmental Management Indicators and Monitoring Plan

1. 1 Location for dumping of wastes have to be identified and parameters indicative of environment in the area has to be reported.

Dumping locations Pre-construction

Contractor / Planning Section / PD

2. 2 Suitable location for construction worker camps have to be identified and parameters indicative of environment in the area has to be reported.

Construction camps Pre-construction

Contractor / Civil Maintenance / HR (Human Resource)

3. Location of borrow areas have to be finalized from identified lists and parameters indicative of environment in the area has to be reported.

Borrow areas Pre-construction

Contractor / Civil Maintenance / Planning Section

B. Construction Phase: Environmental Condition Indicators

1. 1. The parameters to be monitored as per frequency, duration & locations of monitoring specified in the Environmental Monitoring Programme prepared

Air quality Construction Contractor through approved monitoring agency / Planning Unit / PD

Surface Water quality Construction -do-

Ground Water quality Construction -do-

Soil quality Construction -do-

Noise level Construction -do-

2. Contractor shall report implementation of the measures suggested for topsoil preservation to environmental expert / infrastructure team.

Top soil Construction Contractor / Civil Maintenance / Planning Unit / PD

C. Operation Phase: Management & Operational Performance Indicators

1. 1 Radiological Monitoring Ambient radiation / contamination monitoring

Operation Health Physics Unit / ESL / TSU

298






SN Details Indicators Phase Responsibility / Supervision / Reporting

Effluent Monitoring: Gaseous

Operation Health Physics Unit / TSU

Effluent Monitoring: Liquid Waste

Operation WMU / Health Physics Unit / TSU

Monitoring Waste Storage Integrity

Operation WMU / TSU

Personnel Monitoring Operation Health Physics Unit / Medical Unit

Radiation Monitoring on Site Operation HPU / TSU

Radiological Monitoring in the Public Domain: Internal Radiation Levels & External Radiation Levels

Operation ESL

Other Monitoring Requirements : Occupational Health and Safety

Operation Pant Medical Unit/Competent Authority / Industrial Safety

2. Work-zone noise levels As per statutory norms Operation Industrial Safety group / TSU

3. Stack Emissions DG sets & Waste Incineration Plant

All parameters as specified for stacks for DG sets / Incinerator by Statutory Authorities

Operation Approved Agency / TSU

4. Performance of Sewage Treatment Facilities

Inlet and Outlet characteristics of STP associated with plant

Operation Civil Maintenance / Maintenance Group

5. Meteorology, Ambient air quality, Waste water discharge through plant outfalls, Noise levels, Ground water and soil.

All parameters as specified by Statutory Authorities

Operation ESL

6. Maintenance of Storm Water Drainage System

Blockage of drainage system / overflowing of drains

Operation Contractor / Civil Maintenance

7. Hazardous waste re-disposal as specified by statutory authorities.

As per the notifications / guidelines specified by statutory authorities.

Operation CMM / Civil Maintenance

8. Green Belt Development Survival rates of trees Operation Horticulture Unit / Civil Maintenance

9. House Keeping General Cleanliness of the plant and different units

Operation All responsible units / Service Maintenance

10. 6 Socio-economic Development As per CSR Plan Pre-construction / Construction / Operation

Plant CSR Unit / Human Resources

299






6.6.3 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

The list of equipment required in Chemical Laboratory / Waste Management Unit and

Health Physics Unit / Environmental Survey Laboratory for conventional pollutants is

given in Table 6.7. Whereas the list of equipment required for radiation/radioactivity

measurements is given in Table 6.8. Around 10% of Capital cost of the project is

allocated to meet the requirements of reactor safety and environmental safety.

Table 6.7 List of Equipments as Required for Monitoring of Conventional Pollutants

SN. Monitoring Equipments Numbers Required

1 PM2.5 & PM10 sampler along with gaseous sampling assembly 3

2 Stack Monitoring Kit (manual) 2

3 Portable Flue Gas Analyser for stack monitoring 2

4 Continuous AAQ Monitoring Station SO2, NOx, CO & PM2.5 & PM10

3

5 Sound Level Meter 2

6 Automatic Weather Monitoring Station 1

7 Ion Analyser with Autotitrator 1

8 Hot Air Oven 1

9 Hot Plate 2

10 Muffle Furnace 1

11 BOD Incubator 1

12 BOD Apparatus, Oxitop (1 set of 6) 1

13 DO Meter 1

14 Spectrophotometer 1

15 COD Digestion Assembly 1

16 pH meter 2

17 Conductivity Meter 1

18 AAS with Graphite furnace, Hydride Generator & Cold Vapour Technique

1

19 Digital Micro-Balance 2

20 Digital Top Load Balance (Range 1 to 500g) 1

21 Filtration Apparatus 2

22 Heating mental 3

23 Refrigerator 2

24 Fuming Chamber 1

25 Water Bath 2

26 Vacuum pump 2

27 Turbidity Meter 1

28 Filter Papers, Glassware, Plastic wares, Chemicals In Lot

Table 6.8 List of Equipments as Required for Monitoring of Radiation / Radioactivity


1. High Volume Air samplers 2

2. Ashing equipment 1

300







3. Portable survey meter 4

4. Contamination Monitors (beta–gamma & alpha) 2

5. Scintillometer 2

6. Alpha counting system 1

7. Beta counting system 1

8. Low beta counting system 1

9. Gas proportional counting system 1

10. Liquid scintillation counting system 1

11. Gamma Ray Spectrometer - NaI (Tl) 1

12. Gamma Ray Spectrometer - HpGe 1

13. Whole body counter 1

14. Instrumented Meteorological tower 1

15. Portable Diesel Generator set 1

16. Filter Papers, Glassware, Plastic wares, Chemicals In Lot

6.7 ENVIRONMENTAL SURVEY LABORATORY

An Environmental Survey Laboratory (ESL) will be set up 18 months before the plant

goes into operation. The laboratory will carry out analysis of background radioactivity in

the area with the purpose is to establish baseline radiation levels. Thereafter, when the

power plant is commissioned and operated, the radiation levels in the environment are

monitored regularly up to 30 km distance from the reactors. Within the exclusion

boundary, continuous monitoring of radiation levels is done by automated environmental

radiation monitoring system.

6.8 STAFF REQUIREMENT FOR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

An environmental management group will be formed with qualified officers and staff. The

team members will have expertise on the activities of construction, technical, operation,

maintenance, biodiversity, industrial safety, waste management etc. Depending on

requirement NPCIL may take assistance from standard organizations and institutes for

implementation of various components of environmental management plan (EMP).

Minimum number of personnel required for the project to meet the responsibilities with

the implementation of EMP shall be as follows:

Table 6.9 Staff requirement for environmental management at NPP at Mithivirdi

Staff No. of Personnel

Environmental Survey Officer 1

301






Environment Engineer 2

Lab Chemist

Lab Assistant

2

2

Health & Safety Officer 1

Biodiversity specialist 1

The posts / titles given above are generic in nature. NPCIL may designate them

differently to suit its convenience, as long as the functional responsibilities are fully met.

Since waste management is taken care by the fully dedicated Central Waste

Management Facility, the requirements for effective treatment of radioactive waste and

monitoring will be implemented as per AERB guidelines. As in the case of operation and

maintenance, a dedicated team of health physics officials will be available to monitor

constantly radiation levels within the plant boundary. Likewise, Environment Survey

Laboratory will monitor the environmental parameters in the public domain.

6.9 BUDGETARY PROVISIONS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

The budgetary provisions towards environmental monitoring program for the NPP at

Mithivirdi will be maintained in the capital Budget. The details of the same are provided

in Table 6.10.

Table 6.10 Cost of Environmental Protection Measures for 6 X 1000 MWe at Mithivirdi

Pollution Control – Radiological aspects

(Towards the cost of Nuclear safety systems, engineered safety features, consequence mitigating measures, waste treatment, management & storage, spent fuel storage, radiation emergency preparedness etc.)

- Non-recurring : Rs. 900 Crores

- Recurring / Annum : Rs. 15 Crores

Pollution Control – Conventional aspects

- Non-recurring :

Rs.

15 Crores

302






- Recurring / Annum : Rs. 30 Lakhs

Environmental & Pollution Monitoring - Establishment of chemical & radio- chemical sampling & analysis, health physics & bioassay sampling & monitoring facilities etc. and enhancement of Environment Survey sampling & monitoring. (Radiological & non-radiological)


- Recurring / Annum : Rs. 60 Lakhs

Green Belt Development


- Recurring / Annum : Rs. 30 Lakhs.

Social Welfare Measures

(Health & Water Supply Facilities, educational matters, area development / up gradation & Sanitation etc.)

- Non-recurring : Rs. 1.5 Crore

- Recurring / Annum : Rs 30 Lakhs

Total Investment on EMP

- Non-recurring : Rs. 922.5 Crores

- Recurring / Annum : Rs. 16.5Crores

Note : 1. Capital cost of 6 X 1000 MWe Project is under finalization by Government of India. 2. „Non-recurring‟ cost refers to the portion of capital cost of the proposed project based on estimation for 1000 MWe LWR units.

3. „Recurring / Annum‟ cost refers to the revenue expenditure and does not include capital depreciation and interest on capital

6.10 OVERALL SCHEDULES 6.10.1 OVER ALL PROJECT SCHEDULE OF NPP AT MITHIVIRDI

Construction of the project will be taken up in three stages of 2 X 1000 MWe each.

Planned schedule for the proposed two units of 1st phase will take about 60 months

(2019-2020). The stage-II (Units 3 & 4) and stage-III (Units 5 & 6) will be completed by

the year 2021-22 and 2023-24 respectively. The 1st phase project will be commissioned

303






in 60 months from the “Zero-Date” which is reckoned as start of construction activities at

site.

6.10.2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE OF ESL AT MITHIVIRDI

The construction of ESL building and procurement of different equipments for laboratory

(Table 6.7 and 6.8) will be planned in phase wise manner so as to establish the ESL

functioning by the end of 42 months i.e. before the 1st phase of the plant gets under

operation.

6.11 SUBMISSION OF MONITORING REPORTS TO MoEF

As per the requirements, the status of environmental clearance stipulation

implementation will be submitted to MoEF in hard and soft copy on 1st December and 1st

June of every calendar year. These reports will be put up on MoEF web site as per their

procedure and will be updated every six months. The conventional pollutants and

radioactivity levels will be monitored on monthly basis and reports will be submitted to

GPCB, CPCB and AERB respectively, as per the requirements.






CHAPTER – 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES







In Addition to the main EIA study, following additional special studies have been carried

out by independent institutes/agencies, organized by NPCIL as well as EIL for

generation of important baseline data / specific information required for the subject EIA

study. The details of the same are presented below.

7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

The information will be provided after the completion of public hearing.

7.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Disaster management is a process or strategy that is implemented when any type of

catastrophic event takes place. Gujarat State Disaster Management Authority (GSDMA)

has made a district level disaster management plans. Bhavnagar disaster management

plan unveiled in 2011 and certain findings are presented below. The DMP can be

achieved only through:

1. Preplanning a proper sequence of response actions

2. Allocation of responsibilities to the participating agencies

3. To prevent loss of human lives and property and effective medical response

4. Proper training and awareness creation among the villagers

The requirement for district DMP is set by the GSDMA under the authority of the Gujarat

State Disaster Management Act of 2003. The Collector and the special Relief

Commissioner of the concerned district are responsible for giving immediate remedy to

the disaster affected people.

Talaja taluka where the proposed nuclear power plant is coming up is high prone to high

wind, sea surge etc. So, offsite emergency plan and village DM plan is required for the

probable affected villages. The proposed plant at Mithivirdi is coming under seismic

zone-III. The proposed disaster management programme should be made keeping in

view of the NPP establishment. Taluka level disaster management plan and NPP

disaster management plan are required before the construction work starts. A full-






fledged disaster management plan for Bhavnagar district with all emergency

communication details is available in GSDMA website for reference.

Risk to the Nuclear Power Plant (NPP) and its surrounding may arise due the following

factors:

i. External natural events that are likely to affect plant safety and operation like

earthquakes, floods, extreme winds, landslides, soil liquefaction etc.

ii. External man made events that are likely to affect plant safety and operation

iii. Events within the plant due to hazardous chemicals used in the plant operation

that may affect the public and the environment.

7.3.1 NATURAL EVENTS

A site evaluation study is a prerequisite before a site is approved for the construction of

NPP at Mithivirdi. The purpose of the study is by AERB and NPCIL to assess the

engineer-ability of the plant at the selected site, in view of the effects of external natural

events - like earthquakes, storm surges, cyclones, tsunamis etc.

7.3.1.1 Earthquake hazard

The seismic zone map of India (IS 1893:2002) is given in Fig. 7.1. It can be seen that

the project site falls under low damage risk zone (Zone-III). All precautionary measures

have been considered while designing the engineering of the facility to meet any such

events. The seismo-tectonic study conducted for the site revealed that the site is

engineer-able from this consideration.

7.3.1.2 Cyclone hazard

The cyclone hazard map of Gujarat State showing the project location is given in Fig.

7.2. It can be seen that the project site falls under moderate damage risk zone, with wind

velocity reaching up to 48-50 m/s. All engineering precautionary measures have been

considered while designing the facility to meet any such events.






Fig 7.1 Seismic zone map of India (Source IS 1893:2002)






7.3.1.3 Storm surge hazard

The storm surge hazard map of Gujarat State showing the project location is given in

Fig. 7.3. It can be seen that the project site will not fall under surge inundation zone.

Further all engineering precautionary measures have been considered while designing

the facility to meet any such incidents.

7.3.1.4 Tsunami hazard

The tsunami hazard map of Gujarat State showing the project location is given in Fig.

7.4. It can be seen that the project site out of inundation area due to tsunami. However,

all precautionary measures have been considered while designing the engineering of the

facility to meet any such events.

Fig. 7.2 Gujarat Cyclone hazard risk zonation map






Fig. 7.3 Gujarat storm surge hazard risk zonation map

Fig. 7.4 Gujarat tsunami hazard risk zonation map






7.3.2 MANMADE EVENTS

The risk of external events induced by man on the NPP vis-à-vis the surroundings like

chemical explosions occurring in the nearest public domain has been considered

appropriate for analysis. A brief description of the postulated events and their impacts on

the plant and surroundings are as follows.

7.3.2.1 Aircraft crash including consequences of impact, fire and explosion

AERB Safety Code specifies Screening Distance Values (SDV), for locating NPP away

from airports, landing and take-off zones, and air corridors, in order to limit the

probability of such an event to less than 10-6 per year. The Bhavnagar Air Port is

situated at about 35 km from the project site in north-west direction. Considering the

current air traffic density and the projected growth in air traffic and the location of the

site, Mithivirdi NPP meets this requirement.

7.3.2.2 Effect of accidents taking place outside the project site

No industries handling toxic chemicals or explosives are reported to exist within 5 km.

The nearest National Highway is at Rajpara junction NH-8E at a distance of 12 km from

site. There is a possibility of LPG tanker explosion on the highway. The postulated

incident considered is a catastrophic failure of an LPG tanker, taking place on the NH10.

The effect of vapour build-up due to LPG tanker explosion is limited to a maximum of ~

153 m, heat radiation effect on equipment is limited to ~ 114 m, overpressure effects are

limited to ~ 175 m, and the structural damage is limited to ~ 146 m. The maximum

damage distances are far less compared to the distance between Mithivirdi NPP and the

highway.

7.3.2.3 Security breach/ terrorist activity

The nearest aerial distance of site from the international border (Pakistan) is about 325

km.

As regards security breach / terrorist activity in to the facility, sufficient security system

will be adopted in the plant design & implementation to deal with such eventualities.






7.3.3 EVENTS WITHIN THE PLANT

For the purpose of risk assessment and onsite and offsite emergency plan related with

the events within the plant, the risk due to non-radioactive substances and that due to

radioactive materials are dealt in subsequent sections.

7.3.3.1 Hazardous chemicals

Industrial activities, which produce, treat, store and handle hazardous substances, have

a high hazard potential endangering the safety of man and environment at work place

and outside. Recognizing the need to control and minimize the risks posed by such

activities, the Ministry of Environment & Forests have notified the “Manufacture Storage

& Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules ”in the year 1989 and subsequently modified,

inserted and added different clauses in the said rule to make it more stringent. For

effective implementation of the rule, Ministry of Environment & Forests has provided a

set of guidelines. The guidelines, in addition to other aspects, set out the duties required

to be performed by the occupier along with the procedure. The rule also lists out the

industrial activities and chemicals, which are required to be considered as hazardous. In

the proposed project the power generation from nuclear power (Light water reactor), is

being planned.

The major chemicals which will be stored by the project include High Speed Diesel Oil

(HSD). In view of the proposed activities are being scrutinized in line of the above

referred “Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical (Amendment) Rules,

1989 and its Amendment Rules 2000” and observations / findings are presented in this

section. This plan covers mainly the HSD, which is going to be stored and subsequently

handled during the plant operation.

As per the Schedule 1, paragraph (b) (iv) of “Manufacture, Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989, MoEF” High Speed Diesel (HSD) falls under category

“flammable liquids: chemicals which have a flash point lower than or equal to 60 0C but

higher than 23 0C”.

7.4 RADIATION EMERGENCY RESPONSE SYSTEM IN INDIAN NUCLEAR POWER

PLANTS

The purpose of planning for on-site/off-site radiation emergency response is to ensure

adequate preparedness for protection of the plant personnel and members of the public

from significant radiation exposures in the unlikely event of a severe accident. The






probability of a major accident resulting in the releases of large quantities of radioactivity

is extremely small. The probability, however, can never be reduced to absolute zero and

therefore this residual risk is sought to be mitigated by appropriate siting criteria and

implementing suitable arrangements for emergency planning and preparedness.

As stipulated in AERB Safety Guide No. SG/HS-1, to limit the radiological consequences

in public domain, the whole area around NPPs is divided into three domains based on

severity of prevailing radiation fields subsequent to the accidental release of

radioactivity. Appropriate intervention levels and derived intervention levels are assigned

in advance for each domain so that off-site emergency countermeasures could be

implemented in a pre-planned manner. Following countermeasures have been found

suitable to deal with radiological emergency in the public domain.

Iodine Prophylaxis administration

Sheltering

Evacuation

Decontamination

Control of food and water supplies

Use of stored animal feed

Decontamination of area

The selection of one or more of the above protective measures is based on the nature of

the accident and its associated risk and in particular, time factor associated with these

two factors.

The intervention levels as stipulated in AERB Safety Guide No. SG/HS-1 for protective

measures are implemented at very low radiation levels, compared to radiation levels

which cause serious injurious to persons receiving acute whole-body radiation exposure.

The requirements of emergency counter-measures in case of various DBE are

assessed. Emergency counter-measures like distribution of iodine prophylaxis and

sheltering would be needed based on intervention level.

The agencies responsible for carrying out remedial measures during the different

categories of emergencies mentioned in Table 7.1.






Table 7.1 Agency responsible for carrying out remedial measures during emergency

Type of Emergency Responsible Agency

Emergency Standby Plant/Site management

Personnel Emergency

Plant/Site management

Plant Emergency Plant/Site management

Site Emergency Plant/Site management

Off-site Emergency

District authorities of the State Government having jurisdiction over the public domain affected by the accident, normally the District Collector

7.4.1 EMERGENCY STANDBY

Emergency standby is defined as abnormal plant conditions with potential to develop

into accident situations, if timely preventive actions are not taken. During this situation

pre-identified plant personnel are placed in a state of alert for implementing the

emergency response procedure. Examples of situations that would justify initiating an

emergency standby is as follows:

Failure of safety-related plant features that may potentially lead accident

scenarios. A forecast or notification of severe natural phenomena in the

vicinity of plant site such as floods, earthquakes, cyclones, hurricanes or

tornadoes; A major fire at the plant or at an adjacent facility;

Release of a toxic or noxious substances on-site or off-site;

A threat to plant security;

An incident at an adjacent nuclear installation; and

Station black-out.

7.4.2 PERSONNEL EMERGENCY

When the radiological consequences of an abnormal situation are confined to some

personnel working in a plant, without affecting the plant, it is described as a personnel

emergency. For example, some of the plant personnel may be working at a location

within the reactor building where the radiation field is significantly above prescribed limits

for extended period resulting in their excessive radiation exposure. Some other

examples of personnel emergency are given below:






splashing of radioactive material on personnel while carrying out

operation/maintenance in such a manner that excessive contamination, internal

and/or external, has occurred or is suspected;

high uptake of radioactive material has inadvertently occurred or is suspected;

personnel contamination at levels exceeding prescribed limits;

high external exposures has occurred or is indicated;

the person is physically ill or incapacitated;

7.4.3 PLANT EMERGENCY

When the radiological consequences of an abnormal situation are expected to remain

confined to the plant, it is described as a plant emergency. This situation may arise

during operation or shutdown maintenance of the reactor.

7.4.4 SITE EMERGENCY

An accidental release of radioactivity extending beyond the plant but confined to the site

boundary (exclusion zone) constitutes a site emergency. An assessment of such a

situation would imply that protective measures are limited to the exclusion zone. Site

Emergency is declared and terminated by Site Emergency Director (SED). The

protective measures in a Site emergency include evacuation from the affected parts of

the site and also radiological monitoring of the environment in the Emergency Planning

Zone (EPZ).

7.4.5 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY

An off-site emergency may occur in the unlikely event of an emergency situation

originating from NPP are likely to extend beyond the site boundary (exclusion zone) and

into the public domain. For the purpose of planning off-site emergency, an emergency-

planning zone (EPZ) up to 16-km radius is specified. There should be fixed criteria to

determine an off-site emergency in terms of the release of radioactivity as indicated by

the radiation monitoring system.

The protective measures in public domain shall be implemented by the District Officials

under the supervision of the district collector or the divisional Commissioner, who shall

be designated as the off-site Emergency Director (OED).

The manual on Off-site Emergency Response Plans would be issued by the State Level

Emergency Response Committee. The manual shall specify the need of radiation impact






assessment based on immediate, intermediate and long-term consequences according

to space-time domain concept and the necessary intervention measures such as

evaluation, sheltering and food control. Off-site emergency shall be declared and

terminated by OED on the basis of technical assessment made by SED.

The Station Director Mithividri NPP is identified as the Plant Emergency Director (PED)

and all the Superintendent and Health Physicist are the members of the plant

Emergency Committees.

Consequent to the declaration of the site emergency the Station Director of Mithividri

NPP handover the charge of Plant emergency director (PED) to Chief Superintendent

and assumes the charge of Site Emergency Director (SED). The PED provides all plant

related information to the SED and works as per the advice of the SED to mitigate the

situation in the plant.

The SED is the Chairman of the Site Emergency Committee (SEC) and is responsible

for convening the SEC, when the 1st report of the initiation of an emergency is received

by SED. SED shall obtain technical inputs, such as particulars of the accident, from the

members of the SEC. The decisions for declaration/termination of an emergency shall

be based on inputs so obtained. The Site Emergency Organisation structure & the

recommended plant emergency response action flow diagram are chalked out.

Consequent to the declaration of the Off-site emergency For Mithividri NPP, the District

Collector, Bhavnagar will be the Off-site Emergency Director (OED). Its membership

includes the chiefs of all public services relevant to the emergency management in the

district and the Station Director of Mithividri NPP. The OED shall be the Chairman of the

Off-site Emergency Committee (OEC) and is responsible for convening OEC when the

report of the initiation of an emergency is received by OED. The Action Flow Diagram for

the site/off-site emergencies and Information Flow Diagram for site/off-site emergencies

have been chalked out (Fig. 7.5).

The Shift Charge Engineer (SCE) on duty is among the first to learn about the

occurrence of an off-normal situation. He shall evaluate the condition and the data on

the basis of which an emergency may be declared / terminated. He shall notify SED

about any condition which may warrant the declaration of an emergency.






7.4.6 EXERCISES

Emergency scenarios shall be developed to test emergency plans and operational

response at all levels. Exercises and drills shall be conducted once in a quarter for Plant

Emergency to see that the staffs are adequately trained and all the emergency

equipment are kept in good conditions. At the end of each exercise/drill an evaluation of

the response call shall be carried out to take care of any deficiency noticed. Site

emergency exercise is carried out once in a year. Off-site Emergency exercise is carried

out once in two years.

Emergency plan shall be reviewed at least once in five years, the improvements and

updating procedures shall be implemented based on feedback and critiques from

exercises.

Periodic exercises are conducted as per stipulation of AERB with the active participation

of relevant state and public authorities. These exercises are witnessed by observers

from Crisis Management Group (CMG), DAE, AERB, BARC and NPCIL-HQ.

Feed back is a very valuable aspect of the exercise of offsite emergency and authorities

will resolve the deficiencies surfaced out and action plan will be chalked out depending

upon the requirements.

The nature and magnitude of response measures would depend on the specific category

or extent of emergency. Though safety evaluation of an NPP relates to design basis, the

Mithivirdi NPP emergency response plan shall be based not only on design basis events

but also on accident conditions due to more severe events, even if they have a very low

probability of occurrence. An analysis of such events and the projected radiological

consequences specific to the NPP shall form the basis of response plan, so that the

nature and magnitude of response actions could be established.

7.4.7 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS SYSTEM FOR NPP AT MITHIVIRDI

The documented emergency planning and preparedness program to be established and

practiced for Mithivirdi NPP will be approved by AERB. This documented manual on

emergency preparedness and response for Mithivirdi NPP will be in two volumes as

follows:






Volume-I - Plant/Site Emergency Procedure.

Volume-II - Procedure for Off-Site Emergency.

The salient features of the emergency preparedness system for Mithivirdi NPP are

elaborated in the following sections.

7.4.8 PLANT/SITE EMERGENCY PROCEDURE

7.4.8.1 Emergency Organization and Responsibility

To effectively manage the emergency situation at Mithivirdi NPP site Emergency

Committee consisting of Advisory Group, Service Group, Damage Control Group and

Rescue Team will be established. The details of Mithivirdi Emergency action flow

diagram for site / off site emergencies is presented in Fig. 7.5.






Fig. 7.5 Action flow diagram for site/ Off site emergencies






7.4.8.2 Communication

The responsibility of communication during emergency lies with Communication Group.

This group ensures that all communication equipment is kept functional at all time. It

consists of Engineer- in -charge of the Plant, communication system, Telephone

operators and wireless operator.

7.4.8.3 Resources and facilities

The plant emergency equipment centre will be located at Administrative building or any

suitable location and it will be augmented with ready to use equipment for the plant /site

emergency. Normally Zone-II and Zone III area shower and wash room are to be used

for emergency personnel decontamination purpose. However there will be a separate

facility for casualty at Residential complex hospital when it is commissioned. A special

emergency service vehicle fitted with two –way radio equipment and necessary

monitoring & survey equipment will be available at all time under control of on duty Shift

Charge- Engineer (SCE). Different assembly areas for different working groups will be

identified inside the operating area or plant fencing and maintained for assembly in the

event of an emergency. Emergency shelter locations will be identified for sheltering

/evacuation due to emergency condition and the plant personnel shall proceed to the

shelter areas in the event of an emergency.

7.4.8.4 Action plan for responding to Emergency

After hearing the emergency siren and announcement about emergency situation and or

getting information of the same through telephone, all responsible members of the NPP

at Mithivirdi site Emergency Committee shall proceed to Main control room/ PECC.

Details of handling plant /on-site emergency situations will be documented and made

available at PECC. The action flow diagram for on site and off site emergencies is given

in Fig. 7.5.

7.4.9 VOLUME-II: PROCEDURE FOR OFF-SITE EMERGENCY

This volume will provide guidelines for handling off-site emergency at Mithivirdi NPP and

deals with emergency management organization, emergency equipment and facilities for

handling the situation up to 16 km radius.

7.4.9.1 Emergency planning zones






The area around the plant site is divided into various zones as described below for

effective handling of the emergency situations:

In normal operation of the proposed PWR category nuclear power plant, the impact zone

would not be beyond 1.0 km, which would also hold good for off normal situations due to

advanced technological features in built in the design of the reactor. However, on a

conservative side, an area of 16 km around the plant is considered as emergency

planning zone as per the requirements of AERB as described below:

As per AERB requirements, the exclusion zone covers a distance of about 1 km around

the plant site within which no habitation is permitted and is protected by security

personal from state /central government agency/Central Industrial Security Force

(CISF). The sterilized zone covers a distance from exclusion boundary at 1 km to 5 km

radius around the plant site within which natural growth of population is permitted and

unrestricted growth of population and development are controlled by state administration

through administrative measures. The zone of 0 - 16 km is termed as emergency

planning zone (EPZ).

7.4.9.2 Frequency /Periodicity of Emergency Exercises The following exercises will be followed in NPP.

Plant emergency Exercise – Quarterly

Site emergency Exercise – Yearly

Off-Site emergency Exercise – Two Yearly

7.4.10 Habitability of Control Rooms under Accident Conditions

The habitability of control rooms under accident conditions is ensured as indicated

below:-

The habitability systems of the main control room (MCR) and supplementary control

room (SCR) incorporate systems and equipment, protecting the operators from

radioactive, toxic and harmful gases, aerosols and smoke, for creating safe normal

habitability conditions permitting the operators to control the power unit and also to

maintain it in a safe state even under emergency modes, including accidents involving

the primary circuit loss of coolant.






7.4.10.1 Mode I – Normal Operating Conditions

In the normal mode, supply of outdoor air cleaned from dust is provided. Duration of

mode I is not restricted. The air entering from outside is mixed with recirculation air, is

cleaned on coarse and fine filters, cooled in the air cooler and by the fan along air

ducts network is supplied to the room via fire-retarding ducts. The air from the rooms is

withdrawn by exhaust fans and is supplied to the suction of the air conditioning

systems and to plenum vent center. The difference between the amount of the plenum

and recirculation air creates the required air head in the MCR rooms.

7.4.10.2 Mode II – Filtering/Ventilation Mode

The operation mode II is introduced automatically by indications of the radiation

monitoring transducers on rise of radioactivity in the intake air more than ≥3.10-7 Gy/h,

corresponding value of volume activity of iodine radionuclides 3.10 +2 Bq/m3. Mode II

duration is not less than 10 hr - period required for bringing the unit to cool down state.

The outdoor air flow rate is determined by the necessity to create a head in the MCR

air-tight area, as well as providing of the personnel with the outdoor air meeting the

sanitary (public health) standards (60 m3 per human being). Outdoor air, now passes

via filters, is cleaned, and supplied to suction of the air conditioning system. The air

conditioning system continues functioning as in mode I.

7.4.10.3 Mode III – Mode of Total Isolation of the MCR Rooms

This mode is introduced during emergencies for a period permitting the external services

of radiometric and chemical control to determine the content and concentration of toxic

substances in the atmospheric air in the MCR conditioners air intake area.

Besides, mode III shall be introduced in case of the outdoor air contamination by toxic

substances, carbon monoxide (in case of fire) and other harmful substances not retained

by the absorbing filters. In mode III air-tight valves in the outdoor line close, the operator

opens manually a valve on compressed air pipeline. On loss of power supply to the

system the operator manually opens a valve on compressed air pipeline. The

conditioning system continues operating for full recirculation.

To maintain the required pressure in the MCR rooms, compressed air from cylinders is

used. The mode duration is assumed to be 4 h, without replenishment. With






replenishment, the occupancy for indefinite period is possible. Storage location on the

cylinders is decided considering this aspect.

By signals of external surveillance services the operator takes decision about the

necessary mode of ventilation (I, II, III).

7.5 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

The socio-economic impact assessment (SIA) study profiles the socio-economic

environment of the locality around the project site and in doing so also assesses the

perception of the Project Affected Persons (PAPs) in the Project Affected Area (PAA).

The PAPs include persons whose land would be acquired for the project. Project land to

be acquired for the project comprises both private land (household and agricultural land)

and Government land. The various pre-construction, construction and operation phase

activities of the project are likely to stimulate the existing socio-economic environment in

the surrounding area. This impact is expected to be more in the area closer to the

project site and would decrease with the increase in the distance from the site. On this

backdrop, the SIA Study is directed towards addressing the following objectives:

- assess the demographic profile in the study area

- examine educational and health status of the people in the area

- present educational, health and other social infrastructure in the area

- explore people’s perception on the likely impacts of the project

- examine the impact of the project on community development activities in the

area

The SIA study spans a radius of 10 kms around the project site and is located in Talaja

block of Bhavnagar District. The study area has two radial zones: 0-5 kms and 5-10

kms. There are a total of twenty-two villages in the study area with seven villages in the

0-5 km zone and fifteen villages in the 5-10 km zone. There are about 115 scattered

dwellings accommodating about 500 people to be affected in the project area.






7.5.1 SPATIAL DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION AND HOUSEHOLDS

The village-wise details including households and population in the study area are

presented in Table 7.2.

Table 7.2 Village-wise details of households and population in the study area

Population within 0-5 KM zone of Project

2001 Population Census Total

Population (2011 est.)*

No. of Households (2011 est.) $ Village Total Population

No of Households

Jaspara 1868 280 2177 363

Khandadpar# 4344 702 5062 843

Paniyali 1669 266 1945 324

Kantala 1862 271 2170 362

Mandva 1347 248 1570 262

Sosiya 3067 495 3574 596

Chayya 1425 227 1661 277

Total (A) 15582 2489 18159 3027

Population within 5-10 KM zone of Project

Bhankal 981 182 1143 191

Goriyali 1308 227 1524 254

Bhavinapara 567 99 661 110

Pitthalpar 774 108 902 150

Kukkad 1830 325 2132 355

Navagam nana 1404 215 1636 273

Lakhanka 3184 470 3710 618

Morchand 3561 529 4150 692

Odarka 651 124 759 127

Chaniyala 784 107 914 152

Garibpura 1741 325 2029 338

Thalsar 2172 392 2531 422

Bhensavadi 23 4 27 5

Khadsaliya 4545 772 5296 883

Alang Manar (CT) 18475 3079 21529 3588

Total (B) 42000 6958 48943 8157

Grand Total (A+B) 57582 9447 67102 11184

Note:* Estimates based on decadal growth rate of 16.5 per cent of Bhavnagar District as reported in Provisional

Population Totals of the Census of India 2011

$ Based on average household size of 6 individuals for the study area

# Mithivirdi population included in Khandadpar in 2001 Census






The aggregative population and households distribution in the two zones is as under:

Table 7.3 Distribution of population and households

Area

around

project

Number of

Villages

Population (2011 est.) Households

Numbers Percentage Numbers Percentage

Zone of 0-5

km 7 18159 27 3027 27

Zone of 5-

10 km 15* 48943 73 8157 73

Total Area

(0-10 km) 22 67102 100 11184 100

* includes Census Town Alang Manar

From the above table it can be seen that as much as 73 % of the population of the study

area lives in the 5-10 km zone. The households also have a similar distribution in the

two zones taken on an average household size of six for the study area. From Table 7.2

it is observed that Alang village is having population more than 10,000 in the 0-10 km

radial zone around the project site. Population density within 10km is 427 person /km2.

7.5.2 SAMPLE SIZE AND STUDY DESIGN

For the field study, questionnaires were deployed for eliciting information on household

demographics, education profile, occupation, household amenities, village infrastructure

and perception of the people on the upcoming project both during the construction and

operation phases. The study of these attributes elucidates the socio-cultural and

economic facets of the people in the area.

Review of Secondary Data

Review of secondary data, such as 2001 Population Census of India 2001, Health

Statistics Handbook of Gujarat 2010-11, District Statistical Handbook 2001 etc. were

referred for the parameters of demography, district health characteristics, village socio-

economic infrastructure including salient features within the general study area of 10km

radius around the proposed plant site. The primary data collected through direct field

survey of the villages in the two radial zones of 0-5 km. and 5-10 km complemented the

secondary data.






Field Survey

Baseline data on socio-economic parameters were generated using information

available with Govt. agencies, census data etc. The field survey as mentioned above

inter alia undertook a perception study of the people in the study area with respect to

awareness, opinion, apprehensions, quality of life and expectations of the local people

about the proposed plant. A brief about the sampling design adopted for the field survey

is described below.

Composition of the Questionnaire

The questionnaire elicited information from the respondents in keeping with the

objectives of the study. A copy of the typical questionnaire for eliciting the above

information from the respondents is attached as Annexure XVIII (Volume – II of this report).

The attributes addressed for bringing forth the information related to:

a) Family profile of the respondent

b) Educational status

c) Employment

d) Information on family income

e) Sanitation and drinking water facilities

f) Family Health

g) Health infrastructure

h) Electricity & Transportation facilities

i) Communication facilities

j) Respondents' project perception

k) Respondents idea of compensation to be provided, if any.

Analytical Framework for Analysis & Compilation

The population for the study area has been forecasted on the basis of the decadal growth

rate in the District of Bhavnagar in the period 2001-2011. The decadal growth rate has been

quoted from the Provisional Population of the Census of India 2011. The Health Statistics

2010-11 report of Gujarat has been used to compile data of diseases and patients and heath

status of the people in Bhavnagar District. Besides, frequency distribution of demographic

parameters, educational status, agricultural status, peoples' perception etc. were also

studied.






A stratified sampling framework was adopted in the two zones of the study area with a

latent focus on people and the households in the 0-5 km zone in keeping with the

Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) issues of the project. Accordingly, the sample

size targeted in the 0-5 km zone was 126 from the seven villages while the sample size

was 150 from the fifteen villages which include Alang Manar (CT) in the 5-10 km zone.

7.5.3 MAJOR FINDINGS FROM STUDY AREA

7.5.3.1 SAMPLE RESPONSE

The responses received were around 90 per cent in the 0-5 km zone and 82 per cent in

the 5-10 km zone which gives an aggregate response rate of 86 per cent for the study

area which is perceived as representative of the views of the people of the study area of

the project.

7.5.3.2 Demographics

The demographic profile of the study area (10 km) in terms of population, household

size, education profile, occupation and land holding has been studied. As per estimates

based on 2001 census, in 2011, the study area had a population of 67102 persons with

73% population in the 5-10 km radial zone and only 27% in the 0-5 km radial zone. The

population density is 1.6 times around one and half times in the 5-10 km zone when

compared with the population density in the 0-5 km zone. Further, the schedule caste

and scheduled tribe population is next to negligible in the study area. The distribution of

population and salient demographic features in the study areas of 0-5 km radius and 0-

10 km radius are shown in the demographic profile in Table 7.4.

Table 7.4 Demographic Profile of Population in the Area






Household size: The demographic details of the respondents show that the average

household in the villages surveyed constitutes of 6-7 individuals. This comprises mostly

three generations living under the same roof. Around 10-15 per cent of the households

reported that they have a member of their household staying outside the village for

employment. Besides, there were students studying in institutions of higher education

(university/engineering colleges, etc.) outside the village.

Age Profile: The respondents’ age in the sample study ranged from 20 to 70 years in

the 0-5 km and 5-10 km zones. This age profile has been segmented in four categories

as shown in the table below. In the 0-5 km zone, the “up to 30 years” age group

respondents constituted a higher percentage than the rest of the categories. Further, in

the entire 0-10 km study area, the “41-50 years” and the “up to 30 years” age groups

constituted the majority with a 57 per cent share of the respondents. Details of the age

profile of the respondents zone-wise for the total area are given in Table 7.5.

Population data Population 2001 census Estimated Population in

2011

0-5 km 5-10km Total

upto 10 kms

0-5 km 5-10km Total

upto 10 kms

1 Number of House Hold 2489 6958 9447 3027 8157 11184

2 Total Population 15582 42000 57582 18153 48930 67083

3 Total Males 8008 27135 35143 9329 31612 40942

4 Total Females 7574 14863 22437 8824 17315 26139

5 Female per 1000 Males 946 548 1494 1102 638 1740

6 Rural Population 15582 23525 39107 18153 27401 45554

7 Urban Population 0 18475 18475 0 21529 21529

8 Percent Rural Population (%) 100 56 68 100 56 68

9 Population Density

(Nos/sq. km) 2410 3877 6287 2808 4517 7325

10 Schedule Cast Total Population 161 601 762 188 700 888

11 Schedule Cast Male Population 85 341 426 99 397 496

12 Schedule Cast Female Population 76 260 336 89 303 392

Source: Derived from Population Census 2001 and decadal growth rate of Bhavnagar from 2001 to 2011 of 16.53%






Table 7.5 Zone-wise age profiles of the respondents of the study area

Education levels: Education levels of the respondents range from elementary to

University level education. The education levels of the people show a marked difference

in that of the children and their parents. The parents and grandparents of the respondent

households were less educated. The younger generation, which will become the main

workforce and the primary driver in the society in the next 4-5 years, is considerably

better in terms of their education levels. There are students studying in schools and

even at the University for graduate and post graduate degrees in the nearby town/city.

This educational spectrum was observed to be uniformly spread in most of villages in

the study area. Besides, Gujarati is the main language spoken in the area with most of

the schools in the area having Gujarati medium of education.

Occupation: Based on sample survey, around 95 per cent of the people surveyed are

farmers or are engaged in associated/related farm activities on farm lands. The

remaining 5 per cent includes students (schools and colleges), small business owners

like shops, transport, etc. Although the project area is in proximity to the coast, fishing

was not responded to as an occupation by the respondents.

Area of Household and Agricultural land: The area of agriculture land holding ranges

from 2 acres to 20 acres in the surveyed villages with the area of village houses, which

includes built-up area, while ranging from 0.1 to 1.0 acres though clustering in the 0.1 to

0.4 acres range, as per the responses received.

Age Groups

Zones

Up to 30 Years (%)

31-40 Years (%)

41-50 Years (%)

More than 50 Years (%)

Total

Zone 1

(0-5 km)

34 20 31 15 100

Zone 2

(5-10 km)

22 24 27 27 100

Total Area

(0-10 km)

28 22 29 21 100






Health Status & Facilities

The health facilities in the district have been assessed based on the information of the

2001 Census Data. Bhavnagar district has different types of health facilities at the village

level, namely, medical facility, primary health sub-centres and primary health centers.

Generally, there is one Primary Health Centre for every 30,000 of population. Each PHC

has five or six sub-centers staffed by health workers for outreach services such as

immunization, basic curative care services, and maternal and child health services. The

sub-centres are at Panchyat level, while Community Health Centre is at Block level.

According to the Census of India 2001, out of the total 790 villages in the district, 526

have Medical Facility, 269 of them have sub-centres and 46 had Primary Health

Centres.

Table 7.6 Health Facilities in Bhavnagar District

S.no Type of Health Institution Nos of villages

1 Sub-centres 269

2 Primary Health Centres 46

3 Medical facility 526

source: Population Census of India 2001

The health status of people in Bhavnagar District was analyzed by the data obtained

from the Gujarat Health Statistics Report for the year 2010-11. According to the report

prepared by the Vital Statistics Division Commissionerate of Health, Medical Services,

Medical Education and Research for Gujarat, the percentage of people who received

outdoor treatment during 2011 was 47% of the total population, while those patients who

were sick to the extent to be admitted in hospital (indoor treatment) was just 4% of the total

as mentioned in Table 7.7.

Table 7.7 Bhavnagar District Outdoor & Indoor Patients, 2010-11

Primary Health

Centres

Community Health

Centres

Sub-district/District &

Civil Hospitals

Total Patients

Total Population

2011 Census (Prov.)

% of patients getting

treatment outdoor/indoor

of total population

Outdoor 304098 531306 511493 1346897 2877961

47

Indoor 5390 48151 54864 108405 4

Source: Health Statistics Gujarat 2010-11

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Curative_care






Further, the common diseases are viral fever, cough and cold, while water borne

diseases including gastroenteritis are prominent in the region. However, health maladies

like Cholera, Malaria, Dengue and Chikungunia are next to insignificant in the District as

shown in Table 7.8 implying a healthy status of the population in the District.

7.5.3.3 Household Amenities

Household amenities in the study area with specific reference to availability of

electricity, water supply, sanitation and house constructing cost were assessed.

Following are the salient features as per the responses received:

Most of the households (99%) in the two zones of the study area have electric

power connections; however occasional cut-offs in supply were reported.

The water sources in the area are generally piped water lines, house wells or

community wells.

LPG gas for cooking is available in the area with around 60 per cent of the

people using it for cooking; although wood is also used for cooking and heating

purposes in the area.

However, sanitation is an issue with 90% of the villages having no public

sewerage systems with pit latrines being the common toilet facility in the area.

The general cost of “pucca” house in the area is between Rs 3-9 lakhs

depending on the sizes from 600 sq feet to 2000 sq feet in the surveyed

Table 7.8 Bhavnagar Disease affected people in 2010

Disease Nos

Fever 63111

Gastroenteritis 27040

Enteric Fever 2833

Viral Hepatitis 847

Malaria 36

Cholera 35

Measles 4

Dengue 1

Whooping Cough 1

Chikungunia 0

Diptheria 0

Total Population 2001 2469630

Total Population 2011(est.) 2877961

Source: Health Statistics Gujarat 2010-11






villages in the 0-5 kms area of the proposed project. Based on the responses,

an outlay of the perceived approximate cost for construction of houses of

various sizes is given below Table 7.9.

Table 7.9 Approximate cost for construction of houses in the study area

House Area (in sq feet)

Perceived Approximate Cost of Construction (Rs Lakhs)

(0-5 kms)

600 3-4

750 4-5

900 5-6

2000 8-9

Source of News & Information: Over 60 per cent of the households in the study

area own a colour television/satellite dish which is the primary source of news &

information. Further, nearly 100 per cent of the respondents have mobile phones

for intra and inter-state telephonic communication.

7.5.3.4 Village Infrastructure & Perception

A snapshot of the Socio-Economic Infrastructure Profile is given in Table 7.10.

Highlights of the perception feedbacks are as under:

There is a prevailing perception of support for the project amongst the people in

the study area.

Existing services are in a poor state which includes post offices, health services,

library and sports facility.

The basic concern areas perceived by the respondents are majorly those of:

- Low income,

- Unemployment and

- Poor road infrastructure.

The health services in the region are different in various villages studied, with

doctors available in few, while others manage with traditional medicines or a

primary health centre. Primary health centres are present in almost all the villages

surveyed.






The source of water supply in most of the villages is a household well or

community well. Piped water supply is perceived as necessary facility in the

villages of the area. Other village facilities perceived to be in a poor shape include:

Post Office, Library, Support Services for farmers and transport facilities.

On the infrastructure front, the village roads are mostly compacted gravel in the 0-5

km zone. In the 5-10 kms radius the villages have a mixture of poor quality asphalt

and compacted gravel roads. All respondents are generally in agreement that

improvement in road infrastructure is required in the study area. The survey

indicates the need for a four lane roads in the 10 km radius from the proposed

project to interconnect all villages in the region and also connect them to the State

Highways/ National Highways.

Village meetings/Panchayat were indicated as the means generally adopted

towards settlement of disputes in the villages.






Table 7.10 Snapshot of socio-economic profile

Name of Village

Medical Facilities Educational Facilities Other Facilities

Doctor

Primary Health Centre/

Dispensary

Hospital Primary/

Secondary School

Library/ Reading Room

College Post

Office Mobile

Network

Connectivity: Bus Stop/

Stand

Railway Station/ Airport

Bhankal √ √

No

Go

ve

rnm

en

t H

osp

ita

l p

rese

nt

in t

hes

e v

illa

ges

‡ ‡

Co

lla

ge

le

vel

ed

ucati

on

in

clu

din

g a

n u

niv

ers

ity

in

Bh

av

na

ga

r

¶

In a

ll t

he v

illa

ge

s

¶

Ra

ilw

ay S

tati

on

s a

nd

Air

po

rt a

t B

hav

na

ga

r

Bhavinapara √ -- ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶

Chaniyala √ √ ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶

Chhaya √ √ ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶

Garibpura √ √ ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶

Goriyali -- √ ‡ -- ¶ ¶

Jaspara √ -- ‡ -- ¶ ¶

Kantala -- √ ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶

Kukkad √ √ ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶

Lakhanka √ √ ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶

Mandava √ -- ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶

Morchand √ √ ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶

Navagam Nana √ √ ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶






Name of Village

Medical Facilities Educational Facilities Other Facilities

Doctor

Primary Health Centre/

Dispensary

Hospital Primary/

Secondary School

Library/ Reading Room

College Post

Office Mobile

Network

Connectivity: Bus Stop/

Stand

Railway Station/ Airport

Odarka √ -- ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶

Paniyali -- √ ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶

Pitthalpar √ √ ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶

Sosiya √ √ ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶

Thalsar √ √ ‡ ‡ ¶ ¶

Source: as per SIA Perception Study






project to interconnect all villages in the region and also connect them to the State

Highways/ National Highways.

Village meetings/Panchayat were indicated as the means generally adopted

towards settlement of disputes in the villages.

7.5.4 PROJECT PERCEPTION

The project perception embraces opinions of the PAPs about the proposed project,

both in the construction and operation phases. This comprised the perceived benefits

and the concerns of the PAPs in the two zones of the study. The dominant perception

of PAPs about the proposed NPP at Mithivirdi Project is that it will bring in employment

opportunities and overall well being into the area. Over 95 per cent of the respondents

were in agreement to the setting up of the project in the area. Besides employment, the

other major benefits the project would bring include skill up gradation, ancillary and

auxiliary business opportunities, better infrastructure facilities for the households and

the villages, etc. However, PAPs had concerns during the project’s construction phase.

The primary concerns of PAPs in 0-5 kms zone of the study relate to (i) loss of jobs for

locals because of the deployment of construction workers from outside the area; (ii)

noise and dust and (iii) individual and family safety. Similarly, for PAPs in the 5-10 kms

zone of proposed project, the major concerns related to (i) increase in traffic (ii)

individual and family safety and (iii) disruption in village harmony because of increased

construction activity in the area. While NPCIL intends to set up a labour colony with all

basic facilities within the project area during construction phase, along with adequate

security measures.

An associated concern with regard to the road infrastructure relates to the diversion of

the state highway. As indicated in Figure 7.6 on the road network, the existing state

highway connecting Jaspara and Lakhana passes through the “Exclusion Zone” of the

project. The existing road will be diverted externally along the plant boundary. In

addition, widening of about 12 km road connecting Rajpara village and proposed site is

required which would be undertaken by NPCIL.






Fig. 7.2 Road network of the study area

Fig. 7.6 Road Network of the study area






7.6 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT ISSUES

The proposed agreement between Gujarat Power Corporation (the nodal agency for the

NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat) and Nuclear Power Corporation of India Ltd would bring out

the Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) policy to entail measures for loss of assets

including land, income and livelihood required to be undertaken for the PAPs. Some of

the key issues related to the R&R addressed by limited SIA study as a part of EIA are

detailed as under:

7.6.1 SUPPORT FOR THE PROJECT

Majority of the PAPs surveyed supported the project. Moreover, a similar segment of the

PAPs surveyed in the 0-5 km zone responded towards willingness to give up their lands,

comprising village house and agricultural land, for the project in lieu of appropriate

compensation.

7.6.2 COMPENSATION FOR LAND & LANDED PROPERTIES

As per the responses from PAPs in the 0-5 km zone of the study, there is nominal

deviation in the expectations of compensation for land and landed properties. The

compensation for the PAP will be decided in consultation with them by the state

government.

7.6.3 EMPLOYMENT

The general perception of the PAPs is that the project will bring in employment

opportunities. However, skill development and training is required for the unemployed in

the area to enable them to enhance their employability. From the responses received, it

is also observed that some of the people in the PAA (project affected areas) already

posses carpenter, construction work (like mason etc.) skills and this can be gainfully

utilized.

7.6.4 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR R & R POLICY

Preparation of a detailed Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R & R) plan is taken up for

compensation to the the project affected people in line with the National Rehabilitation &

Resettlement (R & R) Policy -2007 and State R & R policy for the project affected people.






The NPCIL policy envisages a special focus on the creation and up-gradation of skill

sets of landless persons and other project affected persons (PAPs), who are dependent

upon agricultural operations over the acquired land, and for the rural artisans e.g.

blacksmiths, carpenters, potters, masons etc., who contribute to the society together, to

improve their employability.

With the help of District Administration, the essential inputs containing lists of land losers

and project affected persons are being prepared.

NPCIL is committed to establish requisite system for organizing vocational and formal

training and education for all such identified persons and extend full assistance to them

to become eligible for seeking employment with the project proponent or any other

organized sector.

NPCIL is committed to implement the R & R package as per the mutual agreement with

the State Government.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) - activities of NPCIL in the neighborhood: Facilities for education includes distribution of notebooks, computers, establishing

of lab in the neighboring school. Besides, scholarships are provided to deserving

students of local schools.

Extending the medical facilities by means of Mobile Diagnostic and Medicare Units.

Providing infrastructure facilities like roads, community halls, sanitation facilities,

drainage etc.

Drinking water supply facility for people and animal husbandry.

A Grievance Redressal Committee (GRC) may be constituted for time bound

disposal of the grievances arising out of matters concerning the R&R of the PAPs.

Education - In this area, initiatives could include support to the State Government in its

efforts for promoting girl child education, reinforcement of existing educational facilities

/infrastructure in the PAA, scholarships to deserving students in local schools can be

taken up under the CSR activities.








agencies, organized by EIL as well as NPCIL for generation of important baseline data /

specific information required for the subject EIA study.

(i) Marine Impact Assessment and study of thermal dispersion of condenser

cooling seawater discharges from proposed nuclear power project at Mithivirdi

by INDOMER Coastal Hydraulics Pvt. Ltd, Chennai.

(ii) HTL/LTL and CRZ demarcation of Mithivirdi coast by Institute of Remote

Sensing, Anna University, Chennai.

(iii) Baseline environmental data collection for flora and fauna for Gujarat Nuclear

Power Project by Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology & Natural History (SACON),

Coimbatore

(iv) Preliminary Pre-operational Radiological study report by HPD, BARC.

(v) Provisional Public dose-apportionment study by HPD, BARC.

340






CHAPTER – 8

PROJECT BENEFITS






8.0 ECONOMIC BENEFITS


technologies are capital cost, debt-equity pattern, interest during construction, discount

rate and fuel choice. The analysis of economics of the technologies reveals that nuclear

power, in the long term, is an economical option particularly at locations away from coal

mines.

Nuclear power is the best viable options in the forthcoming years as the country’s

demand for energy is to be doubled in near future. The component of fuel cost relative to

coal is lower in case of nuclear power. Nuclear power in India has been established to

be safe, reliable, clean & environmental friendly and economically compatible with other

sources of power generation.

Comprehensive capabilities in the area of design, manufacture of equipment,

construction, operation and maintenance have been established indigenously in nuclear

power. Nuclear power in India has been established to be safe, reliable and is now

producing electricity at comparable and economic rate as compared to coal based

thermal plants. For nuclear power fuel transport cost is much lesser than any other

materials used in coal and gas based plants. Most of the coal blocks are in central or

eastern part of India, Hence for power plant/project located/planned in Gujarat, the fuel

transport cost will be more if we bring coal from those areas. For this reason, nuclear

power is a good option for this region.

8.1 ENERGY SECURITY

The required fuel for NPP at Mithivirdi will be imported as part of the overall package

from the supplier. The proposed project at Mithivirdi shall generate 6000 MWe (6 x 1000

MWe) of electricity. This shall boost up energy generation capacity of the region as well

as the country.

8.2 EMISSIONS

The nuclear power plants do not generate conventional pollutants as compared to other

power plants. The small amount of low level radioactive waste is generated from nuclear

power plants which is handled, processed and disposed off carefully within the limits

specified by Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) of India. Therefore, the nuclear

power can play an important role in reducing global emissions of greenhouse gases.






8.3 ENVIRONMENT SUSTAINABILITY

Nuclear power plants emit fewer pollutants as compared to any other power plants. The

conventional pollutants like NOx, SO2 and SPM are emitted with insignificant level from

nuclear power plant. The radiological emissions from a nuclear power plants are

controlled through a comprehensive radiological waste management and radiological

protection system and mechanism, which meets the requirement of AERB. Therefore,

the radiation dose to the environment due to operation of nuclear power plants in India is

only a small fraction of the radiation dose specified by AERB.

8.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

The corporate Social Responsibility of NPCIL aims for a better development of the area

by strengthening the bond between local people and the NPP officials. NPCIL is

planning to implement social welfare activities in collaboration with local administrative

institutions. Adequate provision for basic amenities, viz. education, health, transport

facilities will be provided to people at top priority. Proper sanitation facilities will be

provided to the occupational workers of the NPP for better hygiene and health.

Environmental awareness programme will be conducted in the surrounding villages to

enhance awareness about the environmental aspects of NPP.

8.4.1 SOCIAL UPLIFTMENT OF THE REGION

NPCIL will contribute towards tremendous uplifting of the surrounding areas. Further,

setting-up of this project will be a boom to this region and is bound to improve the living

conditions and thereby result in further reduction of population below poverty line, which

is one of the prime policy objectives of Government of India. It is expected that by

creation of employment potential the poor/weaker section of the society will see an

improvement in their living conditions.

8.4.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC BENEFITS

There will be definite benefits to the local people due to implementation of the project.

Some of the benefits are given below.

The proposed project would generate direct and indirect employment

opportunities, which will benefit the local people during construction and

operation period. The local vehicles for transport of raw material for construction






can be used. Preference will be given to the project affected people for

employment in skilled or unskilled category.

An overall development of the area and quality of life of the people is expected to

improve due to the project.

The electricity generated from the plant will result in electrification of villages,

drinking water supply and development of new industries.

NPCIL will give training and skill development to the PAPs for their better

livelihood.

Most of the people of the project affected area will be given employment

opportunities based on their skills.

NPCIL allots shops on rent in Shopping Centre of Residential Complex at NPP at

Mithivirdi like Milk Vending, Barbershop, Washer man shop, Vegetable shops,

Communication centre, Chemist shop etc. which ultimately help the local people

for their day to day needs.

Development in housing, electrification, medical, health sector will improve.

8.4.3 POTENTIAL FOR EMPLOYMENT

During construction phase, spanning of about ten years, the project on an average will

provide employment to about 8000-10000 persons, of which significant portion is

expected to be drawn from the surrounding local areas.

8.4.4 ASSISTANCE IN TRAINING AND SKILL DEVELOPMENT

NPCIL provides assistance, sponsoring, training for skill development to the wards of

PAFs as well as to other meritorious students in the area around Mithivirdi site for

availing various job opportunities.

8.4.5 INDIRECT BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

During the construction phase of NPP, various contractors will be executing works at

Mithivirdi site. They will be required to deploy contract labour in different categories

depending on the requirement of skill etc. The strength of contract labours will gradually

increase from the beginning and at peak the number may increase to 8000 to 10000. All

these labourers will be staying in the labour camp to be established inside the project

boundary of NPP at Mithivirdi site. Each such families will be purchasing their day to day

needs like grocery, milk, vegetable and other such items. In many cases, these needs






have to be met locally. Therefore, this will provide ample business opportunities to the

local people around Mithivirdi site.

8.5 TRANSFER OF TECHNOLOGY

Indian engineering firms, manufacturers and industries are expected to gain valuable

know-how and experience by their involvement in implementation of this project and on

transfer of technology for the various process units involved.

345






CHAPTER – 9

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS






9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENIFIT ANALYSIS

With the present national scenario of fast industrial growth as well as growing

improvement in the living standards in the country, the demand of electricity is increasing

day by day. In order to keep the pace overall growth and development, thereby increase

in the multifold demand of electricity, Government of India has intend to achieve energy

security in the country. Accordingly, there is a need to increase the production of

electricity from all available energy sources in the country. Further with the fast depletion

of fossil fuel and associated greenhouse gas effects, Government of India has planned

to promote much more contribution of electricity generation from nuclear sources.

In the light of the above, in October 2009, Government of India has accorded In-principle

approval for setting up 6 x 1000 MWe nuclear power plant at Mithivirdi village of

Bhavnagar district, Gujarat state. The approval has taken into account the

recommendations of the site selection committee constituted by Government of India,

which investigates the site in different region of the country. The SSC after taking into

account laid down site selection criteria for suitability of the site has considered the

Mithivirdi site setting up of multi unit of NPP of appropriate capacity.

The site is surrounded by agricultural fields with few patches of scrub vegetation. Some

patches of horticultural crops like mango trees are found in scattered manner inside the

site area. Some of the scattered trees falling in the plant site area may be required to be

cut/relocated in the exclusion zone of the project area. This will minimize the impact in

terms of net productivity of the project area. Further greenbelt will be developed in the

exclusion zone to mitigate the environmental impact of the area. The cost of the project

and expenditure on the implementation of the Environmental measures are presented in

Chapter - 6 of the report. Besides the tangible benefits, the project has got number of

intangible benefits like no emission of greenhouse gases, no adverse impact on

environment, socio-economic benefit of the local people and the region and

enhancement of energy security for the country. The details of the same are given in

Chapter – 8. The establishment of 6 x 1000 MWe i.e. total 6,000 MWe electricity

generation by NPP at Mithivirdi site will generate very less green house gases in

comparison to other power plants.

347






CHAPTER – 10

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

348






10.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) consists of implementation of various pollution

abatement measures for project. The EMP lists out all these measures for the

construction and operational phase of the project. The EMP is prepared keeping in view

all possible strategies oriented towards impact minimisation.

The EMP for the proposed project is divided into two phases i.e. Construction and

Operational phase. The detailed EMP for Plant area is also given in below mentioned

sections. The component-wise environmental impact statement is summarized below

and tabulated in Table 10.1 and 10.2.

10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The overall impact of the pollution on the environment during construction phase is

localised in nature and is for a short period. In order to develop effective mitigation plan,

it is important to conceive the specific activities during construction phase causing

environmental impact.

The various activities during construction phase have been identified and listed in

Chapter 4 along with their impacts. The following subsections describe the mitigation

measures planned to be adopted for controlling the impact/disturbance of the

environment during construction phase.

10.2.1 SITE PREPARATION

During construction of the project, substantial quantity of soil and rock will be removed

during excavation. The following aspects will be taken care of.

(i) Proper stock piling and back filling of the excavated soil.

(ii) All the disturbed land will be stabilized.

(iii) During dry weather conditions, it will be necessary to control the higher dust

levels created by the excavation, levelling and transport activities.

(iv) The top soil containing rich humus, soil will be utilized for development of

greenbelt in and around the project area.

349







As far as conventional air pollutants are concerned viz. SPM (PM10 & PM2.5), SO2 and

NOx, their concentrations in the ambient air at the proposed site were observed to be

well within the prescribed limits (refer section no. 3.5.2.1). However, with the proposed

construction activities of the project, concentrations of these air pollutants are expected

to increase to some level in the impact zone.

Accordingly, a well developed Health, Safety and Environment Management System will

be implemented by well trained and knowledgeable team. Air quality will be monitored at

predefined locations within the project boundary to ensure that various EMP measures

are implemented with respect to dust related operations and other parameters such as

emissions from operation of equipment and vehicles. Air quality will be monitored at

regular intervals.

350






Table 10.1 Summary of impacts and environmental management plan for NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat during construction phase

Sl No

Environmental Component

Activity/Aspect Impacts Mitigation Measures Element of

Environmental Management Plan

1 Air Environment Foundation work

Digging, leveling work

Road laying

Building construction

Structural works

Very less conventional pollutants will be released during this phase due to construction works, vehicle exhausts which will not cross the specified limits because low value of background levels

Dust pollution will be suppressed using water sprinklers

Periodic maintenance of machinery, heavy vehicles

Regular monitoring of levels of conventional pollutants as per GPCB guidelines

2 Water Environment Laying of drainage and water supply network Sanitation and waste water generation

Limited impact on surrounding water bodies/aquatic ecosystems/ground water due to soil erosion, leaching, waste water generation

Water requirement through Desalination plant of capacity 45 MLD

Proper sanitation

Waste water treatment through packaged treatment plant

Provision for appropriate sanitary facility for construction workers Proposal for setting a ETP and STP plant

3 Land Environment Land use change due to drilling, excavating

Land pollution of small magnitude due to solid waste generation

Overburden and construction waste will also be produced

Management of solid waste

Management of excavated solid and construction waste

Composting bio-degradable waste and disposal of non bio-degradable waste in land fills

Construction waste will be used for back filling

351






Sl No




4 Noise Environment Noise from construction, heavy vehicle movements

Noise level will be more but within the permissible limits (45-75 dB(A))

Noise protection measures

Using ear muffs for workers while construction

Rules & regulations of Noise Standards will be followed

Greenbelt development for attenuating the noise levels

5 Socio-economic Environment

Rehabilitation & resettlement

More benefits to the local people

Employment opportunities to local skilled and unskilled people

Development of infrastructure, communications facility, drinking water supply, health etc.

Social and cultural development

NPCIL will implement the R & R package as per the mutual agreement with the State Government.

Construction of hospital, school, club, stadium etc.

Regular health camp surrounding the plant

Implementation of NPCIL CSR Policy

352






Sl No




6 Biological Environment

Land use change

Impact on flora and fauna will be minimal

Less impact on marine ecosystem

Creation of landscape with plantation

Conservation of biodiversity

Biological diversity Act and MoEF guidelines for conservation of species will be followed

Greenbelt development with more fruit bearing trees, avenue plantation etc. will be made

353






Table 10.2 Summary of impacts and environmental management plan for NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat during operation phase

Sl No




1 Air Environment Air emissions (Conventional & Radiological)

Movement of vehicles

Insignificant impact as conventional pollutants emission will be negligible and radioactive gaseous emissions will be within the permissible limits.

Active gaseous waste processing facility

Compliance to standards

Continuous monitoring

Control air emissions at source

Treatment to reduce air emissions

Regular monitoring of the levels of conventional pollutants as per GPCB requirements

Regular maintenance of vehicles and equipments

2 Water Environment Operation of new process units and utilities

Limited impact on surrounding water bodies/aquatic ecosystems/ground water

Proper management of active and domestic waste water

Proper design of condenser Cooling systems

Thermal discharge as per standards

Rain water harvesting

Liquid effluents discharge will be much below discharge limits of CPCB norms

Treatment of domestic waste and reuse of water for irrigation of plantation/green belt

Regular monitoring of the levels of conventional pollutants as per GPCB norms

Implementation of rain water harvesting

Construction of ETP and STP for effluent

354






treatment

CCW would be maintained within 7 ºC as per MoEF requirements

3 Land Environment Disposal of solid waste Land pollution of small magnitude due to solid waste generation

Management of plant and domestic solid waste

Development of green belt

Treatment and disposal of solid waste as per CPCB/AERB norms

Composting of degradable solid waste

Disposal of non degradable waste in proper land fills

Development of green belt in the plant area

4 Noise Environment Noise from plants, DG sets etc.

Insignificant noise levels in public domain

Control of noise levels within permissible limits

Development of barriers to control noise

Follow occupational health and safety measures

Noise levels due to plant activities will be controlled within permissible limits

Noise generating units will be housed in acoustic enclosures

Development of green belt will act as a barrier

Personal Protective Equipments (PPE) will be provided to workers wherever required

Noise standards of CPCB will be adhered with

355






Sl No




5 Socio-economic Environment

Rehabilitation & resettlement

More benefits to the local people

Employment generation

Awareness camps

Medical camps

Social, cultural and infrastructural development

Implementation of social welfare schemes for the local people

Awareness on Social benefits among local people through seminars, workshops, exhibitions

Preference will be given to local people

NPCIL will implement the R & R package as per the mutual agreement with the State Government.

Ensure participation of local people in cultural events to create social harmony and goodwill

Biological Environment

Discharge/ releases to air & water.

Impact on terrestrial and marine flora and fauna

Proper design of condenser Cooling systems

Thermal discharge as per standards

Adequate protection measures should be ensured in design for conservation of flora and fauna

CCW would be maintained within 7 ºC as per MoEF requirements

Development of green belt with indigenous tree species

Control of eutrophication by treatment and reuse of

356






waste water

Regular monitoring of biodiversity and listing the same

Regular monitoring of radioactivity in biological samples collected from surrounding areas

The plant design will envisage the conservation of flora & fauna.

Health, Safety & Environment

Radiological emissions Health effects of radiation Occupational health & safety

Safety in plant design

Monitoring & compliance to radiological standards

Safety in plant design as per AERB norms

Minimize the radiation doses as per ALARA principle

Regular monitoring of the radiological levels in different components of surrounding environment

Regular monitoring of personal radiation dose and regular health check-up of the workers

Hazard analysis and safety measures in work place to reduce the undue risk to employees, members of public & environment as per AERB requirements

EMP implementation and

357






environmental monitoring programme to evaluate the effectiveness of environmental management systems.

358







The drinking and sanitation facilities at the plant site will be provided to the

construction workforce. Potable water will be provided to the workers. To suit the

construction site requirements well developed HSE Management programmes will be

strictly implemented to achieve the compliance with the regulatory requirements.

Specifically, water conservation scheme will be implemented. Besides all activities

will be monitored for trending of consumption of water to device further conservation

of water measures.

The sanitary wastewater generated will be routed to a packaged sewage treatment

plant and the treated effluent will be used for horticulture purposes and the remaining,

if any, will be routed to the discharge point of the project.

During construction phase of the NPP, waste materials, spillages of oils, paints,

domestic waste from the workers colonies etc. may contribute to certain amount of

water pollution. However, wastewater will be collected, suitably treated and then

discharged to meet the requirements of the GPCB. The stock piling of waste material

generated during excavation can pose problems of erosion and leaching which may

have impacts on coastal water. Preventive measures will be taken up by soil

stabilization and providing trenches all around the stock pilings.

The vehicle maintenance area will be located in such a manner so as to prevent

contamination of ground water/ surface water body / soil / nearby sea coast by

accidental spillage of oil.


Noise emissions from construction equipment will be kept to a minimum by regular

maintenance. Heavy and noisy construction work will be avoided during night time.

Noise resulting from blasting operations and operation of construction machinery

such as concrete mixers and heavy earth moving machineries may constitute local

impact. On-site workers will be provided with PPEs like noise protective equipments,

earmuffs etc. The noise level at the project site and around will be monitored

359






regularly. Green belt will be developed in the exclusion zone, which will further

attenuatet the noise to insignificant levels in the nearby public domain.


During construction phase of the proposed project at Mithivirdi, an impact of smaller

level would be felt on land use pattern and topographical features of the area due to land

clearing and enhanced labour activities. All wastes generated during construction

phases will be stacked systematically for further use within plant premises. If it contains

hazardous waste, the same will be disposed off to the authorized land fill facility

available at Alang or any other authorized agency. During construction of the project,

development of an effective greenbelt around the project and aesthetic considerations

will be reviewed on regular basis.


There is no sensitive ecosystem like national park or sanctuary or biosphere reserve in

or near the project area. Therefore, the proposed NPP at Mithivirdi will not adversely

affect the existing green cover in the area, on the contrary, the plantations, which would

be grown in the plant area, as well as in the exclusion zone around the plant site will be

helpful in increasing green cover in the area.

The temperature of condenser cooling water would be controlled so that temperature

rise at discharge point would not be more than 7°C in line with the MoEF requirements

and would not affect the marine flora and fauna.

The release of conventional air pollutants from the project would be insignificant. Hence,

will not affect the biological environment. However, domestic wastewater and

biodegradable solid waste would be treated and reused as irrigation water and manure

respectively; this would have positive impact on the green belt of the area.

10.2.7 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Some of the measures adopted towards socioeconomic environment are as

follows:

360






- Use of local labour to the maximum extent.

- Provision of minimum wages for construction workers as per the Gujarat State

Government Norms.

- Strict Compliance of all applicable labour laws of Centre/State Govt.

- Adequate sanitation and drinking water facilities

- Safety demonstration programmes and training to workers and provision of

adequate personal safety equipment.

- Use of reliable and sound construction practices.

All these measures will be adopted for construction of the proposed project.

10.2.8 SANITATION

During construction of the project, it will be insured that the site is provided with sufficient

facilities and supply of potable water.

10.2.9 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AT MITHIVIRDI NPP

During construction and operation phase of the project, all the project activities will be

carried out as per the regulations covered under Atomic Energy (Factories) Rules 1996,

Electricity Act and Rules, Explosives Act and Rules, Petroleum Act and Rules etc.

During Construction, the occupational Health aspects will be minimal as the work

location is open and is of dynamic nature. The main hazard potentials are fall from

heights, exposure to chemicals and noise, fall of material and electrical shocks etc.

which will be addressed by built in engineered safety provisions. Accordingly, the

construction workers will be provided with compulsorily Personal Protective Equipments

(PPE) depending upon the risks and use of Safety Helmet and Shoes will be must at the

project construction sites. NPCIL will integrate separate safety clauses in the contract

document for the project executing agencies to properly plan and to appropriately

provide the cost factor such that safety of the personnel at project construction sites do

not suffer for any reason. Safety coverage by professionals will be mandatory for the

construction works and posting of safety officers for particular works will be must to

enforce Industrial safety at the work sites. Such Safety officers and Safety supervisors

will be arranged to technically report to the departmental Industrial Safety Head such

361






that a direct guidance and monitoring of the contract workers are made possible

effectively.

Other worker friendly measures adopted in the construction of nuclear Power Plant

works will be the compulsory induction and refresher training based on a syllabus

monitored by the corporate office for each worker. The worker will be issued a gate pass

only after undergoing the industrial safety training in which environmental management

aspect will also be touched upon properly. Facility of drinking water, urinals, toilets and

construction roads will be arranged in the beginning of the work itself. Similarly,

provision of First aid measures both departmental and that of contract workers will be

ensured in the beginning of the work itself. Establishment of Fire fighting facility will be

another area where priority will be assured during the construction work.

During commissioning, operation and maintenance of the operating units, in addition to

the industrial hazards, the occupational hazard is the exposure to ionizing radiation

within prescribed limits which is governed by the Atomic energy Act and Radiation

Protection Act and Rules. In order to minimize possibility of radiation exposure to the

occupational workers, adequate safety measures are incorporated in the design,

construction, operation and work practices of the plant including the systems associated

with fuel handling and waste management. All the occupational workers undergo

periodical medical checkups, bioassay sampling and whole body counting as applicable.

Only qualified engineers and technicians are recruited to carry out the design,

construction, operation and maintenance (O & M) of the plant. All O & M personnel

undergo mandatory training (at various levels) in the plant and related subsystems of the

plant through nuclear induction training. A committee consisting of a panel of experts

and a representative from the regulatory agency evaluates designated operating staff for

licensing. The qualification thus obtained will be renewed, periodically.

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE

During the design stage of the Plant strict adherence to the pollution prevention and

control measures will be made, the environmental impacts will be moderated to the

minimum possible levels during the operation phase. The environmental management

362






plan during the operational phase of the plant shall therefore be directed towards the

following:

- Ensuring the operation of various process units as per specified operating

guidelines/operating manuals meeting the requirements of

AERB/MoEF/GPCB.

- Strict adherence to maintenance schedule for various machinery/equipments.

- Post project environmental monitoring.

The following subsection describes in brief the management plan for individual

components of environment during operation phase.


For all practical purposes, the emissions of conventional air pollutants will be negligible

during operational phase of the power plant as there will not be any direct source of

conventional air pollution from processes at project site.

The radiological emissions arising from nuclear power plant operation would be only

from the discharge of ventilation air mainly through stack. The ventilation air will be

passed through High Efficiency Particulate Absorber (HEPA) filters with 99.98%

efficiency at 0.3 micron particle size, before its release to the atmosphere. High

efficiency activated charcoal filter shall be used to control radio-iodine releases.

Ventilation stacks shall be monitored on regular basis for Fission Product Noble Gases

(FPNG), radioactive iodine, and active particulate matter in the ducts connected to each

stack. The monitoring sensors shall be connected to window alarm system to indicate

any deviation in the threshold limits specified for atmospheric releases.

The environmental surveillance programme for radioactivity shall be adopted along with

diagnostic studies (diagnostic studies in this context are to find out the probable reason

for high concentrations in ambient air through detailed meteorological analysis and to

find out sources contributing for high concentrations) and arrangements to communicate

results to plants personnel for taking necessary control measures in plant operations.

363







10.3.2.1 WATER QUALITY MONITORING

A comprehensive water quality monitoring will be carried out for physico-chemical and

micro biological parameters (i.e. pH, Oil & Grease, SS, DO, COD, BOD, Sulphide and

Phenol) intermittently in storm water drain.

In addition, the following will be carried out:

i. Identification and estimation of total biomass in stressed and unstressed areas

for phytoplankton and zooplankton in water samples of the Gulf of Khambhat.

ii. Controlling active discharges to the sea with respect to quantity and quality in

accordance with AERB stipulations.

Active Liquid Waste

iii. The purpose of the liquid waste management plan is to hold, treat and dispose

off active liquid effluents from the operation of the plant within the limits specified

by AERB. A centralized effluent treatment system will be made operational to

treat and remove the maximum possible radioactivity in liquid effluents generated

from the units. Holding tanks will be designed in such a manner that they can

hold all liquid effluents generated both under normal and off-normal conditions.

Provisions for holding the contents of these tanks may be made in case of

rupture on structural failure. NPP design envisages proper embankment around

the tanks to contain all radioactive liquid in line with requirement of AERB

guidelines.

iv. Monitoring of radioactivity in effluents will be carried out as per AERB guidelines

in force from time to time. Further, it will be ensured that the treated effluent

confirms with the standards for non-radioactive parameters stipulated by the

State Pollution Control Board.

10.3.2.2 Compliance to thermal regulations

Further, to minimise the impact to the aquatic environment due to discharge of

condenser cooling water into the Arabian Sea. Accordingly, the condensers will be

designed in such a way that the resultant temperature rise of the receiving water body

will not be more than 7C in line with MoEF Notification on CCW discharge temperature

364






limits. However, these discharges will also be monitored on a continuous basis by

NPCIL.

10.3.2.3 Domestic Wastewater

The sewage from the plant site would be treated to comply with the standards

stipulated by GPCB and it will preferably be reused for gardening or plantations to the

maximum possible extent. The backwash water from filter media would be reused after

settling for secondary purposes such as floor washing operations.

10.3.2.4 Rainwater harvesting

Rainwater harvesting is normally practiced for recharging ground water levels and

providing water for human consumption, by collecting the rainwater from the roofs of

the buildings and storm water drains into artificially constructed rainwater tanks. At

Mithivirdi Project site, the average ground water level is 2.5 to 6 m below ground level.

For the Mithivirdi Project, suitable rainwater harvesting schemes will be worked out in

consultation with a concerned agency.

10.3.2.5 Water quality monitoring

The marine water quality and ground water quality of the area near the solid waste

disposal site and in the impact zone will be regularly monitored as specified by AERB.

Evaluation of compliance of liquid discharges from the station as per AERB approved

discharge limits for radiological parameters and for non-radiological parameters as per

MoEF/GPCB prescribed limits will be carried out regularly.


Some of the construction activities, which will be carried out for the project are as

follows.

365






The construction of trenches and RCC storage vaults will be supervised critically

with extreme care so that the structure may not collapse in the long run. These

buildings will be constructed as per AERB stipulations.

The embankment around the RCC trenches will be properly constructed so that

during heavy rains, it will not get washed away resulting in spread of the wastes

around the area. The design of NPP envisages proper collection of rain water which

can be used for gardening. Constant vigilance of storage vaults/RCC trenches.

The exclusion zone (1 km radius) around NPP will be fenced and greenbelt will be

developed.

10.3.3.1 Greenbelt development

Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology & Natural History has made a detailed greenbelt plan

and suggested plant species for plantation purpose. NPCIL will plant and look after

the planted species taking suggestions of appropriate consultant for greenbelt

development. The State Forest Department and other scientific institutions will be

consulted for conservation planning and greenbelt development programme. The

green belt area marked on plant layout is given in Fig. 10.1.

10.3.3.1.1 Guidelines for Plantation

The plant species identified for greenbelt development will be planted using pitting

technique. The pit size will be either 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm or 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm.

Bigger pit size is preferred on marginal and poor quality soils. Soil proposed to be used

for filling the pit will be mixed with well decomposed farm yard manure or sewage sludge

at the rate of 2.5 kg (on dry weight basis) and 3.6 kg (on dry weight basis) for 45 cm x 45

cm x 45 cm and 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm size pits respectively. The filling of soils will be

completed at least 5 - 10 days before the actual plantation. Healthy seedlings of

identified species will be planted in each pit.

10.3.3.1.2 Species Selection

Based on the regional background and soil quality, greenbelt will be developed. In

greenbelt development, monocultures are not advisable due to its climatic factor and

other environmental constrains. Greenbelt with varieties of species is preferred to

366






maintain species diversity, rational utilization of nutrients and for maintaining health of

the trees. Prepared in this way, the greenbelt will develop a favorable microclimate to

support different micro- organisms in the soil and as a result of which soil quality will

improve further.

During the course of survey, it has been observed that the soil quality of the plant site is

fairly good and can support varieties of dry deciduous plant species for greenbelt

development. Manure and vermin-compost may be mixed with the soil used for filling the

pit for getting better result for survival of plant species. Adequate watering is to be done

to maintain the growth of young seedlings. Based on the regional background, extent of

pollution load, soil quality, rainfall, temperature and human interactions, a number of

species have been suggested to develop greenbelt in and around the Nuclear Power

Plant. These species can be planted in staggering arrangements within the plant

premises. Some draught resistant plant species have been identified which can be

planted for greenbelt development if sufficient water is not available. The suitable

species for greenbelt development programme are given in Table 10.3.

Table 10.3 List of tree species suggested for green belt development

Sl. No. Binomial name Family Type of planting

1. Anthocephalus cadamba Rubiaceae All areas 2. Avicennia marina Avicenniaceae Near the seashore 3. Alstonia scholaris Apocynaceae Township 4. Bambusa arundinaceae Poaceae Plant Boundary limits 5. Bambusa vulgaris Poaceae Plant Boundary limits 6. Calophyllum inophyllum Clusiaceae All areas 7. Couroupita guianensis Lecythidaceae All areas 8. Filicium decipiens Sapindaceae All areas 9. Hibiscus tiliaceous Malvaceae All areas 10. Lagerstroemia reginae Lythraceae All areas 11. Madhuca longifolia Sapotaceae All areas 12. Bassia latifolia Sapotaceae All areas 13. Ailanthes excelsa Simaroubaceae Avenue trees 14. Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Avenue trees 15. Manilkara hexandra Sapotaceae All areas 16. Mimusops elengi Sapotaceae All areas 17. Plumeria acuminata Apocynaceae Plant Boundary limits 18. Plumeria alba Apocynaceae Plant Boundary limits 19. Plumeria rubra Apocynaceae Plant Boundary limits 20. Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae All areas 21. Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae Avenue trees 22. Terminalia catappa Combretaceae All areas 23. Thespesia populnea Malvaceae All areas 24. Ficus benghalensis Moraceae Avenue trees

367






Sl. No. Binomial name Family Type of planting

25. Ficus religiosa Moraceae Avenue trees 26. Ficus racemosa Moraceae Avenue trees 27. Ficus microcarpa Moraceae Avenue trees 28. Murraya paniculata Rutaceae Township 29. Phyllanthus emblica Euphorbiaceae All areas 30. Tectona grandis Verbenaceae Avenue trees 31. Cassia siamea Caesalpiniaceae Avenue trees 32. Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae Township

The species suggested here are commonly seen in and around the project area, fast

growing and drought resistant. Seedlings / saplings of these species can be easily

procured from local nurseries. The selection of plant species for the green belt

development depends on various factors such as climate, elevation and soil. The plants

suggested for green belt were selected based on the following desirable characteristics.

Fast growing and providing optimum penetrability.

Evergreen with minimal litter fall.

Wind-firm and deep rooted.

The species will form a dense canopy.

Indigenous and locally available species.

Trees with high foliage density, larger of leaf sizes and hairy on surfaces.

Ability to withstand conditions like inundation and drought.

Soil improving plants, such as nitrogen fixing plants, rapidly decomposable

leaf litter.

Attractive appearance with good flowering and fruit bearing.

Bird and insect attracting plant species.

Sustainable green cover with minimal maintenance

Species which can trap/sequester carbon

In addition, a lawn and floral garden with the varieties of small flowering plants may be

developed near the office site for aesthetic value of the entire complex. For other

buildings and sites which are away from the reactor at a distance of 50 meters, suitable

sector belts on area available towards NPP may be developed with the same conceptual

species placements. The above mentioned trees are recommended towards the

boundary of NPP site for greenbelt of 200 m width.

368






10.3.3.1.3 Birds and insect attracting plants suggested for planting

Apart from these, a total of 20 plant species, which attracts bird and insect are

suggested for planting in all around the study area (mainly along roadsides) for

enhancing the arrival of bird and insects to the study area (Table 10.4. Plant species

those produce dense inflorescence and large flowers are considered as insect

attracting plants since these flowers produce large quantity of nectars. Likewise,

plants those bearing fleshy fruits considered as bird attracting plants. Apart from

these, few species like Butea monosperma, Erythrina stricta etc. produce dense

inflorescence with large flowers and those plants attracts large number of insects and

nectarivorous birds and hence these species are considered here as both insect and

bird attracting species.

Table 10.4 List of Bird and Insect attracting plants suggested for planting

Sl. No.

Name of the species Name of the family Growth form

1. Ixora arborea*** Rubiaceae Tree 2. Ziziphus oenoplia*** Rhamnaceae Straggler 3. Z. nummularia*** Rhamnaceae Shrub 4. Butea monosperma** Fabaceae Tree 5. Erythrina stricta** Fabaceae Tree 6. Murraya paniculata* Rutaceae Shrub 7. Pongamia pinnata* Fabaceae Tree 8. Bauhinia racemosa* Caesalpiniaceae Tree 9. Filicium decipiens*** Sapindaceae Tree 10. Flacourtia indica** Flacourtiaceae Tree 11. Mimusop elengi*** Sapotaceae Tree 12. Syzygium cumini*** Myrtaceae Tree 13. Ficus benghalensis** Moraceae Tree 14. Ficus racemosa** Moraceae Tree 15. Ficus religiosa** Moraceae Tree 16. Ficus microcarpa var. microcarpa** Moraceae Tree 17. Ficus microcarpa var. retusa** Moraceae Tree 18. Streblus asper** Moraceae Tree 19. Mangifera indica* Anacardiaceae Tree 20. Balanites aegyptiaca* Balanitaceae Tree

*Nectar yielding plants; **Fruit yielding plants; ***both nectar and fruit yielding plants.

10.4.3.1.4 Plantation scheme

Plant sapling will be planted in pits of about 3.0 to 4.0 m intervals so that the tree

density is about 1500 trees per ha. The pits will be filled with a mixture of good quality

369






soil and organic manure (cow dung, agricultural waste, kitchen waste) and insecticide.

The saplings / trees will be watered using the effluent from the sewage treatment plant

and treated discharges from project. Sludge from the sewage treatment plant will be

used as manure. In addition kitchen waste from plant canteen can be used as manure

either after composting or by directly burying the manure at the base of the plants.

Since, tests have shown that availability of phosphorus, a limiting nutrient, is low,

phosphoric fertilisers will also be added. The saplings will be planted just after the

commencement of the monsoons to ensure maximum survival. The species selected for

plantation will be locally growing varieties with fast growth rate and ability to flourish

even in poor quality soils.

A total of more than 33% of total project area will be developed as green belt or green

areas in project area and other areas. The widths of the belt will be >20m along the

project boundary, depending on the availability of space.

A very elaborate green belt development plan has been drawn for the proposed plant.

The areas, which need special attention regarding green belt development in the project

area, are:

1. Around plant units

2. Plant Boundary

3. Vacant Areas in Plant

4. Around Office Buildings, Garage, Stores etc.

5. Along Road Sides (Avenue Plantation)

Annual winds in the study area are mainly from SE, SSE and NNE. Inside the Mithivirdi

NPP project area, the region with high fugitive pollution load are areas around road,

parking areas and go-downs where loading and unloading of different materials takes

place.

To arrest the fugitive emissions emitted from above areas tree plantation will be

undertaken in general all around the Mithivirdi NPP but the more in strategic places

especially on NW, SW, W, N and S of the above areas along with that in other

directions.

370






Plantation all around close to the units / areas (fugitive emission source) in

available spaces to arrest fugitive emissions at the source.

Considering the Mithivirdi NPP as centre and planting trees in NW, SW, W, N

and S direction [i.e down wind (D/W) of predominant winds, SE, SSE and NNE]

at staggered distances in available spaces to arrest fugitive emissions which

have not been arrested by the green belt at the source.

Plantation along the plant boundary - >20m depending on space availability.

Around the Plant site

As there will be limited space, small and medium sized species are suggested and they

should be planted depending on the vertical height and lateral space available for the

plant growth.

Along Plant Boundary

Green belt is to be developed along the project boundary of the nuclear power plant.

The outermost boundary should comprise tall trees, middle belt of large size trees with

thick canopy and inner belt with medium size trees with spreading canopy. These three

tier system will follow only if adequate space is available for plantation.

Vacant areas in NPP

Vacant area will be filled with medium type trees and shrubs. Flowering plants can be

chosen for making beautification of landscape.

Around Office Buildings, Garage, Stores

Selected shrub species, palms and flowering plants may planted around the buildings.

Avenue plantation

Double rows of avenue trees on the outer side of the footpaths are recommended; an

outer row of shade trees and an inner row of ornamental flowering trees will be planted.

10.3.3.1.5 Post plantation care

Immediately after planting the seedlings, watering will be done. The wastewater

discharges from different sewage treatment plant / out falls will be used for watering the

371






plants during non-monsoon period. Further watering will depend on the rainfall. In the

dry seasons watering will be regularly done especially during February to June.

Watering of younger saplings will be more frequent. Organic manure will be used

(animal dung, agricultural waste, kitchen waste etc.). Younger saplings will be

surrounded with tree guards. Diseased and dead plants will be uprooted and destroyed

and replaced by fresh saplings. Growth / health and survival rate of saplings will be

regularly monitored and remedial actions will be undertaken as required.

10.3.3.1.6 Phase wise green belt programme

Green belt will be developed in a phase wise manner right from the construction phase

of the proposed project. In the first phase along with the start of the construction activity

the plant boundary and the major roads will be planted. In the second phase the office

building area will be planted. In the third phase when all the construction activity is

complete plantation will be taken up in the vacant areas around different units, in stretch

of open land and along other roads.


As the plant is going to be operational on a 24-hour basis, noise considerations are very

important. All equipments will be specified to meet below 75 dB(A) at 1 m distance. As

incorporated during the design stage, the plant areas where noise levels are high

enough to cause operations some adverse impacts, the usage of ear plugs or ear muffs

will be strictly enforced. All the machines will be provided with enclosures and will be

maintained properly. Particular attention will be given to mufflers and silencers. The

operator‟s cabins will be acoustically insulated with special door and observation

windows. The duties of employees working in high noise area will be rotated

systematically to avoid occupational exposure. The exposure of employees working in

the noisy area shall be monitored regularly to ensure compliance with the OSHA

requirements.


10.3.5.1 Aquatic Environment

The treated domestic wastewater will be utilized for irrigation of green belt except at rare

occasion in rainy season when some dilute effluents will be discharged into the sea.

372






When this water will be discharged into sea, all the stipulations of regulatory

authorities/MoEF will be meeting.

10.3.5.2 Radiological monitoring in biological samples and their habitat

NPCIL will monitor samples for radiological parameters from various environmental

matrices at different sampling locations in the zone of 30 km around the NPP site.

Collection of samples will be done in a systematic way. Samples will be monitored

on regular basis from the site. It is also necessary that regular analysis of samples in

the study area will be done in the manner as given below:

Concentration of radioactive levels in the following food items will be monitored at

regular interval of time for trend monitoring of radioactivity levels in the zone of 30

km radius around the NPP. This monitoring will be carried out by ESL, which is an

independent agency and reports to BARC, Mumbai. The ESL at Mithivirdi site will

be established at least two years before the NPP at Mithivirdi start operation.

Water

Land (irrigated, Non-irrigated)

Rice, Wheat, Pulses

Millets

Milk

Fruits

Vegetables

Phytoplankton, zooplankton, small fish, big fish, goat (different parts of

the body)

10.3.5.3 Mitigation Measures

Following measures will be adopted to mitigate the impacts.

The green belt will be further enriched and maintained around the power plant for

air filtration, and from aesthetic point of view it is essential also. This would also

create a buffer zone around the plant.

Regular monitoring of physico-chemical and radiation parameters need to be

carried out in biological samples as a post-project activity.

373






The wastewater from power plant will be treated to meet the disposal standards

and domestic sewage will be completely reused for irrigation of plantations and

green belt development.

Regular monitoring of diversity and density of marine and terrestrial flora and

fauna needs to be carried out as a part of post-project activity.


Development of project is always a key to social and economical development and a

balance will be maintained to control the pressure on resources.

Efforts will be made to promote harmony with the local population and further

consolidate their positive perceptions of industrialization by engaging in socially-friendly

activities such as maintaining roads, water conservation program, safety management

program and providing, supporting infrastructures in nearby schools in due course of

time.

10.3.6.1 Corporate Social Responsibility

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) is a form of corporate self-regulation integrated into

a business model. CSR refers to strategies of corporations or firms to conduct their

business in a way that is ethical, society friendly and beneficial to community in terms of

development. CSR is the deliberate inclusion of public interest into corporate decision-

making, and the honouring of a triple bottom line: People, Planet, Profit.

Community Development (CD) refers to initiatives undertaken by community with

partnership with external organizations or corporation to empower individuals and groups of

people by providing these groups with the skills they need to effect change in their own

communities. These skills are often concentrated around making use of local resources

and formation of large social groups working for a common agenda.

The role of CSR in CD is any direct and indirect benefits received by the community as

results of social commitment of corporations to the overall community and social system.

The common roles of CSR in CD are as follows:

To share the negative consequences as a result of industrialization.

Closer ties between corporations and community.

374






Helping to get local talents as an attractive employer for potential candidates.

Community development activities (including that for its employees) are very important

aspects for any organization / project, because people of the villages surrounding the plant

and its employees are the stakeholders. NPCIL has always treated the neighboring

communities as a key stakeholder. The main objective of the Community Development

Programme has been to create synergy and synthesis with the environment. All the policies

have been framed with the objective of enhancing the living standards of the people

neighboring communities.

The policy of NPCIL towards social welfare & community development aims at strengthening

the bond between the project / station authorities and the local population in the vicinity of

nuclear power plants. In line with this policy, NPCIL at the existing nuclear power stations

and projects has been carrying out number of community welfare activities in the following

areas:

Education – Gyan Gangothri Yojana

Health– Arogya Sudha Yojana

Infrastructure

Community Welfare & Miscellaneous

Accordingly NPCIL plans to implement above social and community welfare measures in

area around the Mithivirdi with the following action plan.

NPCIL would contribute in implementing social welfare activities in collaboration

with local Gram Panchayats, Block Development Offices etc. for better

development of area around the Project.

To minimize strain on existing infrastructure, adequate provision of basic

amenities, viz. education, health, transport etc. would be developed considering

the needs of workforce and migrating population.

Roads, sanitation and other basic facilities would be provided in construction

labour colonies to ensure better hygiene and health.

Regular environmental awareness programs would be organized by NPCIL to

impress upon the surrounding population about the beneficial impacts of the

project and also about the measures being undertaken for environmental safety.

375






Welfare measures proposed to be implemented around Mithivirdi nuclear power plant

project.

Assistance in Educational Welfare Measures

Assistance for Up-gradation of Schools facilities like classrooms, laboratories and

other associated requirements.

Providing computers, sports item, laboratory equipment etc.

Introduction of the talent nurture schemes for students from nearby villages by

providing admission to schools of NPCIL for free education or by providing suitable

scholarships.

Assistance in Health-Care Welfare Measures

Organization of the regular medical camps for chronic ailments prevailing amongst

the peoples of villages in and around NPP at Mithivirdi, Gujarat.

Providing medical consultancy and medicines as a part of preventive health care.

Hepatitis „B‟ vaccination to school & village children.

Assistance in Community Welfare Measures

Assistance in providing drinking water, street lighting, widening of roads,

strengthening of culverts/bridges etc.

Assistance in construction of general community infrastructure facilities like

Panchayat Bhavan etc.

Assistance in Development of Farmers Welfare Measures

Distribution of quality seeds

Assistance in upgrading farming facilities like cold storage etc. In the area around

Mithivirdi Project.

A continuous monitoring of the radiations is required besides the following measures:

a) Monitoring of the working environment to ensure that the design features of

the plant and its mode of operation are such that the personnel are

adequately protected from exposure, both internally from contamination and

externally from penetrating radiations.

376






b) Monitoring of personnel occupationally exposed to radiations to ensure that

the total exposure for each individual is within the prescribed limits and as

low as reasonably achievable (ALARA) for the operations involved.

Appropriate directions are given by AERB to control the individual exposure.

As per the AERB codes any deviation has to be reported to them.

c) Maintaining of records of all such measurements to permit analysis of the

radiological impacts on those employed in the process and also the general

public.

d) Providing safety services, such as protective equipment to safeguard the

plant operations and advice on operating procedures for both normal and

abnormal conditions. This requirement is covered by the act “Indian Atomic

Energy Factories Act – 1996”.

e) Deploying medical staff to carry out surveillance of workers; including pre-

employment medical examinations & periodic subsequent examinations to

monitor health of those involved. This is been followed at all the operating

power station in accordance with AERB codes.

f) Maintaining close interaction and close collaboration with the Health Physics

Department and Medical Services.

Energy Conservation measures

NPP at Mithivirdi has a number of buildings which will require considerable amount of

power / energy. Properly implemented energy saving measures may reduce

considerable amount of expenditure and emission of green house gases. A number of

measures have been envisaged in the NPP area to conserve energy.

The measures undertaken are as follows:

Use of CFL/LED.

Use of Low-pressure sodium lamps for outdoor lighting along the road and

security lighting with Solar Street Lights mix.

Solar lighting will be provided in the main control room and in areas where safety

related equipment are located.

Use of solar water heaters for hospital, guest house.

Automatic timing control mechanism will be incorporated in the street lighting to

save energy. Mechanism will involve staggering of on-off sequence of street

lights.

377






Designing the structures having proper ventilation and natural light.

The hostels, guest house, hospital etc. shall have solar water heating systems.

The street lights shall have 20% mix of solar lights.

The street lighting shall be controlled by staggering of putting on-off of lights in

particular sequence.

Use of Renewable and Alternate Source of Energy

A detailed survey of the site will be carried out for preparing a feasibility analysis for use

of renewable and alternate source of energy such as wind energy and solar energy.

However, based on techno-economic considerations, public buildings such as guest

houses, canteens, hospital etc may be provided with solar heaters and solar lights. The

street lighting will be provided with solar lights - limited to 20%. The street lighting shall

be controlled by staggering of putting on-off of lights in particular sequence.

10.3.7 EMP FOR CRZ

As mentioned in the Chapter-4 of the report regarding CRZ demarcation study, the

impact on CRZ will be insignificant due to the proposed project. However, it is planned to

take adequate precautions to control land erosion and leaching during dredging and

construction of the project facilities. Further following measures will be implemented to

avoid any potential impact as given below.

Overburden in the construction will be used for project facilities and break water

wall.

Restoration and landscaping of the project area after construction.

All installations along the coast in connection with construction of intake,

pump house, outfall etc. will abide by the CRZ regulations.

10.3.8 EMP FOR MARINE ENVIRONMENT

In view of the impact assessment on marine environment along the Mithivirdi coast, the

following suggestions are made.

Secure disposal of overburden with effective bunding and drainage for leachate

Collection and treatment of leachate through sedimentation and separation

techniques before disposal.

378






The intake channel for NPP at Mithivirdi will be designed to minimize the

interference with currents and avoid any vortex formation. The pump house will

be designed to minimize noise pollution. The intake will have appropriate screens

and trash bars with appropriate openings to minimize the entry of marine

organisms, fish larvae and fishes.

The return water temperature shall never be more than 7°C above the ambient

seawater. The outfall will be designed with multiple ports, which can enhance the

jet mixing.

Monitoring of CCW discharges will be carried out regularly and impact on marine

ecosystem if any will be recorded following advanced techniques.

10.3.9 TRAINING

Working in a nuclear power plant always requires adequate personnel training with

respect to the associated potential hazards with emphasis being placed on the

significance of contamination. Personnel engaged directly on the process will be trained

in the techniques of material transfer and processing methods to ensure contamination

of material within sealed enclosures at all times. Such techniques will be perfected using

inactive materials prior to starting the work. At all operating nuclear power stations it is

mandatory for all occupational workers to undergo training on radiological and industrial

safety in accordance with AERB codes.

The different laboratories and departments who would be responsible for the

implementation of the EMP, will be trained on the effective implementation of the

environmental issues. To ensure the success of the implementation set up proposed,

there is a high requirement of training and skill up-gradation. For the proposed project,

additional training facilities will be developed for environmental control. For proper

implementation of the EMP, the officials responsible for EMP implementation will be

trained accordingly.

To achieve the overall objective of pollution control, latest pollution control and

monitoring systems and trained man power resources will be deployed to operate and

maintain the same. Specific training will be provided to personnel handling the operation

and maintenance of different pollution / radiation control equipments.

379






The training will be given to employees to cover the following fields:

Awareness of pollution control and environmental protection to all.

Operation and maintenance of specialized pollution / radiation control

equipment.

Field monitoring, maintenance and calibration of pollution / radiation

monitoring instruments.

Laboratory testing of pollutants / radiation.

Repair of pollution monitoring instruments.

Occupational health/safety.

Disaster management.

Environmental management.

Biodiversity Management / Afforestation / plantation and post care of plants.

Knowledge of norms, regulations and procedures.

Risk assessment and Disaster Management.

10.3.10 HEALTH AND SAFETY

In order to provide safe working environment and safeguard occupational health and

hygiene, the following measures will be undertaken:

- Exposure of workers to hazardous/toxic substances will be minimised by

adopting suitable engineering controls.

- Toxic and hazardous processing/handling areas will be clearly identified and

regular health monitoring for the people working in these areas will be carried

out.

- All the employees will be trained in Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)

aspects related to their job.

- Exposure of workers to noise, particularly in areas housing equipment which

produce 85 dB(A) or more will be monitored by noise decimeters.

- Periodic compulsory health check up will be carried for all the plant employees.

Particular attention will be given to respiratory and hearing disorders. The

yearly statistics along with observations will be reported each year to the chief

executive of the plant.

380






10.3.11 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING

An Environment Survey Laboratory which will be headed by a well qualified and

experienced technical person from the relevant field will be established at the

Mithivirdi site which will monitor the radioactivity levels in various environmental

matrices in the area of 30 km radius around the project site. An authorized laboratory

will monitor the activities related to water quality, ambient air quality, noise levels and

biological environment. Besides ESL, the project will have a Technical Services Unit

with chemical laboratory and health physics unit, which will monitor the plant

discharges, radiological levels within the plant boundary and radiation dose to the

occupational workers.

381






CHAPTER – 11

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION





11.0 SUMMARY

The summary of the environmental impact assessment report is presented as Summary

– EIA in the beginning of the report on page numbers I to XXV. This Summary – EIA has

been prepared for its circulation in the public domain as per requirement of the MoEF,

Notification No. S. O. 1533, 14th September, 2006 on Environmental Clearance / Public

Hearing.

11.1 CONCLUSIONS

The proposed project is environment friendly and is proposed in accordance with the

Government of India’s Policy to enhance the present share of nuclear energy in the

country’s total electricity production.

The present report is based on the work carried out by EIL on environmental aspects as

well as specialized studies carried out by Environmental Impact Assessment division of

Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology & Natural History (SACON), Coimbatore (Terrestrial

Biodiversity), Indomer Coastal Hydraulics Private Limited (INDOMER), Chennai (Marine

biodiversity and thermal impact on biodiversity), Pragathi Labs and Consultant Private

Limited (baseline data collection), Secunderabad, Institute of Remote Sensing (IRS),

Anna University, Chennai (CRZ mapping).

The EIA report contains in-depth study on environmental quality and Comprehensive

Environmental Management Plan to mitigate the impacts including Radiological Risk

Assessment and Emergency Response System and Social Welfare Commitment. The

project is technically, environmentally and socioeconomically viable and is beneficial at

local level, state level and national level.

11.1.1 SUITABILITY OF PROPOSED SITE

Mithivirdi site has been recommended by the Site Selection Committee appointed by

Government of India. The project site is a coastal site in Talaja Taluka, Bhavnagar

district, Gujarat which is 40 km from Bhavnagar. It is in the west coast of Gulf of

Khambhat with agricultural fields in all other sides. The topography of the site is

undulating with an average grade level of 15 m a maximum of 40 m elevation. Physical

displacement of families from the project site is nil. However, some scattered houses





need to be rehabilitated. All the required resources are available at the proposed site.

The site is at safe grade elevation from the point of tides, floods, tsunami and also

present in Seismic Zone - III. It is also mentioned that the Projects of Department of

Atomic Energy are under permissible activities in CRZ as per the provisions of Para `2`

of MOEF notification for CRZ vide S.O. 114 (E) in October 2001. Therefore, the Mithivirdi

site is viable for the development of Nuclear Power Plant of 6,000 MWe capacity.

11.1.2 IMPACT ON CRZ

The project site comes under CRZ – III, which is undeveloped area with agricultural land

and patchy scrub land. There are no notified biologically sensitive ecosystems within 10

km radial area around the proposed NPP. The scientific study indicates that the project

development will not adversely affect the ocean currents, sediment transport, narrow

intertidal area, and CRZ area of 500 m from HTL.

11.1.3 MONITORING RADIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS AROUND MITHIVIRDI

Comprehensive radiological survey will be conducted by Health Physics Division (HPD)

of Bhabha Atomic Research Centre in the zone of radial distance of 30 km and the same

will be continued till the life of Mithivirdi NPP for monitoring of radiation impacts and to

establish that the radiation dose, in the public domain are within the prescribed limits of

AERB.

11.1.4 MANAGEMENT OF CONVENTIONAL AND NON-CONVENTIONAL RELEASES OF POLLUTANTS

Mithivirdi NPP is committed to the guidelines and standards given by AERB, Ministry of

Environment and Forest (MoEF), and Gujarat Pollution Control Board. The design of the

plant will be done according to the guidelines of AERB to keep the radiological dose due

to discharges through air, liquid and terrestrial routes below the stipulated levels of 1

mSv/year for the site during normal operation. This is achieved by proposed elaborate

treatment for active gaseous waste, active liquid and solid waste before discharges.

Some amount of conventional pollutants like dust and gaseous pollutants are produced

for a short construction period, for which proper management plan has been prepared.

The conventional pollutants releases from the plant during operation stage will be

insignificant. The sewage and solid waste from toilets and canteens of plant site will be





treated and the treated sewage and digested manure will be used for green belt

development. Noise pollution will be reduced by development of different barrier i.e.

acoustic covering of noise generation machineries, specially designed building in which

the plant is enclosed, and exclusion zone of 1 km with green belt. Occupational

exposure of noise will be reduced by providing protective gadgets to the workers working

in the high noise zone.

The specific design of plant will only allow a rise of condenser cooling water temperature

of <7 0C across the condenser and the design of discharge channels is such that the

resultant temperature rise of receiving sea water body at discharge point does not

exceed 5 0C above the ambient seawater temperature. The literature survey of the

tolerances of local marine flora and fauna indicate that the marine biodiversity will not be

affected at this temperature rise by the discharge of CCW. The brine from desalination

plant will be mixed with CCW before discharge and will not thus affect the marine

biodiversity.

11.1.5 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

Scientifically designed green belt will be developed in 1 km radial exclusion around the

nuclear power plant. This will be helpful in reducing the conventional pollutants in the

atmosphere as well as it will enhance the aesthetics and beauty of the landscape of the

area.

11.1.6 WATER REQUIREMENT AND WATER BALANCE

Only sea water will be used to meet the requirement of plant for condenser cooling and

freshwater through desalination plant to conserve the freshwater resources.

11.1.7 RESETTLEMENT AND REHABILITATION PLAN

There is no physical displacement of PAFs from the land being acquired for Project site.

However, some scattered houses need to be rehabilitated. NPCIL is committed to

implement the R & R package as per the mutual agreement with the State Government.





11.1.8 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY OF NPCIL

The policy of NPCIL towards social welfare and community development aims at

strengthening the bond between Project Authorities and local population in the vicinity of

nuclear power plant. In line with this policy, NPCIL planned to implement social and

community welfare measures aiming at improving the infrastructural facilities including

education, health, employment and women & Children welfare.

11.1.9 RADIOLOGICAL RISK ASSESSMENT AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE SYSTEM

The nuclear power plant is based on advanced technology. A defense in depth

philosophy is followed in which there are five successive levels of safety. Number of

engineered safety features has been included in the Nuclear Plant Design to enhance

the safety of the plant. Processing systems for gaseous, liquid and solid waste are

elaborate and effective in controlling releases of radioactivity and complying with the

stipulated dose limits to the members of public and occupational workers. Emergency

Plan is the part of the concept of Defense in Depth and it is executed jointly by NPCIL

and concerned State Authorities. Before making the plant critical and conduct of mock

exercise is a mandatory requirement.

11.2 REMARKS

The foregoing discussion indicates that the project is planned in such a way that it will

improve the environmental quality and uplift the socio economic environment of the

region. The safety measures inbuilt in the design of the project will minimize the hazard if

any. The safety analysis considers the worst case scenarios for risk assessment and

emergency planning. There will be continuous monitoring of environment, review and

corrective action, development of greenbelt programme. The local people will be

immensely benefited due to social welfare schemes which would get implemented by

NPCIL, and will result in the improvement in the quality of life.

386






CHAPTER – 12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS






12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

Environment Division of Engineers of India Limited (EIL) was established in 1975 with

the objective of providing specialised services in the field of environment protection to

the different industrial sectors served by EIL. The division is assisted by a multi-

disciplinary team with engineers and scientists with experience ranging from seven to

thirty years or more and equipped with the latest computer software and hardware. It is

capable of providing the entire range of services related to environmental pollution

assessment, control and management to the following major sectors of industry in India

and abroad:

- Petroleum Refining

- Petrochemicals

- Oil and Gas Processing

- Metallurgy

- Chemicals

- Food Processing and Dairy

- Distillery

- Fertilizers

- Thermal Power Plants

EIL is also capable of providing environment related services for various other industries

like textile, leather, pulp and paper etc. besides the different industries mentioned above.

The Division has a unique advantage of utilising technological and engineering

competence and experience, which is available to them in house from other specialised

departments of EIL to provide the entire range of services related to environmental

management.

The Division has been instrumental in designing and commissioning a large number of

industrial water treatment plants, wastewater treatment plants, Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) studies and solid and hazardous waste management. During the past

two decades, several schemes have been implemented for handling wastewater as well

as gaseous effluents, solid as well as hazardous wastes so that these meet the stringent

regulations imposed by statutory authorities from time to time.






Much of the Division‟s rich and varied experience is derived from the experience of

working with International funding agencies like the World Bank, International Financial

Consortium and Asian Development Bank etc. The Division has worked for many World

Bank funded jobs including the one concerning development of guidelines for carrying

out environmental audits for small and medium scale industries. Many of these projects

being grass root projects in nature have large socio-economic and cultural dimensions

besides the associated environmental problems.

The present EIA report has been prepared by EIL, a engineering and consultancy

organisation in the country. EIL has been preparing regularly EIA / EMP reports for different

projects. The environmental Engineering Division of EIL has carried out more than 300

numbers of Environmental Impact Assessment projects.

National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET) - under the Accreditation

Scheme for EIA Consultant Organisations has accredited EIL as EIA consultant for 9 EIA

Sectors, vide NABET notification dated 14.09.10. The list of sectors for which the

accreditation has been accorded by NABET is given in Fig. 13.1. The same can be referred

from the NABET website “www.qcin.org/nabet/about.php “, by following the link - EIA

Accreditation Scheme – Accreditation Register – Accredited Consultant. The present EIA

study pertains to a „Nuclear Power Project (NPP)‟, which falls under the category “Nuclear

power projects and processing of nuclear fuel”.

For “Nuclear power projects and processing of nuclear fuel” sector EIL‟s application along

with other consultants are still pending at NABET. However, till date NABET has not cleared

any application related to nuclear sector.






Fig. 13.1 Certificate of Accreditation to Engineers India Limited from NABET

iathd`r dk;kZy; % bathfu;lZ bafM;k Hkou] 1] Hkhdk,th dkek Iysl] ubZ fnYyh&110066

Regd. Office : Engineers India Bhawan, 1, Bhikaiji Cama Place , New Delhi – 110066